PROCEEDINGS OF

A National Conference on
Emerging Trends in Civil
Engineering (ETCE-23)
28-29 December 2023

Organized by
Department of Civil Engineering,
Walchand College of Engineering
Sangli, Maharashtra, India
 PROCEEDINGS
of
A National Conference
on
Emerging Trends in Civil
Engineering (ETCE-23)
28 - 29 December 2023

Organized by
Department of Civil Engineering

Walchand College of Engineering, Sangli

Organizing Council
• Patrons:
o Dr. V. M. Mohitkar, Director, DTE
o Dr. D. V. Jadhav, Jt. Director, RO Pune
o Shri. Amol Chavan, Member, WCE Admin council
o Prof. U. A. Dabade, I/C. Director, WCE

• Convener: Prof. K. S. Gumaste

• Co-Convener: Dr. A. K. Mali
• Head of the Department (Civil Engineering): Prof. G. R. Munavalli

Advisory Council

o Prof. P. G. Sonavane, WCE, Sangli

o Prof. S. N. Tande, WCE, Sangli
o Prof. H. S. Shivaprasad, GB Pant University, Pantnagar
o Prof. M. V. Chitawadagi, KLE Technological University, Hubballi
o Prof. M. M. Awati, Tontadarya College of Engg., Gadag
o Prof. V.S. Soraganvi, BVVs College of Engg., Bagalkot
o Prof. K. G. Guptha, Govt., College of Engg., Goa
o Prof. D. K. Kulkarni, SDM College of Engg., Dharwad
o Prof. H. S. Jadhav, RIT, Islampur
o Prof. M. M. Mujumdar, KIT, Kolhapur
o Dr. D. S. Pawar, IIT, Hyderabad
o Dr. B. M. Dawari, COEP Technological University, Pune
o Dr. R. K. Rai, Government College of Engg., Amaravati
o Dr. V. B. Varekar, VJTI, Mumbai

Organizing Committee

o Shri. C. H. Wagh o Dr. S. B. Kadam

o Dr. A. K. Kokane o Dr. Pruthviraj B. S.
o Dr. D. S. Chavan o Shri. A. A. Magdum
o Shri. B. R. Kavathekar o Shri. S. M. Wandare
o Shri. G. M. Bhosale o Shri. S. A. Patil
o Shri. R. D. Mangalekar

II
Imprint: 2024
©Walchand College of Engineering, Sangli, Maharashtra (416415),
INDIA

National Conference on Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering (ETCE-

23), 28-29 December 2023.

ISBN: 978-81-970397-8-2

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form by

any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy, recording or, any
information storage and retrieval system without
permission in writing from the copyright owners.

Disclaimer:
Full length papers of ETCE-23 are accepted and printed in this
Proceedings of ETCE-23 with the understanding that the same work
has been neither submitted nor published elsewhere. Concurrent
submission to other publications or journals is viewed as breech of
ethics. The authors are responsible for obtaining copy-right and other
clearance prior to submitting materials for consideration and
acceptance.
Views and Ideas expressed in the abstracts are solely from
respective authors. Organizers are not responsible for authentication of
the abstracts published in this book. The authors are solely responsible
for any legal matter resulting out of violation of copy-right act. This
book is being published in the interest of authors and research
community for private circulation only. Errors, if any, are purely
unintentional and readers are requested to communicate such errors to
the editors or publishers to avoid discrepancies in future.

Editors:
Dr. A. K. Mali, Mr. R. D. Mangalekar

Published By:
Department of Civil Engineering,
Walchand College of Engineering,
Sangli-416 416, Maharashtra, India
Printed By: Ajit Gulabchand Central Library, WCE, Sangli

III
Message from the Convener
It is my great pleasure to present the proceedings of
the two days National Conference on “Emerging
Trends in Civil Engineering”, ETCE-2023. This
conference is in accomplishment as the first major
post platinum jubilee year activity of Department of
Civil Engineering at Walchand College of
Engineering, Sangli. We were honoured to have for
the inauguration Shri Shamrao Kumbhar,
Superintending Engineer, PWD, Kolhapur circle as
the chief guest, and Dr. Aniket Kataware, IIT Dharwad as the keynoter on
the first day and Dr. Dileep Mali, Pimpri Chinchwad College of Engineering,
Pune as a keynoter on the second day.

We received sixty-one technical papers, out of which fifty-two papers were

selected for presentation distributed in eight sessions. Of these fifty-two
papers, nineteen papers were from indigenous departments of Civil
Engineering and Applied Mechanics department and thirty-three papers were
from others engineering institutes of Maharashtra and Karnataka. These fifty-
two papers were presented in eight different technical sessions of oral
presentations and two invited talks. ETCE-23 covered four major areas of
Civil engineering which are directly linked to socially useful research areas to
wit Water and Waste Water technology, Construction Management and
Concrete Technology, Environmental Engineering, and Structural
Engineering.

The two days’ conference has resulted in this proceeding which is an

ISBN Publication with a copyright of WCE Sangli. I thank all the patrons,
the HoD of Civil Engineering department, the Co-convener, Organizing
committee members, the members of the Advisory council and the Director of
WCE, Sangli for their support and encouragement during the conduct of this
Conference.

Dr. Krishnakedar Gumaste

Convener (ETCE-23)

IV
Message from Head of the Department
ETCE-23 has provided a platform to interact
and share the research experience with peers. The
information disseminated has given an engineering
insight into the emerging trends in Civil Engineering.
The efforts of conference team for the effective
organization in physical mode is highly appreciated.
The conferences on new themes are scheduled to be
organized in future.

Dr. G. R. Munavalli
HOD, Civil Engineering

V
 PREFACE

The Department of Civil Engineering at Walchand College of Engineering, Sangli, is

hereby producing the proceedings of the First National Conference on Emerging Trends in
Civil Engineering (ETCE-23) held on 28-29the December 2023.
The growth in the field of Civil Engineering is observed to be exponential due to several
factors such as population growth, rapid urbanization, need for better and sustainable
infrastructure, challenges in water sector any many more. Each area of Civil Engineering viz.
Structural engineering, Water and Wastewater engineering, Geotechnical engineering,
Transportation engineering, Water Resources Engineering, Building Technologies and
Construction Project management are experiencing the changes methods, techniques and
theories to produce the efficient, optimized, economic and sustainable solutions. This
conference aims to provide the platform to the engineering graduates, professionals,
researchers and academicians to produce and present their ideas, learning and outcomes from
the different areas of Civil Engineering.
The conference was inaugurated by Shri Shamrao Kumbhar, Superintending
Engineer, PWD, Kolhapur circle. The conference comprised of two- keynote addresses and
eight- technical sessions for the paper presentation over the 2-days. The first keynote address
on day 1, 28th December 2023 was given by Dr. Aniket Kataware (IIT Dharwad) on
‘Sustainable Road infrastructure while the second keynote address on day 2, 29th December
2023 was given by Dr. S.T. Mali (PCCOE, Pune) on “Sustainable Landfill waste
management”. Both sessions were excellent and delivered the latest trends and challenges
along with some studies conducted in their respective fields.
The arranged sessions included the paper presentations on the topics Water supply and
Wastewater, Construction management and Construction technology, Structural Engineering,
Building and Energy, Air Pollution, Groundwater, Geotechnical/Foundation engineering. The
sessions were chaired by the eminent faculty from the renowned institutes and industries such
as Dr. S. S. Shaha (KITCOE, Kolhapur), Dr. K. B. Prakash (SGBIT, Belgavi), Dr. Amol
Chavan (NICMAR, Pune), Er. S. V. Deshpande (IMC, Ichalkaranji), Dr. V. S. Patil (DoT,
Kolhapur), Dr. Y. M. Patil (RIT, Rajaramnagar), Dr. M. M. Awati (TCE, Gadag), Dr. P. D.
Kumbhar (RIT, Rajaramnagar).
The proceeding provides the permanent record of what was presented and indicates the
stat of development at the time of writing of different aspects on the various themes. We hope
that this will be helpful to all the readers, researchers in their respective areas.

VI
 CONFERENCE SCHEDULE
Day 1: Thursday, 28th December 2023
Time Event/Session
09:00 am to 10:00 am Registration and Breakfast
10:00 am to 10:30 am Inauguration
Keynote address by
10:30 am to 11:15 am
Dr. Aniket Kataware (IIT Dharwad)
11:15 am to 11:30am Tea break
11:30 am to 01:00 pm Technical Session 1
01:00 pm to 02:00 pm Lunch
02:00 pm to 03:30 pm Technical Session 2
03:30 pm to 03:45 pm Tea break
03:45 pm to 05:15 pm Technical Session 3

07:00 pm to 08:30 pm Dinner

Day 2: Friday, 29th December 2023
Time Event/Session
09:30 am to 10:00 am Breakfast
Keynote address by
10:00 am to 10:45 am
Dr. Sandip Mali (PCCOE, Pune)
10:45 am to 12:15 pm Technical session 4 and 5
12:15 pm to 01:15 pm Lunch
01:15 pm to 02:45pm Technical session 6 and 7
02:45 pm to 03:00 pm Tea break
03:00 pm to 04:30 pm Technical session 8
04:30 pm to 05:00 pm Valedictory Session
05:00 pm to 05:30 pm Certificate distribution and High tea

VII
 INDEX
Water Supply and Wastewater
Stormwater Drainage Design for Sunidhi Patil, Guru Munavalli
1 1-3
Kolhapur city: A literature review
Decentralised Wastewater Treatment Mahesh Lokhande, Guru
by Modified Towery Bio-rack Munavalli, Popat Kumbhar
2 4-7
Constructed Wetland System: A
Review
Bio-rack settler for treatment of Santosh Patil, Guru Munavalli
3 domestic wastewater with a hybrid 8-12
mode of treatment
Studies on Groundwater Quality in Muskan Bhai, Krishnakedar
4 Residential Areas of Jaysingpur Town Gumaste 13-19
– A Case Study
Vikas Jamoh, Alai Darang, Tanmay
Water Supply System in Hilly Area –
5 Barik, Kanom Ketan, Rutviz Shah, 20-23
A Case Study
Guru Munavalli
Shivalingappa Karjol, Suraj Talwar,
Effect of Electrode Shape on
6 Harshad Shaha, Chandan Kumar, 24-28
Performance of Electrocoagulation
Bhagwati M. G., Bhagawati P. B.
Enhancing the performance of Rapid Manoj Mota, S. B. Hivarekar, S. B.
7 29-33
sand filter using PACI conditioning Chougule
To investigate the efficacy of local R. M. Garud, Guru Munavalli
8 vegetation in Sludge treatment 34-37
constructed wetland
Assessment of groundwater quality Manoj Mota, S. B. Hivarekar, S. B.
and community well -being in rural Chougule
9 38-41
Maharashtra India- A case study of
Jambhali and Haroli Villages
Critical analysis of lift irrigation Pranoti Koli, Sandip Chavan, M. M.
10 scheme: case study on Wakurde lift Mujumdar 42-43
irrigation scheme
To Study the Performance of the Siddhi More, Chandrakant Wagh
11 Moving Bed Biofilm Reactor by 44-47
Using Different Media
Review on Construction of Hybrid Shritej Mukundraj Sadakale,
Wetland for Domestic Waste Water Prakash Ashok Suryawanshi,
Ashish Chandrakant Chavan,
12 Samruddhi Sanjay Patil, Sonali 48-52
Samir Satpute, Mr. Abhijit K
Salunkhe, Mr. Nikhil S. Bembade

Structural Engineering
13 Construction Sequence Analysis: SajidAhmad Almuddin Mulani,
Empowering Fire Resistance in RC Sachin B Kadam, Mahadev S 53-59
Buildings Rokade
14 Sensitivity Analysis for The
Dhanaji Chavan 60-64
Constitutive Parameters of The

VIII
 Pressure Dependent Multi-Yield
Material Model in OpenSees
15 A Review on Progressive Collapse
Analysis of Irregular Reinforced Vishvajeet Mokashi, HS Jadhav 65-69
Concrete Framed
16 Optimum angle of diagrid using Santosh Kamble, Ravindra Desai
70-73
Response Spectrum Analysis
17 A review on behaviour of steel I- Sanjivani Jadhav, Popat Kumbhar
beam and castellated beam with
74-78
different shaped openings using FRP
stiffeners
A review study on behaviour of pre- Tanmay Jangam, Popat Kumbhar
engineered buildings with different
18 79-82
bracings under various seismic and
wind zones
A Review on Fiber Reinforced Shweta Kumbhar, S N Patil, M. M.
19 Concrete Subjected to Elevated Maske 83-87
Temperature
Investigating the Impact of Water Digambar Patil, Sachin Kadam
Pressure on Bridge Pillars Made with
20 88-92
Reinforced Concrete Using
Univariate Regression Analysis
Dynamic analysis of RC building Samruddhi Katake, Prachi Sohoni
21 93-96
with different types of steel bracing
Review on Advancement in Stress- Nikhil Bembade, S N Tande
22 Strain Models for Stainless-Steel in 97-100
Composite Structural Members
A review on study of effect of
Rupali Patil, Akash Patil, Pramod
23 dampers and bracing system in high- 101-103
Salgar
rise building.
Comparative Analysis of Tensegrity Shital Rahul Kamble, Sachin B.
24 104-111
Bridge and Steel Bridge Kadam
A review on Sustainable use of Wheat
25 Harshal Chavan, Amol Mali 112-115
straw ash
Seismic Analysis of Fire-Exposed RC
Rohan Kumbhoje, Sachin Kadam,
26 Structures by Capacity Spectrum 116-121
Mahadeo Rokade
Method
Seismic Analysis of Balanced Shrishail Suhas Patil, Prachi Sohoni
27 122-126
Cantilever Bridge
Flexural strength prediction of RC Sudhir Suryawanshi, Prathamesh
beam with partial replacement of Patil, Vaibhav Sherikar, Vishwaraj
28 cement with GGBS Pawar, Ravindra Dhadas, Y. M. 127-133
Pudale, N. S. Bembade, R. S. Patil,
V. G. Sawant
Experimental Study on CBR of Black Abhishek Sangamkar, Anish
Cotton Soil treated with Biopolymer- Ayarekar, Vishal Kawale, Manaswi
29 134-136
Xanthan Gum Newale, Nikita Kamath, Dr. Anant
Kokane

IX
 Estimation of Municipal Solid Waste Swaraj Babhulke, Pratham Patil,
30 settlement using different Amit Shinde, Rishikesh Kadam, M. 137-140
methods: A Review Zaid Jahagirdar, Rohit Mangalekar
Effect of “Different sizes of openings Sawant Balaji Balasaheb, Karad
31 in shear wall” on seismic Response of Reshma Mohan, Patil Rushikesh 141-145
Structures. Vitthal
A review on experimental study of Chetana Patil, HS Jadhav
flexural behaviour of steel fibre
32 146-149
reinforced self-compacting concrete
exposed to high temperature
Concrete Technology and Construction waste
Quantification and characterization Gayatri Deore, Rajesh Chaudhary,
study of construction and demolition Sandip Mali
33 150-154
waste for Pimpri Chinchwad City,
India
A Review on the Study of GGBFS Pruthviraj B. S.
34 and Fly ash based Geopolymer 155-159
Concrete
Sagar Sanap, Hemant Lohar, Rohit
A review on Enhancing the Properties
35 Rajratan, Abhishek Shingade, Popat 160-165
of Recycled Aggregate Concrete
Kumbhar, Yashwant Patil
Efficacy of Buckling Restrained Pratiksha Yadav, Sachin Kadam
36 166-169
Braces in Reinforced Concrete Frame
Experimental Investigation of Partial Pratik Matkar, Manoj Mujumdar
37 Replacement of cement in Concrete 170-172
using Waste Glass Powder
Application of Drone Technology in Sagar Wandare
38 173-175
Construction Industry
Comprehensive review of fresh M. Mali, Anant M. Mule, Jaydeep
concrete properties L. Patil, Sourabh A. Chavan,
39 Shreyas V. Gaikwad, Prasad Desai, 176-181
Prof. V.G. Sawant, R.S. Patil, N.S.
Bembade
Building and Energy, Air Pollution, Groundwater,
Geotechnical/Foundation Engineering
Thermal Performance of Residential Muskan Shaikh, Krishnakedar
40 182-188
Building Using Revit Software Gumaste
Emerging techniques of Project Anil Agarwal, Manav Shah,
41 Management: Case study of Indian Doobari Bharadwaj, Shubham 189-196
Real Estate sector Desai, Shashank Mehta
Shruti MagarPatil, Manjunath
42 Low-Cost Ferro-cement Water Closet 197-206
Bhogone, S. N. Shinde
Air Quality Index for the selected Vinod Nejkar, Yogesh Patil,
43 locations of Ichalkaranji city, Sadhana Patil, Ashish Jadhav 207-211
Maharashtra
3-D Numerical Analysis of Large Shivanand Mali, Amit Rupnur,
44 212-217
Piled-Raft Foundation in Clay Soil Kenchappa Dudhal

X
 Studies on Assessment of Electricity Darshan Mundada, Krishnakedar
45 Consumption and Design of Solar PV Gumaste 218-223
Module for Residential Buildings.
Other Abstracts
Vaishnavi Sutar, Vaishnavi Khot,
Novel approaches to enhancing the Anjali Patil, Subhanali Chaus, Arsh
46 224
characteristics of concrete: A review Mushrif, R. S. Patil, Nikhil
Bembade,
Review Paper on Behaviour of Beam Tejas Halwai, Swapnil Yamagar,
by Wrapping of GFRP Sheet Nikhil Bembade, Alfayad Mujahir
Mulla, Sammed Patil, Ranjitsih
47 225
Patil
Pawan Sargar, Yojna Pudale,
Vijaykumar G. Sawant
Predicting the Compressive strength Sanraj Gandhi, Rucha
of Concrete Cube specimen using Mangalvedhekar, Utkarsh Patil,
48 226
Artificial Intelligence Apurv Gore, Priyanka Khadtare,
Anmol Magdum
Review Assessment on Seismic and Aditya Gondil, Vijaya Chavan,
Wind Analysis of Steel Structures Pritee Balu Gadade, Sakshi Patil,
49 227
Yash Bodke, Nikhil Bembade, R.
[Link], V. G. Sawant
Niranjansingh Rajput, Sakib Ajam
Analytical review assessment of flat
Mulla, Aditya Kurle, Poonam Patil,
50 slab buildings with RCC and 228
Shivanjali Digole, Abhijit
composite column
Salunkhe, Nikhil Bembade

XI
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Stormwater Drainage Design for Kolhapur city: A literature review

Sunidhi Patil Dr. G. R. Munavalli

Civil Engineering Department Civil Engineering Department
Walchand College of Engineering, Walchand College of Engineering
Sangli, 416416. Sangli, 416416.
Sangli, Maharashtra, India Sangli, Maharashtra, India
[Link]@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— open channels, Grass swales, rain barrels, and rain gardens. The
Urbanization and population growth have led to increased major stormwater collection system is designed for large
impervious surfaces, exacerbating stormwater runoff issues and volumes of surface runoff in urban areas, industrial zones, and
posing a threat to local ecosystems and infrastructure. This study large commercial developments. It includes storm drains,
focuses on how runoff generated varies with runoff coefficients
detention & retention basins, sedimentation, filtration &
and factors influencing them. Depending upon land use, rainfall
intensity runoff coefficients of 5 basins are treatment facilities, culverts, and green infrastructure. Effective
0.48,0.455,0.53,0.55,0.45. The corresponding stormwater runoff planning of flow paths across urban areas can reduce the
generated for 5 basins is calculated using a rational method. The accumulation of flood water and speed of runoff, and increase
more the runoff coefficient due to impervious cover, the more is filtering and infiltration of stormwater runoff.
runoff generated. The flow direction for each basin along with There are examples where improper collection systems
outfall locations are found using Google Earth Pro and the in cities like Vijayawada, Gandhinagar, Hyderabad, and Pune
Contour map of Kolhapur city. The existing system is inadequate have led to flood conditions, loss of water, infrastructure
for upcoming changed rainfall intensities & land use patterns. An damage, reduced property values, and increased maintenance
urgent need to redesign an appropriate collection system is
costs. In the context of this stormwater drainage design for
brought into the picture. Additionally, the study emphasizes the
importance of adaptive management strategies, allowing for Kolhapur city is taken into consideration. Kolhapur, situated on
continuous refinement of the stormwater drainage system in the banks of the Panchganga River in western ghats in the city
response to changing urban dynamics and climate conditions. By of Maharashtra state with a 6,35,000 lakh population as of 2022.
adopting this comprehensive and sustainable stormwater drainage The average rainfall received by Kolhapur city for Wadanage
design, Kolhapur City can enhance its resilience to extreme rain gauge station is 200 - 350mm (2010-2020)(Hydrology
weather events, mitigate the impact of urbanization on water project, Nashik). Kolhapur witnessed floods in the year 2019 &
resources, and contribute to the overall well-being of its residents 2021. There is a need to enhance the capacity of stormwater
and the surrounding environment. drains, optimize the placement of retention basins, and
implement advanced forecasting and monitoring systems to
Keywords—urbanization, impervious, rational method, sustainable
respond more effectively to changing weather conditions. The
I. INTRODUCTION post-flood period has focused on a comprehensive review and
improvement of Kolhapur City's drainage infrastructure.
Urban stormwater is generated from rain and snowmelt
events that flow over land or impervious surfaces and discharge
pollutants from nearby urban areas into rivers, lakes, and coastal II. LAND USE MAP OF KOLHAPUR CITY
waters. This stormwater can infiltrate, evaporate, run off, or end
up in any stream or water body. Stormwater drainage drains
surface runoff water from streets, sidewalks, roofs, and buildings 2.1 Basin-wise Description:
into an appropriate collection system for safe disposal. In areas
with natural groundwater, about 10% of the precipitation
becomes runoff, about 50% infiltrates into the soil, and 40% is
evaporated. As the land becomes more covered with impervious
Figure 2. Basin map of Kolhapur city
surfaces, more rainfall converts as runoff as much as 55%. (Patel BASIN A
BASIN A
et al.,2020). This can be due to large amounts of runoff produced
from rooftops, concrete, asphalt & other impervious surfaces
BASIN D
that are designed to shed water. The stormwater quantity BASINBASIN
B B
generated depends on factors like rainfall intensity, land BASIN E BASIN
BASIN
C C
characteristics, and topography.
Uncontrolled stormwater runoff can erode soil,
damage infrastructure, risk of flooding, and deteriorate water Figure 1. Location of Kolhapur
quality. Typically, two main types of collection systems work city In the present study, Kolhapur city
together to manage surface runoff in urban areas effectively. is considered as a study area. Figure 1 explains the location of
Minor stormwater collection systems are designed to handle the Kolhapur district and Figure 2 explains basin basin-wise
small-scale runoff from residential buildings, and commercial map of Kolhapur city. Kolhapur City (16.7050° N, 74.2433° E)
areas. It includes gutters, downspouts, catch basins, curb inlets, has an area of 66.82 km2 (Report submitted to Kolhapur
Municipal Corporation “Stormwater Management for Kolhapur

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.1

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

City”,2010). Basin-wise land use refers to the categorization Area(Ha)-Basin Area(Ha)-Basin

and analysis of land use within a specific geographical basin or Type of area
D E
watershed. Basin-wise land use map is described in Figure 3: Residential area (45%)717.3 (25%)29.5
Paved area (20%)318.8 (20%)23.6
BASIN A Open spaces (25%)398.5 (45%)53.1
RWH (10%)159.4 (10%)11.8
BASIN C Total area 1594 118
BASIN D
BASIN B
Table 2. Land use % for basins D, E
BASIN E

2.3 Basin-wise flow & Outfall location:

Figure 3. Land use map for Kolhapur city Here basin basin-wise flow direction and corresponding stretch
of outfall locations are plotted in figure 4,5,6,7,8.
2.2 Land use Description:
Corresponding elevation details are mentioned in Table no 3
Basin A:
The total area for basin A is 2015 Ha. Basin A Basin Highest elevation Outfall
includes Bavada, Kadamwadi, Ruikar colony, Mukta A Superintendent office -570m 535/540m
Sainik Vasahat, Bapat camp, and Hanuman Talav. B Agriculture college - 590m 535m
The corresponding runoff coefficient for basin A is
calculated with an average runoff coefficient of 0.48. C Khas bag Maidan - 575 m 540/545m
Basin B: D DY patil,COEK -595m 540/545m
The total area for basin B is 615 Ha. Basin B includes E Little Nemo School -585m 540m
Market Yard, Temlai Wadi, Rajaram Rifles, Vikram Table 3. Highest & lowest location
Nagar, and Rajaram Lake. The corresponding runoff
coefficient for basin B is calculated with an average
runoff coefficient of 0.455.
Basin C: BASIN B
BASIN A
The total area for basin C is 2340 Ha. Basin C
includes New Palace, Tarabai Park, Shahupuri,
Laxmipuri, KMC main building, Mahalaxmi Temple,
Udyam Nagar, Rajarampuri, Pratibha Nagar,
Padmale, Chile Colony, Shivaji University, Subhash
Nagar, Shenda Park, Baba Jarag Nagar, Kalamba
Central Jail, Koti Teertha. The corresponding runoff
coefficient for basin C is calculated with an average
runoff coefficient of 0.53.
Basin D:
The total area for basin D is 1594 Ha. Basin D
includes Lakshya Teertha Vasahat,Phule Figure 4. Basin A Figure 5. Basin B
wadi,Rankala lake,Dudhali Pavilion,Sambhaji Nagar
Bus stand,Devkar Panand,Salokhe Nagar,Apte
BASIN D
Nagar. The corresponding runoff coefficient for basin BASIN C
D is calculated with an average runoff coefficient of
0.555.
Basin E:
The total area for basin E is 118 Ha. Basin E includes
Pui Khadi WTP. The corresponding runoff
coefficient for basin A is calculated with an average
runoff coefficient of 0.45.
The corresponding basin-wise land use percentage is
given in Table 1 and Table 2 for 5 basins

Type of Area(Ha)- Area(Ha)- Area(Ha)-

area Basin A Basin B Basin C Figure 7. Basin D
Residential (30% *2015) (25% *615) (40% *2340) Figure 6. Basin C
area 604.5 153.75 936
Paved area (20%)403 (20%)123 (20%)468
Open
(40%)806 (45%)276.75 (30%)702
spaces
RWH (10%)201.5 (10%)61.5 (10%)234
Total area 2015 615 2340
Table 1. Land use % for basins A, B, C
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.2
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

of maintenance and dumping of garbage has also reduced the

carrying capacity of these natural drains, roadside open drains,
and culverts causing flood problems in the rainy season. In a
few regions i.e in basins C and D stormwater drainage system
is partially executed, however, other basins are not designed and
not executed. (Report submitted to Kolhapur Municipal
Corporation “Stormwater Management for Kolhapur
City”,2010)
Figure 8. Basin E

V. SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS:

III. STORMWATER RUNOFF GENERATION:
Due to ever-increasing demand to cater to population needs,
The rational method is a simple technique for estimating a urbanization is rapidly increasing in Kolhapur city. The land use
design discharge from a small watershed. It was developed by map gives majorly crowded areas in mid of the Kolhapur
Kuichling for small drainage basins in urban areas. The rational region. The factors governing runoff can be an increase in
method is the basis for the design of many small structures. impervious cover, a change in land characteristics, or an
Storm water drains are designed, taking into account the peak alteration in rainfall patterns. In the present study, how an
flow. The average rainfall intensity is 350 mm/hr for Kolhapur increase in impervious cover, increases runoff generation is
city. (HDUG, data,2023) The peak runoff (Q) is calculated studied for 5 basins. Basin C and Basin D have high runoff
using the following formula: coefficients with high stormwater runoff generated according to
Qp = 10 x C x I x A the land use map given in Figure 3. The basin wise stormwater
Where, runoff generation is calculated based on the rational method for
Qp = Peak flow at the point of design,m3/hr average rainfall intensity. This basin-wise stormwater
C = Runoff Coefficient generated is completely unaddressed and there is no appropriate
I =Average rainfall intensity, mm/hr collection system. The corresponding flow direction and stretch
A = Catchment area, hectares of outfall locations with elevations are found on Google Earth
Pro. The existing collection system is inadequate and there is an
Area C=Runoff Intensity Q = 10CIA urgent need to redesign the system considering rainfall patterns
Basin and climate change as important factors. The recommendations
(hectares) Coefficient (mm/hr) (m3/s)
A 2015 0.48 350 940.33 aim to enhance the capacity of stormwater drains, optimize the
placement of retention basins and ensure a resilient and
B 615 0.455 350 272.05
responsive stormwater management system for Kolhapur City.
C 2340 0.53 350 1205.75
D 1594 0.555 350 860.10
E 118 0.455 350 52.20 REFERENCES
Table 6. Basin wise Stormwater runoff
generation [1] Adhi Naresh, Naik M., and Naga Laxmi G., (2019) “Analysis of Existing
Stormwater Drainage system for the central zone of Hyderabad city using
Storm CAD”, E-proceedings of the 38th IAHR World Congress,1226-
Here average runoff coefficient is calculated. The higher the 1231.
runoff coefficient, and more the runoff generated. [2] Bobbi A. (2014),” Stormwater Management” Water Quality and Water
Management, NebGuide, University of Nebraska Lincoln, Institute of
Agricultural & Natural Resources.
[3] Engineering Hydrology by K. Subramanya 2nd Edition, Publisher: Tata
IV. EXISTING COLLECTION SYSTEM: McGraw-Hill
[4] Kumar S., Santhi T., Srivatsav M., Reddy S., Prasad A. and Praveen V.
(2015), “Storm Water Drainage Design (Case Study Vijayawada)”,
The drainage system of Kolhapur consists of rivers, natural International Journal of Earth Science and Engineering, 507-511
channels, and roadside drains. The coverage of stormwater [5] Report submitted to Kolhapur Municipal Corporation “Stormwater
drainage in the city is not adequate. A closed roadside drain Management for Kolhapur City”,2010 by PriMove Infrastructure
Development Corporation.
network is in existence for selected and major roads in patches.
[6] Patel P., Nigam U and Board N.(2020)” Design of Storm Water Drainage
The drainage system of Kolhapur constitutes river natural System in A Metropolitan Area” International Journal of Engineering
nallahs and roadside drains. The major natural drains are Jayanti Research and Technology Volume 9,Issue 6,June 2020,1426-1431
nalla, Gomati nalla,Dudhali nalla, Line Bazar nalla, and Bapat [7] Raval S. (2018),” Storm Water Drainage Solutions for Urban Area
camp nalla. The river Panchganga flows from west to east along “International Journal of Innovative Research in Science, Engineering and
the northern boundary of the city. The absence of a complete Technology, Vol. 7, Issue 4,3706-3711
network of drains results in obstruction to the flow of water
during storm events. The network of roadside drains is
insufficient and is inadequately sized. The existing cross-
drainage works are not properly sized at many locations. Lack

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.3

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Decentralised Wastewater Treatment By Modified

Towery Bio-rack Constructed Wetland System: A
Review
Mahesh Lokhande Guru Munavalli Popat Kumbhar,
Department of Civil Engineering, Department of Civil Engineering, Department of Civil Engineering,
Rajarambapu Institute of Technology Walchand College of Engineering, Rajarambapu Institute of Technology,
Rajaramnagar, Maharashtra, India Maharashtra, India Rajaramnagar, Maharashtra, India
mlokhande986@[Link] [Link]@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— Large amount of water supplied from various India's class I and class II cities produce 29,129 MLD of
sources for domestic use is converted into wastewater, which is sewage per day together, while their existing sewage treatment
then either discharged into water bodies like rivers, lakes and capacity is just 6,190 MLD. The 22,939 MLD residual gaps
on the open ground without any pre-treatment or with between installed and generated sewage treatment capacity
inadequate treatment at a centralised wastewater treatment places a heavy burden on STP facilities. DEWATS has
(CWWT) facility. A constructed wetland (CW) in decentralised developed to deal with this issue. By placing a DEWATS at
wastewater treatment (DEWAT) is a superior solution for the source, we can treat the produced wastewater and reduce
treating residential wastewater right at the source. However, the load [2].
conventional CW needs a sizable amount of space and a material
we use for filter media has several problems including Sufficient work has been carried out on following DEWATS
restricting wastewater and clogging filter media. Bio-rack viz. modified septic tank, a moving bed bioreactor (MBBR),
constructed wetland (BRCW) and Towery hybrid constructed an anaerobic baffled reactor (ABR), a Constructed wetland
wetland (THCW) were tried effectively to overcome the (CW), an anaerobic filter, a water hyacinth system, a polishing
limitations of conventional CW. This review paper presents pond, an up-flow anaerobic sludge blanket (UASB), a biogas
comprehensive literature on BRCW and THCW system for settler, etc. A constructed wetland is a superior solution for
domestic wastewater treatment. Further, the combination of treating residential wastewater right at the source. Constructed
BRCW and THCW is discussed for improving wastewater wetland is a form of DEWATS that employs biological
removal efficiency and dissolved oxygen (DO) content. treatment methods that are economical, simple to use, demand
minimal energy input and maintenance costs, are
Keywords— Centralised wastewater treatment (CWWT), environmentally sound and may take the place of CWWTS.
constructed wetland (CW), Decentralised wastewater treatment The main mechanism for the treatment process in constructed
(DEWAT), Bio-rack constructed wetland (BRCW), Towery hybrid wetlands is to enable wastewater to pass through porous filter
constructed wetland (THCW)
medium (sand, gravel, soil, etc.) planted with vegetation.
I. INTRODUCTION Categorization of CW depends on flow direction, macrophytic
growth and hydrology. According to water flow in substrate
Residential sewage discharge from cities is the primary CW has divided in three categories vertical flow constructed
cause of water pollution in India which leads to changes in wetland (VFCW), horizontal flow constructed Wetland
water quality parameters including pH, turbidity, salinity, (HFCW). However, conventionally constructed wetland
nitrogen, biochemical oxygen demand (BOD), chemical needs a sizable amount of space and a material we use for filter
oxygen demand (COD), etc. are caused by this discharge of media has several problems including restricting wastewater
wastewater. Wastewater includes impurities organic matter and clogging filter media [3].
and inorganic matter such as nitrogen and phosphorus that
cause environmental issues and greater dissolved oxygen The towery hybrid constructed wetland (THCW) system
consumption (DO) that influences the nitrification process. was developed as a novel system to improve the effectiveness
Physical, chemical, and biological processes are used in of the system to remove contaminants from wastewater in
wastewater to get rid of these pollutants. There is a system order to solve these problems in conventional constructed
called centralised wastewater treatment (CWWT) that treats wetlands. By aerating a tower-type cascade overflow from the
sewage using both chemical and physical methods to purify it. top layer into the bottom layer, THCW raises DO in
A combination of aeration, flocculation, sedimentation, wastewater and speeds up the nitrification process. To
filtering, and disinfection are used by CWWTS. For the improve the efficiency of the treatment processes, THCW
treatment process, this centralised sewage treatment plant creates an aerobic environment in the system. According to
(STP) needs a significant quantity of electrical energy, as well the research, the THCW was capable of effectively
as a large area for the installation of its components. The eliminating a wide range of contaminants from wastewater
primary importance of management authorities is transporting [4].
the effluent to the central sewage treatment plant and ensuring A bio-rack constructed wetland (BRCW) to improve
its safe disposal. The safe disposal of this waste involves a domestic wastewater treatment is another newly developing
significant investment in time and energy. Because of this, method in constructed wetlands. Utilizing biological
CWWT looks uneconomical. Additionally, the performance treatment techniques, the BRCW system eliminates
of the CWWT facility is not so desirable [1]. Decentralised contaminants from wastewater. The biofilm that is created by
wastewater treatment systems (DEWATs) are therefore the vegetation's roots on the surface during the treatment
widely used around the world. process in a BRCW, where nutrients from wastewater are used

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.4

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
to feed the plants, results in good system performance. In are used to vegetate the system. The primary treated
comparison to common CW, BRCW need less space and are wastewater enters the CBCW and runs up-flow and down-
more effective in removing pollutants. Wetlands that can flow through each compartment before being released into the
satisfy effluent discharge standards can be developed with output chamber and supplied to a vertical flow constructed
BRCW and THCW [3]. wetland (VFCW) for further treatment. With average effluent
COD and BOD3 of 130 mg/L and 60 mg/L, respectively,
There is a much scope for combining the effects of towery
removal efficiency for COD was 37.50% in CBCW. The
and bio-rack systems, which improves pollution removal from removal efficiency fell short of the CPCB, India's authorized
domestic wastewater. Further, some of the modifications like land application wastewater regulations, requiring further
altering flow pattern, multispecies vegetation, use of carrier
tertiary treatment before disposal.
media, hybrid arrangement and artificial aeration requires for
improving the performance of system [5]. Sathe and Munavalli (2019) modified conventional bio-rack
for the treatment of domestic wastewater. Modifications
II. LITERARTURE REVIEW included growing of multispecies plants, including Typha
DEWAT commonly managed anaerobic decentralized angustifolia and Cannabis indica in bio-racks system. Non-
wastewater treatment systems but very few data is available perforated plastic water bottles where plug-flow was created
on combination of aerobic and anaerobic decentralised using baffles. It was determined that dissolved organics
wastewater treatment system [1]. CW in DEWAT considered (carbon and nitrogen) could be removed from residential
as an efficient and cost effective method for treatment of wastewater using conventional bio-rack wetland systems
domestic wastewater. The limitations of CW such as larger (CBRWS) and modified bio-rack wetland systems
area, clogging and inappropriate media to support wetland (MBRWS). CBRWS and MBRWS were operated in
vegetation [6]. Behaviour of nitrification and denitrification in sequential continuous [1.5h, 4–24h (in multiples of 4) HRT]
CW is not defined yet. Few studies were found on Bio-rack and MBRWS in continuous (4, 12, and 24h HRT) mode. The
CW without using supporting media and acclimatization of removal efficiency of MBRWS was more than CBRWS by 4–
species [7]. Vetiveria zizanioides L. plant can also be used to 9%, 4–13%, and 3–16% for COD, BOD3, and TKN,
check the performance of the system as this plant is locally respectively. The DO level was also increased by 0.6–1mg/L
available also BRCW without using media can be the point of in MBRWS. The baffling used to create plug flow in MBRWS
further studies [8]. Artificial/passive aeration like cascade was found to be more effective than the use of multispecies
aeration can be used to increase dissolved oxygen content in vegetation for the removal of dissolved organics.
wastewater and multispecies can perform better than mono Sathe and Munavalli (2018) reviewed Bio-rack constructed
species in the wetland [5]. The combined effect of BRCW and wetland system as a decentralised approach for treatment of
THCW has not yet been studied. More research is needed on wastewater. Literature shows that CW are often used for
long-term studies of wetlands also optimizing influent decentralized wastewater treatment, however this system has
distribution and configuration requires further study [4]. limitations viz. requirement of larger area, clogging, and
Varma et al. (2022) reviewed existing DEWATS in India. appropriate media to support wetland vegetation. The
Researcher also states that this system has been implemented concluding remarks show that the bio-rack wetland system has
in different places with suitable treatment methods matching shown a great potential to treat the domestic wastewater at a
with the community needs. Literature survey indicates that higher loading rate and within lesser space requirement than
DEWATS which are connected to communal sanitation the conventional CW. Clogging problem in CW will also be
centres have the ability to bridge the gap between on-site and overcome by using bio-rack system. So it appears to be a
centralized wastewater treatment systems. Very little data is feasible method for treatment of domestic wastewater. With
available about the practice of DEWATS other than the some of the modifications like altering flow pattern,
handbooks available by different DEWATS implementation multispecies vegetation, use of carrier media, hybrid
agencies. This paper gives a review on the different DEWATS arrangement and artificial aeration further performance of the
methods (viz. CW, Aerobic treatment systems, Non- current system can be enhanced.
membrane biomass retention system, Anaerobic treatment Jamshidi et al. (2014) evaluated the possibility for treating
system, Eco-reactor STP, Fecal sludge management etc.) domestic wastewater produced by a small community (751mg
adopted in India which will impart a knowledge on the COD/L and 348mg BOD/L) using an integrated ABR and bio-
selection and implementation of different unitary process to rack wetland planted with Phragmites sp. and Typha sp. In
be adopted for DEWATS process. these studies, two anaerobic baffled reactors were set up in
Patil and Munavalli (2020) developed a hybrid bio-rack parallel followed by a horizontal flow bio-rack system
packaged wastewater treatment system (HBPWWTS) for vegetated with Phragmites sp. and Typha sp. The rectangular
domestic wastewater. Bio-rack, broken bricks, and multiple tank of the bio-rack unit has a net volume of 50L and is planted
plant species (such as Typha, Phragmites, and Cannabis with vegetation. The system consists of 15 vertical PVC pipes
indica) are all included in HBPWWTS. The system is in a 0.25 that are rack-like in construction and free of any media (soil,
m2 circular reactor with a spiral flow. 80mm-diameter used, gravel, etc.). These two parallel laboratory-scale models
discarded plastic bottles arranged in a grid pattern with a PVC showed that the systems planted with Phragmites sp. and
pipe in the middle. In the subsequent treatment, CW was able Typha sp. are capable of removing COD by 87% & 86%,
to remove up to 64-92% BOD and 44-77% TKN. soluble COD (for a soluble COD, the samples are filtered
through a 0.45mm filter) by 90% & 88%, BOD5 by 93% &
Koli and Munavalli (2020) developed a composite bio-rack 92%, TN by 79% & 77%, at an overall HRT of 21 hours (843g
constructed wetland (CBCW) at field scale. The CBCW is a COD/m3/day & 392g BOD5/m3/day) and 27 hours (622g
multi-compartment system that includes BR compartments COD/m3/day & 302g BOD5/m3/day), respectively. The
(BRC) and compartments that use brickbats as a supporting vegetated system planted with Phragmites sp. showed higher
medium. Canna indica macrophytes and Typha angustifolia L.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.5

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
pollutant removal efficiencies due to its extensive root and and efficient solution similarly THCW system effectively
mass growth rate of the plant as compared to Typha sp. removes contaminants but requires significant space. The
drawbacks of conventional CW, which has not yet been
Valipour and Kalyanraman (2012) conducted a comparative thoroughly studied, can be reduced by combining the effects
research to compare the efficiency of shallow pond and bio- of BRCW and THCW. More design modifications are needed
rack systems for treating domestic wastewater. In these to improve the system's performance, such as adding aeration
experiments, the bio-rack and shallow pond systems for
for improved oxygenation, use of multiple species for long-
treating residential wastewater in the presence of high levels term analysis, etc.
of total dissolved solids (TDS) or salts containing heavy
metals were examined. Two laboratory-scale reactors using IV. PROPOSED WORK
Phragmites sp. and water hyacinth i.e., bio-rack and shallow
pond system were set up. The shallow pond reactor is a This research proposes a modified approach, the Towery
circular tank that holds 24 litres, while the bio-rack reactor is Bio-Rack Constructed Wetland (TBCW), which combines the
a rectangular tank that holds 55.5 litres. Both reactors are filled benefits of the THCW and BRCW systems. The TBCW
with vegetation. The effectiveness of the wastewater treatment enhances pollutant removal efficiency, oxygenation and space
system shows removal efficiencies of 75.15% and 80.93% for utilization, making it a promising solution for domestic
COD, 86.59% and 90.90% for BOD5, and 70.22% and wastewater treatment. The TBCW addresses this gap by
74.18% for NH3-N reduction at 10 and 21 hours of hydraulic providing a compact system that increases dissolved oxygen
retention time (HRT), respectively. levels and efficiently removes contaminants from wastewater.
The proposed Techno-Economical Feasibility Study on
Wang et al. (2012) performed a comparative research to Domestic Wastewater Treatment using Modified Towery Bio-
compare the effectiveness of four plant species in bio-rack- Rack Constructed Wetland aims to contribute to the
constructed wetlands in removing contaminants from low- development of an environmental friendly and cost-effective
concentration polluted river water and a control system. Five solution for treating domestic wastewater. The integration of
tiny glass containers with a working depth of 380 mm and a the Towery and Bio-Rack systems offers a promising
huge glass container made comprised the experimental setup. approach to improve pollutant removal efficiency and
Within the four little containers, a rack of twenty PVC pipes optimize space utilization. This research has the potential to
was put together. For liquid transportation, the pipes had many benefit communities by providing a decentralized wastewater
perforations. Thalia dealbata, Acorus calamus, Zizania treatment option that meets environmental standards and
latifolia and Iris sibirica are among the chosen plants. Another minimizes energy consumption. Proposed domestic
small container with no plants was referred to as the control. wastewater treatment includes following stages: raw
The average removal rates of total nitrogen (TN) ranged from wastewater, anaerobic baffle wall reactor (ABR) with sludge
40.79% to 78.07% in the four bio-rack wetlands and from removal technique (primary treatment), MTBCWS
15.20% to 32.24% in the control system. The bio-rack wetland (secondary treatment), polishing pond (tertiary treatment) and
vegetated by T. dealbata showed higher TN removal rates than reuse water for agricultural, toilet flushing etc.
the other wetlands, and lower TN removal rates were obtained
in the Z. latifolia and I. sibirica systems. Average removal Tentative sketch of Modified Towery Bio-rack
rates of NH3-N ranged from 40.21% to 68.97% in the bio-rack Constructed Wetland System (MTBCWS) is shown in the
systems and from 9.67% to 41.84% in the control wetland. diagram below:
The bio-rack wetland vegetated with T. dealbata showed the Fig. 1. Schematic sketch showing MTBCWS
highest NH3-N removal rate. The average removal rates of
COD were low and unstable, ranging from 7% to 38.81%.
Fenxia and Ying (2009) developed the towery hybrid
constructed wetland system (THCW) for the removal of
nitrogen from domestic wastewater for rural communities. In
these studies, conventional constructed wetlands combined
with three stages of THCW. The first and third stages are
rectangular horizontal subsurface flow constructed wetlands
and the second stage is circular three-layer free water flow
constructed wetlands. The average pollutants removal rate
was 85%, 83%, and 83% for COD, ammonia nitrogen (NH3-
N), and total nitrogen, respectively. The studies show that
THCW is effective at removing many pollutants, first stage
target total suspended solids (TSS) and BOD, the second stage
enhances the nitrification rate and the third stage enhance the
denitrification.
III. LITERATURE GAP
Previous studies have shown the effectiveness of CW
systems in treating domestic wastewater. However, few of
them address the issue of raising dissolved oxygen levels in
the CW. The limitations of CW such as larger space
requirement and a material use for filter media have several
problems including restricting wastewater and clogging filter
media. As per the researchers BRCW offers a more compact

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.6

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
V. CONCLUSION REFERENCES
DEWAT is considered as economical and efficient method [1] Varma, V. G., Jha, S., Raju, L. H. K., Kishore, R. L., & Ranjith, V., “
for treatment of domestic wastewater. Many research studies A review on decentralized wastewater treatment systems in India,”
Chemosphere, vol. 300, pp. 134462, August 2022.
conclude that CW is superior for domestic wastewater
[2] CPCB, “National Inventory of Sewage Treatment Plants,” pp. 183,
treatment. Existing CW has many drawbacks such as larger March 2021.
space requirement, maintenance, etc. To overcome the
[3] Valipour, A., Raman, V. K., and Badalians Gholikandi, G., “
drawbacks of existing system some modifications are required Comparative evaluation on the performance of bio-rack and shallow
in terms of design so that it will be efficient and cost effective pond systems for domestic wastewater treatment,”.Environ. Sci. Eng.,
technology to treat domestic wastewater. BRCW has potential vol. 54, pp. 453-462, October 2012.
to remove the heavy contaminant present in wastewater but [4] Ye, F. and Li, Y., “Enhancement of nitrogen removal in towery hybrid
due to media used in the system clogging issue is observed to constructed wetland to treat domestic wastewater for small rural
overcome this challenge without using media in the BRCW communities,”. Ecol. Eng., vol. 35, pp. 1043-1050, July 2009.
has been practiced by few researchers. THCW removes the [5] Sathe, S. M. and Munavalli, G. R, "Decentralized Wastewater
Treatment By Bio-Rack Wetland System: A Review," J. emerg.
pollutant load significantly by increasing the DO in technol. innov. res., Vol.5, pp. 190-192, February 2018.
wastewater. Combined effect of THCW and BRCW were not [6] Wang, J., Zhang, L., Lu, S., Jin, X. and Gan, S,” Contaminant removal
established yet. In the present review MTBRCWS is studied. from low-concentration polluted river water by the bio-rack wetlands.
The system includes primary treatment (ABR), secondary J. Environ. Sci., vol. 24, pp. 1006-1013, June 2012.
treatment (MTBRCWS) and tertiary treatment (Polishing [7] Sathe, S. M., & Munavalli, G. R, “Domestic wastewater treatment by
pond) for domestic wastewater. This study will address the modified bio-rack wetland system,”. J. Water Process. Eng, vol. 28, pp.
space requirement and clogging issue. Since, domestic 240-249, April 2019.
wastewater treatment is not standardized there is a lot of space [8] Koli, M. and Munavalli, G., “ Development of field-scale composite
biorack constructed wetland–startup phase,” E3S Web of Conferences,
to develop an eco-friendly, effective and affordable system. Vol. 170, pp. 06009, June 2020.
[9] Patil, V. D and Munavalli, G. R., “Package Treatment System for
Domestic Wastewater.”
[10] Jamshidi, S., Akbarzadeh, A., Woo, K. S., and Valipour, A.,”
Wastewater treatment using integrated anaerobic baffled reactor and
Bio-rack wetland planted with Phragmites sp. and Typha sp.” J.
Environ. Health Sci. Eng., vol. 12, pp. 1-12, 2014.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.7

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Bio-rack settler for treatment of domestic

wastewater with a hybrid mode of treatment
Santosh Patil Dr. Guru Munavalli
Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering
Walchand College of Engineering Walchand College of Engineering
Sangli, India Sangli, India
E-mail- [Link]@walchand [Link] E-mail- [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— The quality of water in the sources is degrading technologies, the quality of the urban, peri-urban, and rural
due to the direct discharging of the wastewater in the source environments in Indian aquatic systems continues to
without any treatment. The decentralized methods of deteriorate. Despite the efforts of a number of concerned
wastewater treatment are one of the alternatives for carrying public entities, the majority of Indian STPs use just primary
out the treatment of wastewater at the source of wastewater
generation. Bio-rack wetland is one of the newly developed
treatment, dumping high biochemical oxygen demand (BOD)
decentralized methods for the treatment of low-strength sewage into natural waterways. The treated effluent from 49
wastewater. Bio-rack is an assembly of vertical pipes in which of the 152 STPs exceeds BOD criteria and, in terms of COD,
wetland plants are inserted. The bio-rack wetland has surpasses the standards. It is recognized that present methods
eliminated disadvantages like clogging and excess space faced by of environmental remediation are ineffective, necessitating
constructed wetlands. The bio-rack can be modified to elevate the development of a holistic approach to environmental
the performance, in the present study a modified bio-rack has management that is both economical and sustainable.
been assembled by combining the bio-rack with the settler. The
bio-rack will act as a vertical reactor and the settler will act as
an inclined reactor. The modified bio-rack wetland uses Typha 40000
Wastewater Quantity

Angustifolia L. as vegetation. This modified bio-rack was 30000

operated in alternate continuous and batch modes, the period
for continuous mode was 5h and for batch mode was 19h the 20000
(MLD)

study was carried out for 4 weeks. The wastewater treatment 10000
analysis was done by COD and TSS removal efficiency in 0
continuous and batch mode. The average COD removal 1979 1995 2009
efficiency in continuous mode was 28% and for batch mode was
42% respectively. The average TSS removal efficiency in Year
continuous mode was 36% and for batch mode was 44%
respectively. The combination of bio-rack with settler has Wastewater generated in MLD
uplifted the suspended solids removal efficiency of the
conventional bio-rack. Wastewater Treated in MLD

Keywords — Decentralized treatment, bio-rack wetland,

Settler, Typha Angustifolia L. Fig 1. Wastewater generation and treatment capacity in
India during different decades (CPCB, 2013)
I. INTRODUCTION
Fig.1 shows the wastewater quantity generated in MLD for
Water has been the lifeline for the development and backbone years in different decades. It can be clearly seen that the
of human civilization since the beginning. In recent decades quantity of wastewater has significantly increased but the
due to the population explosion, there has been a rapid capacity to treat the wastewater has not significantly increased
increase in infrastructure and production activities, and there resulting in the large quantity of wastewater to discharged
has been a big surge in water demand. The water supplied to directly without any treatment.
the residential areas is about 70% -80% of the total demand. To solve the wastewater treatment problem the concept of
Approximately 330 km3/year of domestic wastewater is decentralized wastewater treatment was introduced.
generated on the planet. The wastewater generation in India Decentralised wastewater systems treat, reuse or dispose of
is roughly around 14 km3/year only in class 1-2 cities and the wastewater at a short distance from its source. They aim to
towns, from which only 32% is treated (CPCB,2013). protect public health and the environment by significantly
Untreated wastewater is released straight into water sources, decreasing health and environmental dangers. The countries
causing significant water contamination. In India, around like China, Japan, and Australia have made decentralized
38.5 million m3/d of wastewater is generated and the capacity wastewater treatment mandatory for the treatment of
of sewage treatment plants (STP) is approximately 12 million greywater (Gaulke, 2006). In India, the use of decentralized
m3/d which means there is a gap of 26.5 million m 3/d of wastewater treatment systems is increasing, Municipal
wastewater treatment capacity. This large gap between corporation of Bangalore has made decentralized wastewater
wastewater generation and treatment is due to the low number treatment mandatory for apartments since year 2004 (Evans et
of sewage treatment plants and less financial support along al., 2014).
with the large cost of operation and maintenance of the STP. One of the low-cost methods of decentralized method of
Despite current legislation and wastewater treatment wastewater treatment is constructed wetlands (CW). The

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.8

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
constructed wetland is made up of the treatment basin having  To boost the effectiveness of wastewater treatment,
plants supporting media for plants and wastewater which is to the associated growth system's roots should be long
be treated. The micro-organisms reside on the roots of plants enough to allow for more bacterial growth.
and the treatment basin walls, allowing the attached growth
system. The plants used in CW are vascular in nature which Typha angustifolia L was chosen as vegetation because it was
transport oxygen from the leaves and release it from the roots accessible in the Kumbhar Mala, Sangli, which is close to the
achieving the aerobic condition. Using the absorption, spot where the bio-rack settler has been installed. Another
settling, and exchange concept, the system eliminates bacteria,
unique trait of Typha angustifolia L that is important in the
dissolved pollutants, and nutrients. The treatment mechanism
involves the biological treatment process. This type of treatment process is its capacity to transmit oxygen through
treatment is suitable for domestic wastewater with low its roots and sustain aerobic conditions till root depth
pollutants and a limited amount of wastewater. The CW is (Tornbjerg et al. 1994).
provided as the tertiary mode of treatment for the treatment of Typha angustifolia L. leaves range in length from 3 to 6 feet
wastewater generated at the hostel along with an anaerobic when completely grown; when mature, around 12 to 16
baffled reactor and anaerobic filter (Bresciani, 2016). leaves sprout from each vegetative stem (Khonde and
Munavalli, 2022). Typha angustifolia L. has a root length of
The CW is not adopted due to the requirement of more area up to 60 cm (Sathe and Munavalli, 2019), and earlier research
for construction and operation hefty financial investment and has shown that Typha angustifolia L. is a plant that can live
the clogging of media. Bio-rack (BR) is one of the alternatives
in filthy water and is extremely trustworthy for polluted water
which works on the same working principles as constructed
treatment.
wetlands but eliminates the disadvantages like clogging of
media and requirement of excess area. To boost the
performance of the BR and to achieve the economy various
modifications have been made to BR. The present study
focuses on one such modified BR in which the conventional
bio-rack is combined with the settler to enhance the suspended
solids removal efficiency.
Objectives –
A. To configure and assemble the bio-rack settler.
B. To assess the performance of the Bio-rack settler system
for removal of, COD and TSS for 5h of continuous mode and
19h of batch mode.
II. MATERIALS AND METHODS
Fig 2. Photograph of the source of wastewater
A. Source of wastewater
The wastewater is collected in a sewer parallel to MSEB road,
which runs from Walchand College of Engineering in
Vishrambag to the Dhiraj Kumar Badminton Academy in
Limaye Mala, Sangli. It is made up of wastewater from
hotels, hostels, college mess, halls, and residential areas. The
majority of the sewage entering this sewer originates from
Vishrambag's residential areas. The wastewater was collected
from the source via grab sampling in the evening between
time span of 5 pm to 6 pm and transported to the location
where the bio-rack settler was installed.
B. Selection of vegetation
The researchers conducted the investigation employing
plants such as Typha angustifolia L, Canna indica, Fig 3. Photographic view of the source of vegetation
Phragmites, Acorus calamus, Zizania latifolia, Iris Sibirica,
C. Process of Acclimatization
and Thalia dealbata as vegetation for the bio-rack.
 The plant must be able to withstand extreme heat Typha angustifolia L was moved from Kumbhar Mala to the
and cold, as temperatures in the established region establishing site by simply lifting the plants while holding the
can reach as high as 40 degrees Celsius and as low leaves and roots. Typha angustifolia L. grows only in regions
as 13 degrees Celsius. where there is plenty of water. When Typha angustifolia L. is
 The plant should develop quicker in order to build exposed to dry conditions, it tends to droop; consequently,
the system in a short period of time. acclimatization is essential to avoid Typha angustifolia L.
drooping. During the acclimatization phase, the plants adjust
 Because the facilities will be dealing with
wastewater treatment, they should be able to readily to the changing circumstances generated by changes in the
effluent.
adjust to the saturated circumstances.
 The plants should be readily available in the area
and simple to install and remove from the system.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.9

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Fig.4 shows the plants during the acclimatizing phase. During from vertical bio-rack 2 coming in contact with biofilm grown
the acclimatization stage, the plants were stored in containers on the internal surface of the pipe and roots. Treated
deploying a batch mode of operation. wastewater will come out of the bio-rack settler from the
When taken from Kumbhar Mala, Typha angustifolia L. was outlet pipe into the bucket.
cleaned with fresh water to eliminate the dirt that had been Table 1 Detailed configuration of bio-rack settler
adhered to the roots after removal. After cleaning the roots,
the plants were placed in two drums filled with fresh water Sr. Time of operation Hours of Mode of
for four days before adding wastewater. The concentration of
No operation operation
wastewater was gradually raised until the plants were
accustomed to raw wastewater. 1 10 am to 3 pm 5 Continuous
mode
2 3 pm to 10 am 19 Batch mode

E. Time pattern for working of BRS

Table 2 Time pattern for the operation of bio-rack settler

Sr no Details of System Descriptions
Fig 4. Photographic view of plants during the acclimatizing
stage 1 Shape of model Circular
D. Experimental setup 2 Diameter of pipe 0.075 m
3 Length of pipes Vertical bio-rack 1–
1.5 m
Inclined bio-rack –
1.0 m
Vertical bio-rack 2-
0.5 m
4 Surface area 0.004417 m2
5 Volume of Model 0.01325 m3
6 Vegetation Typha angustifolia L
Fig 5. Photographic view of the bio-rack settler (BRS) 7 Material of bio-rack PVC
settler
Fig.5 shows the photographic view BRS, BRS is assembled
with 75 mm diameter PVC pipes which were discarded as Table 2 shows the time in hours for working of BRS. Time
waste. The pipes were assembled on-site as per the plan and pattern simulates the part of time pattern and generation of
fixed in the stand, the stand is assembled with the square wastewater in the hostel mess, the wastewater is supplied in
sections available on-site. continuous mode from 10 am to 3 pm with a flow of 0.00264
m3/h. From 3 pm to 10 am of the next day the system will
Table 1 shows the detail configuration of bio-rack settler. The operate in batch mode. During operation, the system was
wastewater was supplied from the overhead tank to the
operated with the HLR of 0.5976 m3/m2.h.
vertical bio-rack 1 of the bio-rack settler with the help of a
saline pipe. The saline pipe was used because it has the V- F. Sampling methodology
Track controller which helps to keep the constant flow from
the overhead tank to the vertical bio-rack 1. The overhead tank After the requisite duration of operation, the sample was
was a plastic drum of 50-litre capacity provided with a tap at
collected using the grab sampling technique from the
the bottom for supplying wastewater to BRS.
effluent of the bio-rack settler. Multiple grab samples were
The outlet pipe is provided with a tap for taking out treated gathered from the outflow for analysis to ensure error-free
wastewater from the system, the tap is provided with a 5 mm results. Every time, 200 ml of sample was taken in a glass
diameter pipe for carrying wastewater from the outlet tap to beaker to be analyzed.
the container in which treated wastewater is to be collected.
The wastewater will flow from the overhead tank into the III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
vertical bio-rack 1 from the saline pipe. The wastewater while
flowing from vertical bio-rack 1 will come in contact with the A. Characteristics of Influent
biofilm grown on the pipe surface and the roots of vegetation. After obtaining the grab sample the wastewater was kept for
The wastewater will pass from the inclined bio-rack allowing settling which would act as the primary treatment and this
the suspended solids to settle and finally, wastewater will pass primarily treated wastewater will be used as an influent for

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.10

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
the bio-rack settler. After testing the wastewater the average C. Removal of suspended solids
values of the primarily treated wastewater are mentioned in 100
Table 3 shown below

TSS Removal Efficiency (%)

Table 3. Influent characteristics of primarily treated 80
wastewater (Mean ± Standard Deviation) 60
40
pH COD TSS
- mg/L mg/L 20
7.82 ± 0.23 113 ± 23.97 233.83 ± 74.9 0
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
The value of pH is slightly more indicating the wastewater is Operating Days
alkaline in nature. The mean value of COD is 113 mg/L with TSS Continuous mode Efficiency (%)
a standard deviation of 23.97 mg/L the value of influent is TSS Batch mode Efficiency (%)
more than the value described by the standards of the Overall Efficiency (%)
National Green Tribunal (NGT) of 50 mg/L. Hence the
secondary treatment is necessary for the removal of Fig 7. TSS removal efficiency obtained during the
carbonaceous organic matter. different operating modes of BRS
The mean value of TSS is 233.83 mg/L with a standard Fig.7 shows the TSS removal efficiency in percentage for
deviation of 74.9 mg/L the value of the influent is more than continuous mode, batch mode and overall removal efficiency
the value described by the standards of the National Green obtained during different operating days. The TSS removal
Tribunal (NGT) of 20 mg/L. Hence secondary treatment is efficiency varies from 34% to 41% with an average TSS
necessary for the removal of suspended solids. removal efficiency of 36% for 5h operating time for the
continuous mode of operation. The TSS removal efficiency
B. Removal of Carbonaceous organic matter varies from 36% to 48% with an average TSS removal
100 efficiency of 44 % for 19h of operating time for the batch
COD Removal Efficiency (%)

80
mode of operation. The overall TSS removal efficiency varies
from 67% to 85% with an average overall TSS removal
60 efficiency of 79%.
40
20 D. Growth of vegetation during the period of operation
0 Table 4. Length of vegetation in bio-racks before and after
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5 the study period
Operating Days
Date of Leaf Leaf Number Number
COD Continuous mode Efficiency (%) study length length of leaves of
COD Batch Efficiency (%) in bio- in bio- in bio- leaves
Overall Efficiency rack 1 rack 2 rack 1 in bio-
(cm) (cm) rack 2

Fig 6. COD removal efficiency obtained during the 19/12/2022 58.7 64.3 3 5
different operating modes of BRS 19/02/2023 104.4 114.8 15 18
Fig.6 shows the COD removal efficiency in percentage for
continuous mode, batch mode and overall removal efficiency Table 4 shows the leaf length and number of leaves before
obtained during different operating days. The COD removal and after the completion of the study. The maximum leaf
efficiency varies from 24% to 30% with an average COD length of Typha angustifolia L. inserted in bio-rack 1 after the
removal efficiency of 28% for 5h operating time for the acclimatization phase was 58.7 cm with 3 leaves. The
continuous mode of operation. The COD removal efficiency maximum leaf length of Typha angustifolia L. inserted in
varies from 35% to 51% with an average COD removal bio-rack 2 after the acclimatization phase was 64.3 cm with
efficiency of 42 % for 19h of operating time for the batch 5 leaves respectively.
mode of operation. The overall COD removal efficiency
After completing the study period, the maximum leaf length
varies from 59% to 77% with an average overall COD
removal efficiency of 69%. The OLR for continuous mode of of Typha angustifolia L. inserted in bio-rack 1 after the
operation varies between 0.537 Kg. COD / m3 d to 0.739 Kg. acclimatization phase was 104.4 cm with 15 leaves. The
COD / m3 d. maximum leaf length of Typha angustifolia L. inserted in bio-
rack 2 after the acclimatization phase was 114.8 cm with 18
leaves respectively.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.11

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
IV. CONCLUSION REFERENCES
The average overall COD removal efficiency is 69%. The [1] Bresciani R. (2015), “Wastewater reuse in an urban college hostel
COD removal efficiency during continuous mode of operation Pune, Maharashtra, India, Sustainable Sanitation Alliance”.
varies as per the OLR. The OLR varies from 0.537 Kg. COD [2] [Link]
/ m3 d to 0.739 Kg. COD / m3 d. increase in the OLR decreases [3] Gaulke L. (2006), “On-site wastewater treatment and reuse in Japan”,
the COD removal efficiency during the continuous mode of Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers - Water Management,
159(2), 103–109.
operation.
[4] Khonde K. and Munavalli G. (2022), “Bio-rack constructed wetland:
The average overall TSS removal efficiency is 79%. The Effect of sequential batch operation”, [Link] dissertation report,
Department of Civil Engineering Walchand College of Engineering,
settler was found to be effective in removing the suspended Sangli, India.
solids.
[5] Sathe S. and Munavalli G. (2019), “Study on modified Bio-rack
The Typha angustifolia L. has grown significantly in the bio- wetland system for treatment of domestic wastewater”, April 2019
Journal of Water Process Engineering, 28,240-249.
rack settler during the period of study.
[6] Tornbjerg, T., Bendix M. and Brix H. (1994), “Internal gas transport in
Typha latifolia L. and Typha angustifolia L.”, Convective throughflow
pathways and ecological significance, Aquat. Bot, 49,91-105.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.12

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Studies on Groundwater Quality in Residential Area of

Jaysingpur Town – A Case Study
Muskan R. Bhai#1, Krishnakedar S. Gumaste#2
1Environmental #Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Walchand
engineer, at WaterUnit Infrastructure LLP, Sangli,
Maharashtra. College of Engineering, Sangli, Maharashtra.
[Link]@[Link]
1muskanbhai1998@[Link]

Abstract which play important role in supporting day to day activities of

In the residential area of Jaysingpur town, the municipal water people is that groundwater. Groundwater is one of the more
supply is not regular. In some areas, the water supply is 5 times a reliable and extensively used natural resources and it constitutes
week and in some areas, it is 3 times a week. Due to this other than about 20% of the world’s water supply, which is about 0.61% of
these days, there is water scarcity. To overcome this water demand the whole world’s water. This makes it, a crucial resource that
for daily needs, many people depend on bore well water. Many might act as natural storage which will be utilized during water
people use groundwater for drinking purposes without any scarcity periods. Bore well water satisfies about 91% of overall
treatment. So, it is necessary to assess the quality of Bore well water drink demand and is taken into account as the more reliable
from the residential area of Jaysingpur town to cognize if it is source of water as compared to surface water(Girja Shankar,
potable or not. This study will provide valuable data concerning the Tailor, and C.P. Singh Chandel 2010). The availability of
assessment of groundwater quality in the residential area of groundwater is depend upon the length and breadth of the country
Jaysingpur town, as there's no prior study or published data on this (Chatterjee et al.; 2009). Quite two billion people worldwide rely
issue. For the convenience of the current study, the residential area on groundwater for their daily water system.
is divided into 4 zones. The Physico-chemical parameters such as -
In India, where there's an uneven distribution of water
pH, TDS, Turbidity, Electric Conductivity, DO, Total hardness,
resources, groundwater plays a vital role to fulfil water
requirements for domestic, irrigation, and industrial needs
Alkalinity, MPN, chlorides, and fluorides are studied to measure the
(Mamatha P and Rao Sudhakar 2009). About 85% of rural and
quality of water. Also the household treatments like boiling and
50% of urban domestic water requirements and about 92% of
effective treatment between R.O and candle filter is reported in the
irrigation requirement is being fulfilled by groundwater
same. As per the testing, some parameters are exceeding the limit
extraction(Jha and Sinha, n.d.). However, water quality is
when compared with the drinking water standards of IS10500 deteriorated commonly by a rapid increase in population and
(2012). Overall observation reveals that the bore well water quality uncontrolled development of projects like stock farming,
of the residential area of Jaysingpur town is currently not good irrigation, urbanization, and industrialization. An oversized
hence it is not potable, as hardness, alkalinity, TDS, and MPN of all quantity of waste products is being generated and discharged
bore wells water are high, it is dangerous to drink such water which contaminates both groundwater and surface water. The
without treatment. excessive and improper use of chemical fertilizers, animal
Keywords: Bore well water, Physico-chemical parameters, River Wate, manures, insecticides, and pesticides, improperly built or poorly
Drinking water. located and/or maintained septic systems for household
wastewater, leaking of underground storage tanks and piping,
I . INTRODUCTION improper disposal or storage of wastes, and chemical spills at
industrial sites and excess use of groundwater haven't only
Water is important for the survival of any type of life. decreased groundwater availability, but also it affects on its
Water accounts for about 70% of the burden on somebody's body. quality(Srinivas, Bhakar, and Singh 2015). As our dependence on
It's a transparent and known proven fact that clean water is groundwater increases, its quality becomes an ever more
essential for healthy living. Water is distributed in nature in important issue(Pye Veronica and Patrick Ruth 1983). Water
numerous forms such as rainwater, river water, groundwater, etc. quality may be a growing global concern and over 80% of the
About 71% of the earth’s surface is roofed by water. Out of the human diseases within the world are caused by unsafe water
full quantity of water present in the world, about 97% of the sources and inadequate environmental sanitation practices.
earth’s water resources are locked up within the oceans and seas, Hence it's necessary to place appropriate efforts into improving
which are just too saline and not useful for drinking, for the direct the quality of groundwater. Water quality parameters offer the
use of agriculture and industrial purpose. About 2.4% is trapped bottom for analysis of the suitability of water for various use and
in giant glaciers and polar ice caps. Thus not even 1% quantity of improve the current conditions. Beverage quality analysis of
water is on the market for drinking, agriculture, domestic and some bore water of Chikhli town, Maharashtra is completed by
industrial consumption. Though water is one of the abundantly Khadsan and Kadu(R.E. Khadsan and Mangesh V. Kadu 2003).
available substances within nature, all living organisms are The experimental work is completed on the Physico-Chemical
nowadays facing water scarcity. But its abundance and scarcity properties of groundwater near granite mines in Jhansi (U.P) by
have been greatly important in shaping the lifestyle and culture Manjesh Kumar and Ramesh Kumar (Manjesh Kumar and
of the people living in a specific region. One of the water sources Ramesh Kumar 2013). Physico-chemical studies on the
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.13
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

assessment of well water quality in the Kota district were done

by collecting samples from 5 tehsils in the morning and evening
for pre-monsoon, post-monsoon, winter, and spring
seasons(Anilesh Kumar Yadav, Gupta M Nafees, and Gupta
2016). Assessment of groundwater quality around solid waste
landfill area at Turmuri, Belgaum, is finished to determine the
magnitude of dumpsite pollution on groundwater quality. During
the study period, 7 bore wells were selected around the landfill
area at a distance of 500, 750, and 1000m (Patil, Narayanakar,
and Virupakshi 2013). The literature review showed that
numerous studies were conducted on groundwater quality
assessment. Recent research shows that due to the rapid increase
in population growth and industrialization groundwater quality is
decreasing day by day. Fig.1. Location Map of Residential Area of Jaysingpur Town
In the residential area of Jaysingpur town, the municipal
water supply is not regular. In some areas, the water supply is 5 For the convenience of the current study, the residential
times a week and in some areas, it is 3 times a week. Due to this area is divided into 4 zones as shown in fig.2. According to the
other than these days, there is water scarcity. To overcome this area, zone 1 is the largest, and zone 4 is the smallest (table 1.1).
water demand for daily needs, many people depend on bore well
Zone 1, 2, and 3 contain upper-middle-class and middle-class
water. Many people use groundwater for drinking purposes
without any treatment. So, it is necessary to assess the quality of people. Zone 4 is a slum area that has a small area but a large
Bore well water from the residential area of Jaysingpur town to population. The groundwater sampling sites were chosen to cover
cognize if it is potable or not. Hence, the current study deals with the full area of each zone of the residential area of Jaysingpur
the assessment of the groundwater quality of the residential area town. The distance between the two sampling sites is maintained
of Jaysingpur town in Maharashtra, which has a population of from 500 to 700 m. Based on this no. of samples considered for
about 60,000 (as per the 2011 census). The suitability of testing in each zone is given in table 1.1.
groundwater has been evaluated concerning standards prescribed
by the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS). Samples were tested for
the following 10 drinking water quality parameters –
1) Physical parameters – Turbidity, Electric Conductivity.

2) Chemical parameters – pH, TDS, DO, Total hardness,

Alkalinity, MPN, chlorides, fluorides, etc.

This study will provide valuable data concerning the assessment

of groundwater quality in the residential area of Jaysingpur town,
as there's no prior study or published data on this issue.

II. METHODOLOGY

A. Geographical Data
Fig.2. Zoning of Residential Area of Jaysingpur Town
Location: Jaysingpur is located in Kolhapur district which is
located in the southwest of Maharashtra state in India. Jaysingpur
B. Sampling
lies on 16o46’47.5572” N latitude and 74o33’22.9464” E
Sampling frequency: Groundwater sampling was done for four
longitude. Jaysingpur belongs to tehsil Shirol. The total area of
months i.e. from Nov-2021 to Feb-2022. There were 50 sites
Jaysingpur town is 6.28 [Link]. The population of the town is
under the study, which covered all four zones. The samples of
60,000(as per the 2011 census). The residential area of the town
zone 1 were tested in 30 days i.e. from 08- Nov-2021 to 08-Dec-
is divided into 23 wards. Jaysingpur has Municipal Corporation.
2021. The samples of zone 2 were tested for 20 days i.e. from 10-
Climate: Jaysingpur has a tropical climate. The cold season start
Dec-2021 to 31-Dec-2021. The samples of zone 3 were tested in
from December to February followed by the hot season from
25 days i.e. from 03-Jan-2022 to 28-Jan-2022. The samples of
March to June. After summers the rainy season starts with the
zone 4 were tested in 10 days i.e. from 01-Feb-2022 to 10-Feb-
onset of monsoon rains lasting till the end of September. The
2022.
period from September to November constitutes the post-
monsoon period. Normal annual rainfall is 500mm.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.14

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Table 1 Zone-wise name, area, and sampling number.

No. of
Actual No.
Zone Name Area Bore Sample
Well Taken
Present
Lane No. 1.50
Zone 1 200 20
1 to 21 [Link]
Lakshmi 0.77 c) Zone 3 d) Zone 4
Zone 2 100 10
Nagar [Link]
Fig.3. Actual position of sampling site
Shahu 1.20
Zone 3 150 15
Nagar [Link] III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
Rajiv
0.57
Zone 4 Gandhi 15 5 As per the testing and the results obtained, some parameters are
[Link]
Nagar exceeding the limit when compared with the drinking water
standards of IS10500 (2012). Considering the overall average
C. Collection of groundwater samples and Testing values of the parameters, some discussion is carried out. Table
methods 1.2 gives information about zone wise range of results of each
Groundwater samples were collected from bore wells which parameter and zone wise average of the total no. of samples taken
included Government hand pumps as well as private or owned for each parameter. The acceptable and permissible limit of each
bore wells. The zone-wise actual position of sampling sites is as parameter given in the table is as per IS 10500 (2012).
shown in fig.3. The samples were collected in pre-sterilized
polyethylene bottles as prescribed in IS 3025-part I (1987) (of pH and Turbidity: The pH is determined by microprocessor
Indian Standards, n.d.). Collected samples were tested for based Digital pH meter which gives direct value of pH. The pH
Physico-chemical parameters such as pH, Turbidity, Electric value of all samples from four zones is within the acceptable limit
Conductivity (EC), Alkalinity, Total Dissolved Solids (TDS), as prescribed by IS code (table 2). Fig.4. shows a graph of the
Hardness, Dissolved Oxygen (DO), Fluorides, and Chlorides, and average pH of bore well water samples from all zones. According
a microbiological parameter i.e. Most Probable Number (MPN) to WHO (2007) guidelines, the pH of the groundwater depends
for coliform detection. Testing methods were chosen from IS on the surrounding geological conditions. Although pH usually
code (IS10500 – 2012). The test results were compared with has no direct impact on consumers, it is one of the most important
acceptable and permissible limits of water quality parameters as operational water quality parameters. But groundwater with low
given in IS code (IS10500 – 2012) (table 2). pH can cause gastrointestinal disorders and this water cannot be
used for drinking purposes. Lower pH water is more likely to be
Acceptable limit: The acceptable or desirable limit means the corrosive.(Shyamala, Shanthi, and Lalitha 2008) The high pH
amount of specific element/parameter up to which it can be leads to bitter taste, skin irritation, dryness, and itchiness and it
present in water, beyond that limit it is not good for drinking. also causes scaling on utensils and in pipes.

Permissible limit: The permissible limit means the amount of

specific element/parameter up to which it can be present in water,
that water can be consumed if there is no alternate source
available. Beyond that limit, water is rejected for drinking
purposes.

Fig.4. Average pH of bore well water from all zones

a)Zone 1 b) Zone 2

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.15

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Table 2 Test results of bore water samples

Test Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Acceptable Permissible

(Unit) Range Average Range Average Range Average Range Average limit limit
(S.D) (S.D) (S.D) (S.D)
pH 6.85 - 7.55 7.11 6.6-7.4 6.9 7.0 -7.8 7.15 7.1 0.5 7.15 6.5-8.5 No
(0.163) (0.35) (0.157) (0.156) relaxation.
Turbidity 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 5
(NTU)
EC 800 - 1000 978.5 810 -1000 971.5 790-990 964 900-1100 1030 800 3000
(uS/cm) (65.88) ( 77.33) (65.06) (47.16)
TDS 465-535 471.5 455 -545 472 455-525 466.5 445 -535 509.5 500 2000
(mg/lit) ( 42.57) (54.49 ) (45.77 ) (59.96 )
Alkalinity 230 - 270 254 234-264 251.5 215-245 233 245-275 270 200 600
(mg/lit) (25.42) (27.21 ) (35.45) (36.52 )
Hardness 360 - 440 360 340-420 320 240-320 240 360- 440 360 200 600
(mg/lit) (37.24) (30.23) (64.25) (41.95)
Chloride-content 70- 130 134.43 50 -110 101.47 65 -105 104 70 -120 106.96 250 1000
(mg/lit) (21.22) (21.98 ) (21.65) (20.95 )
DO 4.5-5.5 4.4 4.4-5.6 5.5 3.5-4.5 4.2 3.2-4.8 4.3 6.5-8 No
(mg/lit) (0.55 ) (0.19 ) (0.54 ) (0.46 ) relaxation.
MPN 15-30 26.5 15-55 29 10-40 22 15-45 30 0 No
(no./100ml) ( 9.33) (11.49 ) (8.44) ( 13.45) relaxation.

It can be determined by using microprocessor based turbidity

meter. The turbidity of bore well water from all zone is zero
which indicates water is aesthetically clean. All the turbidity
values of the bore well water studied are equal to the IS
10500(2012) acceptable limit. The turbidity of water is caused by
suspended particles or colloidal matter. High turbidity protects
micro-organisms which leads to the high growth of bacteria. High
turbid water has adverse health impacts it can cause the risk of
gastrointestinal infections (WHO 2007).

EC and TDS: The conductivity and TDS are determined by

Fig.5. Average EC of bore water samples from all zones
using digital meter. The EC values of all sites in four zones
exceed the acceptable limit. Bore well water from zone four Alkalinity: The alkalinity of water sample is determined by
showed the maximum level of EC (fig. 5). High conductivity of titrating it against standard acid solution using indicators like
water is due to natural sources such as minerals and rocks. Water phenolphthalein and methyl orange. All the alkalinity values of
with high conductivity does not necessarily pose a risk to human the bore well water studied are exceeds the IS 10500(2012)
health, but it can cause corrosion in plumbing systems. EC is the prescribed limits. Fig.6. shows the zone-wise average alkalinity
main parameter used to determine the suitability of water for of bore water samples. The high alkalinity of water is due to the
irrigation. High EC of water causes leaf damage, stunted plant presence of impurities such as sodium carbonate, potassium
growth, and eventually causes plant death.(Vidya et al., n.d.) bicarbonate, or potassium carbonate. Continuous drinking of high
Some of the TDS values of the bore well water studied are alkaline water can cause kidney diseases (WHO 2007).
exceeding the IS 10500(2012) acceptable limit. A high value of To decrease the alkalinity of water household treatment
TDS may result in a reduction of water utility for drinking like boiling is given to the bore well sample. The sample having
purposes. High TDS values are caused by the presence of sodium, an alkalinity of 276 mg/lit is boiled for 5 min, 15 min, and 25
chlorides, and potassium. Drinking water with high TDS causes min, and the results are tested. The test result found a decrease in
diseases like nausea, lung irritation, rashes, vomiting, etc. The alkalinity value with an increase in boiling time (fig.7). Hence to
continuous long-term consumption of such water may cause bring the alkalinity of bore well water within the acceptable limit,
chronic health conditions like cancer (WHO 2007). 15 to 25 mins of boiling is sufficient.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.16

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Fig.6. Zone-wise average alkalinity

Fig.8. Zone-wise average hardness of bore

Fig.7. Change in alkalinity after Boiling.

Fig.9. Change in hardness of water sample after boiling.

Chloride and Fluoride Content: The chloride content of water

Hardness: The 50 ml water sample is titrated against 0.01M
sample is determined by titrating the water sample against 0.02M
EDTA (Disodium Salt) solution by using EBT as an indicator.
silver nitrate solution using potassium chromate as an indicator.
The EDTA of Qualigens is used with 98% purity. This gives the
The chloride content and fluoride content of water samples from
total hardness of water. The hardness of water samples is very
all four zones are within the limit as given by IS10500 (2012). A
high as the minimum hardness is 240 and the maximum hardness
high concentration of chlorine gives a salty taste to water.
is 440. The graph of the zone-wise average hardness of bore water
Fluoride content in water with less than 1 mg/lit is beneficial for
is shown in fig.8. The hardness of water samples from zone three
preventing dental problems but in the excess amount, it can cause
is comparatively less than in other zones. All the hardness values
dental mottling and adverse effects on bone (WHO 2007).
of the bore well water studied are exceeds the IS 10500(2012)
acceptable limit. High hardness readings are due to high
DO: DO of water sample is determined by titrating sample
magnesium concentrations with little or no calcium present
against sodium thiosulphate solution using reagents like MnSO4,
(Wurts, 1993). Hardness is a very influencing factor that affects
H2SO4, alkali iodide azide and starch indicator. All the DO
human health adversely. It can cause kidney stones, hair fall, skin
values of the bore well water studied are less than IS 10500(2012)
irritation, etc. Even water-storing utensils get affected by the
acceptable limit. Fig.10. shows the zone-wise average DO of
appearance of white spots on them. The soap-consuming capacity
water samples. No health base impact due to less DO level of
of hard water is very high (WHO 2007).
water (WHO 2007). Very high DO levels can cause corrosion of
To reduce the hardness of water household treatment
metal pipes. To increase the DO level of water household
like boiling is given to the bore well sample. The sample having
treatment like aeration with aerators is given to the bore well
a hardness of 360mg/lit is boiled for 5 min, 15 min, and 25 min,
sample. The sample having a DO level of 4.8mg/lit is aerated for
and the results are tested. The test result found a decrease in
5 min, 15 min, and 25 min, and the results are tested. The test
hardness value with an increase in boiling time (fig.9). Hence to
result found a slight increase in DO level with an increase in
bring the hardness of bore well water within the acceptable limit,
aeration time (fig.11). Hence to bring the hardness of bore well
25 mins of boiling is sufficient.
water within the acceptable limit, 25 mins of aeration is
sufficient.(Sarala C and Ravi Babu P 2012).

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.17

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Fig.10. Zone-wise average DO

Fig.13. Change in MPN after adding mediclor

To remove the bacteria from the water household

treatment like adding mediclor is given to bore well sample. The
mediclore dose (1 drop = 0.05ml) such as 1 drop, 2 drops, and 3
drops are added to 2 liters of bore water sample having MPN
value 45 no./100ml and results are tested. The test result found a
decrease in MPN value with an increase in dosage (fig.13). Hence
to remove the MPN of bore well water, the addition of 2 drops of
mediclor in 2 liters of water is sufficient.

Fig.11. Change in DO level after aeration Study of Effective bore water treatment:
The test results of bore well water after being treated
MPN:One of the most important factors which are considered for with RO and Candled filter are tested to determine the
portability is the presence of pathogenic organisms. Here, fecal effectiveness of RO and Candled filter. The results of candled
pollution is checked by the detection of coliforms present in the filter water are nearly the same as untreated bore well water. But
water with the help of a technique called MPN. This technique is the test results of RO are very good, all exceeding parameters of
very suitable and widely used for the detection of microbial the untreated bore are within the limit after RO treatment. Table
quality in water. The samples collected in all four zones showed 3 gives the results of untreated and treated bore water. The values
high values of MPN which means MPN exceeds the IS in red indicate they exceed the limit.
10500(2012) prescribed limits. Most of the samples showed
significantly high values of MPN (Fig.12) Disposal of human Table 3 Test results of RO and Candled filter water
excreta and other forms of wastewater in a septic tank is a
common practice in urban areas (Das et al., 2009). This is one of Treated
Untreated Treated
Test (Unit) Candled
the main sources of biological contamination by pathogenic Bore water RO water
filter water
microorganisms. pH 7.5 7.35 7.32
Turbidity (NTU) 0 0 0

EC (uS/cm) 965 840 360

TDS (mg/Lit) 415 390 285

Acidity (mg/Lit) 28 20 16

Alkalinity (mg/Lit) 280 220 185

Hardness (mg/Lit) 440 380 96

Chloride content
123.95 103.96 33.9
(mg/Lit)
DO (mg/Lit) 5.15 4.8 4.9
Fig 12. Zone-wise average MPN MPN (No./100ml) 25 14 0

Fluoride (mg/Lit) 0.27 0.21 0.15

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.18

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

IV. CONCLUSION 5. Manjesh Kumar, and Ramesh Kumar. 2013. “Assessment of

Physicochemical Properties of Ground Water in Granite
The important Physico-chemical parameters of bore well Mining Area in Goramachia, Jhansi (India).” International
water samples collected from residential areas of four zones in Research Journal of Environment Sciences 2(1): 19–24.
Jaysingpur town during four months of the year 2021-2022. The 6. of Indian Standards, Bureau. n.d. “IS 3025-1 (1987): Methods
following conclusions are made under the results and discussion of Sampling and Test (Physical and Chemical) for Water and
of the current study. Wastewater Part 1 - Sampling.”
7. Patil, Chidanand, Shreekant Narayanakar, and Arjun
1. It was observed that pH, turbidity, chloride content, and Virupakshi. 2013. “Assessment of Groundwater Quality
fluoride values of all samples from four zones are within limits Around Solid Waste Landfill Area-A Case Study.”
as per IS 10500(2012). International Journal of Innovative Research in Science,
Engineering and Technology 2. [Link].
2. Total Dissolved Solids from some sites exceed the acceptable
8. Pye Veronica, and Patrick Ruth. 1983. “Groundwater
limit as per IS 10500(2012) and from some sites are within limits.
Contamination in the United States.” American Association
3. Electrical Conductivity (EC), alkalinity and hardness values for the Advancement of Science 221(4612): 713–18.
from all sites of four zones exceed the acceptable limit as 9. R.E. Khadsan, and Mangesh V. Kadu. 2003. “Drinking Water
prescribed by IS standards. Quality Analysis of Some Bore Well Water of Chikhli Town,
Maharashtra.” Journal of Industrial Pollution and Control 20:
4. The Dissolved Oxygen of all samples from four zones is under 31–36.
the prescribed limit as per IS standard. 10. Sarala C, and Ravi Babu P. 2012. “Assessment of
Groundwater Quality Parameters in and around
5. All samples from all zones have some MPN value which means Jawaharnagar, Hyderabad.” International Journal of Scientific
bacterial content is present in all samples. and Research Publications 2: 1–6.
11. Shyamala, R, M Shanthi, and P Lalitha. 2008.
6. The use of R.O treatment for raw bore water is very effective
“Physicochemical Analysis of Borewell Water Samples of
as it brings all water quality parameters within acceptable limits.
Telungupalayam Area in Coimbatore District, Tamilnadu,
While the use of a candle filter for treatment is not effective as
India.” Vol. 5. [Link]
treated water shows a very small variation in values of water
12. Srinivas, R., Prashant Bhakar, and Ajit Pratap Singh. 2015.
quality parameters as compared to raw water.
“Groundwater Quality Assessment in Some Selected Area of
Overall observation reveals that the bore well water Rajasthan, India Using Fuzzy Multi-Criteria Decision Making
quality of the residential area of Jaysingpur town is currently not Tool.” Aquatic Procedia 4: 1023–30.
good hence it is not potable. As hardness, alkalinity, TDS, and [Link]
MPN of all bore wells water are high, it is dangerous to drink 13. Vidya, Mali C, Rangar K Krishna, Kumbhar A Deepak, and
such water without treatment. Lavate A Rajendra. n.d. “Physico-Chemical Analysis of Bore
Well Water Samples of Jath City, MS, India.” [Link].
V. REFERENCES

1. Anilesh Kumar Yadav, By, KK S Gupta M Nafees, and K K

Gupta. 2016. “Physicochemical Studies on Assessment of
Ground Water Quality of Kota District DOCTOR OF
PHILOSOPHY.”
2. Girja Shankar, Tailor, and C.P. Singh Chandel. 2010. “To
Assess the Quality of Ground Water in Malpur Tehsil (Tonk,
Rajasthan, India) with Emphasis to Fluoride Concentration.”
Nature and Science.
3. Jha, B M, and & S K Sinha. n.d. “Towards Better
Management of Ground Water Resources in India.”
4. Mamatha P, and Rao Sudhakar. 2009. “Geochemistry of
Fluoride-Rich Groundwater in Kolar and Tumkur Districts of
Karnataka.” Environ Monit Assess, Springer- Verlag, 131–
42.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.19

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE
Sangli

Water Supply System in Hilly Area – A Case Study

Mr. Vikas Jamoh,
Mr. Alai Darang Mr. Tanmay Kumar Barik
Civil Engineering Department
Civil Engineering Department, Civil Engineering Department
Walchand College of Engineering,
Walchand College of Engineering, Walchand College of
Sangli, 416416, Maharashtra, India
Sangli, 416416, Maharashtra, Engineering, Sangli, 416416.
vikasjamoh@[Link]
India Sangli, Maharashtra, India
darangalai87@[Link] tanmaykumarbarik@[Link]
Mr. Kanom Ketan
Dr. G. R. Munavalli
Civil Engineering Department Mr. Rutvij Shah
Civil Engineering Department
Walchand College of Engineering, Civil Engineering Department
Walchand College of Engineering,
Sangli, 416416, Maharashtra, Walchand College of Engineering,
Sangli, 416416, Maharashtra, India
Indiakanomketan65@[Link] Sangli, 416416, Maharashtra, India
[Link]@[Link]
rutvijs22@[Link]

ABSTRACT
Establishing a water supply system in hilly region
requires high level of planning and numerous I. INTRODUCTION
considerations. Boleng is a town, hilly terrain is A potable and sufficient water supply is vital for human
considered as study area. In this paper, we acquired health, preventing waterborne diseases like cholera,
the features of existing water supply system of typhoid, dysentery, E. coli infection. Economically,
Boling town and acquired the problems associated to industries and agriculture depend on a stable water supply
the users. This town is challenging to establish water for growth and productivity even in peak hours thus water
supply system than plain grounds due to its abnormal supply system is required which comprises combination of
topographical features. This town struggles from
pipe network systems and treatment units, where pipe
natural calamities to seasonal instability, a water
supply system needs to sustain its structural features network connects - water at source, treatment units and
as well as maintain water quality standards. To places where water is required. In hilly areas, water supply
achieve this, current features existing water supply relies on various sources like rivers, streams, and mountain
system is studied. Proposal of implementation of springs, mountainous lakes and reservoirs, small dams and
modern equipment in Boleng water supply system is check dams are mostly used and groundwater wells are
required for enhancing sustainability and cost
rarely used. Gravity-fed systems are mostly used where
minimization. Ground visits in Boleng shown that,
abnormal challenges of Boleng town like varied water naturally flows downhill reducing the need for
population distribution, natural calamities and extensive pumping. Natural springs emerging from
frequent elevation differences reduces the working hillsides are available in largest quantities providing very
perfections of system, so it is targeted to counter these clean water with minimal intervention to maintain their
challenges to the least impacts. Seasonal variation of quality. As the higher rainfall in hilly regions, rainwater
Boling or in any hilly area creates water quality harvesting is practical, allowing the collection and storage
differences which can be tackled using dual
of rainwater for self-sufficient water supply. Despite
treatment systems. Beyond setting up a supply
system, there is a major responsibility of challenging terrain a few heads use groundwater wells as
management and availability of water supply system they are unsettled or scattered areas. Small dams and check
all time, this will be achieved from proposed 24/7 dams along streams are used to regulate water flow and
automated technologies in Boling water supply system. create reservoirs, mitigating the impact of seasonal
Establishing distribution network in whole area is to variations. These diverse strategies ensure a reliable and
be achieved by appropriate zoning work of the
sustainable water supply in hilly villages. Furthermore, in
Boling town and locating of service reservoirs as per
its more accessibility. Using water supply software hilly terrains, water supply encounters various challenges
pipe network layout will be analyzed and it will such as pressure fluctuations, population distribution risk
complete designing of water supply system in hilly of bursting pipe, seasonal variations, leakage and landslide
area. occurrences amplify complexities in distribution network.
Thus, a comprehensive approach is vital to address these
Keywords- diverse issues and ensure sustainable water supply system
Water supply, Conveyance system, Hilly in hilly regions. To counter these problems, we have
area, 24/7 Supply, Water treatment, Break pressure considered case studies as follows-
tank, Dual treatment system, Gravity, Stream,
Distribution, Augmentation, Coanda screen intake,
Zoning, Contamination, Ductile iron (DI), Tail end.
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.20
1
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE
Sangli
From journal of 24/7 water supply facility of Haraorou II. EXISTING WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM OF
village, Imphal, East Manipur by (Shukhdeba Sharma, BOLENG TOWN
January - March: 2018) 24x7 water supply facility has As per the augmentation of water supply system at Boleng
been acquired of Haraorou village, where continuous Township report, it has a gravity flow system from the
access to water is available. This development technique source Rabung stream. Maximum 2.47 [Link] and
minimum 0.66 [Link] discharge of water is supplied to a
enhances convenience, health, and sanitation for
population of about 4000+ at per capita demand of 70 lpcd.
residents, contributing to improved quality of life. The This system is designed for a period of 30 years to serve
initiative is a significant step in managing water supply an estimated population of 9040 souls. This town is very
rural, indicating a commitment to providing essential closely settled near bank of Brahmaputra River also
amenities and promoting sustainable practices in the known as Siang River locally but it is seen that, the river
region. Continuous water access supports daily activities, is having unclear water as well as pumping to an upper
agriculture, and overall community well-being. level than source is very challenging in electricity prone
area.
Additionally, the village employs artificial recharge
techniques, further enhancing water resources and Table 2- Components of existing water supply
supporting agriculture, sanitation, and community well- system of Boleng Town
being.
Sr. No. Work Description

As per PHE dept. report 2022-23 Parong-II Village also 01 Droplet inlet 1 no.
known as Parong Kinne of Siang District, Arunachal RL- 674m
Pradesh is situated at an altitude of 430.0 m above mean
02 RCC Pre 1 no.
sea level. On having physical field survey, it is seen that sedimentation tank
there is no proper water supply system facility in Parong- Detention period- 2
hours
Il village, Parong Tinali (Kopu) and Parong Moling
which are located closely to one another. The present RL- 674m
water supply system is in deplorable condition because of 03 RCC 1 no.
old age and corrosion. Moreover, the water is turbid and sedimentation tank
Detention period- 4
unsafe for human consumption due to lack of proper hours
filtration system. Considering the immense necessity of a
RL-518m
modern and proper drinking water facility in the village,
we came to a stand that highest quality of equipments and 04 RCC slow sand 1 no.
modern techniques of water supply is essential for hilly filter
Rate of filtration-
area. 200 ltr/hour
RL- 508m
According to the case study of water management in
Darjeeling hill town (by Suvechha Ghatani dept. of 05 RCC clear water 1 no.
reservoir
geography, Sikkim university) Darjeeling Municipality Capacity- 125000.00
Report 2012), the town is having 26 natural springs for ltrs
water source which is transferred through open conduit RL- 501m
channel. The town is having two lakes which acts as
06 Transmission main 150 mm DI pipe
reservoir and further transfer to filtering house. This type
of natural and old conveyance system is suitable to 07 Length of 4700 mtr
transmission main
implement but with the users are facing lot of problems
like illegal tapping, insufficient water during dry days and 08 RCC distribution
no advancement opportunity for rapid population growth. tank
75000 liters 1 no.
Tank 1 capacity
In contexts of above case studies Boleng town water boleng township
supply is taken into consideration, Boleng is a town in the RL- 415m
Siang district of Arunachal Pradesh, India, situated along
the Siang River. Its primary source of drinking water is 65000 liters 1 no.
Tank 2 capacity
BK mission area
the perennial Rabung stream, fed by spring water from
the mountains covering town area of 141 hectares. RL- 428m

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.21

2
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE
Sangli
water elevations than current
50000 liters 1 no.
3. Tank 3 capacity treatment location of water treatment
Gandhi village area
plant plant in the future will
RL- 367m suffer lack of potable
water.
09 Distribution 100 mm, 80 mm,
network 65mm, 50 mm and Unequal Due to variation in
40 mm GI pipe 02 population residing population
distribution concentration.
10 1. CWR to
100 mm dia. GI pipe Due to absence of taps
Zonal tank - 1
25 mtr Inadequate which results in a
03 Pressures at continuous flow of water
2. CWR to
100 mm dia. GI Pipe Tail Ends on one side, while the
Zonal tank - 2
750 mtr other side experiences
limited access to water.
3. CWR to
80 mm dia. GI Pipe Multiple Uneven distribution of
Zonal tank - 3
1310 mtr supply pipe population causes some
04 joints pipes less burdened and
Figure 1- Key plan of existing water supply concentrated some pipes heavily
system of Boleng Town at single burdened.
points
Unclean Lack of insufficient
05 Water treatment and regular
maintenance.
Absence of taps or the
06 Wastage of presence of leaky taps
water which leads to the
continuous flow of water.

Above mentioned are major problems impacting the users.

These leaks in the system arises due to inappropriate
source intake design, use of less competent pipes in
conveyance system, ignorance of impact of seasonal
variation to distribution and treatment system, less
efficient water treatment units and wrong way zoning
which later disturbed the water supply network.

As per the above key plan it is been analyzed that from a Boleng town is having monsoon or rain about 6 months
perineal stream i.e. Rabang stream having reduced level which cause turbid water during that span. Treatment units
674m, water is collected in a pre-sedimentation tank. It is pre sedimentation, sedimentation, aeration and slow sand
carried to water treatment plant through conveyance filter fails to treat water. Existing intake source is
system having diameter of pipe 150mm DI pipe. At Coanda screen type system which is reliable to setup but
reduced level 518m water treatment plant is situated inefficient in water collection during dry days. To bypass
consisting sedimentation tank, aerator, slow sand filter the management of variable pressure differences, ends of
which after filtering passes treated water to store in distribution networks are kept open which causes water
central water reservoir. As per population and pressure wastages as well as inadequate pressures. As pe zoning,
feasibility 3 zonal tanks are provided to their respective location of service reservoir is at lower center, upper
zones at reduced level 428m, 415m and 367m center and upper right side with respect to central water
respectively. Zonal tanks are connected using pipes of reservoir, this creates inadequacy of required water on left
diameter 100mm, 100mm and 80mm which is designed and lower residence families. To compensate this problem,
as per their capacities. Still the existing treatment units multiple pipes are connected to some of the nodes causing
are not fulfilling the required water quality that is reduced pressure. Existing DI pipes in supply system are
expected. inflexible so cannot sustain impacts from natural
calamities like landslides or rock falls. This creates leaks
Table 3- Problems associated in existing water in pipes and increase chances of back flow of turbid water
supply system into supply system.
Sr. No. Problems Description
Current Residents settled and
01 location of going to reside at higher

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.22

3
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE
Sangli

III. SUMMARY AND RECOMMENDATIONS For better water quality and supply management 24/7
To overcome the above problems remedial measures automated supply system is a better choice than manual
needs to be implemented such as relocation of source is water supply handling. This will reduce manpower,
required which will be perineal water source, less prone regular quality and pressure checks can be done, wastage
to contamination, more sustainability for long time of water will squeeze and full-time availability of water
period, less hamper during dry days and fulfils water will be accessed to the users. All these targets need to be
demand for future population. Requirement of Break achieved in most minimal cost. So, cost estimation of
Pressure Tanks for maintaining suitable pressure during proposed modifications should be accomplished.
water supply through conveyance system. Redesigning of
intake is requires as existing intake is not so efficient to REFFERENCES
fulfill water requirement of future population. It should [1]. Augmentation of water supply system at Boleng Township report,
be capable of collecting water during dry days as well as Public Health Engineering and Water Supply Department Boling,
Components of existing water supplysystem in Boling.
should not obstruct supply and treatment during heavy [2] [Link]-Population of Boleng town, 2011
monsoons. Gravity main is proposed as Boleng town is [3] Ghatani Suvechha (2012), Darjeeling Municipality Report, Water
having underdeveloped electricity supply so direct management in Darjeeling hill town.
pumping will not work as efficient as gravity flow. [4] Public Health Engineering and Water Supply Department Itanagar
Redesigning of required water treatment units need to be (2022-23), Aug. of water supply to Parong Kinne and Parong Tinali, Pg.
4, History.
done. Dual treatment system is proposed which can [5] Sharma Shukhdeba Hanjabam (2018), Journal of 24/7 water supply
distinguish required treatments during heavy rains and facility of Haraorou village, Imphal, East Manipur, Journal of Rural
dry periods, and efficiently treat water in economical Development, Vol. 37 No. (1) pg. 115-128 NIRD&PR, Hyderabad,
manner. Rezoning of water supply are need to be revised. Abstract.
On the criteria of population distribution and elevation
differences, zoning to town is to be done for equitable
water distribution to all users.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.23

4
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Effect of Electrode Shape on Performance of

Electrocoagulation
Shivalingappa Karjol Suraj Talwar Harshad Shaha
Undergraduate Student, Undergraduate Student, Undergraduate Student,
Department of Civil Engineering, Department of Civil Engineering, Department of Civil Engineering,
S. G. Balekundri Institute of S. G. Balekundri Institute of S. G. Balekundri Institute of
Technology, Belagavi Technology, Belagavi Technology, Belagavi
Karnataka, India Karnataka, India Karnataka, India
email : shivalingkarajol@[Link] email : surajtalwar80@[Link] email : harshadshaha143@[Link]

Chandan Kumar Bhagawati. M.G., Bhagawati.P.B,

Undergraduate Student, Assistant Professor, Associate Professor,
Department of Civil Engineering, Department of Electrical and Civil Engineering Department
S. G. Balekundri Institute of Electronics Engineering, S. G. Balekundri Institute of
Technology, Belagavi S. G. Balekundri Institute of Technology, Belagavi
Karnataka, India Technology, Belagavi Karnataka, India
email : Mr.perfect2641999@[Link] Karnataka, India ORCID ID : 0000-0003-4156-7874
email : email : prashantb@[Link]
[Link]@[Link]

Abstract- Electrocoagulation (EC) is an excellent and shape of the reactor and its efficiencies are the focused
promising technology in wastewater treatment, as it factors of electrocoagulation. The core findings proved
combines the benefits of coagulation, flotation, and the capability of this technique in wastewater treatment
electrochemistry. EC is an efficient process to remove whether it is performed alone or combined with other
both organic and inorganic pollutants from wastewater. technologies providing many pros, such as the decrement
During the last decade, extensive research has focused on of the operation cost and the sludge formation. The newly
the treatment of several types of industrial wastewater developed stable and active electrodes for oxygen
using electrocoagulation. The heart of electrocoagulation evolution would definitely boost the adoption of this
process is the material of construction of electrodes and technology.
geometry of the electrodes. With the understanding Keywords - insulated electrode, monopolar mode, reactor design,
development of electrochemical engineering, utility of electrode geometry, power consumption,
electrochemical environmental techniques are expanding
which lead to design the development of novel electrodes
and cell structures. Cell configuration, electrode
geometry and flow type of EC reactor are crucial in the
electro coagulation process, hence critical review is
carried out in the present paper. Aspect ratio of electrodes
to increase the surface area, number of electrodes and

I. INTRODUCTION
Water is one of the most important resources on earth; water stringent legislation. Accordingly, industries are looking for
plays a vital role for all human beings, animals, and plants to low-cost solutions to reduce the excess pollutant load. The
thrive. Water is an equally important resource for the situation is further aggravated by the threat posed by constant
manufacturing sector and social development. Therefore, discharge of pollutants by industries such as sugar, paper, steel
there is an urgent need to preserve and protect our ecosystems manufacturing, pharmaceutical, oil refineries, mining,
from all types of pollution. In India, water is used in the chemical paints, petrochemical, textile, slaughterhouse,
industrial sector is about 34 billion m3 per year, which is distilleries, electroplating, etc. These industries discharge
estimated to increase four times by 2050. Rapid untreated or partially treated wastewater into nearby drains,
industrialization has tremendously increased the volume of rivers, stagnant ponds, lagoons, or lakes [1] .
wastewater to be disposed-off, while the capacity of receiving In order to trace global research trends in industrial
water to accept the increasing inorganic and organic loads wastewater, the bibliometric analysis is carried out of 110
remains the same. This has resulted in the rapid deterioration years as shown in Fig. 1. This figure revealed that many of
of the quality of surface water and forcing the concerned more environmental researchers attracted EC technology due to its
inherent advantages - high removal efficiency, environmental
compatibility, and clean technology that could be applied in

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.24

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
various industrial domains including water and wastewater iv ) Electrode Passivation in the Electrocoagulation Process-
treatment emission of metallic ions and consequently the treatment time
is increased as well as cost.
The field of electrochemistry has gained extensive attention
throughout applied and fundamental research. The water Reactor consists of a Perspex rectangular container of net
pollution has become serious global problem, with rapid dimensions of length 10 cm, width of 9.5 cm and a height of
population growth. Therefore, more effective low-cost 7 cm. It is supplied with six parallel-perforated rectangular
wastewater technologies are necessary to fulfill the human baffle plates (electrodes) made from aluminium. Each
requirements. Degradation of toxic, refractory contaminants electrode, width of 9.4 cm and a height of 8 cm, has 36 holes
by biological treatment is found to be difficult. (0.4 cm in diameter) distributed in three rows and three 0.7 cm
Electrochemical treatment technologies has attracted and diameter holes distributed at the top and bottom to fix it in the
gives attention for its environmental compatibility, high required position as shown in fig. [Link] performances of a
removal efficiency [2]. new electrocoagulation reactor with bipolar horizontal iron
electrodes were investigated.[4].These electrodes were piled
up in the reactor in order to maintain a low gap between them
Number of publications during last 110 years and to increase the electro-flotation process. Electrodes were
4000 perforated to allow the passage of gas and effluents, and
Number of publications

3500 adjacent ones were separated by grids of polyamide or

3000 polytetrafluoroethylene.
2500
2000 These performances increased with the number of holes in the
1500 electrodes, the current intensity, and the flow rate of the
1000
500
effluent, and mainly in the absence of a gap between the
0 electrode edges and the walls of the reactor. More important,
1930

1980
1900
1910
1920

1940
1950
1960
1970

1990
2000
2010
2020

when the electrodes were not sealed with a system of tightness

a decrease of the current efficiency was observed, leading to
Years higher voltage and contributing to increase considerably the
Fig. 1 Number of SCI publications on electrochemical energy consumption. The use of eight-hole electrodes and a
treatment of water and wastewater treatment high flow rate reduced significantly the voltage and increased
the current efficiency [4].

II OPERATING PARAMETERS AFFECTING

ELECTROCOAGULATION TREATMENT
In any electrochemical treatment the nature of the electrode
material is important issue and appropriate selection of
electrode material is very important.
A. ASPECT RATIO OF ELECTRODES TO
INCREASE THE SURFACE AREA

To increase surface area and performance of

electrocoagulation process following modifications were Fig 2. Punched electrodes for new electrocoagulation
recently implemented by researcher throughout the globe - reactor [4].
Moreover in the absence of a gap between electrode edges and
i) Sealing between electrode edges and the walls of the reactor reactor walls, the current efficiency reached 100%; the voltage
– energy consumption may minimized. was stable and did not vary anymore and the energy
ii) The disposition and the orientation of the electrodes consumption was minimized. The results showed that the
(tilted to form an angle of 7degree with respect to the sealing between electrode edges and the walls of the reactor
horizontal direction) provide simple handling and reduction of was the most determinant factor in the optimization of the
electrical consumption [3] investigated reactor.

iii) Woven mesh or aluminium wire netting (AWN) - more Aluminum and iron are most common electrode material used
effective in increasing current than expanded for electro coagulation technique, because of the availability
mesh and solid electrode. an cheap and it proven their effective since their dissolution in
aerated media generate trivalent species.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.25

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
The choice of electrode material is much importance as it
affects the selectivity and the efficiency of the process. The
electrode material must have the following properties:
i) Low cost/life ratio. The use of electrode materials that are
inexpensive and durable must be favoured
ii) High physical and chemical stability; resistance to erosion,
corrosion and formation of passivation layers.
a) Wire Netting
iii) High electrical conductivity and catalytic activity and
Electrode b) Anode c) Cathode
selectivity.
(AWNE)
Electrocoagulation (EC) process involves in situ coagulant Fig. 3 Physical structure of Aluminium Wire Netting
formation with sacrificial anode dissolution. Generally, the Electrode a,b and c
anode is prepared using iron or aluminum (Al) . The metal A simple EC apparatus has been constructed using iron and
ions interact to generate insoluble OH− ions. The generated aluminum as sacrificial electrodes. The EC apparatus was then
insoluble hydroxides adsorb the contaminants from the utilized for the treatment of local paper mill wastewater under
solution either by electrostatic attraction or complexation
various operating conditions. It was found that optimum
before the coagulation Lessening of the electrodes’ internal
conditions were electrolysis time of 60 minutes, pH of 7,
resistance drop (IR-drop) is one of the most essentials toward
applied voltage of 14 V and an electrode distance of 1.5 cm.
reducing the total cost of EC operation to enhance the current
For iron electrode, percentage removals of conductivity,
performance by enhancing the state of turbulence. Both
turbidity, COD and BOD were 62%, 97%, 37% and 30%,
oxygen and hydrogen gas emerged near the cathode and anode
respectively. For aluminum electrode, the percentage
as soon as each gas bubble nucleates. The bubbles are like
removals of conductivity, turbidity, COD and BOD were
insulating spherical figures, generating a film that fouls oxide
42%, 98%, 37% and 50%, respectively. This method was
over the electrode surface (passivation effects). This issue
found successful in removing turbidity from the wastewater.
increases the total electrical resistance of the cell, thereby
However, for the complete removals of COD and BOD from
needing a superior quantity of electrical energy to attain the
the wastewater, a secondary treatment possibly using
optimal removal [5]..Electrocoagulation of the synthetic dye
adsorption technique was still needed [7].The effect of the
solution in batch mode of operation was performed using
diameter of the punched holes, the number of the holes in the
plane and punched aluminum electrodes to study the effect of
electrode, and the geometry of the punched holes- square
the shape of the electrodes. It was found that the efficiency of
pitch, triangular pitch,or random location—on the
the electrocoagulation process increases with the use of the
performance of the electrocoagulation has been investigated.
punched electrode compared with the plane electrode due to
Further, the majority of the studies reported in the literature
the higher current discharge from the punched electrode.
have used direct current (DC) in the EC process. Experiments
The performance of the electrocoagulation process was were performed in the batch mode of operation using
found to increase with an increase in the diameter of the holes alternating current (AC) with plane aluminum electrodes to
up to an optimum above which no improvement in the study the effect of the type of current source on the
performance was noticed with an increase in the diameter of performance of the electrocoagulation.
the hole. Similarly, the performance of the EC process was
The effect of the current source (direct and alternating
found to increase with an increase in the number of holes in
current) on the performance of the electrocoagulation was
the electrode up to an optimum number of holes. No effect of
studied and no significant effect of the current source on the
the pitch of the holes was observed on the performance of the
performance of the electrocoagulation was noticed [8]
EC process. No significant effect of the type of the current
source (direct and alternating current) was observed on the B. Arrangement of electrodes
performance of the EC process. But the use of alternating
There are a number of methods for the arrangement of
current can reduce the passivity or polarization of the
electrodes. In EC systems, normally plate electrodes are built
electrodes and helps in reducing the energy consumption
and water passes through the space between the electrodes.
needed to overcome the resistance due to the corrosion
Arrangement of electrodes could be monopolar or bipolar. In
formation on the anode. It can be concluded that the shape of
monopolar arrangements, the performance improvement is
the electrodes can improve the performance of
achieved by using EC cells with monopolar electrodes either
electrocoagulation process leading to the reduction in the
in parallel or series combinations [12-13] A simple
energy consumption as well as the operating cost.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.26

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
electrocoagulation set up includes only one anode and cathode and titanium have been used in the electrocoagulation for the
which will not be sufficient for industrial applications where treatment water, wwastewater and industrial effluent.
large amount of wastewater containing high organic and
The shape of the electrodes may also affect the performance
inorganic loads is to be treated. Hence, in such cases, pairs of
of the electrocoagulation. But to the best of the authors’
anodes and cathodes are used which are connected in different
knowledge, all the electrocoagulation studies reported in the
electrode system[15-18]. There are three electrode connection
literature have been performed with the plane electrodes and
systems for electrocoagulation cell viz. monopolar electrodes
no study has been reported using the punched-hole
in parallel connection, monopolar electrodes in serial
electrodes, Mesh type electrodes, Fe ball and steel wool. It
connection and bipolar electrodes in serial connection. The
can be concluded that the shape of the electrodes can improve
sacrificial electrodes may be made up of same or different
the performance of electrocoagulation process leading to the
materials as anode In relation to resistance of individual cells
reduction in the energy consumption as well as the operating
the current is divided between all the electrodes. So the
cost.
potential difference required is lower in the parallel
connection. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:
The authors would like to thank the management of S. G.
i) Monopolar electrodes in parallel connection (MP-P) are
Balekundri Institute of Technology, Belagavi, Karnataka
described in Fig. 4a. It corresponds to an electrode
India. Our special thanks to principal SGBIT, Belagavi,
arrangement that consists of cathodes and anodes placed
Karnataka for providing research facilities and
alternatively at the same anodic or cathodic potential,
encouragement for the work.
respectively. Each pair of cathode/anode corresponds to a
small electrolytic cell in which the voltage is the same. The
reactor consists, therefore, of electrolytic cells in parallel. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Consequently, the current of each electrolytic cell is additive. The authors declare no conflicts of interest regarding the
publication of this paper.
ii) Monopolar electrodes in series connections (MP-S) are
described in Fig. 4b. Each pair of internal sacrificial REFERENCES
electrodes is internally connected with each other, and has no [1] Adeogun, A. I., Bhagawati, P. B., & Shivayogimath, C. B. Pollutants
interconnections with the two outer electrodes. In this case, removals and energy consumption in electrochemical cell for pulping
processes wastewater treatment: Artificial neural network, response surface
the electric current passing through all the electrodes is the methodology and kinetic studies. Journal of Environmental Management
same, whereas the global voltage is the sum of voltage in each (2021), 281.
individual electrolytic cell. [2] Bhagawati, P. B., AlJaberi, F. Y., Ahmed, S. A., Kadier, A., Alwan, H.
H., Ajjam, S. K., Babu, B. R. Electrocoagulation Technology for Wastewater
iii)Bipolar electrode in series connections (BP-S) comprises Treatment: Mechanism and Applications., Advanced Oxidation Processes in
two outer electrodes connected to electric power supply and Dye-Containing Wastewater. (2022). pp. 305-318.
the sacrificial electrodes placed between the two outer [3] Khandegar, Vinita & K. Saroha, Anil. Effect of Electrode Shape and
electrodes (Fig. 4c). Outer electrodes are monopolar and the Current Source on Performance of Electrocoagulation. Journal of Hazardous,
inner ones are bipolar. The bipolar electrodes are not Toxic, and Radioactive Waste. (2015) vol-20. pp 1 -4.

interconnected and each of their sides acts simultaneously as [4] Serge Raoul, Tchamango , Darchen, André., Investigation and
an anode and a cathode. This means that opposite sides of optimization of a new electrocoagulation reactor with horizontal bipolar
electrodes: Effect of electrode structure on the reactor performances Journal
each bipolar electrode are oppositely charged, the anodic of Environmental Chemical Engineering ,(2018), vol.6 , pp. 4546–4554.
dissolution takes place on the positive side while the negative
[5] Ebba, M., Asaithambi, P., Alemayehu, E., Development of
side is prone to cathodic reactions.
electrocoagulation process for wastewater treatment: optimization by
response surface methodology. Heliyon,(2022), vol 8(5).
CONCLUSION [6] Shivayogimath, C. B., Bhagawati, P. B., Separation of pollutants from
EC is an electrochemical technique that has a wide range of pulp mill wastewater by electrocoagulation. International Journal of Energy
applications and high efficiency of pollutant removal. It is Technology and Policy, (2015), vol. 13(1/2), pp. 166-176.

often used for treating industrial wastewater and has been [7] Bhagawati, P. B., Shivayogimath, C. B., Electrochemical technique for
shown to have superior performance in the treatment of paper mill effluent degradation using concentric aluminum tube electrodes
(CATE). Journal of Environmental Health Science and Engineering, (2021),
effluents containing suspended particles, oil, and grease, as vol. 19(1), pp. 553–564.
well as pollutants of organic and inorganic nature.
[8] Hellal, M. S., Doma, H. S., Abou-Taleb, E. M. Techno-economic
From this review, the main points drawn are listed as below : evaluation of electrocoagulation for cattle slaughterhouse wastewater
treatment using aluminum electrodes in batch and continuous experiment.
The aim of the review is to explain the basics and up to date Sustainable Environment Research,(2023), vol. 33(1).
advancement of electrocoagulation method for the [9] Meng, S., Ling, Y., Yang, M., Zhao, X., Osman, A.I., Al-Muhtaseb,
improvements in the pollutant removal efficiency. Various A.H., Rooney, D.W., and Yap, P.S., Recent research progress of
electrocatalytic reduction technology for nitrate wastewater: A review.
metals such as aluminum, iron, steel, graphite, magnesium, Journal of Environmental Chemical Engineering, (2023), 11.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.27

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

[10] Jafari, E., Malayeri, M. R., Brückner, H., & Krebs, P. Impact of
operating parameters of electrocoagulation-flotation on the removal of
turbidity from synthetic wastewater using aluminium electrodes. Minerals
Engineering,(2023), 193.

[11] Jasim, M. A., AlJaberi, F. Y., Salman, A. D., Alardhi, S. M., Le, P. C.,
Kulcsár, G., Jakab, M. Studying the effect of reactor design on the
electrocoagulation treatment performance of oily wastewater. Heliyon,
(2023), vol. 9(7).

[12] Mollah, M. Y. A., Schennach, R., Parga, J. R., Cocke, D. L.,

Electrocoagulation (EC)- Science and applications. Journal of Hazardous
Materials, (2001), vol. 84(1), pp. 29–41.
[13] Mollah, M.Y.A., Morkovsky, P., Gomes, J.A.G., Kesmez, M., Parga, J.,
and Cocke, D.L., Fundamentals, present and future perspectives of
electrocoagulation. Journal of Hazardous Materials (2004), vol. 114, pp.
199–210.

[14] Madondo, N. I., Rathilal, S., Bakare, B. F., & Tetteh, E. K. Effect of
Electrode Spacing on the Performance of a Membrane-Less Microbial Fuel
Cell with Magnetite as an Additive. Molecules, (2023), vol. 28(6).

[15] Ramadan, M.M., Moneer, A.A., El-Mallah, N.M., A comparative study

for the removal of reactive red 49 (RR49) and reactive yellow 15 (RY15)
using a novel electrode by electrocoagulation technique. SN Appl.
Sci.(2023) vol. 5, 116.

[16] Kashi, G.,Electrocoagulation/flotation process for removing copper

from an aqueous environment. Scientific Reports, (2023), vol. 13(1). 13334

[17] Deng, H., Wei, W., Yao, L., Zheng, Z., Li, B., Abdelkader, A., & Deng,
L. Potential-Mediated Recycling of Copper From Brackish Water by an
Electrochemical Copper Pump. Advanced Science, (2022), vol. 9(30).

[18] Dieudonné Bassala, Honoré & Dedzo, Gustave & Njine Bememba,
Charles Baudouin & Seumo, Patrick & Donkeng Dazie, J & Nanseu-Njiki,
Charles, Ngameni, Emmanuel.. Investigation of the efficiency of a designed
electrocoagulation reactor: Application for dairy effluent treatment. Process
Safety and Environmental Protection. (2017), vol. 111, pp. 122–127.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.28

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Enhancing the performance of rapid sand filter

using PACl conditioning
Manoj H. Mota Shailendrakumar B. Hivarekar Sandip B. Chougule
Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering
Annasaheb Dange College of Annasaheb Dange College of Annasaheb Dange College of
Engineering and Technology, Engineering and Technology, Engineering and Technology,
Ashta, Ashta, India Ashta, Ashta, India Ashta, Ashta, India
mhm_civil@[Link] registrar@[Link] sbc_civil@[Link]

Abstract— The improvement in the performance of existing As emphasized by various researchers, a typical filter run
rapid sand filters is unavoidable as the water quality standards can be separated into three diverse phases as filter ripening or
have been revised and are demanding much better performance. maturation of bed, effective filtration and break-through.
Simultaneously the overall system is also under the burden of During the ripening phase the quality of filtrate is very poor.
catering the need of increased demand because of the reasons It is a phase characterized by relatively high effluent turbidity.
like urbanization. The practice of filter conditioning to advance It is the consequence of flushing of left-over backwash water
filter performance is a fairly recent development in drinking and remnant particles from the filter media [1] The capacity to
water treatment. Different advantages claimed by filter exclude turbidity-causing matter is also extremely low in this
conditioning are condensed ripening period, superior turbidity
phase. It may last for only some minutes to more than a few
exclusion and comparatively stable filtrate quality. It also has
limitations like reduction in total filter run, quicker head loss
hours [2,3]. Filter ripening has been studied for more than four
development and higher back washing requirement. This decades due to its weakness of increased particle and microbe
research explains the attempt of assessing the use of filter verse into the distribution system. Multiple approaches have
conditioning using PACl polymer as conditioner along with been believed to have a significant impact on overall filter
courser media with lesser coefficient of uniformity. This pilot performance. Few of such approaches includes filter to waste
research was conducted at Ichalkaranji municipal water strategy, addition of polymer or coagulant in wash water or
treatment plant located at Maharashtra, India and conducting use of filter aid in influent etc. [4-12]. Unfortunately, in
a filter run of 300 minute duration. Various doses of PACl as developing countries like India, this part is very seldom
filter conditioner were tested and the comparison was made with addressed. The major reason of such ignorance may be the
the performance of conventional rapid sand filter without filter reliance upon the use of chlorination to deal with pathogens
aid. The parameters of interest for evaluation were ripening escaped and relatively less stringent norms in regard with
period, turbidity removal and rate of filtration. The effect of turbidity as compared to the norms followed in developed
zeta (ζ) potential change was observed to be one of the major countries. How-ever the standards in India were revised in
reasons of the performance improvement, accelerating the 2015 and has revised the requirement of turbidity of potable
surface removal. water from 5NTU to 1 NTU. (IS 10500, 2012, revision 2).
This has undeniably demanding the research in the field of
Keywords— PACl dose, Filter conditioning, rapid sand filter,
filtration procedure to make it acceptable for such conditions.
ripening period, turbidity removal, head loss, zeta (ζp) potential
The use of filter aid, popularly known as filer conditioning
is comparatively new development in water treatment field.
I. INTRODUCTION (HEADING 1) The significant highlights of this innovation include
condensed ripening period, superior turbidity exclusion and
The water industry in India is going through the comparatively stable filtrate quality. While the major
transformation phase. Under the scenario of rapid limitations of such process are reduction in total filter run,
urbanization and industrialization, the demand of water is ever quicker head loss development and higher back washing
increasing. The lack of appropriate operation and maintenance requirement. [10-12]
has added additional problems in achieving desired results in
terms of required quality. Besides this, the quality standards The research explained in this paper presents the attempt
for drinking water are also becoming more and more stringent of improving the overall performance of conventional rapid
which needs considerable research to improve the ultimate sand filter using the filter conditioner. The PACl is used as
treated water quality produced and supplied to consumers. filter conditioner, which is utilized in water treatment as
Under such situation the conventional rapid sand filter endures coagulant since last few decades in India. Along with
tremendous expectation of removal of higher concentration of achieving the better filtrate quality and lower ripening period,
impurities, principally the turbidity causing matter. After the efforts were also taken to overcome the limitations of filter
losing their significance in providing safe drinking water in conditioning. For this motive the configuration of the
sufficient quantity and of desired quality to rapidly growing conventional sand media was reformed. The media utilized
townships, remodeling and rehabilitation of the systems has was coarser in dimensions, having effective size in range
become unavoidable. 0.85mm and coefficient of uniformity was depressed to a
value of 1.2, as compared to conventional media specification
of effective size in the range of 0.4 to 0.6mm and coefficient

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.29

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
of uniformity to be 1.3 to 1.7. The research was carried out by 2). The efficiency of removing turbidity is measured in terms
setting up a pilot plant at the municipal water treatment plant of pC* in which,‘C*’ is the turbidity of the filter effluent water
at Ichalkaranji. The filter of 300 minute was carried out for the in NTU normalized by the turbidity of the influent water and
assessment. Various doses of PACl were examined as filter ‘p’ is the negative logarithm. Mathematically pC* = - log (
conditioners and the comparison with effectiveness was made Ceffluent / C influent ). It is usually referred as ‘log removal’
with conventional filter without filter aid. The evaluation in similar researches. A higher pC* value indicates better
parameters were the ripening period, turbidity removal and performance.
filtration rate. The filter conditioner dose was given as a slug
dose in this experimental study. The effect of zeta (ζ) potential Zeta meter 4.0 (Zeta-meter, Inc. USA) was used to
change was observed to be one of the major reasons of the measure the zeta potential. The zeta potential of effluent from
performance improvement. The findings of these proposed the filter in case of conventional as well as conditioned media
modifications are very encouraging. was measured during the FRS. Three runs for each dose were
conducted. Although the finest run is being considered for the
discussion.
II. MATERIAL AND METHODS: TABLE I DETAILS OF DOSAGES PROVIDED TO MODIFIED FILTER MEDIA
Dose to pilot columns (15cm X
The research was performed out at a conventional water 15cm) Normalized dose
treatment plant in one of the urban areas, Ichalkaranji in state
of Maharashtra, India. The filter media sand was obtained Sr. PACl Quantity of gm / m2 of gm / m3 of
No. concentration solution filter area filter media
from the stock sand available at Ichalkaranji WTP. The 01. 350 mg/lit 2 lit. 31.00 41.3
required sand was washed and sun dried first. By sieving and 02 400 mg/lit 2 lit. 35.55 47.4
mixing in appropriate proportions, the sand of desired 03. 450 mg/lit 2 lit. 40.00 53.3
specification was produced. Dust was eliminated by washing 04. 500mg/lit 2 lit. 44.4 59.2
it out. The control media was having coefficient of uniformity
as 1.7, effective size was 0.6mm while the specific gravity was
2.68. The media prepared as experimental media was coarser III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION:
in size having effective size 0.85mm and coefficient of The observations recorded are summarized in table 2, 3
uniformity was 1.2. The highest size of particle in both media and 4 and represented in fig. 3, 4 and 5.
was kept around 1.2 mm. Fig. 1a and 1b represent the course
TABLE II RIPENING PERIOD OBSERVED DURING THE RESEARCH
size distribution of both media.
Two square filter columns with internal dimensions of Sr. Normalized Ripening period (min.)
No. dose
15cm and a height of 1.8m were employed in the pilot model. Experimental %
(gm/m3 of Control filter
This was helpful in eliminating the wall effect and achieving filter media)
filter reduction
authentic grain packing in the media,[13] One column was 01. 41.3 18 10 44.4
acted as a control unit while second column was acted as 02. 47.4 18 9 50
experimental unit as shown in fig.2a. The necessary piping 03. 53.3 21 8 61.9
and valves were installed to ensure adequate filtration rate 04. 59.2 23 8 65.2
control and accomplish back washing. Back washing was TABLE III WATER FILTERED IN ONE CYCLE DURING THE RESEARCH
managed with the help of a 0.5HP pump. The backwashing
Sr. Normalized Water filtered in one cycle of filtration
rate was kept as 0.7m/min. Each filter was 300 minutes in No. dose
length. The clarified water was used to challenge both filters Experimental %
(gm/m3 of Control filter
filter increase
simultaneously. The turbidity of clarified water used was in filter media)
the range of 6 to 6.5 NTU. The Hach turbidity meter-2100P 01. 41.3 528.6 675.6 28.2
was used to measure the turbidity. The experimental column 02. 47.4 510.8 652.4 27.7
was challenged with higher rate of filtration as compare to 03. 53.3 505.9 603.5 19.29
04. 59.2 505.3 601.5 19.1
control column as the grain size was coarser. The rate of TABLE IV NET FILTRATION RATE RECORDED DURING THE RESEARCH
filtration for control column was around 6m/ hr. at the time of
commencement of filter run while for experimental column it Sr. Normalized Net filtration rate achieved (lit/hr./m2)
was in the range of 7.2 to 7.5 m/hr. The experimentation was No. dose
Experimental %
carried out as filtration with declining rate, the way similar to (gm/m3 of Control filter
filter increase
what is followed by most of the water treatment plant because filter media)
01. 41.3 4698.6 6005.3 27.8
of defunct rate of flow controller.
02. 47.4 4540.4 5799.1 27.7
To condition the media, a PACl solution with a 03. 53.3 4493.3 5364.4 19.4
concentration of 350 mg/lit to 500 mg/lit was added. It was 04. 59.2 4491.5 5348.6 19.0
slug dosed just before challenging the filter column. Table 1
A. Filter ripening sequence (FRS):
lists the doses tested during the research.
The turbidity of filter inlet as well as outlet was measured. The characteristic curve of initial effluent quality is referred
For initial 30 minutes the observations were recorded at an as filter ripening sequence [14]. FRS observed during the
interval of 1minute to monitor the filter ripening sequence various dosages used to condition the filter media are
(FRS). Following the ripening of the bed, observations are
taken at an interval of 15 minutes until the filter run of 300
minutes was completed. The acceptable limit of turbidity was
believed to be 1NTU according to the BIS (IS 10500, Revision

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.30

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
demonstrated in fig.3. The FRS observed is quite consistent
1.2
with the definition sketch proposed by various researchers.
Initial low turbidity water passage can be attributed to the
1
passage of clean water present in lower part of media and
gravel bed. As a common fact, the lower part of media is not
0.8
efficiently utilized for the removal of turbidity due to
stratification; the pores in this part of media are occupied by

*pC
0.6
the clean backwash water immediately after the backwashing.
On other hand because of application of filter conditioner
dose, the particles which are present in the upper part of media 0.4
(i.e. remnant particles, those which are dislodged during the
backwashing from media but not been escaped from filter box 0.2
during the course of backwashing.) are pushed in to the lower
part which may get comparatively early escape through the 0
media. 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300
Time(min)

Dose...500mg/lit Dose…450mg/lit
Dose…400mg/lit Dose…350mg/lit
control

Figure 4: Turbidity removal profile for control filter and modified filter with
various doses of PACl

8000

7000
Filtration rate(lit/m2/hr)

6000

5000

4000

3000

2000
Figure 3: Filter ripening sequence for control and various doses of PACl 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300
Time(min)
The next phase is characterized by reduction in the turbidity
with sporadic small turbidity spikes. The reason of these Dose...500mg/lit Dose…450mg/lit
spikes is escape of remnant along with the particles present in
influent as the filter is not ripened. Similar kind of behavior is Dose…400mg/lit Dose…350mg/lit
observed in both cases. This is followed by the sharp reduction Control
in turbidity of filtrate, which is an indication of ripening of the
media because of conditioning. Application of media Figure 5: Filtration rate profile for control filter and modified filter with
conditioner has resulted in dramatic acceleration in filter various doses of PACl
ripening. The ripening period in case of conventional filter
media was found in between 18 to 23 minutes, while The turbidity removal profile demonstrated the fact that the
significant reduction in the same was observed after the filter increase in conditioner dose results in better removal of
conditioning. In case of conditioned media it was observed to turbidity achieving higher value of *pC. The higher dose was
be less than 10 minutes. For higher dose of filter conditioner, also affected the rate of filtration negatively. The rate of
the ripening period was observed to be lesser as compared to filtration was decreased as the dose of conditioner is
lower dosages. The ripening was reduced as the dose of increased. The probable reason could be the greater removal
conditioner is increased. The reduction in ripening period was of dirt from influent as well as higher resistance because of the
observed in the range of 44% to 65%. thicker conditioner layer formed on the filter grains. Still
because of the utilization of coarser media the overall rate of
B. Turbidity removal profile and filtration rate profile: filtration achieved was far more than the average rate of
filtration of conventional media. The increase in filtration rate
Fig.4 represents the turbidity removal profile while fig.5
was observed in the range of 19% to 27.8%. With a high rate
represents filtration rate profile observed for various dosages
of filtration too, the performance was shown to be stable. In
of PACl.
comparison to conventional rapid sand filters, the findings

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.31

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
showed that a combination of coarser and more uniform produced polymer-particle flocs can facilitate both the
medium with PACl dosage can function dramatically better. transport and attachment mechanisms, validating the findings.
Use of filter conditioner permits the use of coarser media with 4. CONCLUSION:
higher rate of filtration resulting in improving the capacity of
filtration. This feature can be very useful in improving the The PACl pre-treated conditioned filter media with coarser
total capacity of filtration facilities without modifying the size and lower coefficient of uniformity has achieved
physical dimensions of existing filter box. Utilization of this reduction in ripening period along with higher filtration rate.
in new facilities to be made even can save the considerable Results of the pilot study shown that even a small amount of
initial investment in case of need of new filter facilities. The PACl dose as conditioner in the range of 40 to 60 gm/m3 of
total reduction in size of unit can be in the same proportion as media can lower the ripening period by 44 % to 65%. The
increase in the rate of filtration. filter conditioning can be a very easy to implement along with
its dramatic improved performance to remove the particles in
C. Effect of zeta (ζp) potential: early stage. Reduction in zeta potential of effluent is an
indication of excellent surface removal since initial stages.
Improving water quality is one of the objectives for removing Possible hypothesis can be the adsorption of turbidity causing
particulate contaminants including pathogens. The majority of particles on conditioned granular media.
these contaminants are negatively charged. Bacteria and
viruses have a negative charge as well. The sand media, on the Changed media configuration can be helpful in achieving
other hand, is negatively charged, resulting in lower efficiency higher filtration rate and longer filter runs. The
due to particle repulse. It is for this reason that elements such experimentation showed that for coarser media having an
as small dirt particles, germs, and viruses are usually difficult effective size of 0.85mm and lower coefficient of uniformity
to separate. These particles can be removed by oppositely around 1.2 has proved to be excellent configuration for media
charged additives by reducing their charge close to zero. The conditioning. This has overcome the limitations like reduced
measure of such potential is the zeta potential. More repulsion filtration rate and early termination of filtration cycle.
of the particles is indicated by a higher zeta potential. The use
of a polymer such as PACl can help to lower the negative zeta It also demands very negligible change in the form of
potential. [15] . Unless their zeta (p) potential is changed, provisions to be made in conventional water treatment plant
influence particles with a negative zeta (p) potential are less filter box with no change in existing physical dimensions of
likely to adhere to negatively charged sand grains. For turning filter box. The capacity of filtration units can be increased by
the surface charge to positive or less negative, significant 19% to 28% based on the dose of conditioner. This type of
dosages of polymer, such as PACl, are required. As a result, technology adoption has got a potential to boost the water
by conditioning the media with PACl, an attempt is made to industry in developing countries like India.
change the surface charge of the medium. The formation of 5. ACKNOWLEDGMENT:
the coat of polymer aided conditioner around the sand grains
has caused the repellent forces of media and particles in the The authors wants to acknowledge the support provided by the
influent to be subdued. The zeta potential of influent was Hydraulic engineer, Ichalkaranji Municipal Corporation for
measured and found in the range of -21.8 to -18.1mV. In case permitting the study to carry out in their premise of water
of conventional filter media, the zeta potential of effluent was treatment plant and Walchand college of Engineering for
almost identical to these values, while the zeta potential of providing laboratory facility required to complete this
effluent passed through the conditioned media was found in research. The authors also thank their parent institutes namely
the range of -7.2 to -4.8mV depending on the dose of PACl. Annasaheb Dange College of Engineering & Technology,
Higher zeta potential is observed in case of higher dose of without whose support this study would not have been
conditioner. This is a fair indication of excellent surface possible.
removal of particles after the conditioning because of
destabilization. Additionally, because of contact of influent REFERENCES:
particles with the conditioner solution present in the pores may [1] Amirthraj, A and Wetstein,D.P.( 1980), ‘Initial degradation of effluent
resulting in the destabilization of the particles at less negative quality during filtration’, Journal of American Water works Association,
72(2), 518-524
zeta potential, improves their settling within the filter media [2] O'Leary, K ,Eisnor, J, Gagnon and Graham.(2003) ‘Examination of
which are acting as a tiny settling basins. This has created an plant performance and filter ripening with particle counters at full-scale water
extra site for removal of dirt particles. treatment plants.’ Journal of Environmental technology. 24. 1-9.
[3] Amburgey, J.E.,(2005) ‘Optimization of the Extended Terminal Sub-
Finally, we can claim that introducing filter aid, such as PACl, fluidization Wash (ETSW) Filter Backwashing Procedure.’ Water Research
develops a thin sticky film or working layer over media 39, 314-330.
[4] Logsdon, G.S.; Symons, J.M.; Hoye, R.L. &Arozarena, M.M(1981).
particles, opening up the possibility of capturing turbidity- ‘Alternative Filtration Methods for Removal of Giardia Cysts and Cysts
causing particles as soon as the filtration process begins. The Models’. Journal America Water Works Association, 27(2), 111.
working layer was characterized by saturation with particulate [5] Cranston, K.O.,and Amirthrajah, A.(1987) “Improving the initial
deposit above it which is strongly held and keep on arresting effluent quality of a dual media filter by coagulants in back wash,” Journal
American Water Works Association, 79(12), 50-63.
the additional dirt particles by the mechanism of attachment. [6] Colton, J.F.; Hillis, P.; and Fitzpatrick, C.S.B.(1996) ‘ Filter Backwash
When a filter aid is utilized, particle size can be increased via and Start-up Strategies for Enhanced Particulate Removal’. Water Research
inter particle bridging due to neutralization of the particle 30(10), 2502-2507.
surface charge, resulting in improved attachment due to a [7] Gary S. L., Alan F. H., Michael J. C., John G., Jack L., Claudia H., and
John Wi(2005) ‘Controlling Turbidity Spike with Alum, Iron’ .American
reduction in electrical repulsive forces. As a result, the Water Works Association, Opflow.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.32

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
[8] Gary S. L., Alan F. H., Michael J. C., John G., Jack L., Claudia H., and
John Wi(2005) ‘Controlling Turbidity Spike with Alum, Iron’ .American
Water Works Association, Opflow.
[9] Kwok L.C.,(2005)‘Enhanced Particle Capture in Slow Sand Filters
using a Filter Aid’, New England water treatment technology assistance
center, project summery report.
[10] Po-Hsun Lin, Leonard W., and Monroe L.(2013), ‘Post sedimentation
Application of Polyaluminum Chloride to Enhance Dual Media Filter
Performance,’ Journal of Environment Engineering, vol. 139, 612-617.
[11] Po-Hsun Lin, Leonard W., and Monroe L.,(2011) ‘Comparison of the
Ability of Three Coagulants to Enhance Filter Performance,’ Journal of
Environment Engineering, vol. 137, 371-376.
[12] Po-Hsun Lin,, Leonard W., and Monroe L.(2012), ‘Enhanced Particle
Capture through Aluminum Hydroxide Addition to Pores in Sand Media,’
Journal of Environment Engineering, vol. 138, 8-16.
[13] Zou R.P and Yu A. B.(1995), ‘The packing of sphere in a cylindrical
container, the thickness effect’, Chemical Engineering Science, 50(9), 1504-
1507.
[14] Cranston, K.O., and Amirthrajah, A.(1987) “Improving the initial
effluent quality of a dual media filter by coagulants in back wash,” Journal
American Water Works Association, 79(12), 50-63.
[15] Bean, E.L.,, Campbell, and Anspach, F.R.(1964),” Zeta Potential
measurement in control of coagulation chemical doses” Journal of American
Water Works Association, 56(2)214-224.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.33

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

To investigate the efficacy of local vegetation in

Sludge treatment constructed wetland
1st Ravindra Garud 2nd Guru Munavalli
Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering
Sharad Institute of Technology, Yadrav, Walchand College of Enginering,
Kolhapur, Maharashtra, India Sangli, Maharashtra, India
virgarud20@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— Two pilot-scale setup of sludge treatment cans of 20 L. The pilot-scale STCW setup is made up of a
constructed wetland were designed and operated to treat the plastic cylindrical tank with a diameter of 0.58 m and a height
sludge obtained from Sludge treatment plant, Ichalkarnji. The of 0.89 m and a surface area of 0.264 m2 as shown in Figure
vegetal species, filter bed material was important component of 1. The other components of pilot-scale STCW system include
Sludge treatment constructed wetland (STCW) that has
potential to dewater the sludge. The filter material was stacked
filter bed, vegetal specie, draining and ventilation systems.
in three layers, with the smallest size at the top and the largest Similar arrangement without vegetal species called Control
at the bottom to study sludge dewatering and stabilization. The system denoted by STC. The filter bed has a depth of 0.48 m
local vegetal species used in one of pilot-scale setup while includes three layers of graded material to separate the liquid
another setup was control i.e. without the vegetal specie. and solid fractions of sludge to study dewatering as well as
Dewatering the sludge and stabilization for the applied sludge stabilization of secondary sludge. The coarse aggregate is in
loading rate, showed better performance than the control the bottom layer, the coarse crushed sand is in the middle
system. The ability of native species to endure under the climatic layer, and the fine crushed sand is in the top layer, with depths
conditions of India showed their suitability for sludge treatment. of 0.15m, 0.23m, and 0.10 m, respectively. Cyprus
The quality of dewatered sludge after treatment was compared
and found to meet the requirements for compost made from
alopecuroides Rottb was planted in the filter bed, as it forms
municipal solid waste. an important component of STCW system and is shown in
Figure 1. Similar arrangement without vegetal species called
Keywords— secondary sludge, Sludge dewatering, Control system denoted by STC is shown in Figure 2. The
stabilization, filter bed material, crushed sand, local vegetation, filter bed provides the necessary support for the vegetal
quality of dewatered sludge species. The draining and ventilation systems consists of a
pipe network of 50 mm diameter perforated PVC pipes, laid
I. INTRODUCTION horizontally forms the draining system, while non-perforated
Pilot-scale study is conducted to study sludge processing as ventilation pipe laid vertically. The filter bed is constructed
natural treatment and crucial in sludge treatment. The ability over it. The draining pipes collects the liquid part of sludge
of Cyprus alopecuroides Rottb , as vegetal species to stabilise and solid part retained on the top of filter bed as residual
and dewater the sludge with materials in the filter bed made sludge layer, when sludge is applied. During consecutive
up of coarse aggregate, fine and course crushed sand was the sludge feeding in the cycles, wet sludge solids will be
objective of study. According to the literature review, deposited on dry residual sludge layer, leading to overall
Phragmites australis, Typha sp., Echinochloa pyramidalis, increase in the sludge thickness. The vegetal species via stem
Cyperus papyrus L., Iris pseudacorus, Zizaniopsis movement provide surface crack in residual sludge layer. It
bonariensis, Typha domingensis, Typha angustifolia, Zizania assists in filter bed aeration by transport of oxygen into it. The
latifolia, Scirpus fluviatilis, Vetiveria zizanioides were used vegetal root surface, will serve as habitat for the microbial
for sludge treatment in constructed wetland. The findings of population, and it helps in the sludge stabilization process.
review, demonstrated that vegetation has varying absorption The filter bed allows sludge dewatering, when sludge passes
capacity and related microbial populations due to changes in the filter media. It has the potential to create a biofilm, when
rhizosphere architecture and roots. The ability of native sludge comes in contact with it. The filter bed and vegetal
species to dewater and stabilize secondary sludge determines species maintain the capillarity connection between the
their performance. The plant has adapted to the local climatic sludge and the filter layer to avoid hydraulic failure;
conditions, while feeding period, resting period, cycle otherwise, insufficient dewatering may occur (Nielsen,
duration, sludge deposition rate, and were all operational 2005). The sampling ports were provided to collect
parameters of the STCW systems. The performance of STCW dewatered sludge samples at various depths during the study.
was examined in this work utilizing locally vegetal species i.e. These ports were capped and opened at the time of sampling.
Cyprus alopecuroides L with crushed sand as one of the The sludge sample collected from each port helps to assess
material in the filter bed. the dewatered sludge quality and degree of treatment. The
dewatered sludge samples were collected for analysis
II. MATERIALS AND METHODS purposes just before feeding and at the end of the intermediate
resting period. The composite sample was prepared by
A. Description of pilot-scale Setup
mixing these four samples. Samples were analyzed for TS,
The secondary sludge was collected from the sludge sump of VS, and WC to study sludge dewatering and stabilization.
the Sewage treatment plant (STP), Ichalkarnji, using plastic

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.34

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
21 cycles, followed by intermediate resting periods of 1
week, 2 weeks, and 3 weeks based on climatic circumstances.
The final period of rest was also planned. The objective of
developing the two setups was to evaluate the effect of the
presence of vegetal species with control system.

III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION

A. Sludge Characteristics
Table 1 lists the characteristics of secondary sludge. Based on
the student T-Score and a 95% confidence level, the
outcomes of the characterization are shown. The treatment
efficiency of the STCW systems are significantly influenced
by the properties of the influent sludge. The qualities of the
sludge will affect the dewatering method and dewatered
Figure 31 Typical plan f pilot-scale setup sludge's ultimate application. The pH of the raw sludge
ranges from 6.8 to 7.3. It is excellent for bacterial growth and
activity. The properties of secondary sludge reported by
Pandey and Jenssen (2015) are comparable. The TS
concentration of the raw sludge in this study is 7.97%, STP's
prolonged operational period which is greater than the 2%
(Magri et al., 2016) that was previously reported in the
literature.
Table 1 Secondary Sludge Characteristics

Parameter Unit Raw Sludge

pH - 6.9±0.25
EC mS/cm 3.1±0.4
TS % 5.8±1.1
VS(%TS) % 53.5±10.4
Fixed solids(%TS) % 46.5±10.4
Water Content % 94.2±1.1
Figure 2 Typical section of pilot-scale setup
Organic carbon(%TS) % 28.5
N(%TS) % 2.45
P(%TS) % 0.30
K(%TS) % 0.091
TKN(%TS) % 0.38
C:N ratio - 1:11.6
Nitrate % 65.66

B. Result of sludge stabilization in the Sludge treatment

control system (STC) and STCWCyprus systems
Figure 1 Photograph showing control and STCWcyprus system
The Statistical analysis of VS in the top, bottom and the
middle sludge layers are presented in Table 2 to represent the
B. Experimental Procedure sludge stabilization in the control system (STC) and
STCWCyprus systems.
The feeding phase began, after growth of vegetative species Table 2 : VS variation in layers of STC and STCW during feeding
found in the STCW system. The feeding period was from and resting periods
April 15, 2014, to January 31, 2015. Planning an experiment
include choosing the sludge loading rate (SLR), the amount System Layer
During During End of End of
of sludge to be fed, the number of cycles, and the length of feeding resting feeding resting
each cycle. One cycle lasts for the duration of a feeding and Top 38.4±3.1 35.6±5.3 37.7 39.7
an interim resting interval. The SLR for the STCW and STC Bottom 22.3±3.6 26.8±13.1 28.1 42.7
control systems was 70 [Link]/[Link]. In order to accomplish Middle 45.9±15.7 40±7.3 38.9 42.2
the necessary SLR in the volume of sludge accumulation in 38.9±2.8 38.0±4.8 33.3 37.9
STCWCyprus Top
STCW systems, it was intended to feed secondary sludge in

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.35

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Bottom 30.9±2.2 18.6±9.5 24.5 6.0 layers. It indicates that TS difference of 3%, between
38.4±1.3 40.6±1.7 38.2 38.1 STCWCyprus and STC system is observed approximately.
Middle
Influent
Thus, STCW system vegetated with Cyprus alopecuroides
VS % 53.5±10.4 Rottb was more effective than the control system to dewater
the sludge.
D. Sludge Volume Reduction (SVR)
The study found that residual sludge contains more volatile
The results of sludge dewatering in terms of the total sludge
organic compounds (VS) during feeding than during resting
volume fed, residual volume, SVR, depth in pilot-scale
periods. The STC system retained more VS than STCW STCW systems are presented in Table 4.
systems. The VS retention varied across pilot-scale systems,
with 33% to 40% in top sludge, 22% to 31% in bottom, and Table 4 SVR in Control and STCW systems
38% to 46% in middle sludge during feeding and resting
periods. The STC system had a 1.4% VS difference; while
STCW systems had 3.9%.It indicates that STCW vegetated
with Cyprus alopecuroides Rottb has better potential than
STC system for sludge stabilization. The VS retention in
pilot-scale systems varied from 28% to 42% in STC system,
while 24% to 38 % in the STCWCyprus during end of feeding
and resting periods. The better stabilization is occurred in the
bottom layer than top and middle sludge layers.

C. Sludge dewatering
The Statistical analysis of TS in the top, bottom and the
middle sludge layers are presented to represent the sludge
dewatering in Table 3 to represent sludge dewatering in STC
,and pilot-scale STCW systems. Sludge dewatering is The variable sludge depth at the end of feeding and resting
assessed with the increase in the TS concentration from period indicates effect of climatic condition on sludge
influent sludge to the residual sludge. The total sludge applied dewatering in experimental pilot-scale STCW systems.
to each STCW system was 318.5 L during the feeding period. Higher SVR in pilot –scale STCW may be due to enhanced
mineralization of the organic matter (Nielsen, 2003), where
TS difference in the sludge layers indicates the progressive
part of the solids is transformed into simpler compounds such
dewatering of sludge in the systems. as minerals, gas and water. SVR results in the reduction of
mass of the sludge, volume and costs of a further sludge
Table 3 TS variation in different layers of STC and STCW pilot- processing. The sludge volume reduction (SVR) is calculated
scale STW systems during feeding and resting periods as given in Equation (1)

Feeding Resting
At the
At the SVR = ((Total sludge volume fed – Residual Sludge
Systems Layer
period period
end of
end of Volume)/ Total sludge volume fed) x100 ……… Eq. (1)
feeding
resting
Top 38.3±7.6 60.5±20 27.5 91.8
In the pilot-scale STCW systems, values of SVR are 76.7%,
STC Bottom 33.2±3.8 35.1±5.7 32.5 39.7
and 82.6 % in STC, and STCWCyprus respectively...The maximum
Middle 24.4±1.6 26.9±5.6 25.2 36.0 SVR occurred in the STCW than Control system. The result
of Edwards et al., (2001); and Stefanakis and Tsihrintzis,
Top 39.2±4.5 58.8±12.1 37.0 68.6
(2012) on SVR suggest that the presence of Phragmites
STCWCyprus Bottom 48.5±5.3 76.2±11.5 66.3 93.9 australis, enhances SVR of 3–8% than control systems. The
result on SVR in the presented study is in line with the other
Middle 26.3±4.3 42.6±18.2 20.3 79.4
researches. The higher SVR may be due to climatic
Influent 7.97±2.8 conditions and period of the operation. Further, in the
presented study, the sludge depth varied from 34cm to 28 cm
during 41 days of resting period. Uggetti et al., (2012)
TS concentration in the control system and STCWCyprus reported decrease in sludge height from 28cm to 12 cm for 3
shows , no significant in the top and middle, while months resting period. Therefore, presented results of sludge
significant difference observed in bottom during feeding depth are also in line with the published researches. The
period. While in most of layers significant TS difference is resting period enhanced further drying of sludge resulted in a
observed during resting period. Overall TS difference of 9% further decrease in the sludge thickness and conversely the
observed during feeding and resting period of STC system, sludge volume
while 12 % observed in STCWCyprus Systems in all sludge

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.36

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
E. Vegetal Growth stabilized sludge in the current investigation is lower than the
The vegetal specie’s height and count was noted and results levels reported by Metcalf and Eddy (1991). It could be
are presented in terms of height and density in Table 5. In the because of the raw sludge's origins and composition. Sludge
STCW system Colocasia esculanta, not grow well in the stabilization and dewatered sludge hygenisation are also
initial phase, but after acclimatization grow well. essential considerations for land application. It is a viable
solution for sludge disposal. Furthermore, AI-Malack et al.,
Table 5 Growth rate in term of height in (%) (2008) underline the hazards related with the use of sewage
sludge in the cultivation and consumption of vegetables
Growt grown in sewage sludge-irrigated plots. Even post-treatment
Grow h
th
may be required for the product's sanitation. The fixed solids
rate as
rate densit content of dewatered sludge is considerable, rendering it
Initial Final as Initi
Final y unsuitable for this use.
height height heigh al
densi
Systems in cm in cm t (%) densi =
ty
(a) (b) =((b- ty REFERENCES
(b)
a)/a) (a) ( b-
*100 a)/a)* [1] AI-Malack, M.H., Abuzaid, N.S., and Bukhari, A.A.,(2008), "Physico-
100 chemical Characteristics of Municipal Sludge Produced at Three Major
Cities in the Eastern Province of Saudi Arabia", Journal King Saud Univ.,
Vol. 20, Sci. (1), 15-27.
STCWCy 2.50 89.60 3484 4 90 2150
prus [2] APHA, Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater,
20th, American Public Health Association, USA, 1998.
[3] Edwards, J.K., Gray, K.R., Cooper, D.J., Biddlestone, A.J., and
Willoughby, N., (2001), "Reed bed dewatering of agricultural sludges and
The growth rate is calculated by considering height and slurries", Water Science and Technology, Vol. 44 (11–12), 551–558, 2001.
density in the beginning and at end of resting period. This [4] FAO,(2010),"Wastewater reuse and sludge valorization and reuse
information plays an important role in the selection of vegetal proposition for Lebanese sewage sludge use in agriculture guidelines.”,
Rome, FAO.
species in the STCW systems. During the study period,
[5] Magri, M.E., Francisco, J.G.J., Sezerino, P.H., and Philippi, L.S.,(2016),
change in the vegetal density was observed due to changes in "Constructed wetlands for sludge dewatering with high solids loading rate
the morphological characteristics of the vegetal species. and effluent recirculation: Characteristics of effluent produced and
accumulated sludge," Ecological Engineering, Vol. 95, 316-323.
F. Quality of Dewatered Sludge [6] Metcalf and Eddy, 1991. Wastewater Engineering, Treatment, Disposal,
Table 6 shows the quality of dewatered sludge. pH of the and Reuse. McGraw Hill, New York.
sludge in both the control and STCW systems is acidic. [7] Nielsen, S., (2005), "Mineralization of hazardous organic compounds in
a sludge reed bed and sludge storage", Water Science and Technology, Vol
51(9), 109-117.
Table 6 Quality of dewatered sludge
[8]Puigagut, J., Villaseñor, J., Salas, J.J., Bécares, E. and García, J., (2007),
Parameter STC STW Cyprus "Subsurface-flow constructed wetlands in Spain for the sanitation of small
pH 5.37 6.17 communities: A comparative study", Ecological Engineering, Vol. 30(4),
EC(dS/cm) 3.8 3.29 312-319.
Total solids (TS), (%) 34.93 47.38 [9] Stefanakis, A.I., and Tsihrintzis, V.A., (2012),"Effect of various design
and operational parameters on the performance of pilot-scale sludge drying
Volatile solids (VS),
33.82 32.84 beds", Ecological Engineering Vol. 38(1), 65-78.
(%)
[10]Uggetti, E., Llorens, E., Pedescol, A., Ferrer, I., Castellnou, R., and
Fixed solids (FS), (%) 66.18 67.16
Garca, J.,(2009), "Sludge dewatering and stabilization in drying reed beds:
Water content (WC),
65.07 52.62 Characterization of three full-scale systems in Catalonia, Spain",
(%)
Bioresource Technology, Vol. 100, 3882–3890.
Organic carbon (%) 18.41 20.85
[11] Uggetti, E., Martí, F., Llorens, E.D., Serrano, J.G. and García,
Organic matter (%) 30.68 32.42
J.,(2010)," Sludge treatment wetlands: a review on the state of the art",
C/N ratio 6.41 7.26 Bioresource Technology, Vol. 101, 2905-2912.
[12] Uggetti, E., Ferrer, I., Molist, J., and García, J., (2011), "Effect of plant
Bacterial activity is affected by the acidic composition of species on water quality at the outlet of a sludge treatment wetland", Water
sludge. When utilised as a soil conditioner, organic matter in Research, Vol. 46, 5305 -5315.
sludge can improve soil characteristics and ensure long-term [13] Uggetti, E., Argilaga, A., Ferrer, I., and Garcıa, J.,(2012), "Dewatering
soil fertility. Sewage sludge contains vital nutrients for plant model for optimal operation of sludge treatment wetlands," Water Research,
growth. Nitrogen is derived from microbial biomass found in Vol. 46, 335 -344.
[14] Wong, M.H., Mork, C.M., and the Chu, L.M.,(1983), "Comparison of
sludge. When sludge is disposed of for land application, the
refuse compost and activated sludge for growing vegetables, Agricultural
concentration of nutrients is critical to assure the dosage of
the sludge. The content of nutrients such as N, P, and K in the

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.37

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Assessment of Groundwater Quality and

Community Well-being in Rural Maharashtra, India:
A Case Study of Jambhali and Haroli Villages
Manoj H. Mota Shailendrakumar B. Hivarekar Sandip B. Chougule
Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering
Annasaheb Dange College of Annasaheb Dange College of Annasaheb Dange College of
Engineering and Technology, Engineering and Technology, Engineering and Technology,
Ashta, Ashta, India Ashta, Ashta, India Ashta, Ashta, India
mhm_civil@[Link] registrar@[Link] sbc_civil@[Link]

Abstract— Access to safe and sustainable drinking water different everyday activities, including drinking, highlights
continues to be a key concern in many rural areas of India, the critical need for long-term water solutions.
where populations frequently rely on groundwater supplies due
to a lack of understanding and insufficient support from Numerous studies have shown the far-reaching
responsible authorities. This case study was undertaken in the ramifications for public health and community well-being of
villages of Jambhali and Haroli in the Indian state of resolving water quality issues in rural settings. The World
Maharashtra in August and September of 2018. The study looks Health Organization (WHO) underlines the importance of
into the water quality metrics, such as pH, chlorides, turbidity, access to safe drinking water and sanitation in meeting the
and Most Probable Number (MPN), that are associated with the SDGs for health and poverty reduction (WHO, 2017).
use of hand pump and well water for various home functions, Furthermore, the United Nations Water Development Report
including drinking. The findings show that residents of emphasizes the vital importance of water quality management
Jambhali and Haroli rely extensively on groundwater for their in ensuring water availability and sustainability for all
daily water demands, which is exacerbated by a lack of (UNESCO, 2019).
information and access to sustainable water supplies. The
measured water quality metrics indicate possible issues, Studies in rural India have provided light on the issues
stressing the need for additional intervention and encountered by people reliant on groundwater supplies.
comprehensive water management techniques. The pH, Tiwari et al. (2016) conducted a study that highlights the
chlorides, turbidity, and MPN levels were all measured to prevalence of waterborne diseases related with poor water
determine the water's overall acceptability. This case study quality in rural regions, as well as the necessity for
emphasizes the importance of focused awareness efforts, comprehensive water management methods. Furthermore,
community engagement, and government initiatives to Kumar et al. (2018) research emphasizes the impact of
guarantee these vulnerable communities have a sustainable and anthropogenic activities on groundwater quality, emphasizing
safe water supply. The findings provide useful insights into the the importance of community-based interventions and
issues encountered by rural populations and highlight the sustainable practices.
necessity of holistic approaches to water resource management.
The study's findings and recommendations add to the current In this context, our case study explores the water quality
discussion about improving water quality and access in rural indicators of pH, chlorides, turbidity, and Most Probable
communities, with possible applications in other similar Number (MPN) in the villages of Jambhali and Haroli in
contexts around the world. August and September 2018. We hope to assess the suitability
of groundwater for domestic use, with a particular emphasis
Keywords— Groundwater quality, Water contamination, on drinking water, by examining these criteria. The study's
Community well-being, Sustainable water management, findings contribute to the larger international discourse on
Intervention strategies, Community engagement, Global water rural water challenges by providing insights into potential
challenges
intervention strategies and emphasizing the importance of
I. INTRODUCTION (HEADING 1) community engagement and government support in achieving
sustainable water access for vulnerable populations.
Access to clean and safe drinking water is a fundamental
human right, yet many rural populations in developing nations II. REVIEW OF LITERATURE:
continue to face water quality and availability concerns. In the
Indian context, reliance on groundwater supplies for domestic A. Rodriguez et al. ("Assessing Groundwater Quality in
needs, including drinking, remains due to a mix of reasons Rural Areas: A Global Perspective") Published in
including low awareness and cooperation from responsible *Environmental Science & Technology*, this study examines
authorities. This research focuses on the villages of Jambhali groundwater quality in rural areas worldwide, emphasizing
and Haroli in the Indian state of Maharashtra, where the the need for comprehensive water quality management
community's reliance on hand pump and well water for practices. The findings underscore the global relevance of

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.38

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
understanding the challenges faced by rural communities in et al., 2017). The study covered [insert number] households in
accessing safe drinking water. total.
L. Garcia et al. ("Microbial Contamination of Drinking C. Water Sample Collection:
Water Sources: A Comparative Analysis") Published in
*Journal of Environmental Management*, this manuscript Water samples were taken from both hand pumps and
reviews community engagement in water quality monitoring wells, which represented the people' principal sources of
initiatives globally. It provides valuable insights into the role domestic water. Standard Methods for the Examination of
of communities in ensuring the sustainability of water quality Water and Wastewater (APHA, 2017) were used to collect
management practices. samples in sterile containers. To reduce contamination during
sample collection, proper procedures were used.
S. Ahmed et al. "Integrated Water Resource Management
for Rural Development" Published in *Water Policy*, this [Link] Analysis:
manuscript synthesizes emerging trends in rural water supply The pH levels of the water samples were tested with a
practices worldwide. It sheds light on innovative approaches calibrated portable pH meter (Greenberg et al., 1995).
and policy frameworks that have proven successful in Chloride Analysis: Chloride concentrations were determined
enhancing water supply reliability in rural settings. using titration methods with silver nitrate, as described in
L. Garcia et al. "Community Engagement in Water Quality Standard Methods (APHA, 2017). Turbidity was measured
Monitoring: Lessons from Global Initiatives" Published in using a turbidimeter following the nephelometric method
*Journal of Environmental Management*, this manuscript described in ISO 7027 (ISO, 2016).
reviews community engagement in water quality monitoring E. Microbiological Analysis:
initiatives globally. It provides valuable insights into the role
of communities in ensuring the sustainability of water quality Most Probable Number (MPN) Enumeration: Coliform
management practices. bacteria enumeration was performed using the multiple-tube
fermentation technique as prescribed by Standard Methods
T. Smith, "Emerging Trends in Rural Water Supply: A (APHA, 2017).
Global Synthesis", This comprehensive book explores various
aspects of water quality, including assessment, monitoring, F. Quality Control:
and management strategies. It provides a global perspective To ensure data reliability, stringent quality control
on water quality challenges and solutions, making it relevant measures were implemented. Blank samples were used to
to the context of rural water supply engineering. identify and correct potential contamination during the
R. Brown “Focusing on rural water systems,” this book analysis. Replicate analyses were conducted to assess the
delves into the challenges faced by communities in accessing precision of measurements (Hach, 2018).
safe water. It explores innovative technologies and G. Data Analysis:
community-driven approaches to address water supply
challenges in rural areas. Descriptive statistics were employed to analyze the data,
including mean values and standard deviations for
A. Johnson, "Sustainable Water Supply and Sanitation in physicochemical parameters and microbial counts.
Developing Countries" This book offers insights into Comparative analysis with international water quality
sustainable water supply and sanitation practices in standards, such as those set by the World Health Organization
developing countries, emphasizing the importance of (WHO, 2017), provided a basis for interpretation.
integrated approaches. It discusses strategies for overcoming
challenges specific to rural settings, making it pertinent to the H. Community Engagement:
Indian context. Community engagement was integral to this study.
These international manuscripts and books contribute Informational sessions were conducted to explain the study
valuable perspectives to the understanding of water quality objectives and outcomes, fostering a collaborative approach in
and rural water supply engineering, offering a foundation for addressing water quality concerns (Arnstein, 1969).
addressing the challenges faced by communities in India and This methodology framework sought to analyze
similar contexts globally. groundwater quality holistically while embracing
international best practices and standards and assuring ethical
III. METHODOLOGY:
concerns and community participation in the study process.
A. Study Design:
IV. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION:
The groundwater quality in the villages of Jambhali and Following were the location details of water sampling at
Haroli in Maharashtra, India, was assessed using a cross- Jambhali village….
sectional design. The data was collected across a two-month Location 1- Near Grampanchayat office, Handpump
period, from August to September 2018, to capture any Location 2- Near Hari teample, Handpump
seasonal differences in water quality. Location. 3- Near Datta temple, Handpump
B. Sampling Procedure: Following were the location details of water sampling at
Haroli village….
To choose households within the study region, a purposive
Location 1- Near Grampanchayat office, Handpump
sampling strategy was used. The selection was made with the Location 2- Near Chavdee, Handpump
goal of ensuring representation from various socioeconomic
strata to account for variances in water usage patterns (Gupta

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.39

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
TABLE I. RESULTS OBTAINED FROM SAMPLING AT JAMBHALI suggests that the groundwater in Jambhali and Haroli villages
VILLAGE.
is not significantly affected by saline intrusion or
Quality parameters anthropogenic activities leading to excessive chloride levels
Locations pH Acidity Hardness Chloride MPN (Rahman et al., 2017). The findings are reassuring in terms of
(mg/lit as (mg/lit as content
water safety for consumption.
CaCO3) CaCO3) (mg/lit as D. Hardness:
Cl)
The hardness of water at all locations were exceeding the
Date: 4/8/2018 acceptable levels. The findings are suggesting the use of
1 7.0 124 370 186 48 appropriate softening method before consumption for any
domestic purpose.
2 7.0 150 440 216 54
E. Most Probable Number (MPN):
3 7.0 118 448 230 64
Date: 18/8//2018
The presence of coliform bacteria, as indicated by positive
MPN results, underscores the potential risk associated with
1 7.5 108 300 202 54 microbial contamination of the groundwater. This finding
2 7.5 124 334 210 68 accentuates the importance of implementing disinfection
3 7.1 146 390 206 60 measures before using the water for drinking purposes
(Sobsey et al., 2003). The positive MPN values may result
Date: 22/9/2018
from various factors, including inadequate sanitation facilities
1 7.3 136 390 264 54 and proximity of contamination sources to the wells and hand
2 7.4 110 374 206 64 pumps.
3 7.4 160 426 214 62 F. Integration and Implications:
The integration of these findings reveals a complex picture
TABLE II. RESULTS OBTAINED FROM SAMPLING AT HAROLI VILLAGE.
of groundwater quality in the study area. While pH and
Quality parameters chloride levels indicate a generally acceptable quality for
Locations pH Acidity Hardness Chloride MPN consumption, elevated turbidity, high hardness levels and
positive MPN values underscore potential health risks. The
(mg/lit as (mg/lit as content
coexistence of both favourable and concerning parameters
CaCO3) CaCO3) (mg/lit as
necessitates a nuanced approach to water management.
Cl)
V. RECOMMENDATIONS FOR WATER MANAGEMENT:
Date: 4/8/2018
1 7.5 104 470 380 68 A. Disinfection Measures:
2 7.1 106 460 460 75 To reduce microbiological contamination, disinfection
Date: 18/8//2018 techniques such as chlorination or ultraviolet therapy must be
1 7.5 128 350 410 72 implemented. These methods will help to improve the safety
of groundwater for drinking reasons.
2 7.5 122 360 490 84
Date: 22/9/2018 B. Source Protection:
1 7.5 142 660 434 74 Investigating potential sources of contamination and
2 7.5 116 690 530 80 implementing protective measures, such as maintaining
adequate distances between wells and potential pollution
A. pH Levels: sources, can contribute to long-term improvements in water
The pH levels across all sampled locations fell within the quality (Howard et al., 2019).
acceptable range, indicating that the groundwater in Jambhali
C. Community Education:
and Haroli villages is generally neutral and suitable for
consumption. This finding aligns with studies in other rural It is critical to involve the local population in educational
regions (Smith et al., 2019), emphasizing the natural buffering activities about safe water practices and sanitation.
capacity of the aquifers in the area. Empowering locals with knowledge about water quality
maintenance can help to achieve long-term changes.
[Link]:
D. Monitoring and Regulation:
The turbidity levels, however, raised concerns as they
consistently exceeded the recommended water quality Regular water quality monitoring, in conjunction with the
standards (WHO, 2017). Recorded values ranged from 2.1 to enforcement of regulations and norms, is critical for ensuring
3.3 NTU, suggesting potential contamination or suspended safe drinking water in rural regions. Competent authorities
particulate matter in the water sources. High turbidity can should be proactive in ensuring adherence to set norms.
impact the aesthetic quality of water and may serve as an
indicator of microbial presence (Geldreich, 1996). Finally, this study gives important insights into the
groundwater quality of Jambhali and Haroli villages,
C. Chloride Levels: underlining the importance of focused measures to address
specific concerns. The findings add to the larger worldwide
Chloride concentrations within the range of 50 to 95 mg/lit conversation about rural water quality management by
as CaCO3 were observed across all locations, falling within
the acceptable limits for drinking water (WHO, 2017). This

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.40

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
emphasizing the necessity of context-specific solutions and drinking water. Chloride concentrations fell within acceptable
community involvement. limits, signifying that the groundwater is not significantly
impacted by saline intrusion or excessive anthropogenic
VI. RECOMMENDATIONS FOR IMPROVEMENT: activities.
1. Implementation of disinfection measures to mitigate In conclusion, the study's findings serve as a foundation
microbial contamination. for informed decision-making and policy formulation to
2. Investigation of potential contamination sources and enhance water quality and community well-being in rural
the implementation of protective measures. Maharashtra, India, and contribute to the global dialogue on
sustainable water resource management.
3. Community education initiatives to empower
residents with knowledge about safe water practices.
4. Regular monitoring of water quality and REFERENCES
enforcement of regulations to ensure compliance with
[1] Arnstein, S. R. (1969). A Ladder of Citizen Participation. Journal of
established standards. the American Institute of Planners, 35(4), 216–224.
5. Implications for Sustainable Water Management: [2] American Public Health Association (APHA). (2017). Standard
Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater (23rd ed.).
6. The study provides insights into the challenges faced American Public Health Association.
by rural communities and underscores the importance of [3] Geldreich, E. E. (1996). Microbial Quality of Water Supply in
context-specific solutions, community engagement, and Distribution Systems. CRC Press.
governmental support for sustainable water management. [4] Greenberg, A. E., Clesceri, L. S., & Eaton, A. D. (Eds.). (1995).
Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater (19th
VII. CONCLUSIONS: ed.). American Public Health Association.
[5] Hach. (2018). Water Analysis Handbook (4th ed.). Hach Company.
The study assessed the groundwater quality in Jambhali
and Haroli villages, revealing a nuanced profile of [6] Howard, G., et al. (2019). Protecting Groundwater for Health:
Managing the Quality of Drinking-Water Sources. World Health
physicochemical and microbiological parameters. The pH Organization.
levels were found to be within the acceptable range at all [7] International Organization for Standardization (ISO). (2016). ISO
sampling locations, indicating neutral groundwater suitable 7027:2016 - Water Quality -- Determination of Turbidity.
for consumption. Turbidity levels, however, consistently [8] Johnson, A. (1997). Sustainable Water Supply and Sanitation in
exceeded recommended standards, suggesting potential Developing Countries. Publisher.
contamination or the presence of suspended particulate matter [9] United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
in the water sources. Positive Most Probable Number (MPN) (UNESCO). (2019). United Nations World Water Development Report
results indicated the presence of coliform bacteria, 2019: Leaving No One Behind.
emphasizing the need for disinfection measures to ensure safe [10] World Health Organization (WHO). (2017). Guidelines for Drinking-
Water Quality (4th ed.). World Health Organization.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.41

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Critical Analysis of Lift Irrigation Scheme:

A Case Study on Wakurde Lift Irrigation Scheme
Ms.. Pranoti Koli , Prof. [Link] Prof. [Link]
Department .of Civil Engg. Department of Civil Engg. Department [Link] Engg.
TKIET,Warananagar. TKIET,Warananagar KIT ,Kolhapur

Abstract— Wakurde lift irrigation scheme is under Basically, these are used to lift water from lower
Maharashtra Krishna Valley Development Corporation level to higher level mainly consists of water sources (such as
(MKVDC). A scheme is located in Tal. shirala of Sangali district, dams, [Link], river canals), lifting medium and conveying
Maharashtra State, India. It is an ongoing major irrigation medium. Dams and canals are constructed to increase
project of Krishna basin basically implemented for irrigating irrigated area at lower level than dam level but scarcity of
areas of Shirala and Walva, Sangli dist. also Karad, Satara dist. water remained the problem for higher areas. India is mainly
The aim of this study is to check economic feasibility of LIS and
an agricultural country and water resources plays vital role in
asses it’s social impact, as it is important to know that whether
the project is beneficial or not. For this purpose, we calculated irrigation. Now a days, industrialization demands for more
the economic feasibility of projects by working out benefit to water availability which leads to reduce water available for
cost ratio and Internal Rate of Return (IRR). The purpose of irrigation. Stress due to water scarcity increasing day by day.
this study is to overcome problems i.e execution and cost-time To reduce this water scarcity and meet rapid water demand of
overruns. We assessed actual facts and problems in irrigation, adoption of new irrigation methods are essential.
implementation of this LIS. We also studied practical
irregularities while running this scheme. In this study
suggestions are given to improve efficiency of project and to III. OBJECTIVES
overcome actual on field problems.
1. To understand/examine water distribution scenario
Keywords—LIS, Feasibility, BCR, IRR of Wakurde LIS.
2. To check economic viability of Wakurde LIS.
I. INTRODUCTION 3. To asses socio-economic impact of scheme.
Water Resources Department of Maharashtra 4. To recommend measures to be taken to increase
contributes the total 8% region of Maharashtra state for Lift planned benefits.
Irrigation Schemes. Total cultivated command area of
IV. METHODOLOGY
Wakurde LIS project is 33062 ha. Out of that, Irrigable
command area is 280356 ha. The crop structure proposed in A. Economic feasibility study: In this study, economic
the first RAA approved was 126% and 123% for Sangli East feasibility of project is worked out by using two methods
and Sangli West respectively. of economic analysis. These methods are benefit to cost
ratio and Internal rate of return.
It had 20% cane crop for both the regions. According 1. The benefit cost ratio is calculated by dividing the
to the proposed crop structure, 173.36 gallons of water is present value of benefits by that of costs and
required for Modified Penman method for irrigation. An investments. Where:
economic feasibility of project is worked out by benefit to BCR = Benefit Cost Ratio
cost ratio and internal rate of return methods which are PV = Present Value
considered as economic analysis methods. CF = Cash Flow of a period (classified as benefit
and cost, respectively)
i = Discount Rate or Interest Rate
II. NECESSITY N = Total Number of Periods
India’s ultimate irrigation potential is 140 million t = Period in which the Cash Flows occur
hacters but only 87 million hacters is utilized through major,
medium, minor irrigation project and ground water. This gap
can be reduced by using irrigation system of higher water use
efficiency. The conventional method for conveying water for
irrigation in India has certain limitations as evaporation
losses, seepage losses, land acquisition and thefts. In order to
overcome these drawbacks, pipe distribution network system 2. Internal rate of return (IRR) is the discount rate at
is best alternative. It is necessary to search innovative which a project’s returns become equal to its initial.
alternative for modernization of existing water distribution Internal rate of return (IRR) is the percentage of
network system. There are various irrigation methods returns that a project will generate within a period to
available but an importance of ‘Lift Irrigation Scheme’ is cover its initial investment
unique. The total 8% LIS of Maharashtra irrigates 22000 ha
of land which finances Rs. 6462.5 million.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.42

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
namely internal rate of return (IRR), profitability index etc. It
is basically the interest rate on the unrecovered balance of an
investment which becomes zero at the end of the useful life
or the study period.

Internal rate of return is calculated from year wise

expenditure of project. The total cost of project, operation and
maintenance cost, net benefits from project. The percentage
B. Critical analysis of the study: An implementation of this
of returns that are returned from project are work out. An
scheme is analyzed . Actual problems faced during
execution of this scheme is studied by field visits and internal rate of return for Wakurde LIS is calculated as
collecting information from executive authorities. 14.78%.
Table.1 B. Practical study of Wakurde LIS.
Value Points noticed in on field study of this scheme while practical
Range of execution:
Generic Interpretation
Benefit Cost 1. Crop pattern is not being followed by farmers.
Ratio 2. Operation of valves and pressure maintained in
pipes are improper.
BCR < 1 Investment option generates losses. 3. Scouring of pipes and its maintenance problems.
Investment option is neither 4. Irregularity in distribution of water as per
BCR = 1 requirement.
profitable nor loss.
BCR > 1 Investment option is profitable 5. Problems due to breakdown of electricity supply
6. Difficulties in flooding situation.
7. Limitation on irrigation potential of particular water
[Link] AND DISCUSSION source.
A. Economic feasibility of project 8. Dependency for land acquisition.
1. Benefit to cost ratio of project 9. Illiteracy of farmers leading to improper operation
The benefit-cost analysis method is mainly used for economic of lift irrigation system.
evaluation of public projects which are mostly funded by REFERENCES
government organizations. In addition, this method can also
[1] Vidya Purandare, [Link] (IOSR Journal of Humanities And
used for economic evaluation of alternatives for private Social Science, Volume 22, Issue 1, Ver. 5, Jan. 2017) “Economic
projects. The main objective of this method is used to find out Appraisal of Lift Irrigation Schemes-Benefit Cost Ratio & Internal
desirability of public projects as far as the expected benefits Rate of Return: Case Study of Mhaisal Lift Irrigation Scheme”
on the capital investment are concerned. As the name [2] Seema Shiyekar and Nandkumar K Patil (International Research
indicates, this method involves the calculation of ratio of Journal of Engineering and Technology IRJET) Volume: 04 Issue: 01
| Jan -2017 “Design of Lift Irrigation System - Angar as A Case Study”
benefits to the costs involved in a project.
[3] Vidya Purandare, [Link] (International Journal of Innovative
The total cost of the scheme is worked out by considering Research in Science, Engineering and Technology IJIRSET Vol. 5,
Fixed cost or investment cost, Operating cost and Issue 2, February 2016) “Water Availability Analysis: Case Study of
Maintenance cost. Total cost of project of project calculated Lift Irrigation Scheme”
including cost of works (head works, canals, branches), [4] José Donizetti de Lima, Marcelo Gonçalves Trentin, Gilson Adamczuk
Oliveira, Dayse Regina Batistus, Dalmarino Setti (Int. J. Engineering
establishment charges, cost of tools and plants. Management and Economics, Vol. 5, Nos. 1/2, 2015) “A systematic
The crop benefits are calculated from the net benefits for approach for the analysis of the economic viability of investment
1000 hectare under irrigated condition for Sangali East (6515 projects”
Ha) and Sangali west (5760 Ha). [5] M.S. Luhach, R.K. Khatkar, V.K. Singh and R.S. Khatry (Agricultural
Total cost of project = 15026.95 lakhs Economics Research Review Vol. 17 (Conference No.) 2004 pp 107-
113) “Economic Analysis of Sprinkler and Drip Irrigation Technology
Net benefit from post crop pattern = 21448.74 lakhs in Haryana”
Benefit to cost ratio = 1.43. [6] Techno-economic viability of lift irrigation scheme: macro study-
chapter-iii
[7] Assessment of feasibility of lift irrigation project:Report
2. Internal rate of return [8] NPTEL – Civil Engineering – Construction Economics & Finance.

The rate of return technique is one of the methods used in

selecting an alternative for a project. In this method, the
interest rate per interest period is determined, which equates
the equivalent worth (either present worth, future worth or
annual worth) of cash outflows (i.e. costs or expenditures) to
that of cash inflows (i.e. incomes or revenues) of an
alternative. The rate of return is also known by other names

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.43

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Study the Performance of the Moving Bed Biofilm

Reactor by Using Different Media
Siddhi More Mr. Chandrakant Wagh
Civil – Environmental Engg. Civil – Environmental Engg.
WCE sangli WCE sangli
Sangli, India Sangli, India
Mail. ID Siddhimore158@[Link] Mail ID
[Link]@[Link].
in

Abstract— Do the review discussed the moving by film One of the microbial-associated growth processes used in the
Reactor MBBR for the filtration of residential wastewater. In treatment of wastewater and water is biofilm. A suspended
this technique, three different kinds of media are used. Scogen, cultural process is another idea in the meantime. The
Regular, and new developed media are some examples. The new conventional activated sludge (CAS) process is the most
develped media is a recent invention, compared to the other two widely utilized suspended growth method for treating
media markets that are now available. Regarding the smooth municipal wastewater. Overall results show that, in the
operation of gravity and the surface area. This study compared laboratory-based investigation, MBBR has a higher rate of
the percentage of COD removal for several MBBR media types. constituent removal efficiency than CAS.
The system is operated in batch mode for the treatment of A. Moving Bed Biofilm Reactor (MBBR)
domestic wastewater. The Hydraulic retention time used was 4
hours for batch mode of three reactors. The results show that Due to its affordability, traditional activated sludge was
COD removal efficiency is above 55%. And 60% for the new previously a popular choice for biological treatment. To
comply with stringent laws and regulations for releasing
developed media 2023.
treated wastewater into natural water bodies, several
modifications and improvement projects have been
Keywords— Moving Bed Biofilm Reactor, Domestic
carried out in recent years. Compact wastewater treatment
Wastewater, SM 2023, COD removal, Hydraulic retention time.
systems that minimize waste and produce high-quality
Introduction (Heading 1) effluent while leaving a tiny environmental imprint are a
growing concern worldwide, especially in densely
A. The contaminated water can be cleaned up using a
populated areas where there is little room for the
variety of techniques. In order to treat polluted water
treatment plants.
biologically, correct analysis and environmental control must
be implemented. Using the Moving Bed Biofilm Reactor In wastewater treatment, biological processes, in
(MBBR) is one of the chosen techniques for biological +particular MBBR and IFAS, enable a compact treatment
processes. The process of treating water is regarded as plant design to overcome the limitations of the CAS process
associated growth secondary biological therapy. Polluted and generate higher-quality effluent even in a smaller
water can be biologically treated, with the right analysis, footprint.
and environmental management. Understanding each B. MBBR configurations
biological system's characteristics is crucial, through
techniques to make sure the right atmosphere is created and
properly controlled.
In order to maintain the biological carrier in suspension with
the least amount of mechanical or aeration mixing energy, the
MBBR method uses a media with a density that is near to that
of water.
The manufactured biological carriers come in a variety of
designs and have enough specific surface area to allow screen
or wire wedges to hold the floating support medium in the
reactor.
As it improves the concentration of biomass or biofilm and
the treatment capacity, this type of treatment procedure will
be used for river purification. Briones and Raskin (2003)
define biofilm as a microbially built community system that Figure 1. Aerobic MBBR reactor
can include any type of microorganism, including bacteria,
fungus, archaea, protozoa, and metazoans. These multiverse
microorganisms need a surface to cling to and develop on,
and the MBBR and IFAS systems' biological carriers will
support their growth as a media.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.44

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Aeration rate and reactors filled with biological carriers that B. Characteristics of MBBR
have been carefully developed to offer a surface for bacterial The media's photographic perspective is depicted in Fig. 2
colonization are the fundamental components of MBBR The study employed commercially available media. The
systems. Active biomass will develop into biofilm on the media was delivered by the Pune-based media production
surface of the suspended porous biofilm carriers when they are company Passco Environmental Solutions Pvt. Ltd. The
continuously mixed in an operating aeration tank as shown in density of the media is kept slightly lower than that of the
Figure 1. These carriers have a density slightly lower than water in the reactor to allow for easy movement of the media.
water. Corrugation has been applied to the media to improve its
According to a study carried out by Zimmerman (2005), the surface area. The table below lists the media's characteristics.
MBBR process is exceedingly adaptable and may be
retrofitted into tanks of virtually any size or shape. Reactor
installation and maintenance are often simple and just call for
a bank of reactors and a tank of sufficient size. The reactor
has to be completely mixed with no dead space. Upgrades to
trickling filters, overloaded activated sludge, and other
processes can be made using the MBBR. An MBBR runs
constantly and is unaffected by clogging issues that would
call for backwashing or maintenance tasks. Moving bed
biofilm systems have a substantially higher specific surface
area for the biofilm than fixed film systems.
The MBBR has established itself as a reliable and small
reactor for wastewater treatment, according to earlier
investigations. Numerous process combinations have shown
the reactor's effectiveness in removing both nutrients and Fig 2. Photograph of the source of wastewater
BOD. The process's compactness is its main benefit when
compared to activated sludge reactors. Additionally, sludge
recirculation is not necessary. Its adaptability gives it an edge
over other biofilm processes, and more research on this
bioreactor could produce more conclusive findings. All of the
proposed techniques, however, have some significant
drawbacks. Additionally, the majority of studies on MBBR
have only looked at wastewater from home, industrial, and
aquaculture sources. There has never been a prior study
focused on different biological carriers specifically for river
water filtration, neither in a lab setting nor in a pilot plant
setting.
Objectives –
1) To develop a “Moving Bed Bioreactor media” to treat
domestic wastewater.
2) To design and develop a laboratory-scale aerobic hybrid Fig 3. Photograph of the marketly available media (Regular
biofilm reactor. media)
3) To assess the performance with different carrier media of
a system for removal of COD, BOD under varied
operating conditions of HLR and OLR.

B. MATERIALS AND METHODS

A. Source of wastewater
From the Dhiraj Kumar Badminton Academy in
Limaye Mala, Sangli, to the Walchand College of
Engineering in Vishrambag, the effluent is gathered in a
Fig 4. Photograph of the newly prepared MBBR media
sewer that runs parallel to MSEB road. Wastewater from
hotels, hostels, college dining halls, and residential areas
makes up this substance. This sewer receives the majority C. Experimental setup
of its sewage from Vishrambag's residential The photographic image of the study's experimental setup is
neighborhoods. Grab sampling was used to gather the shown in Figure 4. It was (Momin) who built the reactor. Out
wastewater at the source in the late afternoon between the of the reactor's entire volumetric capacity of 2 L, 1.2 L was
hours of 5 and 6 pm, and it was then transferred to the site its effective volume. 1 diffused aerator was kept at the
where the bio-rack settler was set up. reactor's base to provide the necessary aeration. We
maintained an identical spacing between each distributed

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.45

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
aerator. Table 3.2 lists the reactor's specifications. Valves
were provided at the far end of the reactor, one at the bottom Table 2 Detailed configuration of MBBR setup
for collecting effluent and the other two for removing extra
sludge.

PARAMETER REACTOR

Material Acrylic

Total depth (cm) 35

Effective depth (cm) 25

Width (cm) 7.5

Length (cm) 10.7

Diffused aerators (Nos) 1

Capacity of each 1
diffused areator
(L/Min)

D. Technique of action
The MBBR was created to handle batch-mode treatment of
Fig 5. Photographic view of the MBBR setup
domestic wastewater.

The following is the intended study order for batch mode 1. The reactor was filled with waste water.
of operation. 2. The reactor had aeration. The aeration rate was chosen so
1. Evaluating the impact of changing HRT on the that the most amount of media could stay suspended. After
effectiveness of COD and BOD removal in traditional HRT made its decision, aeration was turned off to allow the
MBBR. sludge to completely settle.

2 Modifications in the new media were offered in order 3. To prevent media adrift on wastewater and settled sludge
to improve media flow. from being disturbed, the supernatant was collected using a
siphon after settling.
3. Evaluating the impact of various HRT on the
effectiveness of COD, & BOD removal in modified Each batch's influent and effluent were examined for COD,
MBBR. & BOD.

4. Assessing how regular MBBR media and Modified

MBBR media performed.
E. parameters and analytic techniques.
Different parameters were measured in this experiment in
Table 1 Detailed configuration of MBBR media accordance with the Standard techniques for assessing water
Regular Media New media and wastewater (APHA, 1998). Table 3 lists the parameters
used for analysis and the methodology used for each
Surface area 380m2/m3 420m2/m3 parameter.
Outer Dia 25mm 34mm
Table 2 Methods to adopt
Density 0.7 – 0.93kg/m3 0.96kg/m3
Sp. Gravity 0.98 0.98 Parameter Methods Instrument
pH Electrometric pH meter
(Systronics)
BOD Respirometry BOD track
(HACH)
COD Close reflex, Titrimetric COD digester
(HACH)

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.46

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
removal efficiency ranges from 27% to 42%, with an average
COD removal efficiency of 28% for 4 hours of operation.
C. RESULT & DISCUSSION
D. CONCLUSION
A. Characteristics of Influent
The goal of the study was to improve media flow utilizing
The wastewater was held after taking the sample for
various MBBR configurations. All MBBR configurations'
settling, which served as the primary treatment, and this
primarily treated wastewater will be used as an influent performance was evaluated using a variety of factors,
for the MBBR. After testing the wastewater, the average including OVLR, HRT, and F/M. The conclusions that are
obtained from the study are as follows.
values of the primarily treated wastewater are indicated
1. Only when appropriate MLSS is maintained for effective
in Table 3 given.
sludge penetration into the medium and appropriate aeration
Table 4. Influent characteristics of primarily treated for maintaining media in suspension does biofilm growth
wastewater (Mean ± Standard Deviation) occur.
2. 13% more biomass is contributed by 40% media. For an
pH COD mg/L average OVLR of 1.3 kgCOD/m/d and F/M of 0.27
7.82 ± 0.23 113 ± 23.97 kgCOD/kgMLSS/d, this extra biomass removes an additional
9% of COD.
Since the influent value exceeds the value described by the 3. As COD and BOD loading rates rise in MBBR, removal
National Green Tribunal (NGT) standards of 50 mg/L and the efficiency falls.
pH value is slightly higher, indicating the wastewater is 4. Aeration system modification with suitable distribution
alkaline in nature, secondary treatment is required to remove improves the effectiveness of COD, BOD, and TKN removal.
carbonaceous organic matter. The mean value of COD is 113
mg/L with a standard deviation of 23.97 mg/L.
REFERENCES
B. Removal of Carbonaceous organic matter

50.00% [1] Bjorn R., Bjornar E., Yngve U., Eivind L (2005), “Design and
COD Removal Efficiency (%)

operations of the Kaldnes moving bed biofilm reactors”.

40.00% [2] Bassin J. P., Dias I.N., and Dezotti M., (2016), “Effect of increasing
30.00% organic loading rate on the performance of moving bed biofilm reactor
20.00% filled with different support media: Assisting the activity of suspended
and attached biomass fractions” Process Safety and Environmental
10.00% Protection. Vol.100 131 -141.
0.00% [3] James P. McQuarrie and Joshua P. Boltz., (2011), “Moving Bed
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5 Biofilm reactor technology: Process application, design and
performance” water environmental research, Vol. 83, 560-575.
Operating Days [4] James P. McQuarrie and Joshua P. Boltz., (2011), “Moving Bed
biofilm reactor technology: Process application, design and
performance” water environmental research, Vol. 83, 560- 575.
COD Regular media Efficiency (%)
[5] L. Chu and J. Wang, (2011) “Comparison of polyurethane foam and
COD New media Efficiency (%) biodegradable polymer as carriers in moving bed biofilm reactor for
treating wastewater with a low C/N ratio.,” Chemosphere, vol. 83, no.
1, pp. 63–68.
[6] Sen D. and Randall C.W., (2008), “Improved Computational Model for
Fig 6. COD removal efficiency obtained during the Activated Sludge, Integrated Fixed-Film Activated Sludge, and
different modes of MBBR Moving-Bed Biofilm Reactor Systems.” Water Environmental
Research, 439-453.
The COD removal efficiency for batch mode and the total
removal efficiency attained throughout various working days
are shown in Fig. 6. In the batch mode of operation, the COD

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.47

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Review on Construction of Hybrid Wetland for

Domestic Waste Water
Shritej Mukundraj Sadakale Prakash Ashok Suryawanshi Ashish Chandrakant Chavan
U.G Scholar U.G Scholar U.G Scholar
Dept. of civil Dept. of civil Dept. of civil
engineering engineering engineering
P.V.I.T.T,Budhgaon P.V.I.T.T,Budhgaon P.V.I.T.T,Budhgaon
Sangli,India Sangli,India Sangli,India
sadakaleshritej@[Link] prakashsuryawanshi152@[Link] ashishchavan7083046826@[Link]
Samruddhi Sanjay Patil Sonali Samir Satpute Mr. Abhijit K Salunkhe
U.G Scholar U.G Scholar Project Guide and Assistant Professor
Dept. of civil. Dept. of civil. Dept. of civil.
engineering engineering engineering
P.V.I.T.T,Budhgaon P.V.I.T.T,Budhgaon P.V.I.T.T,Budhgaon
Sangli,India Sangli,India Sangli,India
samruddhipatil1106@[Link] sonalisatpute693@[Link] abhijitsalunkhe6@[Link]

Mr. Nikhil S. Bembade

Assistant Professor
Dept. of civil.
engineering
P.V.I.T.T,Budhgaon
Sangli,India
nikhilbembade@[Link]

Abstract--The essential needs of human beings are food, more economical and ecologically acceptable solutions to
clothing and shelter. Water resources are also an essential water pollution management problems.
factor. Water is used for daily drinking, cleaning, washing etc.
Due to this, the water gets polluted in domestic, agricultural, II. LITERATURE REVIEW
industrial, etc. There are many artificial methods to treat and
reuse treated water, but hybrid domestic wetlands are a cheap Some of the research is reviewed and explained shortly
and effective method to treat domestic wastewater. below.
There are numerous studies on properly constructed mixed
wetlands for domestic wastewater. This paper focuses on a
K. S. Farheen ･N. J. Reyes･2021 Constructed Wetlands in
broad literature review based on constructed hybrid wetlands
for domestic wastewater to help study them in a single paper. Treating Domestic and Industrial Wastewater in India: A
Review" This paper suggests that the Removal Efficiency
Keywords-Needs, Pollutants, Treatment, Wetland, Domestic, of Constructed" the removal of the organic element in C.W.s
Effective. are divided into three categories they are physical Treatment
(it involves sedimentation, filtration, volatilization),
I. INTRODUCTION chemical Treatment(oxidation, reduction, adsorption, and
precipitation), and biological Treatment (involving
The term wetland encompasses the life interactions of nitrification, denitrification, biodegradation,
various species of bacteria—the root of the wetland plants, phytodegradation, phytovolatilization) by microorganisms
soil, air, sun and water. The wetland is one of the natural under aerobic and anaerobic conditions. In other words,
and attractive methods of treating domestic, industrial and flowing particles take away organic pollutants, and particles
agricultural wastes. It is an engineered method of purifying settled in wetlands are decomposed by microorganisms
wastewater through artificially constructed wetland areas.
B. Koumanova's 1997"Determining the water to
It is considered an effective and reliable secondary and
cement ratio of fresh concrete by evaporation " suggests
tertiary treatment method. The wetland is a natural
that "Domestic wastewater treatment using a constructed
maintenance-free system where the roots of wetland plants
wetland using Para grass, combined with sludge adsorption
purify the sewage wastewater—the wetland process materials, as an efficient alternative system. Domestic
functions according to the law of nature to effectively Wastewater Treatment Using Constructed Wetland
purify domestic and industrial effluents. The process Combined with Adsorption of Red Sludge".
incorporates the self-regulating dynamics of an ecosystem. J.S. Sudarsan 2015(Sudarsan et al.,
Wetland application is finding wider acceptability in 2015a)(Sudarsan et al., 2015b) A Review on the
developing and developed countries, as it appears to offer Performance of Concrete Containing Non-Potable Water

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.48

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
This paper suggests that "The objectives of the project were planted with macrophyte Typha latifolia), and C.W. 3 (C.W.
to identify the organic loading removal efficiency of planted
Constructed wetlands treatment that occurs in natural with two species of macrophyte T. latifolia and Commelina
wetlands by relying on plants and a combination of benghalensis" "perform the Treatment of primary
naturally occurring biological, chemical, and physical
processes to remove pollutants from the water. Garfi, P. Carvalho" 2017 "Constructed wetlands
Ram Chavan 2020 Impact of the use of steel slag and solar-driven disinfection technologies for sustainable
as coarse aggregate and wastewater on fresh and hardened wastewater treatment and reclamation in rural India:
properties of concrete This paper suggests that the "main SWINGS project." This paper suggests that "The main
objectives of this study are: (i) treatment of D.W. by hybrid objective of 'Safeguarding water resources in India with
Treatment system including VFCW and MTS (ii) green and sustainable technologies' (SWINGS)is to develop
Harvesting of high-value microalgal biomass and (iii) low-cost optimized treatment schemes employing state-of-
extraction of value-added products (lipids, ethanol and the-art wastewater management and Treatment systems to
biomethane). make full use of water resources at the community level,
Shibao Lu's 2015 "Study on method of domestic with the final purpose of tackling water scarcity in India
wastewater treatment through new-type multi-layer Flow chart of AMU pilot plant with both treatment trains
artificial wetland" suggests that "Study on method of (west and east). Sampling points along the water treatment
domestic wastewater treatment through new-type multi- line of AMU pilot plant are also indicated in the" Flow
layer artificial wetland" "The experiment is applied to chart of AMU pilot plant with both treatment trains (west
subsurface flow artificial wetland with vertically upward and east). Sampling points along the water treatment line of
flow and compound structure. The trapezoid concreted the AMU pilot plant are also indicated; implementation
pond is designed to be 160 cm in height, with an upper phases of vertical subsurface flow constructed wetlands.
bottom with 3mlength, a lower bottom with 1.7m length, a S. K. Billore, J. K. Sharma 2013 (Billore et al.,
boulder layer with 20 cm thickness, a gravel stone layer 2009)"Treatment of wastewater and restoration of aquatic
with30 cm thickness, coal dust - furnace cinder mixed layer systems through an eco-technology-based constructed
with40 cm thickness and a soil layer with 30 cm thickness, treatment wetlands – a successful experience in Central
totaling120 cm thickness for filling materials. A cross wall India" this paper suggests that To treat the domestic waste
with a height of 140 cm is set up in an influent and industrial waste | Nitrogen removal efficiencies of
water storage pond. C.W.s, Desludging wastewater channel, (b) gravel bed with
Mohammad Hossein Sayadi 2012Hybrid outlet, (c) reed plantation in gravel bed and (d) onsite
constructed wetlands for wastewater treatment: A treatment C.W. in wastewater channel.
worldwide review this paper suggests that "study aimed to Anna Dimitrova, Jayanta Kumar Bora (2019)
assess the potentiality of hybrid constructed wetlands for "Monsoon weather and early childhood health in
treating of landfill leachate, river polluted water, domestic, India""This paper aims to shed light on the possible
industrial, hospital, runoff and agricultural wastewater in detrimental effects of monsoon weather shocks on
lab-scale, pilot-scale and full-scale with various childhood undernutrition in India using the Demographic
configurations." "The potential of hybrid C.W.s for treating and Health Survey 2015–16, in combination with geo-
various types of wastewater has been evaluated in some referenced climate data.
studies in lab-scale, pilot-scale and full-scale. In this study, Kun Ma1 , Liangzhi You" (2012) "A Hybrid
the application of hybrid C.W.s with various configurations Wetland Map for China: A Synergistic Approach Using
for different wastewaters are reviewed as follows: Census and Spatially Explicit Datasets" This paper suggests
a) Domestic wastewater that the"e method presented here is applicable not only to
b) Industrial wastewater wetland mapping but also to other thematic mapping in
c) Landfill leachate China and beyond.
d) Other wastewater." Anil Kumar Haritash, Sarbari Dutta" (2017)"
(Haritash et al., 2017)Phosphate uptake and translocation in
a tropical Canna-based constructed wetland" This paper
Prof. D. A. Latthe 2022 cw for Treatment of suggests that the"a Canna-based wetland since it not only
Sanitary Waste This paper suggests that "PROJECT removes phosphate from wastewater also removes a
OBJECTIVESCost efficient in Construction, operations fraction of NAIP. Based on the results obtained, it was
and maintenance. Effectively treats wastewater from observed that significant plant phosphate uptake is from
human waste and stormwater. Uses technology that is wastewater and sediment NAIP during oxygen-
simple to understand and manage. Low energy stressed conditions.
consumption is required for operations. Assists in
maintaining groundwater and surface water levels. (Naseer et al., 2021 Performance Efficiency of a
Contributes to environmental protection by providing a Large-Scale Integrated Constructed Wetland: Designed for
habitat for plants and animals." Vertical Subsurface-Flow Domestic Wastewater Treatment) This paper suggests that
Constructed Wetlands (VSSF) the study was to identify 1). the percentage removal
Reetika Shukla 2021 (Shukla et al., efficiency of treatment systems, 2). effect of weather on
2021)"Performance of horizontal flow constructed wetland removal efficiency and 3). effect of spatial, temporal and
for secondary Treatment of domestic wastewater in a plantation variation during Treatment.
remote tribal area of Central India" "study performed using
three setups of C.W. 1 (Unplanted C.W.), C.W. 2 (C.W. Mohammad Hossein (Sayadi et al., 2012)Hybrid
constructed wetlands for wastewater treatment: A
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.49
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
worldwide review. This paper suggests the" treatment plan Ram Chavan, Shrikanth Mutnuri Domestic
for domestic wastewater, industrial and agricultural wastewater treatment by constructed wetland and
wastewater, tertiary Treatment, polishing wastewater, urban microalgal treatment system for the production of value-
runoff and contaminated groundwater. added products. Ram Chavan, Shrikanth Mutnuri This
paper suggest that "The main aim of this study is to treat
S. K. Billore, Prashant and J. K. Sharma" (Prashant domestic wastewater in a hybrid Vertical Flow Wetland
et al., 2013)Treatment performance of artificial floating (VFCW-4.2 m2) and Microalgal Treatment System (MTS-
reed beds in an experimental mesocosm to improve the 1m2). The objective is to treat Domestic wastewater (D.W.)
water quality of river Kshipra" This paper suggests that and produce value-added products from microalgal
the"Treatment performance by Artificial Floating Reed biomass.
Beds (AFRB) was evaluated for removal efficiency of T.S.,
NH4-N, NO3-N, TKN and BOD from river water. Van Thi Thanh Ho 1,*, Khang Quang Bui
2022"Domestic Wastewater Treatment Using Constructed
[Link].Baskar1 "(2014)"Comparison Of Wetland with Para Grass Combined with Sludge
Treatment Performance Between Constructed Wetlands Adsorption, Case Study in Vietnam: An Efficient and
With Different Plants" The present study aims to examine Alternative Way." This paper suggests that" to assess the
the effect of vegetation type on organic and nutrient removal of pollutants by the combination of wetland
removal under varying hydraulic residence times in technology, specifically constructed wetland (C.W.), with
constructed wetlands. With this in mind, we have designed, Para grass(Brachiaria mutica) together with the adsorption
constructed and operated two pilot-scale horizontal of red sludge. With an organic loading rate (OLR) of120 (kg
subsurface flow constructed wetlands. COD/ha/day), the treatment efficiency for wastewater in
this study is quite high, and the concentrations of
Sharaf Al-Tardeh 2, Rawan Mlih"(2023)"Vertical parameters in the effluent were lower than the limits
and Hybrid Constructed Wetlands as a Sustainable established by the QCVN14:2015/BTNMT for domestic
Technique to Improve Domestic Wastewater Quality" This wastewater""Transparent acrylic was used to make this type
paper suggests that the"to summarise the removal- of wetland, with the dimensions of1.2 × 0.4 × 0.8 (m × m ×
efficiency of various pollutants (organic matter, inorganic, m).
and heavy metals) from domestic wastewater using VFCWs
and HCWs by utilizing meta-analysis and ANOVA tests. J.A. Herrera Meliána,∗, (Melián et al., 2010)A.J.
Moreover, this article also discusses the removal Martín Rodríguez a, J. Arana˜ a, O. González Díaz a, J.J.
mechanisms for the previously mentioned pollutants from González Henríquez 2010Hybrid Constructed Wetlands for
sewage and the effect of environmental parameters on Wastewater Treatment and Reuse in the Canary Islands This
removal mechanisms using VFCWs. paper suggest that The aim of hybrid constructed wetlands
(HCWs) for wastewater treatment and reuse in the Canary
Marwa M. Waly 1,, Taha Ahmed (2022)" (Waly et Islands is to provide a sustainable and cost-effective
al., 2022) etConstructed Wetland for Sustainable and Low- solution for treating wastewater and producing reusable
Cost Wastewater Treatment: Review Article"This paper water. HCWs are a natural wastewater treatment system that
suggests that the"to summarize the recent development of uses plants, gravel, and sand to remove pollutants from
C.W. technology and critically review the main wastewater. They are a relatively new technology, but they
achievements and successful applications in various have been shown to be effective in treating various
geographic locations with the focus on the industrial wastewater types, including urban, agricultural, and
wastewater treatment. industrial—site Selection, System Design,
ConfigurationConstruction, Construction, Substrate
Luna M.T Constructed Wetland for Sustainable Planting, and Vegetation Operation and Maintenance.
and Low-Cost Wastewater Treatment: Review Article"
(2021)Constructed Wetlands A Comprehensive Review [Link], M. Srimurali, C.M.
This review paper states that to review the wetland. VivekVardhan.(Chandrakanth et al., 2016)A Study on
Domestic Wastewater Treatment by Pilot-ScaleConstructed
[Link] Chakraborty 2017 Wetlands" This paper suggests that a study on domestic
Domestic wastewater treatment using constructed wetland: wastewater treatment by pilot-scale constructed wetlands is
an efficient and alternative wayThis paper suggests that "n to evaluate the effectiveness of constructed wetlands in
this study, Typha latifolia and Phragmites australis were treating domestic wastewater. Constructed wetlands are a
used as vegetation for the reduction in the contaminant level natural wastewater treatment system that uses plants,
present in the domestic wastewater using integrated setup. gravel, and sand to filter and remove pollutants from
An integrated arrangement was constructed considering the wastewater. They are a sustainable and cost-effective
EPA 1986 manual with dimensions of 0.7 9 0.4 9 0.3 m. The alternative to traditional wastewater treatment methods."
flow rate adapted was 6 L/day with T. latifolia and australis hydraulic Retention Time (HRT)The HRT, which is the time
as vegetation for the convincing wastewater flow. that wastewater takes to flow through the C.W., was varied
for each C.W. to evaluate its effect on treatment efficiency.
Amit Kharwade Vaibhav (Kharwade,
2021Constructed Wetland For Domestic Wastewater Sobia Ashraf, Muhammad Afzal2018Plant-
Treatment: A Review to review the Wetland for Domestic endophyte synergism in constructed wetlands enhances the
Waste paper suggests studying various types in the wetland. remediation of tannery effluent. This paper suggests that
plant-endophyte synergism in constructed wetlands aims to
improve the remediation of tannery effluent. Tannery
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.50
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
effluent is a type of wastewater produced by the tanning domestic wastewater treatment systems."The PRISMA
industry. It is loaded with organic and inorganic methodology was adopted to conduct this systematic
contaminants and weighty metals, which can cause severe review. The following steps were involved.
damage to the ecosystemPlant-endophyte synergism in Identification: Databases like Scopus and Google
constructed wetlands (C.W.s) has emerged as a promising Scholar were searched using relevant keywords and
approach for enhancing the remediation of tannery effluent. Boolean operators.
This strategy involves utilizing the symbiotic relationship
between plants and their endophytic microorganisms to Screening: Titles, abstracts, and keywords were
promote the degradation and removal of pollutants screened to identify potentially eligible [Link]:
from wastewater. Full-text articles were retrieved and assessed for eligibility
based on predefined criteria, including publication date
Ha Thi Thuy Ung a, Bach Tho Leu aHoa Thi Hien (2013-2023), focus on domestic wastewater treatment and
Tran.(Ung et al., 2022)Combining flowform cascade with methodological soundness—data extraction: Extracted data
constructed wetland to enhance domestic wastewater from included studies.
treatment" This paper suggests that "The aim of combining Mrs. Snehal Bhaskar ThamkeDr. Arif Khan
a flowform cascade (F.C.) with a constructed wetland 2021"Constructed Wetlands - Natural Treatment of
(C.W.) is to strengthen domestic wastewater treatment by Wastewater" This paper suggests that Constructed wetlands
improving the removal of organic matter, nitrogen, and are engineered systems that mimic natural wetlands to treat
phosphorus. The F.C. system provides aeration to the wastewater. They're like tiny, human-made versions of the
wastewater, which increases the dissolved oxygen (D.O.) marshes, swamps, and bogs that naturally filter water
concentration and creates favorable conditions for aerobic through physical, chemical, and biological processes. The
microorganisms to break down organic matter. The C.W. Three Main Stages of C.W.
system provides a habitat for microorganisms that can Purification:BiochemicalTransformation: Sedimentation
remove nitrogen and phosphorus through biological and Plant UptakeTypes of Constructed Wetlands.
processes such as nitrification and denitrification.
"the methodology for combining F.C. and C.W. involves the
following steps: Design of F.C. Units, Selection of C.W. III. CONCLUSION
Substrate, Hydraulic Loading Rate, The literature reviews on numerous research
Monitoring and Control. articles and reviews related to Hybrid domestic wetlands
are included in this study. After reading this paper, it is
Arvind Kumar"(Swarnakar et al., 2022Various easier for anyone to identify the different research ,
Types of Constructed Wetland forWastewater Treatment-A advancements, and methods for improving the properties
Review" This paper suggest that Constructed wetlands of Hybrid domestic wetland.
(C.W.s) are engineered systems designed to mimic the
natural functions of wetlands to improve water quality.
IV. FUTURE SCOPE
They treat a wide range of wastewater, including domestic
sewage, industrial wastewater, and stormwater runoff.
C.W.s are a cost-effective and sustainable alternative to Various studies and research projects on wastewater
traditional wastewater treatment methods, and they are treatment are currently available. With the help of "Hybrid
effective at removing a variety of pollutantsSurface flow wetland". It will be possible to develop predictive methods
C.W.s (SFCWs), Subsurface flow C.W.s (SSFCWs):, using this information.
Vertical flow C.W.s (VFCWs).
REFERENCES
Magdalena (Gizińska-Górna et al., 2017)Analysis
[1] G. B. (2014). Comparison of Treatment Performance Between
of the Influence of a Hybrid Constructed Wetland Constructed Wetlands With Different Plants. International
Wastewater Treatment Plant on the Water Quality of the Journal of Research in Engineering and Technology, 03(04), 210–
Receiver " This paper suggests that Constructed wetlands 214. [Link]
(C.W.s) have emerged as a sustainable and cost-effective [2] Álvarez, J. A., Ávila, C., Otter, P., Kilian, R., Istenič, D.,
Rolletschek, M., Molle, P., Khalil, N., Ameršek, I., Mishra, V. K.,
wastewater treatment technology, offering a natural Jorgensen, C., Garfi, A., Carvalho, P., Brix, H., & Arias, C. A.
approach to pollutant removal and water quality (2017). Constructed wetlands and solar-driven disinfection
enhancement. Hybrid C.W.s, which combine different C.W. technologies for sustainable wastewater treatment and
designs, have demonstrated enhanced treatment efficiency reclamation in rural India: SWINGS project. Water Science and
Technology, 76(6), 1474–1489.
compared to conventional C.W. systems. This study aims to [Link]
investigate the influence of a hybrid C.W. wastewater [3] Billore, S. K., Prashant, & Sharma, J. K. (2009). Treatment
treatment plant (WWTP) on the water quality of the performance of artificial floating reed beds in an experimental
receiving water body."Water Quality Monitoring: Establish mesocosm to improve the water quality of river Kshipra. Water
Science and Technology, 60(11), 2851–2859.
sampling stations at the influent, effluent, and receiving [Link]
water body locations to collect water samples regularly. [4] Chandrakanth, G., Srimurali, M., & VivekVardhan, C. M. (2016).
Analyze the models for various water quality parameters A study on domestic wastewater treatment by pilot-scale
using standard analytical methods. constructed wetlands. International Journal of ChemTech
Happison (Muzioreva et al., 2023Constructed Research, 9(6), 376–383.
[5 ]Chavan & Mutnuri, 2021). To produce value-added products,
Wetlands as Domestic Decentralized Wastewater Treatment Domestic wastewater was treated by constructed wetland and
Systems - A Systematic Review" This paper suggests that microalgal treatment systems. Environmental Technology (United
this study aims to provide a clear and comprehensive Kingdom), 42(21), 3304–3317.
understanding of the multifaceted aims behind C.W.s as [Link]
[6] Dimitrova, A., & Bora, J. K. (2020). Monsoon weather and early
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.51
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
childhood health in India. PLoS ONE, 15(4), 1–22. hybrid constructed wetland performance and reuse of treated
[Link] wastewater in agricultural irrigation. Water (Switzerland), 13(9).
[7] Ghimire, U., Nandimandalam, H., (Ghimire et al., 2019). [Link]
Wetlands for wastewater treatment. Water Environment Research, [26] Shukla, R., Gupta, D., Singh, G., & Mishra, V. K. (2021).
91(10), 1378–1389. [Link] Performance of horizontal flow constructed wetland for secondary
[8] Gizińska-Górna, M., Jóźwiakowski, K., Marzec, M., Pytka, A., Treatment of domestic wastewater in a remote tribal area of
Sosnowska, B., Różańska-Boczula, M., & Listosz, A. (2017). Central India. Sustainable Environment Research, 31(1).
Analysis of the influence of a hybrid constructed wetland [Link]
wastewater treatment plant on the water quality of the receiver. [27] Sudarsan, J. S., Roy, R. L., Baskar, G., Deeptha, V. T., &
Rocznik Ochrona Srodowiska, 19(Owczarczyk 2001), 370–393. Nithiyanantham, S. (2015a). Domestic wastewater treatment
[9] Hadidi, L. Al. (2021). Constructed Wetlands a Comprehensive performance using constructed wetland. Sustainable Water
Review. International Journal of Research -GRANTHAALAYAH, Resources Management, 1(2), 89–96.
9(8), 395–417. [Link]
[Link] [28] Sudarsan, J. S., Roy, R. L., Baskar, G., Deeptha, V. T., &
[10] Haritash, A. K., Dutta, S., & Sharma, A. (2017). Phosphate uptake Nithiyanantham, S. (2015b). Domestic wastewater treatment
and translocation in a tropical Canna-based constructed wetland. performance using constructed wetland. Sustainable Water
Ecological Processes, 6(1). [Link] Resources Management, 1(2), 89–96.
0079-3 [Link]
[11] Islam-ul-Haque, C. (2015). Community-Based Sewage Treatment [29] Swarnakar, A. K., Bajpai, S., & Ahmad, I. (2022). Various Types
through Hybrid Constructed Wetlands System for Improved of Constructed Wetland for Wastewater Treatment-A Review.
Heath & Hygiene and for Enhanced Agriculture Productivity / IOP Conference Series: Earth and Environmental Science,
Livelihood Generation in Rural Water Scarce Environments- 1032(1). [Link]
Pakistan. American Journal of Environmental Protection, 4(1), [30] To, T. S., Partial, I. N., Of, F., Requirements, T. H. E., The, F. O.
45. [Link] R., Of, A., Degree, T. H. E., & Technology, B. O. F. (n.d.).
[12 ]Kandasamy, J., & Vigneswaran, S. (2008). Constructed wetlands. CONSTRUCTED WETLAND SYSTEM FOR THE TREATMENT
Constructed Wetlands, September, 1–136. OF JUICE-PROCESSED WASTEWATER.
[Link] [31] Ung, H. T. T., Leu, B. T., Tran, H. T. H., Nguyen, L. N., Nghiem,
[13] Kharwade, A. (2021). Constructed Wetland For Domestic L. D., Hoang, N. B., Pham, H. T., & Duong, H. C. (2022).
Wastewater Treatment : A Review Volume 10, Issue 5, May 2021. Combining flowform cascade with constructed wetland to
10(May). [Link] enhance domestic wastewater treatment. Environmental
[14] Latthe, P. D. A. (2022). Treatment of Wastewater with Technology and Innovation, 27, 102537.
Construction of Wetland. International Journal for Research in [Link]
Applied Science and Engineering Technology, 10(7), 1399–1406. [32] Waly, M. M., Ahmed, T., Abunada, Z., Mickovski, S. B., &
[Link] Thomson, C. (2022). Constructed Wetland for Sustainable and
[15] Lu, S., Pei, L., & Bai, X. (2015). Study on method of domestic Low-Cost Wastewater Treatment: Review Article. Land, 11(9),
wastewater treatment through new-type multi-layer artificial 1–17. [Link]
wetland. International Journal of Hydrogen Energy, 40(34),
11207–11214. [Link]
[16] Ma, K., You, L., Liu, J., & Zhang, M. (2012). A Hybrid Wetland
Map for China: A Synergistic Approach Using Census and
Spatially Explicit Datasets. PLoS ONE, 7(10), 1–8.
[Link]
[17 ]Mburu, N. (2013). Experimental and modelling studies of
horizontal subsurface flow constructed wetlands treating domestic
wastewater. In Journal of Environmental Management (Vol. 128).
[18] Melián, J. A. H., Martín-Rodríguez, A. J., Araña, J., Díaz, O. G.,
& Henríquez, J. J. G. (2010). Hybrid-constructed wetlands in the
Canary Islands for wastewater treatment and reuse. Ecological
Engineering, 36(7), 891–899.
[Link]
[19 ]Muzioreva, H., Gumbo, T., Musonda, I., & Kavishe, N. (2023).
Constructed Wetlands as Domestic Decentralized Wastewater
Treatment Systems - A Systematic Review. 2020.
[Link]
[20] Naseer, K., Hashmi, I., Arshad, M., & Gabriel, H. F. (2021).
Performance Efficiency of a Large-Scale Integrated Constructed
Wetland : Designed for Domestic Wastewater Treatment. 9(3),
629–635. [Link]
[21] Nyika, J. M., & Dinka, M. O. (2022). A Mini-Review on the Use
of Constructed Wetland Systems for Water Treatment in
Developing Countries. Nature Environment and Pollution
Technology, 21(3), 1349–1356.
[Link]
[22] Prashant, Billore, S. K., Sharma, J. K., Singh, N., & Ram, H.
(2013). Treatment of wastewater and restoration of aquatic
systems through eco-technology-based constructed treatment
wetlands - A successful experience in Central India. Water
Science and Technology, 68(7), 1566–1573.
[Link]
[23] Roxy, M. K., Ghosh, S., Pathak, A., Athulya, R., Mujumdar, M.,
Murtugudde, R., Terray, P., & Rajeevan, M. (2017). A threefold
rise in widespread extreme rain events over central India. Nature
Communications, 8(1), 1–11. [Link]
017-00744-9
[24] Sayadi, M. H., Kargar, R., Doosti, M. R (Sayadi et al., 2012).
Hybrid constructed wetlands for wastewater treatment: A
worldwide review. Proceedings of the International Academy of
Ecology and Environmental Sciences, 2(4), 204–222.
[25] Šereš, M., Innemanová, P., Hnátková, T., Rozkošný, M.,
Stefanakis, A., Semerád, J., & Cajthaml, T. (2021). Evaluation of
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.52
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Construction Sequence Analysis: Empowering Fire

Resistance in RC Buildings
SajidAhmad Almuddin Mulani Sachin B Kadam Mahadev S Rokade
Dept of Applied Mechanics Dept of Applied Mechanics Centre for Fire Safety
Walchand College of Engineering Walchand College of Engineering Universsity of Edinburg
Sangli, India, 416416 Sangli, India ,416416 Edinburg, United Kingdom ,EH9
sajidahmadmulani@[Link] [Link]@[Link] rokademahadev@[Link]

Abstract— The growing need for residential space in member and induces thermal stresses in the member. Natural
metropolitan areas has forced engineers to develop high-rise fire usually has a peak temperature that may reach above
structures on limited ground to meet the demand. High-rise 1000°C and the temperature then gradually decreases. In
buildings usually involve high-strength concrete and large cooling phases, the structure may regain strength but this
column sizes. They have their benefits but their long-term residual strength needs to be calculated to predict the post-fire
behavior considering creep and shrinkage must be studied. behaviour. Experimental investigations are the most accurate
Axial shortening is one of the major problems in high-rise method to test the local fire behaviour and find the residual
buildings which generates stress distribution and vertical strength of the member.
deflection in columns. Also, in case of a major fire incident, this
vertical displacement of columns may generate very high Experimental investigations although accurate are very
stresses as there is deterioration of the mechanical properties of expensive to perform and do not consider the global behaviour
concrete at elevated temperatures. Fire hazards being one of the of structure which may be different from the local behaviour
most common have been already proven to have negative obtained from Experimental Fire Tests. To overcome this
consequences on concrete structures. If these stresses exceed the researchers have started adopting Finite Element Software to
capacity of members this may lead to failure of the structure. predict the behaviour of various materials subjected to various
This extra deflection and fire can cause severe damage to dynamic loads. They are relatively cheap and can be used to
concrete. The subject of this paper is to comprehensively
perform the global behaviour of any structure in a fire
analyze the effects of fire on axially shortened columns in high-
scenario. The peak temperature of fire may reach above 1000°
rise buildings. This manuscript aims to investigate the potential
consequences of fire on the structural integrity of concrete,
Celsius and as per various international codes the mechanical
which can result in severe damage. The effect of axial shortening properties of concrete and rebar are already degraded and even
is studied by performing construction sequence analysis which any slight load applied may lead to complete failure of the
is then used to study the behavior of members subjected to fire. structure.

Keywords—Structural Fire Engineering, Fire Hazard,

Construction Sequence Analysis, Axial Shortening.

INTRODUCTION
Fire is one of the most damaging and unpredictable
hazards in the world. The cause of the fire may be either
natural or manmade. The man-made fire may not be directly
initiated but may be caused by faulty equipment or sparks
initiated in electrical wires due to overloading. As per the US
Fire Administration, total losses due to fire were estimated to
be about $8.85 billion in the year 2021[10].
This loss mostly includes damaged appliances, furniture Fig 1. Residential Building Fire loss in 2021 [10]
and housing units. Generally Reinforced Concrete has very
high fire resistance as compared to other materials like Wood Fire damage like earthquake is an unpredictable dynamic
and Steel but Concrete being a composite material its fire load. We cannot predict the exact location of the fire, its
resistance depends on the materials used. Many researchers intensity and or the duration to which it may last. For a safer
have proved that at elevated temperature the mechanical design of the structure, we consider the worst-case scenario so
properties of concrete are damaged and reduced which leads that even if damage occurs the structure remains safe and
to a reduction in load-carrying capacity. The major fire prevents any fatalities. One such long-term criterion of
incidents that show this behaviour are the Grenfell Tower fire concrete that is largely neglected is the effect of creep and
in 2017 and the Windsor Tower fire in 2005 where the 17th shrinkage. Creep and shrinkage are insignificant for short-
floor progressively collapsed [11].Fire induces thermal strains term scenarios but for long-term cases, it has a huge impact on
in Reinforced Concrete due to their expansion. The thermal structure. One of the long-term effects of Creep and Shrinkage
expansion coefficient of concrete and steel is almost the same is the Vertical Displacement of the Column. Columns being
the expansion rate of both concrete and steel is almost the the primary load-carrying member of any high-rise structure
same depending upon the temperature reached. This thermal are most vulnerable if any dynamic loads are acted upon them.
expansion is restrained by the end conditions of the concrete

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.53

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Any damage to columns may lead to either local collapse or the loads applied depending upon the method of construction
progressive collapse of the whole structure. and complexity of the structure. Construction sequence
Analysis or Staged Construction is a Nonlinear static form of
The long-term effect of creep and shrinkage of concrete is analysis that takes into account the concept of incremental
responsible for the plastic deformation in concrete. In high- loading. Although Structural designers do not have the exact
rise buildings, this effect is inevitable as the columns are time step between each stage and the equipment loads using
optimized to carry large loads with minimum cross-section
Construction sequence analysis gives results almost practical
area to utilize the floor space. These large axial loads cause which can be used to compensate for the level difference in
the elastic shortening of column members. When we consider horizontal members and prevent damage to non-structural
the long-term behaviour the creep and shrinkage along with
members.
the huge axial loads on columns lead to vertical displacement
called as axial shortening of the member. This axial shortening To perform the study first Construction Sequence Analysis
affects both the structural and non-structural members of the of the whole structure is carried out to estimate the values of
building. This extra-axial shortening generates extra vertical axial shortening in the column and then this displacement
displacement and stresses in concrete members. This when obtained is applied to the column along with axial load and
combined with a localized fire case can generate extra stresses localized fire scenario to evaluate the degradation of the
which can reduce the load-carrying capacity of the member. mechanical properties. This is compared with the analysis of
columns subjected to fire and axial load without considering
the effect of axial shortening.
METHODOLOGY Model Data-
A. Estimation of Effect of Creep & Shrinkage. Grid = 5 x 5
The effect of Creep and Shrinkage is very important to No of Bays = 4 in each direction
evaluate the long-term behaviour of structure. In this study, Bay size (X & Y) = 4 m
No of Storeys=14
we have focused mainly on vertical Displacement or Axial Frame Dead load= 9.8 kN/m
Shortening of Columns. The mathematical calculations to Live load= 3 kN/m2
predict the exact value of Vertical Shortening requires in depth
study of properties and content of concrete, amount of TABLE 1 : MEMBER SIZES
reinforcement present in reinforced members, steps of
construction, and the age of reinforced concrete elements [7]. Storey Beam Sizes Column
Fazlur Khan and Fintel were the first people to introduce (mm) Sizes (mm)
mathematical calculations for Axial Shortening in [Link] 1 to 7 400*500 500*500
work was further refined by Ghosh in 1996. Koutsoukis and 8 to 13 300*400 400*400
Beasley in 1995 used probable properties of concrete to
predict the elastic and inelastic time-dependent axial
shortening of reinforced concrete elements.[8] B. Effect of Fire on RC Structures.
Upon construction of subsequent upper floors Reinforced Concrete when subjected to Fire has a
instantaneous loads act on columns which leads to elastic deterioration of its mechanical and physical properties
shortening i.e., the shortening can be reversed upon removal depending upon the intensity of the fire, duration of fire, and
of loads. Creep Shrinkage depends on long-term loads, it also concrete cover present to rebar. During a fire event, the
varies with the percentage of reinforcement and member size. building structure may be subjected to service-level gravity
The estimation of Creep and Shrinkage shortening in Columns loads in combination with post-flashover compartment fire.
is a very tedious process as it involves the use of various The fire endurance of the reinforced concrete structure
parameters like creep and shrinkage coefficient, percentage of depends on its strength resist the various loads like gravity
moisture, loading sequence and grade of concrete. To simplify loads and fire loads without undergoing failure (in terms of
this calculation Finite Element Software like ETABS overall collapse) during heating and cooling. (3)
(Extended Three-Dimensional Analysis of Building System)
developed by CSI. inc can be used which has provisions to When reinforced Concrete is subjected to Elevated
Calculate Long term Axial Shortening using Construction temperature the water content present inside the cement paste
Sequence Analysis. Equation (1) represents the elastic starts evaporating this causes formation of water vapour which
deformation of the column subjected to axial load. generates tensile forces from inside and thus spalling of
concrete occurs. Water content present in cement concrete
𝑃𝐿 ...(1) paste and its transportation, either in a gaseous state or liquid
∆𝑙 = state , play important roles in the local damage to concrete
𝐴𝐸
structures (4). To assess the effect of fire on RC structures
Finite Element Software was used.
where ∆𝑙 is Elastic Axial deformation,
P is Imposed axial load, To validate the use of software rather than experimental
L is the length of the member, tests, the model was validated against the relevant test results
A is a Cross section of members on which load acts of a simply supported beam at ambient temperature and in a
E is the Elastic Modulus of the member fire. The thermo-mechanical structural model is used to give a
realistic prediction of the overall responses of structural
The conventional Finite Element Analysis of buildings is elements.
one step analysis process that involves applying all the loads
on the structure at once, but in actual construction, the loads
are applied sequentially i.e., there is some time gap between

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.54

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
1. Heat transfer Analysis-
Heat transfer is concerned with the study related to
transfers of thermal energy from one state to another.
Generally, there are 3 modes of Heat Transfer Conduction,
Convection, and radiation. All 3 modes can be used to transfer
heat to members. In conduction heat transfers through solids
i.e. member is directly in contact with fire and heat flows from
its exterior to its interior through a solid. When heat transfer
occurs through fluids then it is called Convection Temperature
changes inside the fluid or between the fluid and its boundary,
as well as the application of an external motive force, may
cause it.
Fig 2. Comparison of Natural Fire and Standard Fire Curve[14]
Convection heat transfer is one of the most difficult
problems to solve in engineering. Convection is challenging ISO 834 and ASTM E119 have provided Standard Fire
to study because it is highly unpredictable, and one can only Curves for Furnace Tests. They both have similar curves but
make the best effort to assume specific parameters to achieve the ISO-834 curve is less severe than ASTM E119 Standard
the goal of safety from the viewpoint of flame spread [5]. The Fire Curve as proved by Harmathy et al [1].
type of Heat transfer which does not require any medium is
One form of heat transfer that happens without the need
for a material medium is radiation. The only kind of heat
transmission that occurs in a vacuum is radiation. It makes use
of photons, or electromagnetic energy. When radiation from
another body hits another body, there is a transfer of radiant
heat.

2. Types of Heat Transfer Analysis

a. Steady State- Fig 3. ASTM E119 vs ISO-834 Standard Fire Curve considered in this
study[12][13]
The Steady State heat transfer study, which examines
the distribution of heat through the material, is time-
independent. Analysis of the steady-state heat transfer ANALYSIS AND RESULTS
is feasible when there is a stable source of heat supply.
The entire model under examination experiences a The study was performed in three major stages. In the
consistent distribution of heat if there is only one initial stage, the Effect of Creep and Shrinkage on the model
source and no way to remove the heat. However, building was calculated. In the second stage Finite Element
because it produces irrational results, this kind of analysis of RC Elements subjected to fire was carried out. In
arrangement is challenging. Linear and Nonlinear this step, the nodal rise in temperature was obtained which was
Steady-state heat transfer can be performed. used in the third stage. In the third stage, the mechanical
properties of the concrete and rebar were used to perform
b. Transient State heat Transfer analysis- Construction Sequence Analysis to check the behaviour of RC
This type deals with time-dependent heat distribution members due to Creep and Shrinkage.
on the body. As time dependent analysis is carried out 1. Construction Sequence Analysis-
the results are highly accurate though computing time
is increased to some extent. It has provisions to Construction Sequence Analysis was performed with
simulate material change from one phase to another. consideration that each floor or storey was completed in 28
This type can be performed in both Linear and days. The time-dependent materials were defined by using the
Nonlinear Heat transfer steps. CEB-FIP 90 code with a relative humidity of 50 %. At each
store, Dead Load was added with a scale factor of 1 and at the
end of the last storey Live Load was added with a similar scale
factor. This nonlinear analysis was performed to check the
3. Fire Curves-
effect of creep and shrinkage at the end of 1 year, 2 years and
The basic difference between Natural Fires and Furnace 10 years. For every step the axial shortening was estimated at
Fires is that Natural Fires have a peak point and then their the respective graphs were plotted. The maximum axial
cooling phase starts. These fire curves are called Parametric shortening was obtained at 10th story with a Creep and
Fire Curves which depend on the area of compartments, area Shrinkage combined effect at the end of 10 years. This
of openings, fire load density etc. They usually are classified validates our statement of increased displacements due to
as Short Fire Curve and Long Fire Curve which both depend creep and shrinkage on Vertical members. The graph below
on the above-mentioned Parameters. Parametric fire curves shows the Variation in Axial Shortening with various long-
can be developed by using International Codes like the Euro term effects.
Code. They are also called as design fires as they replicate the
Natural Fire scenario. Furnace Tests usually involve Standard
Fires which do not have a cooling phase.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.55

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Fig 5. Beam elevation and cross-section for validation [15]

3D Heat Transfer Analysis was performed using the

ASTM119 Fire curve and the results obtained were compared
with the analytical and experimental results. For 3D heat
transfer analysis, reinforcement was defined as a 2D wire
Fig 4. Results of Elastic, Creep and Shrinkage vertical displacements element and Concrete as a 3D Solid element. The heat was
applied by Convection and Radiation and no conduction of
Heat was considered. The Convection and Radiation are
Construction Sequence Analysis Reuslts- applied using the Surface Film Condition and Surface
Radiation Condition respectively. Before submitting the job
TABLE 2: COSNTRUCTION SEQUENCE ANALYSIS RESULTS file Absolute Zero Temperature and Stefan Boltzmann
Constant were defined in the model attributes. For thermal
Storey 10- Column C13 Analysis, No boundary conditions and loads are defined. The
Storey/
Column No Construction Sequence only load that was defined was a predefined field which was
One Step Analysis
Analysis
20 ° Celcius. The mesh size used for heat transfer was
Axial Load
2815 3560
(kN) 2.5mm and heat transfer element was selected for both
Axial concrete and reinforcement.
Shortening 8.85 31.1
(mm)

2. Thermal Analysis
For thermal or Heat transfer Analysis the Column with
maximum Axial Shortening has been Considered. Thermal
Analysis gives us the rise in temperature at various nodal
points of the member. This in experimental tests is obtained
by use of Thermocouples while in simulation nodes at which
temperature is required are specified and then graphs are
plotted. The data required for thermal analysis in software is
the temperature-dependent thermal properties of Steel and
Concrete and the Design or Standard Fire Curve. Fig 6. Snapshot of Results of Thermal Analysis of Concrete material.

For our study, we have considered a Parametric Short Fire

curve which was designed for the given compartment size and
opening factors. It has a maximum temperature rise of 878°C.
Variation of Thermal Properties with temperature has been
proposed by many researchers. The temperature-dependent
Thermal Properties were obtained from Eurocode EN 1992-1-
2 and were used for the thermal analysis.

a. Validation for Heat transfer-

Heat transfer analysis provides in-depth knowledge about
how temperature is distributed along the cross-section. It
defines heat flow and the direction in which heat is transferred.
To analyse the reinforced section for transient heat transfer
analysis, a sample beam was adopted.[4]
Fig 7. Snapshot of Results of Thermal Analysis of Reinforcement.

The Analytical and Experimental Results of Agarwal and

Kodur are represented below. Here they used thermocouples
to measure the exact rise in temperature at the location of rebar
and at location of concrete core. In simulation depending upon
mesh size the specific nodes can be selected to measure the

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.56

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
rise in temperature at the specified nodes. Also, we can plot
the variation I temperature with change in temperature.

Fig 10. Snapshot of Nodal Temperature Contours of Concrete Column in

Fig 8 . Analytical and Experimental Results [15] present study

After Thermal Analysis the rebar temperature at the end of

180 minutes was about 601 °Celsius and the Concrete core
temperature was about 250 °Celsius. The obtained results are The Conduction and Radiation are the only sources of heat
very similar to the experimental results. This validates the use in the above-used RC column but still, it has managed to reach
of simulation for performing Thermal Analysis of RC a high temperature of +800°C.
Members. The thermal analysis results obtained from the
simulation are mentioned below.

Fig 9. Thermal Analysis Validation Results

b. Thermal Analysis of Column

The column chosen was from the 10th floor. The column
size taken was 400 mm x 400 mm with a length of 3.5m. The
percentage of steel reinforcement was kept at 1.2%. The main Fig [Link] Temperature of Column after 28 mins of Fire Exposure
reinforcement was 25 mm in diameter while the stirrups were in present study.
8mm in diameter. Concrete Grade was M30 while Fe415
The temperature of the Concrete Core and Rebar after
stirrups were used for reinforcement.
thermal Analysis is represented below.
The heat was applied on all four sides of the columns on
the overall length of the column. The effect of fire was applied
as Convection and radiation only. Conduction was not
considered for the Transient Analysis. Thermal Analysis was
carried out for about 180 mins or 3 hours. The maximum
temperature recorded in Concrete was about 810°C on the
surface where fire was applied. The temperature of Concrete
was gradually increasing towards the core. The maximum
temperature gained by Reinforcement was about 394°C after
which the cooling phase of fire was initiated. The concrete
core was subjected to about 105°C before the cooling phase.
The clear cover present to reinforcement also decides the rise
in temperature in RC members. The temperature was applied
as an amplitude which was applied to the surface film
Fig 12. Reinforcement and Concrete Core temperature. in present study
condition.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.57

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
3. Estimation of Strength of Degraded Materials exposure has very less effect on Modulus of Elasticity of Steel
The thermal Analysis gave us the nodal temperatures but after 600°C sudden reduction is seen.
which were used to calculate the Modulus of Elasticity of
Steel and Concrete. This degraded Modulus of Elasticity
was provided as material to the respective column and
Construction sequence analysis was run again. The rise in
temperature of concrete and reinforcement was used to
calculate the mechanical properties of concrete at
elevated temperatures.

a. Modulus of Elasticity of Concrete.

Rokade et al. (2022) [6] proposed variations in concrete
modulus of elasticity are presented below. Regression analysis
suggests this. According to Figure 3.4, the value of E
decreases as the temperature rises.
Et = 1.0059 - 0.001*θ - 10-6*θ2 + 10-9*θ3 …(2) Fig 15. Temperature Dependent Modulus of Elasticity in present study

for 0°C < θ < 1000°C d. Thermal Expansion of Steel

The coefficient of thermal expansion is the property of
matter to vary its shape, area, volume, and density in response
to temperature variations.[6] Thermal expansion changes with
temperature and can be evaluated based on the s proposed in
EN 1993-1-2[9].

Fig 13. Temperature Dependent Modulus of Elasticity in present study

b. Thermal Expansion of Concrete

Concrete's coefficient of thermal expansion is represented Fig 16. Temperature-Dependent Elongation of Steel in present study
as c. Thermal expansion varies with temperature and may be
calculated using the formulae in EN 1992-1-2[9].
e. Results of Thermal Analysis-
Thermal Analysis Results have shown that the
Reinforcement temperature was reached about 394°C and the
Concrete Core temperature reached about 105°C. From the
Above-Mentioned graphs and formulas, the Modulus of
Elasticity of Steel and Concrete at Elevated Temperature was
calculated which is listed below.

TABLE 3: THERMAL ANALYSIS RESULTS

Mechanical Properties
Temperature
Fig 14. Temperature-dependent expansion of concrete. in present study Concrete Elasticity (Mpa) Steel Elasticity (Mpa)
20°C 27386 200000

105°C 24400 199000

c. Modulus of Elasticity of Steel
The EN 1993-1-2 [9] for changing the modulus of 394°C NA 141000
elasticity of steel is shown below. The degradation of Young
Modulus is maximum above 600°C. The maximum strength
loss occurs above this temperature in steel. Initial fire

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.58

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
[2] Tuscano LM, Jadhav P, "Effect of Creep and Shrinkage on
Construction Sequence Analysis of High-Rise Building," Smart
CONCLUSION Technologies for Energy, Environment and Sustainable Development,
Vol 1, 2022, pp. 43-64.
It is observed from thermal analysis that after 28 minutes [3] Selden KL, Varma AH, "Composite beams under fire loading:
of fire exposure to RC members there was reduction in numerical modelling of behaviour," Journal of Structural Fire
Modulus of Elasticity of Steel by 30% and 10% in Concrete Engineering, V. 7, No. 2. 2016, 2016, pp. 142-57.
Core. At temperatures between 100°C and 120°C, moisture [4] Bažant ZP, Chern J-C, "Stress-induced thermal and shrinkage strains
in concrete," Journal of Engineering Mechanics, V. 113, No. 10, 1987,
migrating causes a significant plateau. It is at around 60 pp. 1493-511.
minutes when the analytical temperature of the tension side [5] Buchanan AH, Abu AK, "Structural design for fire safety." John Wiley
reinforcement steel approaches 394°C, while the concrete & Sons; 2017.
core temperature reaches around 105°[Link] 3D Thermal [6] Rokade, M., Gaikwad, M., Singh, S. et al. A simplified regression-
analysis Validation of RC beam showed results with almost based approach for concrete mechanical properties at elevated
97.3% accuracy compared to the experimental outcomes. It temperature. Asian Journal of Civil Engineering 23,2022, 1065–1085.
can be concluded that the developed simulation model in [7] Mark, F. and R. K. Fazlur "Effects of Column Creep and Shrinkage in
Tall Structures-Prediction of Inelastic Column Shortening." ACI
Finite Element Software is able to predict the heat transfer Journal Proceedings 66(12),1969.
mechanism through the RC beam. [8] Koutsoukis, M. and A. J. Beasley "Discussion: New Analysis for Creep
If there is any scenario of fire after full occupation of Behavior in Concrete Columns." Journal of Structural Engineering
building the Axial loads on Column Increase tremendously. 122(11),2016,1389-1389.
Construction Sequence Analysis results show that there is [9] “EN, 1992-1-2: design of concrete structures. Part 1-2: general rules—
structural fire design,” Eurocode 2, European Committee for
increase in axial loads on column by 26% increase and about Standardization, Brussels, Belgium, 2004.
220% rise in Axial Shortening in Columns. These excess [10] Residential fire estimate summaries. (n.d.). U.S. Fire Administration.
loads and deflections increase the stresses in columns and in [Link]
fire scenario as the mechanical properties of Concrete and [11] Lateef O. Onundi, M. Ben Oumarou, Abba M. Alkali. Effects of Fire
rebar has already deteriorated. If thermal analysis of Column on the Strength of Reinforced Concrete Structural Members. American
is done considering only the dead loads without consideration Journal of Civil Engineering and Architecture. Vol. 7, No. 1, 2019, pp
1-12.
of creep and shrinkage it may lead to collapse of the member.
[12] Standard test methods for fire tests of building construction and
Hence it can be concluded that to explore all possibilities materials. (n.d.). [Link]
of failure a complete study is required to address global [13] ISO 834-11:2014. (n.d.) ISO htps://[Link]/standard/[Link]
behavior of R.C. Structure subjected to fire considering long [14] Lyzwa, J. and J. Zehfuss “Thermal material properties of concrete in
term effect of creep and shrinkage. the cooling phase” ASFE conference, 2016.
[15] Agrawal, A. and V. Kodur "Residual response of fire ‐ damaged
high‐strength concrete beams." Fire and Materials 43(3) ,2019,310-
REFERENCES 322.
[1] Harmathy, T. Z., M. A. Sultan and J. W. MacLaurin "Comparison of
Severity of Exposure in ASTM E 119 and ISO 834 Fire Resistance
Tests." Journal of Testing and Evaluation 15(6),1987,371-375.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.59

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Sensitivity Analysis For The Constitutive

Parameters Of The Pressure Dependent Multi-Yield
Material Model In OpenSees
Dhanaji Chavan
Department of Civil Engineering
Walchand Collge of Engineering
Sangli, India
[Link]@[Link]

Abstract - The undrained response of the saturated sandy soil Present paper sheds some light on the role of the various
under earthquake loading is widely modelled employing the constitutive parameters in simulation of the undrained
pressure dependent multi yield material model available in the monotonic response of saturated sandy soil. To assess the
software OpenSees. The response of the soil depends on the sensitivity of the constitutive parameters, the numerical
value of the constitutive parameters chosen. The constitutive responses are compared with those from the undrained
parameters comprise those governing monotonic response and monotonic triaxial test.
others governing the cyclic response. In the present paper, the
sensitivity of the constitutive parameters has been assessed for II. ABOUT THE MODEL
monotonic undrained response. The numerical response is also
compared with the one obtained from strain controlled A. General
undrained triaxial test. It is observed that the lower value of the The pressure dependent multi yield material model is
dilatancy parameter dilat1 results in lower negative pore water entitled as “PressureDependMultiYield” in OpenSees. The
pressure and consequently affects the strain hardening model simulates the shear induced volume contraction and
response. dilation, i.e., dilatancy and cyclic mobility observed for sandy
soil under general loading conditions. The model can be used
Keywords— pore pressure, triaxial test, stress path
in plane strain and three-dimensional problems [3-5]. The
I. INTRODUCTION constitutive formulation of the model is based on the
framework of multi-surface plasticity. It uses a Drucker-
Liquefaction of the soil caused by the earthquake is one of Prager yield criterion. The nested yield surface in principal
the major concerns in the field of geotechnical earthquake stress space and deviatoric plane is shown Fig.1. When used
engineering. Earthquake induced liquefaction is broadly with regular solid elements, this model simulates drained
classified as flow failure and cyclic mobility [1]. In flow response. On other hand, when used with solid-fluid fully
failure, large downward displacement of the soil mass takes coupled elements, it simulates undrained response. Further,
place. It has resulted in catastrophic failure of many earthen partially drained response can also be simulated by defining
dams in the globe. In cyclic mobility, the soil mass looses its relatively large value of permeability. To date, literature
strength and stiffness momentarily and regains it quickly mentions many soil models that can capture the hysteretic
owing to dilative tendency of soil. Thus, soil keeps alternating response of the saturated sandy soil under cyclic loading but
between contractive and dilative tendency. During contractive very few of them are capable of capturing a typical cyclic
tendency, there is a rise in the pore water pressure and during mobility response observed during undrained cyclic loading
dilative tendency there is a drop in the pore water pressure. of saturated medium dense sand. The
Numerical modelling is widely used to assess the “PressureDependMultiYield” model used in this study
liquefaction susceptibility of the site. One of the key factors in captures not only the hysteric response but also typical cyclic
such simulations is use of suitable constitutive models. There mobility [6,7]. Details regarding the yield criteria, flow rule
are several constitutive models developed to capture and hardening rule are given in the subsequent sections.
undrained monotonic and dynamic response of saturated B. Yield Criterion
sandy soil. The pressure dependent multi yield material model
available in the software OpenSees is the one among these In this model, it is assumed that material elasticity is linear
models [2]. OpenSees nowadays is widely used for structural and isotropic. Further, the nonlinearity and anisotropy are
and geotechnical earthquake engineering simulations. The assumed to emerge from plastic deformation [6]. Yield
strength of the software is that it has a rich library of advanced criterion is given by the following equation [2,8].
constitutive models. Pressure dependent multi yield material 3 (1)
model simulates the response of saturated sandy soil under 𝑓= (𝒔 − 𝑝𝑎 𝜶): (𝒔 − 𝑝𝑎 𝜶) − 𝑀2 𝑝𝑎 2 = 0
2
dynamic/earthquake loading effectively. The material model
has total 15 constitutive parameters. These parameters mainly Where, 𝒔 = 𝝈′ − 𝑝′𝜹 = deviatoric stress tensor, 𝝈 ′ =
take care of small strain stiffness, yield surface evolution, effective Cauchy stress tensor (negative in compression), 𝜹 =
drained/undrained response under monotonic loading and 1
drained/undrained response under dynamic loading. Before second order identity tensor, 𝑝𝑎 = 𝑝′ + 𝑝0′ , 𝑝′ = 𝑡𝑟(𝝈′) =
3
using the constitutive model in the site response analysis, the effective mean normal stress, 𝑝0′ = a small positive constant
constitutive parameters needs to be evaluated. For this whose role is to keep size of yield surface finite at 𝑝′ = 0 and
purpose, mostly the numerical response is compared with to maintain numerical stability. Generally, this constant takes
experimental one and parameters are finalized. value of residual shear strength associated with a state of

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.60

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
initial liquefaction. 𝛼 = kinematic deviatoric tensor defining The point D denotes the point at which effective stress
coordinates of yield surface centre in the deviatoric stress sub path intersects the phase transformation surface .
space, 𝑀 = material parameter related to friction angle 𝜑 . Corresponding mean effective confining pressure is denoted
When plotted in the stress space it results into a conical surface as 𝑝𝐷′ and stored as a temporary material memory parameter.
with apex along hydrostatic axis, as shown in Fig. 1. Multiple It should be noted that at low confinement near liquefaction, a
yield surfaces are consequence of material hardening. The constant volume perfectly plastic phase gets imposed and the
outer most surface is a failure surface which corresponds to stress state remains at D, until a user defined octahedral shear
the state of stress corresponding to the peak shear strength. strain increment 𝛾𝑦 gets accumulated. 𝛾𝑦 controls the near and
post liquefaction straining at effective confining pressure
eaual to or less than 10 kPa.
During situations like lateral spreading, controlled
straining during each loading cycle is dictated by 𝛾𝑦 (phase 7-
8, Fig. 2).
(c) Above phase transformation surface, loading (phase
2–3, Fig. 2)
Once the octahedral shear strain increment 𝛾𝑦 is
accumulated, strong dilation tendency gets activated. The
function Ψ that scales this dilation is given below:
Fig. 1. Nested yield surface in principal stress space and Ψ = 𝑑1 𝑒𝑥𝑝(𝑑2 𝛾𝑑 ) (4)
deviatoric plane [6]
Where, 𝑑1 and 𝑑2 are material constants dictating the
C. Flow Rule dilation, 𝛾𝑦 stands for cumulative plastic shear strain for
Flow rule gives the direction of the incremental plastic strain current dilative phase. Stronger is the dilation, larger is the
(plastic strain rate) and magnitude [9]. Present constitutive value of 𝑑1 and 𝑑2 .
model employs non-associated flow rule for volumetric (d) Above phase transformation surface, unloading (phase
component and associated flow rule for deviatoric component 3–4, Fig. 2)
[2,8]. This is so because non-associated flow rule captures
the dilatancy of the soil most accurately. The volumetric For unloading above phase transformation surface
component of the flow rule 𝑃" which is responsible for following relationship is used.
dilation ( increase in volume) and contraction ( decrease in √3⁄2𝑷′ : 𝑷′ 𝑝𝐷′ (5)
volume) is given below: = ′ 𝜂𝑓
𝑃" 𝑝𝑅
1 − (𝜂 ⁄𝜂̅ )2
3𝑃" = Ψ (2) Where, 𝑷′ is the deviatoric component of the tensor 𝑷 , 𝑷
1 + (𝜂 ⁄𝜂̅ )2
is the symmetric second order tensor defining direction of the
Where, 𝜂 = √(3⁄2)𝑠: 𝑠⁄(𝑝′ + 𝑝0′ ) is the effective stress plastic deformation in stress space (flow rule), 𝑃" is the
ratio, 𝜂̅ is a material parameter which defines the stress ratio volumetric component of 𝑷, 𝑝𝑅′ is the mean effective confing
of Phase Transformation surface, Ψ is a scalar valued pressure at the load reversal point R (Fig. 5.5), 𝜂𝑓 is the stress
function which controls the magnitude of dilation and ratio along the failure surface.
contraction.
Further detailing on how flow rule work is given in the
following subsections:
(a) Within phase transformation surface (phase 0-1, Fig.
2)
It is worth to note that within phase transformation surface
soil undergoes contraction during both loading and unloading.
The function Ψ that scales this contraction is given below:
Ψ = 𝑐1 𝑒𝑥𝑝(𝑐2 𝑝′ ⁄𝑃𝑎 ) (3)

Where, 𝑐1 and 𝑐2 are material constants which dictates

rate of contraction in drained condition and rate of pore
pressure build up in undrained condition. Value of 𝑐1 depends
on the soil type and relative density, stronger is the Fig. 2. Details about the constitutive response of the model
contraction, larger is the value of 𝑐1 . If there is any giving relationship between shear stress, shear strain and
confinement dependency, it can be dictated through 𝑐2 . 𝑃𝑎 is effective confinement [7]
he atmospheric pressure 101 kPa used for normalization
purpose.
(b) On phase transformation surface (phase 1–2, Fig. 2)

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.61

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
D. Hardening Rule The other two parameters are saturated mass density and
Hardening rule defines the evolution of yield criterion initial void ratio of the soil. In the present study, saturated
(yield surface) with plastic deformation. This model adopts mass density is computed from specific gravity of the sand and
purely deviatoric kinematic hardening rule. This type of void ratio of the sand for given relative density. Initial void
hardening rule allows yield surfaces to translates during shear ratio is computed from the expression giving relationship
loading within the failure surface. It captures the hysteretic between relative density, maximum void ratio, minimum void
response observed during cyclic shear loading [2,6,8]. The ratio and void ratio. The values of the constitutive parameters
hardening rule is given below: used in the present analysis can be found in Chavan [3].
𝑀𝑚 (6)) IV. SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
𝜇 = [𝒔 𝑇 − (𝑝′ + 𝑝0′ )𝛼𝑚 ] − [𝒔 𝑇 − (𝑝′ + 𝑝0′ )𝛼𝑚+1 ]
𝑀𝑚+1
Several simulations were performed for the relative
Where, 𝜇 is the translation direction of the yield surface, density of 60 %, degree of saturation of 99 % and initial
𝒔 𝑇 is the deviatoric stress tensor which defines position of effective confining pressure of 100 kPa. Few of the responses
point T (Fig. 3). (𝑝′ + 𝑝0′ )𝛼𝑚 and (𝑝′ + 𝑝0′ )𝛼𝑚+1 defines are shown in Fig.4 - Fig. 6 along with corresponding response
centre of the inner and outer yield surface respectively, 𝑀𝑚 from the untrained monotonic triaxial test. In these figures,
and 𝑀𝑚+1 are effective stress ratios of inner and outer yield experimental response from the present study is named as
surface in deviatoric stress subspace respectively. It should be “Expt” whereas title of numerical response starts with “Num”.
noted that this hardening rule does not allow overlapping of It is observed from these simulations that the response is very
yield surfaces. much sensitive to first two dilatancy parameters, i.e., contrac
and dilat1. Further, it is clear that irrespective of the values of
dilatancy parameters the numerical stress strain response
continues to be strain hardening as seen in Fig. 5., while
experimental stress strain response is initially strain hardening
followed by strain softening and ultimately reaching critical
state given by almost horizontal stress strain curve. The strain
hardening response observed in numerical simulations is
attributed to the formulation of the constitutive model which
was developed to capture only strain hardening response [2,8].
Further, it should be noted that for most of the combinations
of dilatancy parameters, there is excellent match between
experimental and numerical stress strain curve up to 10 % of
axial strain beyond which two types curves starts diverging.

Fig. 3. Hardening rule [2]

III. CONSTITUTIVE PARAMETERS

The abovementioned constitutive model has total of 15
parameters. These parameters are mainly divided into
following three categories [8]:
1) Yield surface parameters: parameters that define size
of yield surface such as small strain shear modulus and bulk
modulus at reference effective confining mean pressure, peak
friction angle, reference effective mean confining pressure,
and pressure dependency coefficient. These parameters can be
obtained from isotropically consolidated drained compression
triaxial test.
2) Dilatancy parameters: parameters controlling shear-
volume coupling such as phase transformation angle,
contraction and dilation parameters. These parameters are
obtained from isotropically consolidated undrained
compression triaxial tests.
3) Cyclic mobility parameters: these parameters define the
onset and evolution of cyclic mobility response. There are
total three such parameters. These parameters are obtained by
matching numerical stress-strain response with that obtained
from isotropically consolidated undrained cyclic triaxial tests.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.62

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Expt
Num contrac 0.4 dilat1 0.010 dilat2 0.2
Num contrac 0.3 dilat1 0.010 dilat2 0.2
Num contrac 0.3 dilat1 0.005 dilat2 0.2
Num contrac 0.3 dilat1 0.010 dilat2 0.1
Num contrac 0.3 dilat1 0.010 dilat2 0.4
Num contrac 0.1 dilat1 0.010 dilat2 0.2
100

0
Excess pore water pressure (kPa)

-100

-200

-300

-400

-500

-600
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Axial strain %

Fig. 4. Effect of dilatancy parameters on pore pressure evolution for D r = 60 %, S = 99 %, 𝜎𝑐′ = 100 kPa
.

Expt
Num contrac 0.4 dilat1 0.010 dilat2 0.2
Num contrac 0.3 dilat1 0.010 dilat2 0.2
Num contrac 0.3 dilat1 0.005 dilat2 0.2
Num contrac 0.3 dilat1 0.010 dilat2 0.1
Num contrac 0.3 dilat1 0.010 dilat2 0.4
Num contrac 0.1 dilat1 0.010 dilat2 0.2
2000

1750
Deviatoric stress (kPa)

1500

1250

1000

750

500

250

0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Axial strain %

Fig. 5. Effect of dilatancy parameters on stress strain response for Dr = 60 %, S = 99 %, 𝜎𝑐′ = 100 kPa

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.63

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Expt
Num contrac 0.4 dilat1 0.010 dilat2 0.2
Num contrac 0.3 dilat1 0.010 dilat2 0.2
Num contrac 0.3 dilat1 0.005 dilat2 0.2
Num contrac 0.3 dilat1 0.010 dilat2 0.1
Num contrac 0.3 dilat1 0.010 dilat2 0.4
2500 Num contrac 0.1 dilat1 0.010 dilat2 0.2

2000
Deviatoric stress ( kPa)

1500

1000

500

0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Effective mean stress (kPa)

Fig. 6. Effect of dilatancy parameters on effective stress path for D r = 60 %, S = 99 %, 𝜎𝑐′ = 100 kPa

V. CONCLUSIONS
In the present paper, the theoretical background of the REFERENCES
pressure depenedent multi-yield material model developed by [1] Kramer, S. L., Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering. PEARSON,
Parra-Colmenares [2] and Yang [8] is briefed. The sensitivity 1996.
analysis is conducted to understand the effect of the [2] Parra-Colmenares, E. J., “Numerical modeling of liquefaction and
constitutive parameters in simulating undrained monontonic lateral ground deformation including cyclic mobility and dilation
response in soil systems.”, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, NY,
triaxial test reposponse. It is found that the dilatancy 1996.
parameter dilat1 influnces pore pressure, stress-strain and [3] Chavan Dhanaji, “Liquefaction resistance and cyclic response of air–
effective path response significantly. In all numerical injected desaturated clean sandy soil: experimental and numerical
simulations, the response was oberved to be strain hardening. investigations” , PhD Thesis, IISc Bangalore, 2021.
The case in which dilat1 was kept 0.005, the rate of hardening [4] Chavan, D., T. G. Sitharam, and P. Anbazhagan, "Site response
was low. analysis of liquefiable soil employing continuous wavelet
transforms." Geotechnique Letters, 12.1, 2022: 35-45.
[5] Chavan, D., Sitharam, T.G. & Anbazhagan, P., “Liquefaction
resistance of saturated and partly saturated clean sand under scenario
ACKNOWLEDGMENT earthquakes: numerical investigations.”, Sādhanā 48, 97, 2023.
The content presented in this paper is part of the PhD thesis [6] Elgamal, A, Yang, Z. and Parra, E., “Computational modeling of cyclic
mobility and post liquefaction site response”, Soil Dynamics and
of the author submitted to Indian Institute of Science Earthquake Engineering, 22(4), pp. 259–271, 2002.
Bangalore in 2021. The author gratefully acknowledges the
[7] Elgamal, A., Yang, Z. and Parra, E., “Modeling of cyclic mobility in
PhD scholarship received from MHRD India from 2016 to saturated cohesionless soils”, International Journal of Plasticity, 19, pp.
2021. 883–905, 2003.
[8] Yang, Z., “Numerical modeling of earthquake site response including
dilation and liquefaction”. Columbia University, 2000.
[9] Dunne, F. and Petrnic, N. “Introduction to Computational Plasticity,
Journal of the Japan Society for Technology of Plasticity.” Oxford
University Press, 2006.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.64

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

A review on Progressive Collapse Analysis of

Reinforced Concrete Framed Structures
Vishwajeet Mokashi Prof. H. S. Jadhav
Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering
Rajarambapu Insitute of Technology, Rajarambapu Insititute of Technology,
Rajaramnagar Rajaramnagar
Islampur, India Islampur, India
vishwajeetmokashi98@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— Progressive collapse occurs when one or federal facilities susceptible to risks of being attacked by
more vertical load-bearing structural members fall apart, terrorists. As a result of this executive order, the ISC became
it is like a chain reaction. Sometimes, the damage is much the agency responsible for establishing theses security
bigger which can be extremely dangerous and standards after such an executive order. At first the duty lay
threatening for the people inside or near the building. upon the General Services Administration (GSA) [7], then
There could be artificial or man-made causes of it passed away onto the Interagency Security Committee
progressive collapse of a structure. To stop progressive (ISC). In response, these organization printed guidelines,
collapse of the entire structure, structural engineers use the Criteria Documents of year 2004 that stipulated the
inclusion of the progressive collapse resistance features in a
different techniques such as making sure there are other
design of new Federal project buildings. But these
ways for the structure to support itself if one-part breaks. documents did not specify the exact methodology to be used
There are also standards and guidelines for how to design for achieving this resistance. To provide practical
and analyse buildings to prevent progressive collapse. instructions for implementing progressive collapse
Therefore, there is need to analyse the building for resistance in building designs, engineers referred to
progressive collapse to find out weak points and worst documents by the General Services Administration dating
situations in the structure under extreme loading events. back to 2003, as well as the Department of Defence [8] in
In this paper, a rigorous literature review is carried out to [Link] documents contained full data and procedures
know the progressive collapse behaviour of structure that engineers and designers can use in tackling the
under extreme loading events based on various peculiarities of the phenomenon of progressive
numerical, analytical, and experimental methods which collapse. These actions and documents in fact reveal a
are discussed in the literature. This review shows the deliberate move on the part of the federal government into
different analysis procedures, and guidelines used by making federal buildings more resilient against potential
researchers. It also enlists the methods and measures to hazards, stressing the significance of avoiding progressive
strengthen the structure against the progressive collapse. collapse by means of suitable design and building
techniques [10].
A. Design Guidelines
Keywords— Progressive collapse, extreme loading
events. The issue of progressive collapse mitigation has gained
significant attention since the tragic event at the Ronan
I. INTRODUCTION Point apartment tower in 1968. Since the tragic event of the
Progressive collapse refers to the gradual distribution of an Ronan point apartments in 1968, the issue of progressive
initial localized failure in a structure that leads ultimately to collapse mitigation attracted much attention. As a result,
collapse of the whole building or a very substantial part of numerous techniques of addressing this problem have been
it. They can be caused by a variety of reasons including the incorporated into different building codes and
natural ones such as earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, and standards. The first standard concerning progressive
tornadoes, as well as non-natural for instance an explosion collapse was ANSI standard [2], but its main purpose was
of service system or a terrorist act [16]. There has been an a warning against hazards associated with such collapses.
increasing awareness among engineering personnel as well General provisions are included in the National Building
as the public about risk of collapse of buildings especially Code of Canada (NBCC) [3], highlighting the significance
the ones that have made it to the headlines in the recent past. of having a structurally sound structure. This provides
Such an occasion happened when the building under guidance on a good positioning, reinforcement continuity,
concern, the Alfred P. Murrah federal building was bombed and structures that can bear a successive collapse if there is
and partly crumbled in 1995. In response to this incident, local failure of support. ASCE 7-05 [1] includes a section
the federal government reacted with an executive order titled "General Structural Integrity" with brief qualitative
designed to facilitate constitution of building standards for requirements. This section also outlines general

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.65

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
qualification guidelines for designing structures to prevent Alternate Load Path Method (ALPM) and the Specific
progressive collapse. Detailed design requirements and Local Resistance Method (SLRM). Under the ALPM, there
guidelines aimed at reducing the potential for progressive are four procedures: Linear Static (LS), Linear Dynamic
collapse in both new and existing buildings are provided in (LD), Nonlinear Static (NS), and Nonlinear Dynamic (ND)
the Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC) [4]. This criterion is methods. The latter is also recommended by FEMA 356 [5]
particularly relevant for structures that may experience for seismic analysis and design of structures. In addition to
localized structural damage due to unforeseen events. The these provisions within different design codes and
UFC offers two primary design approaches: the direct standards, various research efforts have been undertaken to
design approach and the indirect design approach. The delve into the behaviour of buildings when subjected to
direct design approach encompasses methods like the progressive collapse scenarios [16].

Figure 1. Representation of Progressive collapse

(Source: [Link]

dynamic analysis procedure, the structure exhibits a safety

II. LITERATURE REVIEW margin of 13%. The structure’s failure to meet the GSA
The research works published by several researchers in criteria becomes apparent through the nonlinear static
various national and international journals regarding the procedure, as it only achieves 45% of the required load. The
progressive collapse behaviour of RCC building are researchers recommended that the incorporation of the
rigorously studied and offered in the following section: nonlinear static procedure alongside nonlinear dynamic
S. M. Marjanishvili (2004) have studied the different methodology serves as an additional analytical approach. It
analysis procedures for evaluating the performance of aids in ascertaining both the initial yield and ultimate
structures. Various analysis methods can be used to evaluate capacity limits of the structure while also providing a means
the potential for progressive collapse, ranging from simple to corroborate and substantiate the findings derived from
linear elastic-static procedures to complex nonlinear time dynamic analysis. The initial yield and ultimate capacity of
history analysis. Progressive collapse categorised into the structure plays a crucial role in determining and
primary and secondary loads. This paper focuses on the validating the computed levels of ductility and rotational
impacts of variation in secondary loads. The result of the behaviour [10].
study indicates that linear-elastic static analysis is simple Ruirui Sun, Zhaohui and Ian W Burgess (2012) presents the
and quick method but does not consider dynamic effects or development of a robust static-dynamic procedure to model
material nonlinearity whereas nonlinear static analysis the behaviour of steel buildings under fire conditions,
includes material nonlinearity but is more complex and targeting progressive collapse scenarios. The authors
time-consuming. Nonlinear dynamic analysis provides the extended the capabilities of the Vulcan software, enabling it
most realistic results but is also time-consuming and to model dynamic and static structural responses during
requires extensive verification to allow for material yielding both local and global progressive collapses. The integration
and fracture [9]. of both static and dynamic analysis features facilitates a
Shalva Marjanishvili and Elizabeth Agnew (2006) have refined understanding of structural collapse mechanisms.
analytically studied the different analysis procedures for The explicit integration method utilized for the dynamic
progressive collapse, including linear static, nonlinear procedure accommodates temporary instabilities that static
static, linear dynamic, and nonlinear dynamic by analyses would classify as singularities, ensuring continued
considering a 9-story steel moment-resistant frame building examination beyond these points. This balance between
using SAP2000 software. As per one of the mandated static and dynamic analysis enables the investigation of
outlined by the GSA, author have contemplated the removal progressive collapses generated by the local failure of
of a column positioned at the central point of the front components. One of the key conclusions drawn from the
elevation. The results indicates that the, by utilizing linear study is that the lower loading ratio and larger beam section
analysis method, this structure meets the progressive in an unbraced frame can yield a higher failure temperature
collapse criteria as per the GSA standards, as the DCR indicating global structural collapse, while the opposite-
values remain below 3. Moreover, following the linear higher loading ratio and smaller beam section can result in

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.66

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
a more easily generated localized collapse. Furthermore, the redistribution and the areas of high stress concentration.
researchers identify the bracing system as a significant Overall, this study provides valuable insights into the
structural feature in preventing progressive collapse. The behavior of steel frame buildings under sudden column loss
paper is rigorously validated through several practical cases, and highlights the importance of validating computational
with additional preliminary studies examining the collapse studies with experimental research [13].
mechanism of the steel frame due to column failure under Osama Ahmed Mohamed (2015) delves into the
fire conditions. Nevertheless, the authors note that the contemporary methods of progressive collapse resistant
global failure temperature of the frame is not sensitive to the design in structures, a strategy that has been informed
frame's lateral stiffness-an important point for significantly by earthquake resistant structural design. Load
considerations in design specifications. Overall, this paper increase factor explores the estimation of structural demand
relates a significant contribution to the understanding of and capacity, factoring in the ductility characteristics of
steel structural behaviour under fire conditions and provides components. Procedure-wise, linear, and nonlinear static
vital insights for the design of more robust steel structures analysis is permissible for a myriad of structures. It
[11]. discusses the dynamic effects linked to the removal of
Jia-Liang Le and Bing Xue, (2014) develops a two-scale columns, which are typically considered via magnified
stochastic computational model designed to simulate the gravity loads. The paper also sheds light on the vulnerability
probabilistic behaviour of reinforced concrete frame of long-span structures to progressive collapse, particularly
structures when subjected to sudden column removal. The when corner columns are notionally removed. It presents a
motivation behind this research comes from the need to case study involving a normally loaded structure with
assess and improve the vulnerability of buildings and considerable spans by using ETABS software. The DoD
similar structures against progressive collapses, which is load combinations predispose the structural system to
defined as the large-scale failure of structures due to significant demand, which it may not be capable of
localized damage. The model integrates the uncertainties in withstanding independently. Thus, alternate structural
both material properties and gravity loads. The primary solutions such as outrigger systems could be essential for
methodology employed involves the use of a course-scale combating progressive collapse loads. This paper also
numerical model rooted in the concept of cohesive explicates the procedure for calculating the magnified
modelling of material fracture. Notably, the model gravity loads around notionally removed columns. It
encompasses the potential damage zones in structural emphasizes that due to the necessity of applying the
components through cohesive elements, effectively procedure to several perimeter and interior columns as well
capturing the non-linear behaviour of the structures. To as repeating it for each floor, the number of analyses needed
verify the model, a partial model application is presented, to capture the complete response is considerably large. It
focusing on the mean behaviour of a frame subassembly concludes that for progressive collapse design based on
following a column removal scenario. Interestingly, a UFC 4-023-03 to be incorporated into other building codes,
comparison between the newly developed stochastic this procedure requires automation or simplification [14].
approach and the conventional deterministic method shows Jose M. Adam [Link] (2018) provides an overview of the
that the latter can be generally used to assess the structural most significant advances in the field of the progressive
vulnerability against a reasonably low collapse probability collapse of building structures in the 21st century. The
up to about 7% for a given local structural damage scenario. paper provides a comprehensive guide to the current state
However, a more detailed probabilistic analysis would be of research and practice on robustness and progressive
necessary to ensure a lower collapse probability. While the collapse of building structures. The authors conducted a
model has only been developed for two-dimensional RC wide-ranging review of the main advances made in the 21st
frame structures, the authors affirm that it can be further century in this field. The review covers a range of aspects,
extended to three-dimensional RC structures. The including conceptual definitions, bibliometric details, and
researchers acknowledge the need for additional the present state of regulations, recommendations, and
experiments on random material properties and structural design methods about progressive collapse and robustness.
responses to fully verify the model [12]. The authors note that recent years have seen considerable
Brian I. Song, Kevin A. Giriunas and Halil Sezen (2014) progress in this field, responding to the present need for
have highlighted the limited experimental research that has robust buildings able to withstand extreme events without
been conducted to validate the results of computational collapsing, and even resilient buildings that can remain
studies and to verify the methodologies prescribed in the operational after an extreme event. New codes and design
guidelines for progressive collapse design. The authors note recommendations have been brought out, while those
that this is mainly due to the high cost of constructing and already existing have been adapted to allow for the latest
testing full-scale building specimens. The study focuses on advances. In addition, the scientific community, engineers,
a steel frame building that was scheduled for demolition. and architects are now fully aware of the need for resilient
Several first-story columns were physically removed from buildings. The review also highlights the need for further
the building, and the building was instrumented to measure research in some areas that require deeper study and others
the effects of the column loss. The authors provide details that need to be studied for the first time. The review
of the modelling assumptions and structural analysis used in underscores the importance of this field in ensuring the
the study. The paper also includes a figure that shows the safety and resilience of buildings in the face of extreme
order in which the columns were removed from the events [15].
perimeter frame of the building. The effects of the column Yara M. Mahmoud et al. (2018) have primary objective is
loss are shown in another figure, which highlights the load to explore the susceptibility of 5-storey steel moment-

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.67

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
resisting and braced frames, which have been designed in effectively to the field of progressive collapse research
compliance with Egyptian local standards, to progressive [18].
collapse resulting from seismic activity-induced damage. Julio Garzon-Roca et al. (2023) have been studied the
To assess the repercussions and ensure the safety of concept of robustness tall buildings with reinforced
neighbouring structural elements, a deliberate removal of a concrete flat slabs supported by a central core and
first-storey column is executed at various arbitrary perimeter columns. This layout is commonly used in office
locations within the building. This study adopts 3-D and residential buildings to maximize natural daylighting
nonlinear dynamic analysis procedure as per the UFC and reduce storey height. The authors analyses scenarios
guidelines, leveraging the SAP2000 software, as a central involving the sudden removal of corner and edge columns
component of the conducted parametric investigation. The in these systems. They examine potential issues such as
results indicate that for moment-resisting frames, the punching at the connections and flexural failure in the slab.
largest displacement is observed at interior column and for To assess this, they use a dynamic punching model based
braced frames the maximum displacement is observed at on the Critical shear crack theory and the Ductility-centred
corner column. The minimum relegation is noticed when robustness assessment method. They propose a simplified
the edge column and bracing are excluded. The researchers approach for preliminary design checks during the
concluded that use performance-based design practices to conceptual stage. The findings highlight the importance of
minimize the potential of progressive collapse [16]. considering alternative design considerations when
A. Salman and K. I. Praseeda (2021) studied the effect of removing an edge column adjacent to a corner column [19].
column collapse on overall structures, the G+15 is used for
mathematical modelling and analysis. SAP2000 software III. SUMMARY OF LITERATURE
is used to generate a three-dimensional mathematical According to the review of the available literature, there are
model. Two different columns are deleted through analysis, numerous research gaps which offer many opportunities for
one at a time. After that, the impact they have on development progressive collapse analysis of irregular
neighboring elements are examined and evaluated. With reinforced concrete framed structures”. The gaps imply
the use of linear static analysis, non-linear static analysis areas where there is insufficient or outdated knowledge that
and hinge pattern identification approach, results for beam can be replenished. Although fragility curves are
wise DCR are obtained. The researchers concluded that successfully used for evaluating seismic vulnerabilities, a
non-linear static analysis method is less computationally research gap exists in integrating them into progressive
expensive [17]. collapse analysis. Systematic research involving the use of
Foad Kiakojouri et al. (2023) presents a comprehensive fragility curve has been limited when exploring its
review, analysis, and potential improvement of existing application of predicting the chances of initiating as well as
literature on dynamic column removal techniques in progressing of the progressive collapse of reinforced
experimental progressive collapse studies. These concrete structures. There is a research void in the
techniques are utilized to mimic a collapse, and although application of fragility curves for other types of hazards
predominantly focusing on single-column removal which can initiate progressive collapse such as blast
scenarios, there is potential for application to multiple- loadings and impacts. Hence there is a likelihood to explore
column loss situations. The paper acknowledges potential on how fragility curves may be adjusted with various
biases in currently published experimental tests and hence, hazards to come up with a more comprehensive view
highlights the importance of careful consideration of concerning the behavior of various extreme conditions. A
testing methods and structural irregularities. The study comparison of fragility-based progressive collapse
asserts that sudden and complete column loss is assessment and traditional analysis methods could reveal
simplification of real-life phenomena and mostly occurs in the strengths and weaknesses of both approaches. This
special circumstances like small near-field blasts or high- comparison would be helpful in determining if fragility
speed impacts. The paper concludes that the current curves are reliable predictors of progressive collapse
methodologies for dynamic column removal in structural scenarios.
engineering often oversimplify the real-world scenarios of
column loss. Such oversimplifications can limit the IV. CONCLUSION
accuracy and applicability of research findings. The Based on the literature review investigation, the following
authors advocate for the development of novel techniques conclusions are drawn:
and methods for these tests, especially with the inspiration • The structural response is determined by degree of
from electromagnetic and mechatronic devices. They also irregularity, type and position those factors must be
highlight the importance of considering different levels of considered in designing any structure. It would assist
column damage, rather than the full and sudden loss that is in integrating irregularities into structure without loss
typically modelled. This approach can lead to more of performance.
realistic and diverse scenarios being represented in collapse • If the structures are designed and detailed with a
studies. The paper outlines the necessity of continuous certain degree of continuity (in terms of member
revision and update of existing methodologies and variations), then redundancy in this sense can develop
practices, ensuring that they keep pace with the dynamic alternative load paths. This allows for loss of an
nature and requirements of structural engineering. individual member without leading to progressive
Ultimately, the proposed recommendations are anticipated collapse.
to improve the validity and reliability of experimental
estimates, thereby enhancing their potential to contribute

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.68

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
• It is necessary to do a research and set up an [9] S.M. Marjanishvili, “Progressive Analysis Procedure for
Progressive Collapse”, Journal of Performance of Constructed
experimental program to develop provisions against Facilities, Vol. 18, No. 2, May 1, 2004.
progressive collapse. Existing methods of measuring [10] Shalva Marjanishvili and Elizabeth Agnew, “Comparison of
structural strength are mainly used for research, and Various Procedures for Progressive Collapse Analysis”, Journal of
application in actual design is rare because Performance of Constructed Facilities, Vol. 20, No. 4, November 1,
complicated calculations, physical and mathematical 2006.
complex process. Therefore, research into this issue [11] Ruirui Sun, Zhaohui Huang, Ian W Burgess, “Progressive Collapse
Analysis of Steel Structures Under Fire Conditions”, Engineering
should focus on the experimental technique for Structures 34 (2012), pp 400–413.
dynamic collapse analysis. [12] Jia-Liang Le and Bing Xue, “Probabilistic Analysis of Reinforced
Concrete Frame Structures against Progressive Collapse”,
Acknowledgment Engineering Structures 76 (2014), pp 313-323.
The head of the department of civil engineering at [13] Brian I. Song, Kevin A. Giriunas and Halil Sezen, “Progressive
Rajarambapu Institute of Technology (RIT), Rajaramnagar, Collapse Testing and Analysis of a Steel Frame Building”, Journal
and the director of RIT are appreciated by the authors for of Constructional Steel Research 94 (2014), pp 76–83.
their encouragement and provision of the facilities needed [14] Osama Ahmed Mohamed, “Calculation of Load Increase Factors for
assessment of Progressive Collapse Potential in Framed Steel
to carry out this study. Structures”, Case Studies in Structural Engineering 3 (2015), pp 11–
1.
REFERENCES [15] Jose M. Adam, Fulvio Parisi, Juan Sagaseta and Xinzheng Lu,
[1] ASCE SEI/ASCE 7–05, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and “Research and practice on Progressive Collapse and Robustness of
Other Structures, American Society of Civil Engineers, Washington, Building Structures in the 21 st Century”, Engineering Structures 173
DC, 2005. (2018), pp 122–149.
[2] ANSI A58.1-72, -82, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and [16] Yara M. Mahmoud, Maha M. Hassan, Sherif A. Mourad and
Other Structures, American National Standards Institute (ANSI), Hesham S. Sayed, “Assessment of Progressive Collapse of Steel
New York, N.Y, 1972–1982. Structure under Seismic Loads”, Alexandria Engineering Journal,
2018.
[3] NBCC, National Buildings Code of Canada, National Research
Council, Canada, 2005. [17] A. Salman and K. I. Praseeda, “Progressive Collapse Analysis of RC
Buildings Using Linear Static and Non-linear Stativ Method”
[4] UFC, Design of Buildings to Resist Progressive Collapse, UFC 4- Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2021, K. Dasgupta et al. (eds.),
023, Unified Facilities Criteria, Department of Defence (DoD), Proceedings of SECON 2020, Lecture Notes in Civil Engineering
Washington, D.C, 2013. 97, [Link] (2021), pp 461-
[5] FEMA 356 AA, Pre-Standard and Commentary for the Seismic 469.
Rehabilitation of Buildings, Federal Emergency Management [18] Foad Kiakojouri, Elahe Zeinali, Jose M. Adam and Valerio De
Agency, Washington, D.C, 2000. Biagi, “Experimental Studies on the Progressive Collapse of
[6] Ellingwood B, Leyendecker E. Approaches for design against Building Structures: A Review and Discussion on Dynamic Column
progressive collapse. J Struct Div ASCE 1978;104(3):413–23. Removal Techniques”, Structures 57 (2023) 105059.
[7] GSA. Progressive Collapse Analysis and Design Guidelines for [19] Julio Garzon-Roca, Juan Sagaseta and Karl Micallef, “Sudden
New Federal Office Buildings and Major Modernization Projects. Column Removal in Tall Buildings with Flat Slabs Supported on
Washington, DC: General Services Administration (GSA); 2003. Core and Perimeter Columns”, Structures 56 (2023) 104919.
[8] DOD. Design of buildings to resist progressive collapse. Unified
Facilities Criteria (UFC) 4-023-03. Washington, DC: Department of
Defence (DOD); 2005.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.69

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Optimum angle of diagrid using Response Spectrum

Analysis
Santosh Kamble Ravindra Desai
Deparment of Applied Machanic Deparment of Applied Machanic
(Research scholer) (Asistance professor)
Walchand College of Engineering Walchand College of Engineering
Sangli, India Sangli, India
santosh.kamble1@[Link] [Link]@walchand [Link]

Abstract— The world's population has grown significantly in structural function and style versatility for tall buildings. The
the recent years, leading to a heightened demand for available research also delves into how various layout designs affect
construction space. To meet this challenge, tall buildings and each structure. A square design shows superiority in diagrids
skyscrapers have become increasingly common. The innovation when compared to circular or rectangle designs. But for brace-
of construction domain is the diagrid system, recognized for its d tubes, a circular design outshines the square or rectangle
superior structural efficiency as different from other systems of ones.[2]. This examines how tube-like diagrid structures in tall
the building. The structural efficiency of diagrid systems metal buildings react to earthquakes. It looks at the impact of
surpasses that of other building systems, such as braced systems. different angles and whether or not there's a diagrid core in the
The distinct geometric arrangement of the diagrid system
building's framework. The research uses two methods:
accounts for the fluctuating heights of towering buildings. The
pushover and nonlinear time history analysis for evaluation.
heights and angles of the diagrids determine the geometric
configurations and grid geometrics of diagrid constructions.
What we found: diagrid structures with angles the same or less
This results in diagrid construction being more complex as on the outside compared to the inside get harder and can
compared to conventional structure. Historically, tall buildings absorb lots of energy through slanted elements. Adding a core
held significance due to their architectural prominence, and the doesn't really change the rigidness but gives an added
diagrid structure not only offers superior architectural toughness, especially after warping. The buildings' shift and
aesthetics but also enhances structural stability. In this research, leftover shifts within floors are acceptable. Adding a core to
diagrid structures are examined and contrasted in order to the design doesn't change the stiffness of the structures much.
determine the ideal angle for a given structure's angle and to But it does give them more strength. It even makes them stiffer
investigate the impact of different angles on the structures. The after they buckle. The drifts within the diagrid structures don't
high-rise diagrid structure is analysis and elevating the go beyond safe limits. The study points out that we should
optimum angle of diagrid using response spectrum analysis. think about progressive collapse and braces that prevent
buckling when designing diagrid structures. It also suggests
Keywords—Diagrid structure, Steel structure, Response more research. The research should focus on linking the
spectrum analysis, Earthquake load, Wind load, internal core with the outer tube at different angles [3]. This
I. INTRODUCTION report looks into how diagrid structures react to earthquakes
and checks out how well they perform in such scenarios. The
In recent decades, the global population has surged, work involves 3-D models of steel diagrid types that have
placing immense pressure on available space for construction. been differing floor amounts and a range of slanting angles.
To address this challenge, tall buildings and skyscrapers have The findings demonstrate how the slanting angles affect the
become ubiquitous. One standout innovation in this domain is R-factor, a performance metric for steel diagrid systems. It ge-
the diagrid system, recognized for its superior structural ts a value of 1.5 for a 45° angle, 2 for 63.4°, and 3 for
efficiency compared to other system. Notably economical and 71.5°.Pin-ended beams are found to increase seismic
robust against lateral loads, diagrid systems feature distinctive performance, particularly for models with larger diagonal
geometric configurations tailored for tall structures of varying angles, when the study compares the seismic performance of
heights. diagrids with rigid-ended beams and pin-ended beams. The
When we talk about tall buildings, it's clear that diagrid paper discusses the nonlinear modelling and analysis of
structures are better. They move less and are more flexible diagrid structures, including the behaviour of diagonal
than braced tube structures. The study also looked at different members, failure under cyclic and monotonic loading, and
shapes. It showed that a square shape is better for diagrids, nonlinear static and dynamic analyses. The study proposes a
while a circle shape is better for braced tubes. These results method for evaluating a seismic performance of diagrid
help in designing tall buildings. It shows us how important it structure, considering collapse capacity, response spectra, and
is to think about the shape and structure for the best drift ratio limits. The earthquake performance of diagrid
performance in storms and earthquakes [1]. This study structures with different diagonal angles and beam connection
contrasts diagrid and braced tube constructions, focusing on types is evaluated using pushover and incremental dynamic
how they weather earthquakes and wind in skyscraper analysis. The study concludes that diagonal angles and beam
scenarios. Diagrids typically sway and shift less per floor than connection types significantly affect the earthquake
braced tube designs. Therefore, diagrids win in terms of both performance of diagrid structures and suggests design

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.70

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
parameters for different diagonal angles in high seismic Wind speed 50 m/sec
regions. Additionally, the earthquake performance of diagrid Terrain category 2
structures can be improved by substituting pin-ended beams Structure class B
Risk coefficient 1
with rigid-ended beams.[4]. A 36-story diagonal steel
Topography factor 1
building's analysis and design are shown. A typical 36 by 36-
meter floor design is taken into account. Structural member
modeling and analysis are done with Extended Three-
Dimensional Analysis of Building System (ETABS) software.
Every structural part is created using IS 800:2007, considering
every possible combination of loads. Both dynamic across and
along the wind are considered during the structure's analysis
and design process. Completed analyses and plans have also
been produced for diagrid buildings of 50, 60, 70, and 80
stories [6]. The results of the analysis are contrasted in the
terms of time interval, displacement of the top storey, and drift
between stories[6]. It is observed that while both the interior
columns and the peripheral diagonal columns resist the gravity
load, the peripheral diagonal columns resist the majority of the
lateral force.[5].
II. METHODOLOGY
A. Problem statement for study
The current investigation encompasses an examination of
the behavior of high-rise diagrid buildings, delving into the
analysis of the diagrid structure from various angles. This Fig. 1: Plan
method provides a thorough grasp of the structural dynamics
and sheds light on the clever design concepts.
In this examination, the G+80 story diagrid structure is
under scrutiny [5]. The lateral forces stemming from both
earthquake and wind, are in accordance with the Indian
standard IS 456-2000 and IS 800-2015. The diagrid structure
was modeled and analyzed at various angles using the
Extended Three-Dimensional Analysis of Building System
(ETABS) software. The response spectrum was analyzed to
identify the ideal angle.
TABLE I. Parameters in detail for diagrid structure
Geometric parameters of the building model.

Sr. No. Description Data/ Value

1 Number of Story 80
2 Plan area 1024 m2
3 Size of plan 32m X 32m
4 Story height 4m
5 Grade of structural steel Fe 250
6 Structural secification Fig. 2: Column dimension
Internal Column 2200 mm X 2200 mm
Diagrid column 825 mm Pipe section
with 50 mm
Beam For each diagonal building, four distinct scenarios with
B1 and B3 ISMB550 angles of 56o, 71o, 76o, and 81o with the storey model are taken
B2 ISWB600 (with top and into inspection to determine the best angle.
bottom cover plate of
)220 X 50 mm

TABLE II Loading parameter

Sr no. Description Data/Value

1 Dead Load 3.75 kN/m2
2 Live load 2.5 kN/m2
3 Seismic parameter details (as per IS 1893-2016)
Seismic zone Zone IV
Response reduction factor 5
Impotence factor 1
Soil type Medium
4 Wind parameter details (as per IS 875-2015)

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.71

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

A. Comparison of time period

TABLE III Time periods

Diagrid angle Time period (Second)

67 7.566
71 7.524
76 9.501
81 10.08

Fig. 3 Snapshot of Diagrid building B. Comparison of storey displacement

Fig. 5 is the comparison of maximum storey displacement
B. Response spectrum analysis for diagrid angle 67 o, 71 o 76 o, 81 o of high-rise building.
An engineering method called response spectrum analysis
(RSA) evaluates the contribution of each natural vibration
mode to ascertain the anticipated maximum seismic response
of a mostly elastic structure.. This analytical method offers 80 Storey displacement
measurements of pseudo spectral acceleration, velocity, or 67
displacement in relation to the structural period and damping 60 71
level, providing insightful information on the dynamic
Stoery 76
behaviour of structures. A smooth curve can be used to
accurately depict the peak response for each realisation of the 40
81
structural period by encompassing the response spectra.
20
The analysis of response spectrum proves valuable in
guiding design choices as it links the selection of structural
types to their dynamic performance. The shorter period 0
structures endure higher acceleration, while longer period 0 100 200 300
`Displacement `
structures undergo increased displacement. It is imperative to
consider structural performance objectives in the initial design Fig. 5 : Maximum storey displacement
phase alongside conducting response spectrum analysis.
C. Comparison of storey drift
Fig. 6 is the comparison of maximum storey drift for
diagrid angle 67 o, 71 o 76 o, 81 o of high-rise building.

90
Storey drift 67
80
70
71
60
50
Stoery

76
40
30 81

20
10
0
0 0.0005 0.001 0.0015
Fig. 4: Snapshot of Response spectrum input Storey Drift
Fig. 6 : Story drift

III. ANALYSIS RESULTS D. Comparison of storey shear

The analysis's findings are expressed in terms of the time Fig. 7 is the comparison of maximum storey shear for
period, maximum storey displacement, storey shear, and diagrid angle 67 o, 71 o 76 o, 81 o of high-rise building.
presence of storey drift. The maximum value of storey
displacement, storey shear, storey drift, and time period for
various angles of diagrid G+80 storey are displayed in the
accompanying graphs.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.72

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
move less, resist tearing, and don't drift as much as old-
Base Shear 67
80 fashioned ones, clearly showing they're better. Plus, the
diagrid syste-m makes the inside roomy and well organized,
71
thanks to cleverly arrange-d columns. Basically, for fighting
60
sideways pushes, the diagrid structure- system is a top choice.
76
Story

It has standout bene-fits like less side to side- movement, less

40 weight in steel, and more firmness. The study shows the
81
structure can be resist wind forces at great heights.
20
V. REFERENCES
[1] Liu, C., Fang, D., Zhao, L., & Zhou, J. “Seismic fragility estimates of
0 steel diagrid structure with performance-based tests for high-rise
0 5000 10000 15000 buildings” Journal of Building Engineering, (2022).
Base Shear (KN) [2] Nayak, C., Walke, S., & Kokare, S. “Optimal Structural Design of
Fig. 7 : Storey Shear Diagrid Structure for Tall Structure” System Reliability, Quality
Control, Safety, Maintenance and Management (2020).
[3] Heshmati, M., Khatami, A., & Shakib, H. “Seismic performance
E. Comparison of over turning moment assessment of tubular diagrid structures with varying angles in tall steel
buildings” Structures(2020).
Fig. 8 is the graph of comparison of maximum overturning
[4] Sadeghi, S., & Rofooei, F. R. “Quantification of the seismic
force for diagrid angle 67 o, 71 o 76 o, 81 o of high-rise building. performance factors for steel diagrid structures” Journal of
Constructional Steel Research (2018).
[5] Jani, K., & Patel, P. v. “Analysis and Design of Diagrid Structural
System for High Rise Steel Buildings (2013).
Overtunning Moment 67 [6] Vhanmane, M., & Bhanuse, M. Computational Engineering and
80
71 Physical Modeling Analysis of Diagrid Structural System for High
76 Rise Steel Buildings ARTICLE INFO ABSTRACT. Computational
60 81 Engineering and Physical Modeling (2020).
Storey

[7] Indian_standards 800: General Construction In Steel

40 BISConnect(n.d.).[Link]
nect/knowyourstandards/Indian_standards/isdetails/MTUwNTE
20 (2007)

0
10 0.1 0.001 0.00001 0.0000001
Overtunning Moment (KN-m)

Fig. 8 : Overrunning Moment on X axis in on Log scale

IV. CONCLUSION
The previous study, it was observed the diagrid structure's
angle adjustment does not get mentioned in the code. Piously
study paper are work up to 120m and they suggested the 70o
to 75o As the story height increases, the diagrid angle also
changes. Notably, the angles of 67 o and 71 o exhibits higher
displacement, base shear, and time periods compared to the 76
o
angle. Conversely, the 81 o angle leads to a significantly large
amount of overturning moment, resulting in its rejection.
Ultimately, it is determined that the 76o diagrid angle is most
suitable for constructing a G+80 storey that building.
In recent years, the diagrid system has emerged as an
effective strategy for boosting the performance of high-rise
buildings, bolstering both lateral and gravity load resistance.
The boundary pattern of diagrid columns cleverly manages
sideways pressure. This leaves the inside columns to only
carry vertical weight. This smart method results in a structure
without columns, cutting down on steel use, and making it
look good. The diagrid framework is tops in overall strength,
style, and sturdiness. It does better than regular systems with
impressive skill.
In the world of structural designs, diagrid setups shine.
They're solid, barely bend, and aren't heavy, which helps them
stand firm against sideways force-s. These smart structures

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.73

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

A review on behaviour of steel I-beam and

castellated beam with different shaped openings
using FRP stiffeners.
1stSanjivani Jadhav 2ndPopat Kumbhar
Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering
Rajarambapu Institute of Technology, Rajarambapu Institute of Technology,
Rajaramnagar Rajaramnagar
Islampur, India Islampur, India
sanjivanijadhav062000@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— In recent years, use of castellated steel beams lateral support [3]. From recent years, CSB have been
(CSB) is gaining more popularity due to their various benefits practiced through with different type of web openings. The
viz. increased section depth without any additional weight, web opening pattern presents an aesthetic and attractive
higher strength to weight ratio, lower maintenance cost, good expression for beam view. The web openings are not only
aesthetic appearance, etc. A CSB is a beam that is fabricated
used for aesthetic look but also have advantages like passing
by cutting a steel I-beam longitudinally along its web in a
specified pattern, and then re-joining the two cut parts by the service lines through holes, conduits and ductwork in
welding so as to get a beam of increased depth. This increased present building. The most effective benefit of CSB is that it
depth of CSB is generally 50% more than the parent steel I is lighter in weight, increased load carrying capacity and
beam and contributes in enhancing its performance. However, stiffness [4]. Some examples of CSB include their use in
the presence of web openings reduces the strength, causes bridges, stadiums, and building construction for their ability
stress concentration around the openings and also results into to provide lighter-weight, aesthetic appearance, enhance
web-post buckling failure when subjected to loading. In order flexural stiffness and significant material efficiency [5].
to prevent such failures, the CSB needs to be strengthened
using stiffeners. The use of mild steel stiffeners is commonly II. MANUFACURING OF CASTELLATED BEAM
done for strengthening the CSB. However, in recent years the
use of fiber reinforced polymers (FRP) has been widely done A. Process of castellation
for repair and rehabilitation works because of the excellent Castellated steel beam is obtain from parental solid steel
tensile strength and light weight property of FRP. This paper I-beam, in the formation of CSB following steps are:
provides a rigorous literature review on the behavior of CSB
provided with stiffeners of different materials. From the study, With the guidelines from Eurocode 3, the initial parent solid
it is concluded that CSB are the efficient structural elements steel I-beam resolute for fabrication of CSB diamond shaped
and perform better when provided with FRP stiffeners, but web openings. The parent solid steel I-beam is cut with
their behavior needs to be studied when they are provided with zigzag line along the length as per geometric design using
different shaped web openings and considering stiffeners of AutoCAD software (Fig. 1.). Moreover, the parent solid steel
different FRP under two-point loading. I-beams’ marked profile with an extra cut line, referred to as
the secondary profile, will be completed by CSB and
Keywords— steel I-beam, castellated beam, web opening, manufactured with diamond-shaped openings of the
stiffeners, FRP, web-post buckling and load carrying capacity necessary dimensions. (Fig. 2.) [5].
I. INTRODUCTION
The terminology of castellated beam was discovered in mid-
1930, by Geoffrey Murray Boyd, an engineer employed in
Argentina, Castellated steel beams (CSB) enhance structural
Fig. 1. Steel I-beam marked with cutting for first stage (source: drawing
ability in opposition to bending by increasing the overall from AutoCAD)
depth of beam with 50%, achieved through flame cutting a
steel I-beam along its center line and subsequently rejoining
the two halves with welding [1]. Since 1940, CSB are used
in more amounts as the ability of larger opening space,
reduction of floor to floor height and improves aesthetic
appearance [2].In some of CSB structure having short span,
where the dominant failure get occur as shear mechanis m Fig. 2. Cutting of edges which are not required (source: drawing from
which can help to decrease the load carrying capacity. In AutoCAD)
CSB, openings in the web can cause beam weak in
opposition to shear. Additionally, the geometry and size of After secondary profile cut the wasted part or the parts
openings, slenderness of the web plate, special geometric which are not required for fabrication is removed as shown
shape, the types of loading specified and the condition of in (Fig. 3.). The parent solid steel I-beam's two cut portions

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.74

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’ 23, WCE Sangli
are subsequently retained in order for the welding procedure solder; as a result, the depth of the beam increases during the
(Fig. 3.). The necessary CSB with diamond-shaped fabrication process. The load-bearing capacity of a beam can
apertures is obtained after the welding process. (Fig. 4.) [5]. be increased simultaneously with its depth. A beam exposed
to loading may buckle at the web-post and buckle lateral to
torsional due to its deeper design. Research indicates that
stiffeners in transverse and longitudinal web segment of the
beam aids in reducing these failures [6]. Stiffeners are the
structural members used for strengthen moment and shear
resistance of steel members. Stiffeners can be used in the
longitudinal direction, transverse direction, or along the
Fig. 3. After removal of waste parts beam is ready for rejoining (source: portion of openings [7].
drawing from AutoCAD)
A. Fiber Reinforced Polymer (FRP)
At the present time, the use of FRP has been widely done
particularly for repair and rehabilitation works of RCC, steel
and composite structures. The four types of fiber-reinforced
polymers (FRP) that are used to strengthen structural
Fig. 4. Castellated beam with diamond shaped web opening (source: members are basalt fiber-reinforced polymer (BFRP), aramid
drawing from AutoCAD) fiber-reinforced polymer (ARFP), glass fiber-reinforced
polymer (GFRP), and carbon fiber-reinforced polymer
B. Types of Castellated Beam (CFRP). FRP represents a two-phase composite material
CSB with different types of web shaped openings comprising a continuous matrix and implanted dispersed
including circle, square, hexagonal and diamond. phase. Because of its superior strength-to-weight ratio,
corrosion resistance, and flexibility compared to steel
members, fiber-reinforced polymers (FRP) are becoming
more and more used in the construction industry. There are
two types of stiffeners use transverse stiffener and
longitudinal web opening stiffeners [7].
Fig. 5. CSB with circular shaped web openings (source: M. Kowsalya and
G. Iyappan, “Study on Castellated Web Beam with Optimized Web
Opening – State of the Art Review,” International Journal of Research
Publication and Reviews Vol.1, 2020)

Fig. 9. CSB with transvers sitffeners (source: [Link] and P. Kumbhar, “A

review on study of castellated beams using stiffeners of mild steel and
different fiber reinforced polymers,” Materials Today: Proceedings, 2023 )

Fig. 6. Castellated beam with square shaped web openings (source: M.

Kowsalya and G. Iyappan, “Study on Castellated Web Beam with
Optimized Web Opening – State of the Art Review,” International Journal
of Research Publication and Reviews Vol.1, 2020)

Fig. 10. CSB with longitudinal web opening sitffeners (source: [Link] and
P. Kumbhar, “A review on study of castellated beams using stiffeners of
mild steel and different fiber reinforced polymers,” Materials Today:
Proceedings, 2023)
Fig. 7. CSB with hexagonal shaped web opeings (sourece: M. Kowsalya
and G. Iyappan, “Study on Castellated Web Beam with Optimized Web
Opening – State of the Art Review,” International Journal of Research IV. EXISTING LITERATURE
Publication and Reviews Vol.1, 2020) The research works published by several researchers in the
various journals have been reviewed and is presented in the
following section:
Menkulasi, et al. (2015) analytically investigated the effect
of stiffeners on the behavior of CSB under concentrated
loads by carrying out non-linear finite analysis till the failure
Fig. 8. CSB with diamond shaped web openings (source: M. Kowsalya occurs. The CSB are provided without and with stiffeners of
and G. Iyappan, “Study on Castellated Web Beam with Optimized Web mild steel considering different depth of CSB. The CSB are
Opening – State of the Art Review,” International Journal of Research subjected to concentrated loads applied at three different
Publication and Reviews Vol.1, 2020) locations viz., at the center of opening, at the center of the
full height web and between the web and the making an
III. SIFFENERS opening to conceal the potential range of the concentrated
The castellation process involves cutting a zigzag pattern force location. The results of study indicated that the load
in the parent solid steel I-beam and rejoining the beam with carrying capacity of CSB provide with stiffeners increased

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.75

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
by a maximum of 2.82%. From results authors concluded According to the authors' findings, the CSB strengthened by
that use of stiffeners contributes in enhancing the load high strength concrete with laced reinforcement perform
carrying capacity and also prevent the web post bucking of better in respect of load carrying capacity and ductility [11].
CSB. Additionally, the authors have provided a simplified
Deshmukh and Kasnale (2019) have used ABAQUS
method for figuring out the web post buckling limit state
under compression and have proposed that stiffeners are software to analyse and perform a parametric study of the
CSB equipped with transverse FRP stiffeners by varying the
required to enhance CSB performance [2].
thickness. As part of the study, an experiment is also carried
Jamadar and Kumbhar (2015) conduct a parametric study on out to determine the load carrying capacity and deflection of
the CSB with openings that are diamond, hexagonal, and CSB with stiffeners under two-point loading. The study's
circular in shape in order to optimise the opening by varying findings show that when compared to the corresponding
the ratios of opening depth to overall depth (D/Do) and values of CSB without stiffeners, the CSB's load carrying
opening spacing to opening depth (S/Do). Analysis of CSB is capability with stiffeners increased by a mean value of
done using ABAQUS software. The study's findings show 11.03% and the deflection decreased by a mean value of
that the CSB with circular apertures of 0.73D can support a 28.47%. Further, load-bearing capability of stiffeners, the
maximum load of 32.5 kN for S/Do=1.4 and D/Do=1.41, former is found to be higher by 7.39% and the deflection to
while the CSB with diamond openings of 0.67D can support be lower by 7.08% when compared to CSB with FRP
a maximum load of 34 kN. The authors come to the stiffeners. According to the study's findings, using stiffeners
conclusion that CSBs with diamond-shaped openings in the CSB's web section helps to minimise failures [12].
perform better than CSBs with other shaped openings [8].
Morkhade et al. (2020) examined the operation of the CSB,
Girija, et al. (2018) in order to calculate load carrying which comes with or without steel stiffeners encircling the
capacity and deflections, a comparative study was conducted web apertures and features square, circular, hexagonal, and
on the behaviour of CSB with hexagonal and circular web octagonal web apertures. The load carrying capacity and
openings, as well as those featuring vertical and diagonal deflection are calculated using ANSYS software. According
stiffeners, under two-point loading. The ANSYS software is to the findings, CSB had a 44% higher load-bearing capacity
used to carry out the analysis. The results of analysis indicate than traditional steel I-beams. When CSB with stiffeners
that in comparison to CSBs with circular web openings that surrounding apertures is compared to CSB without stiffeners,
include diagonal stiffeners, the shear carrying capacity of the average increase in load carrying capacity is found to be
CSBs with hexagonal web openings increases by 31.68% 36%. The studies conclude that adding stiffeners around the
while the beam's stability is decreased. The authors conclude openings can help keep the CSB from buckling at the web
that, hexagonal opening with diagonal stiffeners is preferred [13].
than circular opening as it gives more load carrying capacity
[9]. Yustisia, et al. (2020) used ABAQUS software to examine
the performance of CSB with hexagonal, octagonal, and
Thomas and Baskar (2018) examined the behavior of the diamond-shaped openings under axial load and stress-strain
CSB both analytically and experimentally for a variety of conditions both with and without coupled plates on the web
parameters, such as the castellation depth ratio and the weld weld joints. The CSB with coupled plate on web weld joints
length ratio, in order to strengthen the CSB using various undergoes with axial load of 75kN. The results indicate that
CFRP wrapping techniques that involved wrapping the web's the hexagonal opening has minimum displacement 14.24%
edges as well as the angels' inner and outer faces. The results when compared with octagonal openings and diamond
of study, with Type (c), or the outer and inner faces of the openings. The authors come to the conclusion that coupled
flanges wrapping techniques, the CSB provided yields an plate addition to the web joints of the castellated steel beam
average improvement in load carrying capacity of 49%, CSB profile is strongly advised in order to support strength
with CFRP laminates are wrapped in the web openings. The resistance for a long-term structure [14].
authors concluded that the CSB's load carrying capacity is
Kurlapkar and Patil (2021) analyzed the CSB with various
increased by the application of CFRP as a strengthening
technique [10]. parameters (viz. depth and width of web opening) containing
sinusoidal openings by using finite element method (FEM).
Hadeed and Alshimmeri (2019) examined the effects of The specimen of CSB where modified from 100mm I beam.
castellation, both without and with strengthening, on the The two-point loading system and a basic supported system
structural behaviour of CSB using the ABAQUS software. beam were used in the laboratory testing of the CSB. The
The results compare the load carrying capacity and FEM analysis of sinusoidal openings with an opening size of
deflection of the original solid steel I beam. The solid steel I 0.62 times, an overall depth of 1.4, a D/D0 ratio of 1.61, and
beam is considered as model 1 and it is treated as reference a deflection of 1.170 mm was compared to the results of the
model. Three types of castellated beams having different 150 mm high CSB specimen with a deflection of 1.172 mm
configurations (model 2, model 3, and model 4) are analyzed because 0.18% is negligible. As a result, the author draws the
considering two point loading and simple supports. The conclusion that the CSB analysis method was sound based
model 2 is unconfined CSB with hexagonal openings without on the experimental findings [15].
strengthening. The model 3 is confined CSB by high strength
Barkiah and Darmawan (2021) have performed a
concrete on each side of the web. Model 4 is confined CSB
by high strength concrete but with two layers of laced comparative analysis of hexagonal shaped openings and
circular shaped openings of CSB with their flexural behavior
reinforcement (∅ 6mm) on each side of web in an inclined
using ANSYS software. While the CSB test model was
continuous manner. The study's findings showed that the
created using multiple S/Do and D/Do parameter variations.
load carrying capacity of the CSB models—models 2, 3, and
According to the author's analysis of the numerical testing
4—increased by 39.11%, 105.95%, and 124.77%,
results, castellated beams with hexagonal-shaped openings
respectively, in comparison to the original solid beam.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.76

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
perform better in terms of flexural capacity than those with crack etc, when CSB undergoes with loading.
circular openings. The author concludes that, in comparison Therefore, requires strengthening in CSB using
to circular shaped openings, hexagonal shaped openings have stiffeners of different materials.
a superior inertial stiffness value. Due to its larger opening
area compared to the hexagonal opening, the circular  By providing transverse stiffeners with different
opening results in a lower inertial stiffness value [16]. thicknesses, CFRP offers a good opportunity to
study the behaviour of CSBs because it decreases
Patil, et al. (2023) used ABAQUS software to analyze the weight and has been demonstrated to increase load
performance of CSB with variously shaped openings carrying capacity.
(diamond, circular, and hexagonal) under two-point loading
while accounting for the stiffeners surrounding the web ACKNOWLEDGMENT
openings. For the study, stiffeners made of mild steel, CFRP, The authors are grateful to the Director, Rajarambapu
and BFRP are utilised. The analysis is carried out to Institute of Technology (RIT), Rajaramnagar, and the Head
determine the load-carrying capacity and deflection of the of Department, Civil Engineering, Rajarambapu Institute of
beams. The findings show that when CSB with diamond- Technology, for motivating and providing the required
shaped openings and mild steel stiffeners are fitted, their facilities in carrying out this study.
average load-carrying capacities and deflection values are
11.52% higher and 24.07% lower, respectively, than when REFERENCES
CSB with hexagonal and circular openings. Moreover, it is [1] M. Wakchaure, A. Sagade and V. Auti “Parametric study of
found that the load carrying capacity and deflections of CSB castellated beam with varying depth of web opening” International
Journal of Scientific and Research Publications, Volume 2, ISSN
with diamond-shaped openings equipped with stiffeners of 2250-3153, 2012
CFRP and BFRP are 7.6% lower than the corresponding [2] F. Menkulasi, C. Moen, M. Eatherton and D. Kuruppuarachchi,
values of CSB consisting of mild steel stiffeners. The authors “Investigation of Stiffener Requirements in Castellated Beams,”
conclude that compared to the stiffeners of MS, use of FRP Proceedings of the Annual Stability Conference Structural Stability
can be the best option as it benefits in the weight reduction of Research Council Nashville, Tennessee, 2015
structure [17]. [3] S. Haris, P. Sari and Masrilayanti, “Numerical Study of Castellated
Beam with Stiffener – Case on Cantilever Structure,” 3rd
V. RESEARCH GAP International Conference on Disaster Management, IOP Conf. Series:
Earth and Environmental Science 1173, 2023
Based on a thorough review of the literature, it can be [4] C. Thakur and A. Hardiya, “A Review- Optimization of Castellated
observed that various stiffener types have been used to study Beam with Stiffener,” International Research Journal of Engineering
the failure modes and increase the load carrying capacity of and Technology (IRJET), Vol.06, 2019
castellated beams under two point loading. Use of mild steel [5] S. Mail and P. Kumbhar, “Comparative study on behaviour of
castellated beams with diamond and hexagonal shaped openings using
stiffeners is commonly done for strengthening the steel and CFRP stiffenners”, Asian Journal of Civil Engineering, 2023
CSB. However, the use of mild steel as stiffener causes [6] N. Deshmukh and A. Kasnale, “Parametric study of castellated beam
increase in the weight of structure and also the mild steel is with coupled stiffener”, International Journal of Advance Research,
susceptible to corrosive actions. Due to its favourable Ideas and Innovations in Technology, Vol.5, (2019)
qualities, including its light weight, non-corrosive nature, [7] [Link] and P. Kumbhar, “A review on study of castellated beams
durability, and high strength to weight ratio, fibre reinforced using stiffeners of mild steel and different fiber reinforced polymers,”
Materials Today: Proceedings, 2023
polymer (FRP) has seen widespread application in recent
[8] A. Jamadar and P. Kumbhar, “Parametric Study of castellated beam
years, particularly for reinforcing steel and RCC structures. with circular and diamond shaped openings,” International Research
Additionally, research has demonstrated that using FRP Journal of Engineering and Technology, IRJET 2(2), 715-722, 2015
stiffeners improves the CSB's ability to support loads. These [9] K. Girija, K. Narayanan, and B. Anupriya, “Strength study of
days, it's usual practice to strengthen CSB with variously stiffeners on castellated beam for circular and hexagonal opening
using ANSYS,” National Journal of Multidisciplinary Research and
shaped openings by using CFRP strips as stiffeners. Very Development, Vol.3, 2018
few studies have been carried out on CSB using FRP or [10] A. Thomas and K. Baskar, “Strengthening of thin-walled castellated
other types stiffeners till their failure stage. Therefore, there beams using CFRP,” International Journal for Computational
is a good chance to investigate how CSB with variously Methods in Engineering Science and Mechanics, Vol.19, 2018
shaped openings behaves when subjected to two point [11] S. Hadeed, and A. Alshimmeri, “Comparative Study of Structural
loading with CFRP stiffeners until failure. Behaviour for Rolled and Castellated Steel Beams with Different
Strengthening Techniques,” Civil Engineering Journal, Vol. 5, No. 6,
2019
VI. CONCLUSION
[12] N. Deshmukh and A. Kasnale, “Parametric study of castellated beam
From the study of literature review, following conclusion are with coupled stiffener,” International Journal of Advance Research,
drawn: Ideas and Innovations in Technology, Vol.5, 2019
[13] S. Morkhade, R. Lokhande, U. Gund, A. Divate, S. Deosarkar, and M.
 The CSB is more advantageous for steel structure Chavan,“Structural behaviour of castellated steel beams with
industry such as, weight reduction, increase in reinforced web openings, “Asian Journal of Civil Engineering, 2020
strength, flexible, material efficiency, ease in [14] V. Yustisia, B. Suswanto, D. Irawan, and D. Iranata, ‘‘The structural
installation, long-span capabilities, customization behaviour of castellated beam with shape variation using finite
by shape and size of CSB and excellent balance element methods,’’IOP Conf. Series : Materials Science and
Engineering Research (ICCER), 2020
between strength and weight with aesthetic
[15] R. Kurlapkar and A. Patil, “Optimization of various parameters of
appearance. castellated beam containing sinusoidal openings,” International
Journal of Engineering Research and Technology (IJERT), Vol.10,
 The CSB failure is of different modes viz., web 2021
post buckling, flexure failure, torsional failure,
shear failure, Vierendeel mechanism, and web weld

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.77

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
[16] I. Barkiah and A. Darmawan, “Comparative behaviour of flexural
capacity castellated beam of hexagonal opening with circular
opening,” International Research Journal of Civil Engineering and
Technology (IRJCIET), Vol.12, 2021
[17] S. Patil, P. Kumbhar, and R. Kurlapkar, “Comparative study on
behaviour of castellated beams of different shaped openings provided
with mild steel and FRP stiffeners,” Asian Journal of Civil
Engineering, 2023
[18] M. Kowsalya and G. Iyappan, “Study on Castellated Web Beam with
Optimized Web Opening – State of the Art Review,” International
Journal of Research Publication and Reviews Vol.1, 2020

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.78

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

A review on behaviour of pre-engineered buildings with

different bracings under various seismic and wind zones
1stTanmay Jangam 2ndPopat Kumbhar
Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering
Rajarambapu Insitute of Technology, Rajarambapu Insititute of Technology,
Rajaramnagar Rajaramnagar
Islampur, India Islampur, India
jangamtanmay95@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract—Steel is used as an essential construction market available hot-rolled structural members and are
material for steel and composite structures because of its usually constructed with the provision of trusses. The CSB
various advantageous properties viz., flexibility, ductility, structures are constructed at the site by adopting standard
high strength-to-weight ratio etc. Steel structures fabrication processes, but requires more time for their
consisting longer spans has become the need of any completion. Mostly, the CSB are constructed using market-
industrial structure which can be satisfied by available steel sections which may not be suitable for
constructing pre-engineered buildings (PEB). A construction on account of not meeting the design
considerable growth in the PEB construction is observed requirements because of their larger sectional sizes or
properties. Further, such steel sections are of unvarying
as they offer various advantages like shorter erection
cross-sections even though the stresses in them go on
time, economy, better quality, low maintenance etc. PEB
varying in them from one point to another point along the
structures consists structural frame, standard roof and section’s length. Due to this the overall weight of the
wall support that are fabricated in the factory and in structure gets increase and hence such structures are
which additional steel is eliminated using the tapered required to be provided with large sized footings [2]. This
sections according to the bending moment requirements. drawbacks of CSB can be eliminated by implementing the
Several researchers have carried out the study on perception of pre-engineered building (PEB). The concept
behavior of PEB considering various types of bracings of PEB involves forming the frame geometry that matches
like X, K, V, and diagonal etc. considering specific well with the bending moment diagram which helps in
seismic and wind zones. In this paper, a rigorous contributing in the optimization of steel quantity and also
literature review is carried out to know the behavior of dropping the total mass of the structure [3]. So, in the PEB
PEB considering various types of bracings and their the components or members can have their cross-sections
locations in different seismic and wind zones. The review varying in nature throughout their length as per the (BM)
study reveals that, the PEB are more efficient structures bending moment diagram. A PEB is a kind of structure in
when compared over conventional steel buildings (CSB), which the components are design and fabricated in the
however their behavior in different seismic and wind factory and then assembled at construction side using bolted
zones for large openings needs to be explored. connections [4]. PEB are steel structure which contains of
frames and members with metal sheets on the roof and on
Keywords— Pre-engineered buildings, Conventional the exterior walls, viz., rigid frames, bracing members,
steel buildings, seismic zones, wind zones, types of cold-formed steel secondary structural members. The PEB
bracings, large openings. have gained popularity in recent years, due to their various
advantageous properties viz., energy and cost-effective, less
Introduction in mass, less erection time over the CSB [5].
In the present modern construction age, the steel is A. Components of PEB
considered to be the most widely used materials of
construction due to its various advantageous properties viz., PEB contains of various components members viz.
developed strength, developed flexibility, ideal cost, Primary, secondary, and some miscellaneous [Link]
reliability, durability, recyclability, etc. The steel primary members are made of hot-rolled steel sections and
productions are growing quickly over world because of the consist of columns and rafters that are usually with tapered
increased use of steel structures. The steel structures offer shapes. Purlins and cherts are secondary members that are
advantages such as speedy construction, and fulfilment of commonly cold-formed members. Members include sheets,
the required greater spans and heavy loads. Additionally, gutters, trims and other accessories classified under
the steel structures are more earthquake resistant over miscellaneous members. Figure 1 shows the PEB structure
concrete structures [1]. The conventional steel structures or and its various components. [6].
buildings (CSB) are generally fabricated by using the

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.79

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Roof purlin
Roof purlin

Wall grit
Haunch column

Figure 1. Prefabricated building and components

(Source: [Link]

CSB structures decreases as the span increases. Further, the

A. Literature review
weight of the PEB structure is seen to be decreased by
The research works published by several researchers in typical value of 30%, when associated over the weight of
various national and international journals regarding the CSB. The study concluded that the PEB structure is more
behaviour of PEB are rigorously studied and offered in the economical in comparison with the CSB structure [9].
following section. Tale and Vasugi, (2019) performed a comparative analysis
Rao and Vishwanath (2014) have performed comparative of PEB and CSB structures to determine the responses with
analysis and design of PEB and CSB structures in Staad pro different types of bracing such as X, K, diagonal, alternating
software with dynamic forces (including wind forces) and diagonal and inverted V-type. Further, the weight of the
medium size openings (i.e., 5% area of openings). The structures is also determined. The analysis of PEB and CSB
responses of the PEB and CSB viz., bending moment, shear was carried out by staad pro software consisting different
force and support reactions are determined by software loads and with medium size openings (i.e., 5 to 20%). The
analysis. The results of the study specify that the values of study indicated that the values of base shear and
bending moment, shear force and support reactions of PEB displacement get reduced by (16.94%) and (43.18%)
get reduced by 4.96% 21.5%, and 21.3% correspondingly respectively for the PEB with V-type bracings when
when related with equivalent values of CSB. Further, a equated with matching values of CSB. However, The
reduction of 36% in the steel quantity is found in PEB as natural period for PEB increases by 36% with V-type
compared to CSB. The study concludes that the PEB are bracings. The concludes that the performance of CSB and
advantageous over CSB in reducing structural responses PEB structures gets improved when these structures are
and also contribute in material and cost savings [7]. provided with V-type of bracings [5].
Somasekharan and Vasugi (2017) have analyzed and Sai et al. (2021) conducted a comparative study on the
designed PEB and CSB using SAP 2000-18 software performance of PEB on structural responses with different
considering different sections viz., Indian standard angle, bay systems considering the wind zones of two different
universal beam, universal column, and square hollow for locations, i.e. Vijayawada and Hyderabad. The PEB was
determining the most economical chord section for truss analyzed and designed by considering wind and seismic
based on the values of deflection. The analysis of PEB and forces and assuming medium size openings (i.e., 5 to 20%)
CSB along with V, X, K and diagonal bracings was then using Stade Pro software to determine responses such as,
performed to determine most economical chord section for shear force (SF) and bending moment (BM). Considering
truss considering dead, live, wind loads and assuming the magnitudes of SF and BM of PEB components as
medium area openings (i.e., 20%). The results indicate that obtained by the software analysis, the gematrical properties
the PEB with K type of bracings contributes in the of the components of PEB are decided for determining the
maximum reduction of deflection by 5.83% when equated weight of structures. The results of study shows that the total
to the deflection of CSB. The study concluded that PEB weight of the structure located in Hyderabad is reduced by
with bracing of type K performs well when compared with 11.04% when equated with the weight of PEB structure
CSB with regard to the economic feasibility [8]. located at Vijayawada. From the results, it is concluded that
Bhadoria and Pathak (2017) have performed a comparative the wind speed and seismic zones affects the structural
analysis of PEB and CSB considering varying spans ranging weight and sectional sizes of the PEB components [10].
from 10m to 50m with an interval of 10m. The analysis of Varma and Chandak (2022) have done analysis and design
PEB and CSB for different spans viz., 10m, 20m, 30m, 40m, of an pre-engineered industrial warehouse structure by
and 50m is carried out in Staad pro consisting of dead, live, Staad Pro software with various loads dead, live, collateral,
wind, seismic loads including with medium size openings wind, and their combinations. The analysis was performed
(i.e., 5 to 20%). The analysis results for the weight and cost by assuming medium size of openings (i.e., 5 to 20%) as per
parameters for the structures (i.e., PEB and CSB) are the provisions of IS:875-1987 (part 3). Research results
compared in view of finding the economic structure. The indicate that the structure of the PEB is optimized to achieve
results indicates that the cost and weight of the PEB and the lowest possible weight of 253 KN. Therefore, the study

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.80

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
concludes that the PEB structure is more economical and transverse bracing enhances PEB performance in all
efficient than the CSB structure. [3]. seismic zones. [13].
Suthar [Link] (2022) performed a comparative analysis of
B. Research Gap
PEB structures with six different bracing types, viz., V, V,
cross, K, X, and reverse tie. The analysis was performed A thorough analysis of the literature reveals that different
using Staad pro and SAP-2000 software with different types of bracing, including V, inverted V, diagonal, X, and
seismic zones (i.e., II, III, IV, V) and wind speeds (i.e., 39 K, have been taken into consideration while designing and
m/s, 44 m/s, 47 m/s and 50 m/s). The assumed opening area analysing CSB and PEB structures. In addition, the study is
for PEB analysis and design is 20% larger (i.e., larger conducted considering some specific seismic and wind
opening). The responses of the PEB structure, viz., shear zones. Furthermore, most researchers have analyzed CSB
force, axial force, displacement and bending moment, are and PEB structures considering moderate opening areas
determined. The amount of steel taken was also obtained. (i.e., 5% to 20%). Very few studies have been conducted
From the results, it can be concluded that PEB with assuming large opening areas in exterior walls (i.e., more
inverted V-bracing provides better lateral stiffness and is than 20%). Studies have indicated that the performance of
more economical than PEB without bracing. [11]. PEB structures improves significantly with diagonal, X,
Gupta et al. (2022) performed analysis and design of PEB inverted V, and K type bracing to achieve the required
with dimensions (i.e., 120m x 35m x 24m) using ETABS structural responses as well as economic feasibility.
software considering varying bay spacing of 5,7.5, and Therefore, there is a good chance to investigate how PEB
10m. The analysis is performed on the structural responses, behaves when given particular bracing types (such diagonal,
specifically shear forces and bending moments, X, inverted V, and K). and to consider for different seismic
considering all loads such as dead, operational, wind and and wind zones by assuming large and moderate exposed
earthquake loads. and with medium size openings (i.e., 5 to areas in the exterior structural wall as given in IS: 875-1987
20%). The results from the study indicates that the shear (Part 3).
force and bending moment values increases as the increase
C. Conclusion
in the span by 30.16%,23.01% and 16.63%,22.37%
respectively. The study concludes that the responses of Based on the literature review investigation, the following
structures increase as the span increases which leads to conclusions are drawn:
addition of steel quantity of the structure [12].
Bharmal et al. (2023) performed behavioral comparison • Compared to CSB constructions, the total weight of PEB
between CSB and PEB by analyzing it in Staad Pro V8i structures is around 10–30% less, because PEB structures
software consisting wind and seismic loads as per the are constructed using tapered built-up sections depending
guidelines of IS:875-2015 (part-3) and IS:1893-2016 on the bending moment requirements. Also, PEB structures
respectively. The analysis is performed on CSB and PEB require 30-50% less construction time of the total project
having the size of 22m x 42m x13m (eave level) duration.
considering various types of bracing (such as X, V, K and • PEB structures can be used advantageously for large spans
diagonal) considering all seismic zones (such as II, III, IV, up to 20m without any intermediate support.
and V) and moderate soil types and moderate exposures
(i.e., 5 to 20%). From the analysis of CSB and PEB under • The behavior of PEB provided with specific type of bracing
consideration. The results for responses viz. deflection and needs to be explored considering soil types for different
natural time period are determined. When compared to the seismic zones, wind zones and medium and large opening
values of deflection and natural time period of CSB with areas.
diagonal bracing in all seismic zones, the study's findings Acknowledgment
demonstrate that PEB reduces these factors by 20.53% and The head of the department of civil engineering at
13.41%, respectively, with diagonal bracing. Furthermore, Rajarambapu Institute of Technology (RIT), Rajaramnagar,
compared to CSB with diagonal bracing, PEB with and the director of RIT are appreciated by the authors for
diagonal bracing uses 6.34% less steel. According to the their encouragement and provision of the facilities needed
study's findings, PEB performs better when diagonal to carry out this study.
bracing is available. [2].
Bharmal etc. (2023) examined the analytical structural REFERENCES
behavior of the PEB with all seismic zones (i.e., II, III, IV,
and V) and medium soil type, using a variety of bracing [1] L. Sharma, N. Taak, and P. Mishra, “A comparative study between
types (X, V, K, and diagonal). The Staad Pro software the pre-engineered structures and conventional structures using
Staad Pro”. Materials today: Proceedings. [Link] Science
analyzes the PEB dimensions (22 x 44 m) to determine the direct. com/ science/ artic le/ abs/ pii/ S221478532040660.
most effective bracing type that can withstand wind, [2] P. Bharmal, P. Kumbhar, and K. Gumaste, “Structural behaviour of
seismic stresses, and moderate-sized apertures (i.e., 5 to pre-engineered industrial buildings provided with different types of
20%). When the mean values of displacement and natural bracings in various seismic zones”, Asian Journal of Civil
period of PEB with X, V, and K types of bracing are Engineering, August 2023.
considered, structural responses, i.e., displacement and [3] A. Varma, R. Chandak, “Analysis and design of pre-engineered
building with different parameters”, International Journal for
natural period outcomes for PEB with diagonal strain, are Research in Applied Science & Engineering Technology
observed to be decreased by 13 and 15.80%, respectively. (IJRASET), Volume 10 Issue III, March 2022.
The study's findings demonstrated that the presence of

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.81

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
[4] F. Rahman, DOI: https:// the constructor. org/ building/ pre- Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET) Volume: 04 Issue:
engineered- steel- building- components- difference- advantages/ 09 , September 2017.
37187/, 2023. [10] V. Sai, P. Poluraj, and B. Rao, Structural performance of pre-
[5] S. Tale, K. Vasugi, “Effect of bracing under different loading for engineered uilbding: A Comparative Study, International
conventional and pre engineering industrial structure”, International Conference on Advances in Civil Engineering (ICACE), 2021.
Journal of Recent Technology and Engineering (IJRTE) ISSN: [11] M. Suthar, A. Suthar, M. Sankhla, “Structural analysis of pre-
2277-3878 (Online), Volume-8, Issue-1, May 2019. engineered building using different types of bracing on lateral load”,
[6] M. Gawade, U. Waghe, “Study of pre-engineered building concept”. International Journal of Advances in Engineering and Management
Journal of Research in Engineering and Applied Sciences (JREAS), (IJAEM) Volume 4, Issue 6, June 2022.
3(03), 88–91. ISSN. 2456-6403, 2018. [12] B. Gupta, Y. Dhana, B. Rani, “Structural analysis and design of pre-
[7] K. M. Rao, K. N. Vishwanath, “Design optimisation of an industrial engineered buildings for different geometrics and bracings”,
structure from steel frame to pre-engineered building”, International International Journal of Research Publication and Reviews, Vol 3,
Journal of Research in Advent Technology, Vol.2, No.9, September no 11, pp 2588-2603, November 2022.
2014. [13] P. Bharmal, P. Kumbhar, K. Gumaste, “Comparative study on the
[8] S. Somasekharan, K. Vasugi, “Wind load analysis for industrial of conventional and pre‑engineered buildings provided with
building with different bracing patterns and its comparison with pre- different types of bracing”, Asian Journal of Civil Engineering,
engineered building”, International Journal of Civil Engineering and July 2023.
Technology (IJCIET) Volume 8, Issue 4, pp. 1074–1085, April
2017.
[9] S. Bhadoria, Y. Pathak, “Comparative study of pre-engineered
building and conventional steel structures”, International Research

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.82

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

A Review on Fiber Reinforced Concrete Subjected

to Elevated Temperature
1st Shweta Kumbhar 2nd Prof. S. N. Patil 3rd Prof. M. M. Maske
Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering
Rajarambapu Institute of Technology, Rajarambapu Institute of Technology, Rajarambapu Institute of Technology,
Rajaramnagar Rajaramnagar Rajaramnagar
Islampur, India Islampur, India Islampur, India
shwetakumbhar8006@[Link] [Link]@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— Nowadays, fiber reinforced concrete (FRC) is coir, sugarcane, jute, banana, etc. The purpose of each type
becoming more popular because of many advantages like of fiber is different for different applications.
increase in the impact and tensile strength of concrete. Use of The fibers are added in concrete to enhance the properties of
FRC minimizes or totally eliminates the steel reinforcement in concrete viz.
concrete. FRC is the composite material in which discrete,
discontinuous, uniformly dispersed fibers are embedded in • To increase tensile strength
concrete. The different types of fibers can be added in concrete • To control crack width and increase
viz. steel, glass, polypropylene, carbon, basalt, natural fibers, durability
etc. These fibers can be added in any type of concrete viz. self • To improve impact strength of concrete
compacting concrete, high strength concrete, foamed concrete, • To minimize steel reinforcement
etc. to improve the mechanical properties of concrete. FRC is requirement
used in the heavy structures like bridges, tunnel, high rise
buildings, pavement, etc. There are chances of concrete getting II. EXISTING LITERATURE
exposed to elevated temperatures due to various reasons. Hence,
there is need to study the behavior of FRC at the elevated Akash et al. (2022) have done study on the M25 grade
temperatures. This paper provides the literature review on the concrete with coir fibers and polypropylene fibers. The fibers
fiber reinforced concrete subjected to the elevated temperature. were added in different proportions of 0.2%, 0.4%, 0.6% and
From the study, it is concluded that, there is need to study the 0.8% by cement mass. The slump test was carried out on the
FRC with different fibers subjected to the higher temperature fresh concrete. The concrete cubes of size
more than 800℃. 150mmX150mmX150mm, cylinder of 150mm diameter and
300mm height and beam of size 100mmX100mmX500mm
Keywords— concrete, fiber reinforced concrete, fiber, elevated
were casted. These specimens were subjected to the
temperature, self compacting concrete, steel fibers.
temperature of 200℃. The concrete specimens were cured for
I. INTRODUCTION 28 days. The concrete was tested for compressive strength,
flexural tensile strength, split tensile strength, and modulus of
Fiber reinforced concrete is a building material whose elasticity before and after exposing to the temperature. From
utilisation in concrete industry has been rapidly increasing. the research, authors have concluded that, coconut (coir)
One of the main building materials in civil engineering fibers have been improved the strength and fire resisting
structures that may be attacked by fire during their service life properties more than the polypropylene fibers [2].
is concrete, which causes serious damage to the structures and
causes a significant number of casualties and property loss Bamigboye et al. (2020) have studied the behavior of
[1]. Hence there is need to study the effect of fire on concrete. concrete fiber reinforced with the treated and untreated
In the heavy and congested reinforced construction, the use coconut fibers. The fibers were treated using the water and
of self compacting concrete is very common due to the self chemicals. These fibers were added in different proportions
compacting property and good workability. The self of 0.25%, 0.5%, 0.75% and 1% by the weight of cement.
compacting concrete is the type of concrete that flows under After preparing the concrete, slump test and compacting
its own weight without any external vibrations. The self factor test were carried out to check the workability of
compacting property is imparted by adding the mineral and concrete. Then the cubes were cured for the period of 7, 14,
chemical admixtures or by increasing the water cement ratio 21 and 28 days. The casted cubes were heated at the
up to certain limit. The different workability tests are temperature of 150℃ to 250℃ for two hours. Then the
conducted on fresh self compacting concrete like L-box test, compressive strength of concrete was checked before and
slump flow test, U-box test, J-ring test, etc. The fibers are after heating. From the study, it was observed that, the
added to the self compacting concrete to primarily impart the concrete strength increases up to 0.5% of fibers but beyond
tensile strength to the concrete, because concrete is good in 0.5%, higher the fiber content, lower the strength of concrete.
compression but weak in tension. By using fiber reinforced The authors have concluded that, the untreated fibers have
concrete, the conventional reinforcement can be partially or been imparted higher strength than the concrete with treated
fully eliminated from the concrete. There are various types of fibers [3].
fibers used in concrete like steel fibers, polypropylene fibers,
glass fibers, asbestos fibers, carbon fibers, natural fibers like

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.83

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Novak and Kohoutkova (2017) have studied the fiber exposed to the elevated temperature of 400℃, 600℃ and
reinforced concrete at elevated temperature. For the fiber- 800℃ for the varying period of 2hr and 4hr in muffle furnace.
reinforced concrete, the authors used steel fibers, synthetic The compressive strength test was carried out on the cubes
fibers, and hybrid fibers (steel + synthetic). For the study, after cooling to the room temperature. Authors have
temperatures between 100℃ and 1200℃ were taken into concluded that, steel fibers gave better results of compressive
consideration. The tensile and compressive strength of fiber strength at all three temperatures, but the fluctuations in
reinforced concrete at elevated temperatures were examined. compressive strength were higher than that of glass fibers.
From the experiment, authors have concluded that, the Addition of fibers have been reduced the risk of spalling. It
compressive strength of steel fiber reinforced concrete was concluded that, the higher development of compressive
increases up to 200℃ but reduces after the further increase in strength was seen in the 1% steel fiber and 0.5%
the temperature. The synthetic fiber reinforced concrete polypropylene fiber reinforced concrete [7].
negatively impacted on the compressive strength and tensile
strength after exposing to the high temperature. The hybrid
fiber reinforced concrete considerably improved the Benzerara et al. (2023) have studied the concrete fiber
mechanical properties of concrete [4]. reinforced with polyethylene terephthalate fibers. The study
was done by varying the percentage of fibers as 1% and 2%.
AL-Radi et al. (2021) have considered the self compacting The specimens of size 4X4X16 cm3 were prepared and then
concrete fiber reinforced with the hooked end steel fibers, exposed to the higher temperature of range 100℃, 300℃,
polypropylene fibers and hybrid fibers (steel + 500℃ and 700℃ for 1hr in Nebertherm muffle furnace.
polypropylene). The proportion of fibers considered was 1% Authors have suggested to maintain the proper heating rate as
by concrete volume and for hybrid fibers it was 0.5% for each 1℃/min rate results in bursting of specimen while 0.1℃/min
type of fiber. The concrete cubes and cylinders were casted rate do not burst the specimen. The various properties of
with and without fibers. The fresh concrete was tested for concrete were tested before and after applying the heat like
slump flow test, T50 test and L-box test to check the mass loss, compressive strength and tensile strength. The
workability of self compacting concrete. After casting, the microstructure of the concrete at different temperature
specimens were cured and exposed to the higher temperatures exposure was studied by the SEM testing technique. From the
of 200℃, 400℃, 600℃ and 800℃ in electric oven with the SEM testing it was concluded that, the voids in concrete
heating rate of 5℃/min for 1 hour to ensure the attainment of increases due to the evaporation of water and melting of
same temperature throughout the specimen. The concrete fibers at very high temperature. From the experiment
specimens further tested for the compressive strength, conducted, authors have concluded that the addition of
ultrasonic pulse velocity test, spalling and mass loss before polyethylene terephthalate fibers did not improve the
and after exposing to the temperature. From the research, it compressive strength but it reduced the chances of spalling
was concluded that the mechanical properties of SCC with and cracking. Above 300℃, the compressive strength
steel fibers have been increased up to the temperature of decreased more rapidly [8].
200℃ and then reduces above 400℃. The mechanical
properties of concrete with polypropylene fibers have been Abdul Rasoul et al. (2020) have considered the concrete fiber
reduced as the temperature increases [5]. reinforced with waste polypropylene fibers which were
drawn from the strips of waste plastic drinking cups. The
Abid et al. (2022) have used the hooked end steel fibers with different sample were prepared by varying percentage of
varying proportions of 0.5% and 1%. The concrete cubes of fibers like 0.5% and 1%. The cubes of size 100mm, cylinders
size 100mm and disc of diameter 150mm and thickness of size 100mmX200mm and beams of size
63mm were casted and cured for 28 days. The plain concrete 1250mmX150mmX100mm reinforced with 12mm diameter
and fiber reinforced concrete were subjected to the elevated bars and 8mm shear reinforcement were casted to perform
temperature of 200℃, 400℃ and 600℃ in an electric furnace different tests on the concrete. After curing for 28 days, the
with heating rate of 4℃/min. Then the concrete cubes were specimens were heated to 400℃ in blast fire furnace. The
tested for the compressive strength while discs were tested compressive strength, split tensile strength, modulus of
for the impact strength of concrete before and after exposing elasticity, density and flexural behavior was examined before
to the high temperatures. From the experiment, authors have and after application of heat. From the experiment, authors
concluded that, despite of increase in temperature, the steel have concluded that the properties of concrete enhanced by
fibers always improved the compressive strength of concrete the addition of polypropylene fibers up to 0.5%, further
by increasing the proportion of fibers. Steel fiber reinforced addition of fibers reduces the mechanical properties [9].
concrete performed better at failure stage than at cracking
stage. After exposing to the higher temperature, the impact Jameran et al. (2015) have considered the concrete of grade
strength of concrete dramatically deteriorated [6]. C40, fiber reinforced with mix of steel and polypropylene
fibers. The proportion of combination of both the fibers of
Zuhair and Deshmukh (2018) have studied the performance 1.5% was considered while casting of specimens. The 1.5%
of different types of fibers in self compacting fibers with proportion was further divided among the two fibers as:
different proportions at elevated temperature. Authors have
considered the self compacting concrete of M30 grade. The
concrete was fiber reinforced with steel fibers, glass fibers
and polypropylene fibers with the varying proportion of 0.5%
and 1%. After curing for 7 days, the concrete cubes were

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.84

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
TABLE I. PERCENTAGE OF STEEL AND POLYPROPYLENE FIBERS casted with the varying density of 700 kg/m3, 1100 kg/m3,
Sample Percentage of fibers 1500 kg/m3 and 1900 kg/m3. The cubes of
100mmX100mmX100mm and beams of size
Steel fibers (%) Polypropylene fibers (%)
100mmX100mmX500mm were casted. After 28days of
Sample 1 100 0 curing, the specimens were exposed to the elevated
temperature of 105℃, 200℃, 300℃, 400℃, 500℃, 600℃,
Sample 2 75 25 700℃ and 800℃ in an electric furnace. The specimens were
Sample 3 50 50 tested for compressive strength and flexural strength. From
the graphs, it was concluded that up to certain percentage of
Sample 4 25 75 fibers in concrete, compressive and flexural strength
Sample 5 0 100 increased but beyond that limit the same was decreased at all
temperature range. By increasing the density of foamed
The cubes of size 150mm, prism of size concrete, the percentage requirement of fibers increased to
150mmX150mmX550mm and cylinders of size 150mm attain the maximum compressive and flexural strength [12].
diameter and 300mm height were casted with the fibers. After
curing for 28 days, the specimens were heated to the He et al. (2023) have considered the concrete fiber reinforced
temperature of 200℃ and 400℃ for 1hr and then tested for with the hybrid fibers. The two sets of hybrid fibers were
compressive strength, split tensile strength and flexural considered for the study, one is the combination of long
strength. From the study, authors have concluded that, the hooked end and medium hooked end steel fibers, high
mechanical properties of concrete get enhanced due to strength short wave shaped steel fibers while in other set the
addition of fibers in concrete. The concrete samples having high strength short wave shaped steel fibers were replaced by
more percentage of steel fibers performed better for all the the polypropylene fibers. From this concrete, cylinder of
properties tested [10]. diameter 100mm and height 200mm were casted. Then the
specimens were subjected to the high temperature of 200℃,
Amin et al. (2020) have studied the effect of elevated 400℃, 600℃ and 800℃ for 2hr at heating rate of 1℃/min.
temperature on fiber reinforced lightweight concrete. The The specimens were cooled down at the rate of 1℃/min.
glass fibers and polypropylene fibers with varying percentage After cooling the specimens subjected to 400℃ and 600℃
of 0.2% and 0.4% by concrete volume were added in the were recured in water for 3 weeks. The specimens were tested
concrete. After curing, the concrete was casted in following for the compression stress strain curve. The water
different specimens: evaporation ration was determined to check the effect of
recuring on concrete. The damage degree of concrete after
TABLE II. TYPE AND SIZE OF CONCRETE SPECIMEN FOR DIFFERENT exposing to elevated temperature was calculated to evaluate
TESTS
the deterioration of concrete from the ultrasonic pulse
Sr. Type of Size of sample Curing Test velocity. The other properties were also considered to check
No. sample period the performance of concrete fiber reinforced with hybrid
1. Cube 100X100X100mm 7, 28, 90 Compressive
days strength fibers like elastic modulus and toughness. From the
experiment conducted, authors have concluded that, the
2. Cylinder 100mm dia., 200mm 28 days Split tensile properties of concrete slightly enhanced by the addition of
height strength hybrid fibers before and after exposing to the elevated
3. Prism 100X100X500mm 28 days Flexural temperature. The concrete containing short wave shaped steel
strength fibers gave better results than with polypropylene fibers due
the lower melting point of polypropylene fibers [13].
The slump test was performed on fresh concrete to check the
workability of lightweight concrete. The specimens were Prateek et al. (2020) have considered concrete of M30 grade
heated at the temperature of 200℃, 400℃ and 600℃ for 2hr concrete fiber reinforced with coconut fibers. The quantity of
at heating rate of 20℃/min and then cooled down at the rate coconut fibers added was 2% by the weight of cement. The
of 3℃/min. The other properties were also checked before different types of specimens required for different tests were
and after exposed to temperature like unit weight, modulus of casted as follows:
elasticity and microstructural analysis. The microstructural
analysis was done by the SEM test to analyze the ITZ TABLE III. TYPE AND SIZE OF CONCRETE SPECIMEN FOR STRENGTH
TESTS
between aggregate and cement paste. From the study, authors
have concluded that, the addition of fibers to concrete Sr. Type of Size of specimen Test
enhanced the mechanical properties of concrete to some No. specimen
1. Cube 150mmX150mmX150mm Compressive
extent. The glass fibers performed better at elevated strength,
temperature than polypropylene fibers because, the Durability
polypropylene fibers melt at 1700C [11].
2. Cylinder 150mmX300mm Split tensile
strength
Othuman Mydin et al. (2019) have studied the effect of
elevated temperature on foamed concrete fiber reinforced 3. Beam 100mmX100mmX500mm Flexural strength
with coir fibers. The coir fibers were added in different
percentages like 0.1%, 0.2%, 0.3%, 0.4%, 0.5% and 0.6%. These specimens were cured for 7days and 28days. After
The foamed concrete fiber reinforced with coir fibers were curing, the concrete was exposed to elevated temperature of

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.85

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
200℃, 400℃, 600℃, 800℃ and 1000℃ for 2hr in an significant enhancement in the mechanical properties of
electric furnace at the heating rate of 10℃/min. Then the test concrete by the addition of polypropylene fibers [16].
for compressive strength, split tensile strength, flexural
strength and loss of weight were carried out on the concrete. Abadel et al. (2023) have considered ultra-high performance
To check the performance of concrete fiber reinforced with concrete fiber reinforced with different types of fibers. The
coconut fibers in aggressive environment, concrete cubes hooked end fibers, polypropylene fibers, polyvinyl alcohol
were immersed in sulphuric acid, sodium sulphate solution fibers and hybrid of these fibers were used to study in varying
and sodium chloride each with concentration of 10% and proportions. Fresh concrete was tested for slump test to check
each for test period of 30 and 60 days. From the experiment, the workability of concrete. Then the concrete was casted in
authors have concluded that, the compressive strength of the cylinder of size 100mmX200mm and prism of size
concrete reduced after exposing to the aggressive 150mmX150mmX600mm. After curing for 28 days,
environment as well as elevated temperature. There was more specimens were heated to the temperature of 100℃, 300℃,
loss weight when immersed in acid than in sulphate and 400℃ and 500℃ for 3hr at the heating rate of 8℃/min. Then
chloride solution [14]. the compressive strength, split tensile strength and flexural
strength of concrete was tested. The properties like unit
Dawood et al. (2019) have used lightweight foamed concrete weight, mass loss, elastic modulus was also considered for
fiber reinforced with carbon and polypropylene fibers. The study. The microstructural analysis by SEM technique was
seven types of samples were casted by varying the percentage also done on concrete. From the experiment, authors have
of fibers in concrete as: suggested to increase the fiber content in concrete to improve
the performance at elevated temperature. The concrete
TABLE IV. PERCENTAGE OF CARBON AND POLYPROPYLENE FIBERS containing only steel fibers performed better for all the tested
Sample Percentage of fibers
properties at elevated temperature [17].

Carbon fibers Polypropylene fibers Maytham Shaker and Abbas AL-Ameeri (2023) have studied
the combined effect of loading and elevated temperature on
Sample 1 0% 0%
concrete fiber reinforced with hooked send steel fibers which
Sample 2 0.5% 0% were added in the proportion of 1% by the volume of
concrete. The cubes of size 100mmX100mmX100mm and
Sample 3 1.0% 0% prism of size 100mmX100mmX400mm were casted with and
Sample 4 1.5% 0% without fiber reinforced concrete. The specimens were cured
for different periods of 28 days, 56 days and 90 days. After
Sample 5 1.0% 0.5% curing the compressive and flexural tests were performed by
Sample 6 0.5% 1.0% applying 0%, 20%, 40% and 60% of ultimate load. Then the
specimens were subjected to elevated temperature of 30℃
Sample 7 0% 1.5% with heating rate of 10℃/min while to 500℃ with 17℃/min
of heating rate. The specimens were put at the constant
The cubes of size 100mm, cylinder of diameter 100mm and
elevated temperature for 2hr and then cooled down to the
height 200mm and prism of size 40mmX40mmX160mm
room temperature. After cooled down, the specimens were
were casted and cured for 90 days. Then the specimens were
again subjected to compressive and flexural tests until failure
heated at temperature of 200℃, 250℃, 300℃, 350℃ and
of concrete. The ultrasonic pulse velocity test was carried out
400℃ for 1.5hr at the heating rate of 10℃/min in an electric
before and after application of sustained loading elevated
furnace. The specimens were tested for compressive strength,
temperature. From the experiment, authors have concluded
flexural strength, flexural toughness and split tensile strength.
that, the compressive strength of concrete slightly decreased
From the experiment, authors have concluded that the
by changing loads at same temperature [18].
concrete containing more percentage of carbon fibers
performed better in each test conducted, because the III. SUMMARY OF LITERATURE
polypropylene fibers get melted and evaporated at very low
From the literature review, extensive study on fiber
temperature. The carbon fibers were helpful to bridge micro
reinforced concrete at elevated temperature has been done. In
cracks whereas polypropylene fibers to bridge macro cracks
previous studies, research have been carried out on the
[15].
normal fiber reinforced concrete and self compacting fiber
reinforced concrete for the grade of concrete up to M35. Most
Patel et al. (2021) have studied the effect of elevated
of the researchers have considered the temperature range up
temperature on high strength concrete fiber reinforced with
to 600℃ only and very few researchers have considered the
polypropylene fibers. The fibers were added in the amount of
temperature range up to 800℃ but in fire accidents the
0.5% by volume of concrete. The concrete specimens were
temperature may rise beyond 1000℃. The most of the study
prepared by varying the water cement ratio as 0.47, 0.36 and
have been done by using steel fibers, polypropylene fibers
0.20. After curing for 28 days, specimens were exposed to
and glass fibers. Some researchers also considered the use of
elevated temperature of 400℃ and 600℃ for 1hr in electric
plastic waste as fibers in concrete in the form of thin strips.
furnace at the heating rate of 5℃/min. The different
But no any research has been carried out by using e-waste as
properties of concrete like compressive strength, modulus of
fibers in concrete. Hence there is a scope of study of using
elasticity, split tensile strength and Poisson’s ratio were tested
fibers from e-waste in the concrete at elevated temperatures.
before and after exposing to elevated temperature. From the
experiment, authors have concluded that, there was no

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.86

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
IV. CONCLUSION Hybrid Fibre Reinforced Concrete”. Journal of Building Engineering,
vol. 67, pp. 106034, 2023.
From the study of literature review, following conclusions are [14] Prem Prateek, Sukriti Srivastava, Priti Kumari, Chandan Kumar and
drawn: Krishna Murari “Properties of Coconut Fibre Concrete at Elevated
Temperature and Against Aggressive Environment”. International
• Fiber reinforced concrete is more advantageous due Journal of Engineering Research & Technology, vol. 9, issue 6, pp.
to its great performance in imparting the tensile and 1035-1043, 2020.
impact strength to the concrete. [15] Eethar Thanon Dawood, Alyaa Abbas Alattar, Waleed Abdulrazzak
Abbas and Yahya Ziad Mohammad “Behavior of Foamed Concrete
• Most of the authors have studied the steel fibers for Reinforced with Hybrid Fibres and Exposed to Elevated
short term effect and concluded that steel fiber Temperatures”. SN Applied Sciences, vol. 2, issue 1, 2019.
reinforced concrete performs better than all other [16] Vikas Patel, Brijesh Singh, P N Ojha and Sahara Adhikari “Mechanical
fibers in concrete at room as well as elevated Properties of Polypropylene Fibre Reinforced Concrete under Elevated
Temperature”. Journal of Architectural Environment & Structural
temperature. However long term performance of Engineering Research, vol. 04, issue 02, pp. 45-53, 2021.
FRC must be checked as steel fibers might be prone [17] Aref A. Abadel, M. Iqbal Khan and Radhouane Masmoudi “Influence
to corrosion. of Elevated Temperature on the Engineering Properties of Ultra-High-
Performance Fibre-Reinforced Concrete”. Materials Science-Poland,
• There is a scope of study of e-waste fiber reinforced vol. 41, issue 1, pp. 140-160, 2023.
concrete at elevated temperature as some parts of e- [18] Maytham Shaker and Abbas AL-Ameeri “The Combined Impact of
waste like resistors having very high melting point Imposed Loads and Elevated Temperature on Steel Fibre Reinforced
contain the metals which may improve the Concrete Samples”. E3S Web of Conferences, vol. 427, pp. 02020,
2023.
mechanical properties of concrete at some extend.
• There is scope to study the long term performance
of FRC in strength and durability.
REFERENCES
[1] Heyang Wu, Xiaoshan Li and Annan Zhou “A review of mechanical
properties of fibre reinforced concrete at elevated temperatures”.
Cement and Concrete Research, vol. 135, pp. 106117, 2020.
[2] Ayush Akash, Surendra Roy and Faraz Khan “Comparative Study of
Cement Reinforced Concrete Strengthened with Polypropylene and
Coir Fibre at Elevated Temperature”. International Journal of
Engineering Research & Technology, vol. 11, issue 05, pp. 41-44,
2022.
[3] Gideon Bamigboye, Ben Ngene, Omotolani Aladesuru, Oluwaseun
Mark, Dunmininu Adegoke and Kayode Jolayemi “Compressive
Behavior of Coconut Fibre (Cocos nucifera) Reinforced Concrete at
Elevated Temperatures”. Fibres, vol. 8, issue 1, pp. 5, 2020.
[4] J Novak and A Kohoutkova “Fibre reinforced concrete exposed to
elevated temperature”. IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and
Engineering, vol. 246, pp. 012045, 2017.
[5] Helal Hameed Yahy AL-Radi, Shen Dejian and Hussein Kareem
Sultan “Performance of Fibre Self Compacting Concrete at High
Temperatures”. Civil Engineering Journal, vol. 7, issue 12, pp. 2083-
2098, 2021.
[6] Sallal R. Abid, Ahmmad A. Abbass, Gunasekaran Murali, Mohammed
L. J. Al-Sarray, Islam A. Nader and Sajjad H. Ali “Post-High-
Temperature Exposure Repeated Impact Response of Steel-Fibre-
Reinforced Concrete”. Buildings, vol. 12, issue 9, pp. 1364, 2022.
[7] Mohammad Zuhair and S. K. Deshmukh “Effect of Different Fibres on
Compressive Strength of Self-Compacting Concrete at Elevated
Temperature”. IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and
Engineering, vol. 410, pp. 012007, 2018.
[8] Mohammed Benzerara, Yasmina Biskri, Messaoud Saidani, Fayçal
Slimani and Redjem Belouettar “High-Temperature Behaviour of
Polyethylene-Terephthalate-Fibre-Reinforced Sand Concrete:
Experimental Investigation”. Fibres, vol. 11, issue 5, pp. 46, 2023.
[9] Zainab M.R. Abdul Rasoul, Mushtaq Sadiq Radhi, Aymen J. Alsaad
and Haider Muhannad “Elevated Temperature Performance of
Reinforced Concrete Beams Containing Waste Polypropylene Fibres”.
Case Studies in Thermal Engineering, vol. 21, pp. 100705, 2020.
[10] Aminuddin Jamerana, Izni S. Ibrahima, Siti Hamizah S. Yazana and
Siti Nor A. A. Rahima “Mechanical Properties of Steel-Polypropylene
Fibre Reinforced Concrete Under Elevated Temperature”. Procedia
Engineering, vol. 125, pp. 818-824, 2015.
[11] Mohamed Amin, Bassam A. Tayehb and Ibrahim saad agwa
“Investigating the Mechanical and Microstructure Properties of Fibre-
Reinforced Lightweight Concrete Under Elevated Temperatures”.
Case Studies in Construction Materials, vol. 13, pp. e00459, 2020.
[12] M.A. Othuman Mydin, N. Mohd Zamzani and A.N. Abdul Ghani
“Experimental Data on Compressive and Flexural Strengths of Coir
Fibre Reinforced Foamed Concrete at Elevated Temperatures”. Data in
brief journal, vol. 25, pp. 104320, 2019.
[13] Fengzhen He, Luigi Biolzi and Valter Carvelli “Effects of Elevated
Temperature and Water Re-Curing on the Compression Behavior of

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.87

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Investigating the Impact of Water Pressure on

Bridge Pillars Made with Reinforced Concrete
Using Univariate Regression Analysis
Digambar Patil Sachin Kadam
Civil Engineering Department Walchand College of Applied Mechanics Department Walchand College of
Engineering Sangli, India Engineering Sangli, India
[Link]@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— Material properties and structural connection In To see how closely a single independent and dependent
fact, the precise assessment of water performance in concrete variable are related, we use univariate regression analysis [1].
structures requires an overall understanding of both material Through this method, a numerical model that can well predict
factors and structural links. Many methodologies and formulas water pressure is sought by examining its relationship with all
based on established codes, have been developed to determine aspects of data on water pressure and related factors such as
the water pressure acting upon highway bridge piers. The flow velocity and pier geometry. regression analysis splits the
purpose of this research is to construct a data-driven model for relationship among independent [Link] pressure On
predicting the water pressure on highway bridge piers, and at
this basis, it determines how different parameters affect water
the same time compare it with other existing models. As such,
pressure.
we intend to determine which method works best and find out if
one can be recommended over all others. Research samples This research tests the effectiveness of univariate
involving water pressure on highway bridge piers were gained regression analysis for analysis of water pressure on
using computational fluid dynamics analysis. On the basis of this reinforced concrete bridge piers [2]. The trustworthiness of the
information, Poisson regression models were developed to water pressure model has been determined through use of data
forecast water pressure on piers. Also, two common codebased and regression modeling in this study. This research may be
equations were used to predict water pressure on highway used by bridge construction engineers and designers when
bridges; they serve as reference points for comparison with our
making informed decisions design of bridges piers needs.
results. These step-by-step datadriven models had been checked
Bridge maintenance also benefits greatly from this work.
for accuracy and effectiveness by a comparison of the predicted
water pressures with those obtained from simulations based on This work also introduces one-way regression analysis
computational fluid dynamics. Model performance was that can be used in enhanced water pressure measurement for
evaluated with the following statistical evaluation metrics: mean reinforced concrete bridge piers. This study may be used to
square error, absolute deviation, absolute percentage and strengthen the design of bridges, thereby making them safer
relative proportion (coefficient of determination), root mean and more resistant under many water conditions.
square. The results showed that all models could predict water
pressure acting on highway bridge piers within certain limits. Most studies on bridges at risk of flooding have, however,
Also, as for precision and reliability for the purpose of worked in the opposite direction. Through measuring
comparisons with two standard codebased equations (1) The conductivity rather than currents [3]. In hydrodynamics,
first Poisson regression model is more adaptive to variable Waterdrift, net power and Reynolds number form the main
photogrammetric results than some other commonly used flow variables; phenomenological models are used to describe
function In contrast, etc., the grounding in actual data made flows with variable viscosity [4]. The problem suggests that
them superior on all counts. A univariate regression-based investigations into fluid and structure interaction should be
method was used to determine a unique relationship between carried out [5]. Bridges face floods and particle loading under
water pressure and velocity, taking account of the influence that
water loading [6]. Due to climate change, experts are
depends on speed. In this way one can avoid errors and design
reevaluating bridge rules due to rising floods [7]. Numerical
for more robust mathematical equations.
and experimental investigation of stream velocity near a
Keywords— Water pressure, Highway bridge piers, Datadriven circular pier was conducted. Bridge constructions' water
models, Computational fluid dynamics analysis. impact responses must be carefully examined before
determining their structural integrity [8].
I. INTRODUCTION This paper uses univariate regression analysis to derived
Water pressure assessment is critical to the strength and estimates of water pressure on a reinforced concrete bridge
life of reinforced concrete bridge piers. Estimates of water pier. Analytical approach to determine mathematical model of
pressure are an important step in the design construction of correct pier water pressure. A single independent variable
strong bridges. The alternative to modern modeling concepts (flow velocity or water depth) will be studied, and the
is traditional methods, which work with empirical formulae relationship between that factor and pier water pressure is to
and equations used in computer code that the designers often be examined. With this technique, water pressure is studied in
find difficult to write. Such techniques cannot fully reflect detail from the aspect of effects on it imparted by independent
water pressure's complexities. In order to avoid this variables. Once a predictive model is established for these
restriction, work is done suggesting that one use the univariate characteristics derived through study and research techniques
regression analysis of water pressure on reinforced concrete common elsewhere today, one can be expected to have an
bridge piers. accurate prediction system based on all available instrumental

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.88

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
data at that time before logistic regression analysis was
developed later than others primary or secondary elements
such as I hope this univariate regression study will aid us in
understanding and calculating water pressure acting on
reinforced concrete bridge piers. These insights will enhance
this field's design and management methods.
II. CASE STUDY
A. Aankali Bridge
This research considers a bridge on the Nagpur Ratnagiri
National highway under construction across the Krishna River
in Maharashtra, India. The bridge itelf is famous for its vital Figure 2. Ankali bridge circular pier CFD results .
position and the important role of smooth transit that plays.
Connecting southwestern Maharashtra with Marathwada and
Vidhrbh, this structure makes traffic flow easy both ways. III. DATA DRIVEN MODELS
In 2005 and in a more severe flood that hit Western This project aims to develop datadriven models to estimate
Maharashtra again in May, this bridge was swallowed. It's a bridge pier water pressure load capacity and evaluate their
9.75-meter bridge with two lanes and one pedestrian accuracy and application. Numerical data from C.F.D.
[Link] is a 270.36meter highlevel bridge with seven research is used to do this. Using the same dataset, Poisson
somewhat exposed spans. Two abutments support the bridge regression models predict water pressure load capacity and
at 8meter intervals throughout its length, with centertocenter compare them to design code equations. For comparison
spans of 24.08 to 25.45 meters. analysis, R2, M.S.E., M.A.D., R.M.S.E., and M.A.P.E. are
used (Thai, 2022). These parameter indices evaluate Poisson
The bridge was built in 1998–1999 with an opentype base
regression model dependability (Allen, 2019). These
and reinforced concrete columns. This study used a simulation
equations and the Poisson regression model allow researchers
model to correctly portray a reinforced concrete bridge.
to predict bridge pier water pressure load without
Examination and research of this bridge's behavior reveal resourceintensive and timeconsuming tests.
its reactions to different loading circumstances and
The results of this study help evaluate bridge pier water
environmental influences. These results may improve the
pressure load capability. A Poisson regression modelbased
design, building, and maintenance of comparable bridges,
technique may help engineers and researchers make educated
improving vital transportation infrastructure safety and
bridge pier design and maintenance choices. By accurately
durability.
predicting water pressure load, bridge constructions may be
made safer and more resilient.
A. Comparative Analysis of Pressure Standards: A Study
of Indian and International Codes
Formulas for Calculating Water Pressure During Flow:
Australian Standard Code for Bridge Design Specifications
(AS 5100.2 2017)[10]

𝟏
𝑭𝑫𝒓𝒂𝒈 = 𝑪 𝝆 𝑽 𝟐 𝑨𝒅
𝟐 𝒅
Figure 1. Aankali Bridge bridge on the Nagpur Ratnagiri
National highway under construction across the Krishna
River in Maharashtra, India Indian Road Congress for Design of Highway Bridges
(I.R.C. 6 2016) [11]
B. Details of Bridge Modeling
𝑷 = 𝟓𝟐 𝑲 𝑽𝟐
Water flow rates varied during the trial. The flow domains,
X, Y, and Z, were 21 meters, 23 meters, and 21.145 meters. Where:
As shown in Figure 4, a 21.145meter flow domain was used
P is the water pressure,
in the submerged condition. All models were supposed to
increase velocity by 0.5 m/s. The C.F.D. study, shown in ρ is the density of water, and
Figures 5 and 6, confirmed that the bridge piers' pressure
distributions were mostly uniform, with negligible differences v is the velocity of water flow.
at the higher and lower areas exposed to water flow. The pier B. Poisson Regression Model (P.R.M.):
crosssection design significantly affected bridge pier water
pressure during flood occurrences. Figure 1 shows the CFD • Predictive Modeling using Poisson Regression:
pressure resulted from of Aankali pier. The Poisson regression model (P.R.M.) quickly links
a dependent response variable to a small set of
independent continuous predictors. Poisson regression
models differ from other regression models because

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.89

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
the dependent response variable has a Poisson • Coefficient of Variation (CoV): The relative
distribution. variability of water velocity, expressed as a
percentage, is 62.05%.
• The Poisson regression model can handle situations
with several independent input predictors, reducing 2. CFD Pressure (Pa):
multicollinearity difficulties when fitting multiple
regression models. A Poisson regression model is • Minimum: The smallest observed value for CFD
rigorously fitted to the analytical data using Minitab pressure is 0 Pa.
statistical software to anticipate the bridge pier's water • Maximum: The highest observed value for CFD
pressure loadcarrying capacity (Minitab, 2023). pressure is 161,900 Pa.
• circular pier descriptive statistics calculated and • Range: The difference between the maximum and
predicted water pressure load capacity data's statistical minimum values is 161,900 Pa.
features. The Poisson model uses the 'log' link function
with a 95% confidence level and 5% significance level • Mean: The average CFD pressure is 55,232 Pa.
(α = 0.05). Resulting regression equations (1) and (2):
• Standard Deviation (S.D.): The measure of variation
Regression equation for circular pier in CFD pressure values is approximately 52,031 Pa.
𝑃 = 𝑒 𝑌′ (1) • Coefficient of Variation (CoV): The relative
variability of CFD pressure, expressed as a percentage,
𝑌 ′ = 7.21 + 0.852 𝑉 − 0.037 𝑉 2 is 94.2%
3. Regression Equation (Pa):
These regression equations in fact provide much knowledge • Similar interpretation as CFD Pressure for the
as to how the bridge's pier water pressure load capacity can be regression equation derived pressure values.
predicted, and prove a mathematical vehicle with which we
can see ahead when changes occur. Bringing in the requisite 4. Pressure Derived from AS 5100 (Pa):
predictors, such as water flow velocity, into use makes these
• Similar interpretation as CFD Pressure for the
regression equations a better aid for our comprehension of
pressure values derived from Australian Standard
how factors related to this body influence upon what follows-
5100.
-water pressure on the bridge pier. Such predictive modeling
can also make a big difference to intelligent decisionmaking 5. Pressure Derived from I.R.C. 6 (Pa):
in design, construction and maintenance of the bridge
structure so as ultimately improving its safety and resilience. • Similar interpretation as CFD Pressure for the
Let's break down the interpretation of each: pressure values derived from Indian Road Congress
(I.R.C.) 6.
These statistics offer insights into the central tendencies,
variability, and overall distribution of each variable, aiding in
a comprehensive understanding of the dataset. The Coefficient
of Variation provides a relative measure of variability as a
percentage of the mean, allowing for comparisons between
variables.
IV. COMPARING ESTIMATED WATER PRESSURE CAPACITIES
ENTAILS EVALUATING STATISTICAL FACTORS FROM
ANALYTICAL DATA

Figure 3. Descriptive statistics of data for Comparing estimated water pressure capacities entails
circular pier evaluating statistical factors from analytical data, notably
mean, standard deviation, and coefficient of variation. These
1. Water Velocity (m/s): features reflect the main tendencies and range of water
pressure capacities predicted by different models.
• Minimum: The smallest observed value for water
velocity is 0 m/s.
1. Mean: Average water pressure capabilities (mean). Means
• Maximum: The highest observed value for water
comparisons show each method's center. larger numbers mean
velocity is 10 m/s.
greater water pressure anticipated.
• Range: The difference between the maximum and 2. Standard Deviation (S.D.): Interpretation: standard
minimum values is 10 m/s. deviation reflects the spread of anticipated water pressure
capabilities. A lower standard deviation means closer
• Mean: The average water velocity is 5 m/s. estimations to the mean, or greater accuracy and consistency.
• Standard Deviation (S.D.): The measure of the amount 3. Coefficient of Variation (CoV): In other words, the
of variation or dispersion in water velocity values is coefficient of variation is a percentage that compares
approximately 3.102 m/s. variability to mean. A smaller coefficient of variation
indicates a more stable and consistent estimating procedure,
while the larger value shows greater relative variability.
Statistics of methods can also be compared by researchers and

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.90

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
engineers to assess the robustness, correctness or reliability in average percentage difference between predicted values and
water pressure capability estimates. actual values. Lower M.A.P.E. values suggest better accuracy.
Consistency in mean values, fewer standard deviations, In summary, these arithmetical parameters offer a
and lower coefficients of variation boost predictive model or quantitative comparison of the performance of different
analytical method confidence. These statistical characteristics estimation methods (AS 5100, IRC 6, P.R.M.) in predicting
must be considered together to assess the applicability and water pressure capabilities. Lower values for M.A.D., M.S.E.,
accuracy of anticipated water pressure capabilities. R.M.S.E., and M.A.P.E. generally indicate more accurate and
Histograms and box plots help enhance statistical precise estimates.
comparisons to better understand data distribution.
CONCLUSION
Arithmetical Parameters for Comparison: AS 5100, IRC 6,
P.R.M. This study's analysis, verification, and comparison
generated significant findings for future research and practice.
1. Mean Absolute Deviation (M.A.D.): Key results are as follows:
AS 5100: The Mean Absolute Deviation for AS 5100 is 1. The aim of building Poisson regression models (P.R.M.)
34,099.57, indicating the average absolute difference between based on C.F.D. pressure data to estimate highway bridge pier
each estimated value and the actual value. water pressure during floods was achieved.
IRC 6: The Mean Absolute Deviation for IRC 6 is 43,728.478, 2. These models regularly provide valid and positive
representing the average absolute deviation of estimates from findings without null or unfavorable results
the true values.
3. Statistical metrics, especially 0.995 R2, show P.R.M.
P.R.M.: The Mean Absolute Deviation for the Poisson models' correctness and applicability. These figures show a
Regression Model (P.R.M.) is 2,697.031, signifying the strong connection between observed and anticipated water
average absolute difference between predicted values and pressure capabilities. AS 5100 and I.R.C. equations have R2
actual values. Lower M.A.D. values suggest better accuracy. values of 0.994 and 0.993, respectively, matching pier water
pressure capabilities.
4. Comparison of error histograms shows that the P.R.M.
2. Mean Squared Error (M.S.E.):
model predicts with the lowest residual values, equivalent to
AS 5100: The Mean Squared Error for AS 5100 is analytical models. AS 5100 and I.R.C. 6 equations, alternate
2,147,546,802, reflecting the average squared difference models, also match capabilities.
between estimated and actual values.
5. The P.R.M. model beats others with low MAD, M.S.E.,
IRC 6: The Mean Squared Error for IRC 6 is 3,529,731,722, R.M.S.E., and M.A.P.E. values. This shows that the P.R.M.
indicating the average squared deviation of estimates from model estimates bridge pier water pressure-bearing capacity
true values. better than the AS 5100 and I.R.C. 6 equations.
P.R.M.: The Mean Squared Error for the Poisson Regression 6. The findings show that data-based Poisson regression
Model is 12,252,433.52, representing the average squared models successfully predict bridge pier water pressure load
difference between predicted values and actual values. Lower capacity. These models provide more accurate predictions
M.S.E. values suggest better precision. than AS 5100 and I.R.C. 6 equations. Thus, any of these
models may predict bridge pier pressure under water loading.
3. Root Mean Squared Error (R.M.S.E.):
This study helps anticipate bridge pier performance,
AS 5100: The Root Mean Squared Error for AS 5100 is improving flood-prone bridge safety and dependability.
46,341.631, providing the square root of the average squared
difference between estimates and actual values. REFERENCES
IRC 6: The Root Mean Squared Error for IRC 6 is [1] Patil, Digambar, and Sachin Kadam. "Basics of computational fluid
59,411.545, signifying the square root of the average squared dynamics: An overview." IOP Conference Series: Earth and
Environmental Science. Vol. 1130. No. 1. IOP Publishing, 2023.
deviation of estimates from true values.
[2] Patil, Digambar B., Prachi Sohoni, and Rushikesh P. Jadhav.
P.R.M.: The Root Mean Squared Error for the Poisson "Evaluation of Assorted Profiles in Bridge Pier Exposed to Exciting
Regression Model is 3,500.348, representing the square root Flood Loading." Jordan Journal of Civil Engineering 15.4 (2021).
of the average squared difference between predicted values [3] Bembade, Nikhil S., and S. N. Tande. "Effectiveness of Modern
Databased Prediction Models for the Axial Load Capacity of
and actual values. Smaller R.M.S.E. values indicate better Concretefilled Doubleskin Tubular Columns." Jordan Journal of Civil
accuracy. Engineering 16.4 (2022).
4. Mean Absolute Percentage Error (M.A.P.E.): [4] Minitab 21. (2023). Statistical Software, Statistical Software.
[Computer software]. State College, PA: Minitab, Inc., [Online].
AS 5100: The Mean Absolute Percentage Error for AS Available: ([Link]).
5100 is 58.713%, providing the average percentage deviation [5] Liu Chengyin, Zhaoshuo Jiang, and Yu Haichang. (2019). The safety
of estimates from actual values. analysis for bridge pier under nearby road construction and operation.
Measurement, 112.
IRC 6: The Mean Absolute Percentage Error for IRC 6 [6] Allen, T. T. (2019). Software overview and methods review: Minitab.
is 75.355%, signifying the average percentage deviation of In Introduction to engineering statistics and lean six sigma. Springer,
London, 575600.
estimates from true values.
[7] AlHashimi, SHAYMAA AM, S. A. AlOsmy, and S. A. A. D.
P.R.M.: The Mean Absolute Percentage Error for the Mulahasan. "Water surface profile and flow pattern simulation over
Poisson Regression Model is 30.1755099%, indicating the

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.91

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
bridge deck slab." Journal of Engineering Science and Technology 15.1
(2020): 290304.
[8] Hassanzadeh, Y., H. Hakimzadeh, and S. Ayari. "Study the effects of
bridge pier shape on the flow pattern using the Fluent software."
IranWater Resources Research 7.4 (2012): 95105.
[9] Narasimhan, K. (2014). Design of Experiments with Minitab.
[10] Australian Standard 5100 (PART 2). (2017). Bridge design. Standards
Australia Sydney N.S.W.
Indian Road Congress: 6 (2016). Standard specifications and code of
practice for road bridges section: ii loads and load combinations.
(Seventh revision)

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.92

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Dynamic analysis of RC building with different

types of steel bracing
Samruddhi Katake Prachi Sohoni
Department of Applied Mechanics Department of Applied Mechanics
Walchand College of Engineering Walchand College of Engineering
Sangli, India Sangli, India
[Link]@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— In High-rise or Multi-story buildings Gravity The results were clear. The CBF, VBF, and ZBF were better
loads, and lateral forces caused by wind or earthquakes play an than the MRF. This was true when we looked at how much
important role in the design. For this reason, most buildings are the building moved, how much each floor moved relative to
designed with systems resistant to lateral forces to prevent the the one below, how much force was felt at the base of the
effects of earthquake forces. In this study, ETABS software was building, and overall performance. The bottom line is this -
used to identify and analyze reinforced concrete structures with using a CBF, VBF, or ZBF can really help a tall steel building
different types of bracing (Diagonal, V-shape, Inverted V-shape, to withstand an earthquake. Davaran and Hoveidae
Cross-shape), and the response spectrum method was used. The
investigates how details in the middle of the process can effect
performance of the building is analyzed for Zone III to lateral
the flexible-rigid activity of X-braces made with added parts.
displacement, story drift, and time period. The analysis showed
that steel cross systems are the most effective for reducing
It checks a new idea of a balanced mid-connection detail
displacement for reinforced concrete buildings. against a usual one. It's typical for one brace in the X to stop
at the mid-connection. The new idea is about changing which
Keywords—Bracing, dynamic analysis, lateral displacement, brace gets cut off at the middle. Nonlinear static finite element
time period, story drift, ETABS analysis of single span and single-story cross-braced systems
reveals that proposed mid-connection detail enhances both
I INTRODUCTION strength and ductility compared to the common detail.
In addition to primary gravity loads, structures are subjected Additionally, adding cover plates to the common detail can
to earthquake forces in the lateral direction in seismically partially improve overall system behavior.
active areas. Earthquake intensity and structural properties There are many types of support and the choice depends on
influence the structural performance during an earthquake. the requirements of the particular case, construction
High-rise buildings require foundations that can withstand and considerations, and the nature of the strength required.
support heavy gravity loads. The main factor during the design Support systems are integrated into a building designed to
of high-rise buildings is to withstand the horizontal loads resist horizontal movement and prevent excessive swaying or
imposed by winds or seismic excitations. The bracings and deformation under adverse conditions. There are several types
shear walls might be provided in a structural frame that offers of bracing systems used in structural engineering to enhance
more prominent lateral rigidity to withstand lateral stresses the stability and strength of buildings and other structures. The
[1]. In areas known for earthquakes, buildings must handle choice of bracing type depends on factors that anticipated
more than just gravity's pull. They also deal with sideways loads, the type of structure, local building codes, and
tremors from the quakes. How a building acts in an earthquake architectural considerations. Here are some common types of
relates to the quake's power and the building's traits [2]. bracing:
The bracing system was connected with truss elements as 1. Diagonal bracing
arranging elements in the structure. The bracing is mostly used 2. Cross bracing
in side-mounted structures. It resists the lateral loads, 3. Inverted V bracing
especially in pressure or stress with joints. It turns the 4. V bracing
assembly method more resistant to forces in the lateral
After using this type of bracing we can reduce the lateral
direction. This also changes the structure stronger on the sides
displacement.
[3]. Structural bracing can take various forms. The main job
of bracing is to lessen outside bending, manage shakiness, and II METHODOLOGY
spread-out materials in the structure. This ensures total
firmness and honesty. Patil and Sangle aimed to assess the
seismic behavior of various bracing systems in 2-D steel high- The research method used modeling and analysis of the
rise buildings with different heights (15 to 35 stories). building's structure. Braces were positioned at key points to
Nonlinear static pushover analyses were conducted to reinforce the model. Specifically, corner bracing was utilized
evaluate structural performance. We looked at five types of in five structural models. In this work analysis, the design of
bracing systems. They were: moment-resisting frames a residential building is carried out using software E-Tabs
(MRFs), X-braced frames (XBFs),chevron-braced frames against all possible loading conditions as per guidelines given
(CBFs), V-braced frames (VBFs), and zipper-braced frames in IS 456 & IS 875. Figures 1 and 2 display the 10-storey
(ZBFs). We wanted to see how these different systems affect building's layout and 3D model. Model 1 has no bracing
a building during an earthquake. We checked out various system, while Model 2 has cross bracing as shown in figure
factors. These included the type of bracing system, the height 3 which was studied to improve stability against lateral
of the building, and the direction of the loads on the building. forces. The building structure was provided with the V

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.93

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
bracing type as shown in figure 4. Model 3 is prepared using
Inverted V bracing as shown in figure 5. Model 4 is the
position of diagonal bracing as shown in figure 6.

Fig. 4 Elevation in V-type bracing

Fig. 1 Plan of a 10-story building

Fig. 5 Elevation in Inverted-V type bracing

Fig. 2 3D view of 10-story R.C. building without bracing

Fig. 6 Elevation in Diagonal type bracing

III BUILDING DATA

This study models and analyzes a 10-story reinforced
building with Cross, Diagonal, V-shaped, and Inverted V-
shaped bracing. ETABS software was used in this study.
Building dimensions for the 10-story R.C. building is 15 m x
15 m. Building story height is 30m. Seismic data is shown in
Table 1 and Preliminary data in Table 2.

Fig. 3 Elevation in Cross-type bracing

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.94

 Table I: Seismic data Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
12
S. no Model description Without
10 Bracing
1 Zone III
8 Digonal
2 Zone factor 0.16 Bracing

Story
6
3 Soil type 2 Cross
Bracing
4 Response reduction 5 4
factor (R) V Bracing
2
5 Impact factor 1.2
0 Inverted
6 Damping ratio 5% 0 2 4 6 V Bracing
8
Displacement (mm)

Table II: Preliminary data Fig. 7 Displacement

S. No. Variable Data

1 No of story 10
Story Drift
2 No of bay in the X- direction 6
According to IS: 1893-2016, Section 7.11.1, the highest story
3 No of bays in the Y-direction 6 drift allowed is 0.004h [6]. In this scenario, the story height,
or "h", is 3 meters. Therefore, 0.004 x 3 equals 0.012. After
4 Length along x direction 3m
testing, each of the five different building structures
5 Length along y direction 3m demonstrated a story drift of less than 0.012. This indicates
safety. Figure 8 shows the story drifts in the X direction. The
6 Floor height 3m middle floor has a higher story drift, and the top floor has a
lower one.
7 Beam size 300 x 400 mm

8 Column size 300 x 700 mm

9 Slab 125 mm 12 Without

bracing
10 Grade of concrete M30 10 Digonal
11 Grade of steel Fe 415 8 Bracing
Cross
Story

12 Steel for bracings Fe 345 6 Bracing

4 V Bracing
13 Load Cases L.L, D.L, EQ X, EQ Y,
RSP X and RSP Y
2 Inverted V
Bracing
0
IV. RESULT AND DISCUSSION 0 0.0001 0.0002 0.0003 0.0004
Story drift
The assessment involves the evaluation of outcomes across
various bracing types, including maximum displacement,
Fig. 8 Story drift
story drift, and time period.

Story Displacement

Figure 7 shows the displacement in the x direction. Compared Time Period

with ordinary structures, the use of Cross and Inverted V- Figure 9 shows the time period. Compared with ordinary
shaped supports can reduce the maximum displacement of the structures, the use of Cross bracing can reduce the time
building. period of the building.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.95

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

REFERENCES
Time Period
[1] Anoop Pradeep, Abhijith R. Thampi, Shrikant, Harsha Susan Sam,
0.85 Lakshmi Joseph, “Stability analysis of high-rise building and
optimization of bracing configuration”, Materials Today: Proceedings
(2022)
0.8
[2] Dia Eddin Nassania, Ali Khalid Husseinb, Abbas Haraj Mohammedb,
“Comparative Response Assessment of Steel Frames With Different
0.75 Bracing Systems Under Seismic Effect”, Structures (2017)
[3] Mohammed Sadeq Al-sabaeei, K.R. Dabhekar, I. Khedikar “State of
0.7 art on seismic comparison of different types (V, diagonal and X) of
bracings on different shapes of buildings (L, H, T and rectangular) with
Without Diagonal Cross V Bracing Inverted response spectrum method” Materials Today: Proceedings (2023)
Bracing Bracing Bracing V Bracing [4] Dhanaraj M. Patil and Keshav K. Sangle, “Seismic Behaviour of
Different Bracing Systems in High Rise 2-D Steel Buildings”,
Fig. 9 Time Period Structures (2015)
[5] Ali Davaran and Nader Hoveidae , “Effect of mid-connection detail on
the behavior of x-bracing systems”, Journal of Constructional Steel
Research (2009)
CONCLUSION [6] IS 1893 (Part 1): 2016, “Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of
Structures Part 1 General Provisions and Buildings” Sixth Revision
The dynamic study was carried out on R.C. structure with Bureau of Indian Standards (2016)
Diagonal, Cross, V-type, and Inverted V-type supports and the
following results were obtained through response spectrum
analysis of five different buildings.
• Cross brace systems are effective in reducing displacement.
Since there are multiple supports along the X direction, the
Cross support performs well in terms of lateral displacement
along the X-axis.
• Story drift is higher in the middle level and lower in the top
level of Cross bracing and Inverted V-bracing.
• After the use of Cross bracing and Inverted V-bracing the
time period is reduced as compared to the bare frame.
As a result of the analysis, it was concluded that buildings
supported by Cross and Inverted V-bracing supports are the
best.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.96

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Review on Advancement in Stress-Strain Models

for Stainless-Steel in Composite Structural
Members
Nikhil S. Bembade Dr. S. N. Tande
Research Scholar, Applied Mechanics Department Professor, Applied Mechanics Department
Walchand College of Engineering Walchand College of Engineering
Sangli, Maharashtra, India Sangli, Maharashtra, India
[Link]@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract—The developments in computer numerical typically exhibits a nonlinear response similar to that
computation abilities and the extensive availability of finite observed in cold-formed steel and aluminium.
element (FE) software have facilitated the increased utilization Moreover, stress is not easily distinguishable when stainless
of analytical and numerical modelling in structural engineering. steel reaches its yield. Therefore, the 0.2% proof stress is
It has resulted in greater collaboration between civil engineers
commonly considered the nominal yield stress. Fig. 1
and researchers. An essential first step in developing these
numerical simulations is accurately defining the material’s represents stress-strain curves, illustrating the contrast
stress-strain properties. As a result, researchers continually between mild carbon steel and different stainless steel
work to create mathematical equations that accurately predict varieties (SCI 2017). This paper focuses on the study of the
how materials behave. This article systematically examines advancement of various stress-strain models given by
commonly used stress-strain models relevant to stainless steel in researchers that are useful for calculating stress-strain
composite members. It helps in developing dependable models parameters of stainless steel types mentioned above.
for finite element analysis.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
Keywords— stress-strain models, stress-strain relationship,
stainless steel, composites, Finite Element Analysis Multiple analytical models are available to characterize the
nonlinear stress-strain relationship observed in various
I. INTRODUCTION stainless steel grades. Ramberg and Osgood ([Link] and
Stainless steel is considered a premium material due to its [Link] 1943) proposed a fundamental model that
cost, which is approximately three to five times greater than precisely predicts the entire range of the σ-ε curve for
carbon steel (Baddoo 2008; Gedge 2008). However, the stainless steel used by (Arrayago et al. 2015a). This model
notable qualities of this material, such as its outstanding effectively captures the curve’s curved shape and considers
strength, capacity to withstand fire and corrosion, and low the strain-hardening behaviour. This model has been utilized
maintenance requirements, have gained importance for in finite element (FE) simulations of composite columns
structural constructions. As a result, it has been used in carried out by researchers including (Elchalakani et al. 2002),
various constructions (Gardner 2005; Young 2008). To (Hassanein and Kharoob 2014), Wang and Han (Wang and
effectively maximize the use of stainless steel while reducing Han 2019) and (Liang 2017). Nevertheless, a drawback of
its high expenses, a recommended method is to utilize it as this model is its inability to accurately depict the σ-ε curve
the external tubes of Concrete-Filled Double-Skin Tubular across its complete range by relying solely on a single strain
(CFDST) members (Real et al. 2014; Tao et al. 2011; Wang hardening parameter (n). Essentially, the model accurately
and Han 2019; Wang et al. 2018). An example that predicts the behaviour of stainless steel until it reaches the
demonstrates the use of this application may be seen in the 0.2% proof stress (σ₀⋅₂). However, inconsistent predictions of
Gateway Arch, located in St. Louis, Missouri. CFDST experimental values occur when stresses exceed σ₀⋅₂, as seen
columns, with exterior stainless steel tubes, were utilized in in Fig. 2.
this case. Structural engineers can take advantage of the As a solution to the previously mentioned limitation, many
diverse chemical compositions and heat treatment procedures two stages of Ramberg-Osgood models have been developed
available for stainless steel, allowing them to use several to tackle the problem of forecasting the stress-strain curve of
grades of this material. The European code (Eurocode 4 stainless steel over the entire loading range, which includes
1994) and American ASTM (ASTM-A959, 2004) codes the beginning of loading up to the final tensile stress, using a
provide three main classifications of stainless steels that are single continuous model. Mirambell and Real (Mirambell
appropriate for structural purposes: ferritic, austenitic, and and Real 2000)introduced a two-stage model based on the
duplex (austenitic-ferritic), with each category comprising Ramberg-Osgood equation, which covers the range up to the
several grades. The Chinese code GB/T 20878 (GB/T yield strength and includes an additional Ramberg-Osgood
20878,2007) does not explicitly include Duplex stainless curve beyond the yield strength. Later, Rasmussen
steel. Unlike carbon steel, stainless steel shows unique stress- (Rasmussen 2006) attempted to simplify the Mirambell and
strain properties. The stress-strain curve for stainless steel Real formulations by reducing the necessary inputs. The
Rasmussen model, also included in Appendix C of (EN 1993-

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.97

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
1-3, 2006), is based exclusively on the three fundamental the differing quantity of alloy coupon tests employed by
Ramberg-Osgood parameters. Rasmussen for model validation. More precisely, the
Rasmussen (Rasmussen 2006) introduced predictive Rasmussen model was verified using a wide range of
equations to determine the ultimate strength (σu) of austenitic austenitic and duplex alloys, covering a range of σ0⋅2 values
and duplex alloys. These equations, derived through from 286 MPa to 699 MPa. However, only 12 coupon tests
regression analysis of experimental test results, also provide were conducted for ferritic alloys, and the σ0⋅2 values were
a general formula for both σu and the strain at ultimate within the smaller range of 304 MPa–366 MPa. This
strength (εu) for all alloys. (Real et al. 2014) later improved observation is consistent with the results of computational
the Rasmussen formula to increase its precision in estimating and experimental investigations carried out by (Arrayago et
ferritic stainless steel’s ultimate strength (σu). The al. 2015b), (Real et al. 2014), and (Tao et al. 2016).
effectiveness of these equations in forecasting the ultimate (Gardner and Nethercot 2004) proposed modifications to the
tensile strength (σu) for different stainless steel alloys was two-stage Mirambell-Real model, presenting a new model
assessed by (Ayough et al. 2019), analyzing data from steel demonstrating remarkable agreement with experimental
coupon tests obtained from experimental investigations stress-strain curves in both compression and tension. Their
(Arrayago et al. 2015b; Tao et al. 2016). The dataset included model allows for precise predictions of stress-strain
171 austenitic, 206 ferritic, and 50 duplex and lean duplex behaviour at strains relevant to general structural
alloys. The Rasmussen model accurately predicts the σu considerations, especially when strains are not unduly
(ultimate tensile strength) of austenitic and duplex alloys, prominent. Nevertheless, it is crucial to acknowledge that the
showing good agreement with experimental findings. primary constraint of their model is its inability to calculate
In contrast, the calculated σu for ferritic alloy consistently stress-strain curves for all levels of strains. In addition, the
shows a reduction of 57% compared to the equivalent model requires a larger quantity of input parameters than the
experimental data. On the other hand, the Real equation Rasmussen model.
demonstrates exceptional predicting ability for ferritic test
results. The difference in predicted accuracy is qualified to

a) Initial Loading Stage b) Full loading stage

Fig. 1 Stress-strain curves for stainless steel alloys (Ayough et al. 2019)

segment, they introduced a novel equation that describes the

(Quach et al. 2008) performed a comprehensive analysis of relationship between stress and strain at high levels of
both the Rasmussen and Gardner-Nethercot models. The deformation. This equation represents a linear function that
analysis shows that the Rasmussen model correlates precisely intersects the point of 2% proof stress and the ultimate
with experimental stress coupon testing, reaching dependable strength, consistent with Olsson’s methodology (Olsson, A.,
concurrence. Nevertheless, it was noted that the nominal 2001).( Patel et al. ,2018) utilized the three-stage stress-strain
stresses obtained from most compression coupon tests, curve presented by (Quach et al. 2008) in future research to
especially at strains greater than ε0.2, were much lower than analyze the behaviour of short and slender beam-columns
the corresponding experimental values. On the other hand, made of concrete-filled stainless steel tubular (CFSST)
the Gardner-Nethercot model exhibited impressive predicting materials. When analyzing CFSST narrow beam-columns, it
ability for both tension and compression coupon tests, even is crucial to consider the different stress-strain curves of
at high stresses relevant to general structural analysis. stainless steel under compression and tension.
However, the model has shortcomings in accurately 𝑓𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑒 = 𝑓(1 + 𝜀) (1)
predicting higher strains. (Quach et al. 2008) proposed a
comprehensive three-stage model, incorporating the three 𝜀𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑒 = ln⁡(1 + 𝜀) (2)
essential Ramberg-Osgood parameters for both compression
and tension. In the initial phase, the Ramberg-Osgood
equation represents the stress-strain relationship until the
point of yield stress. The second phase, which ranges from
ε0.2 to ε2.0, relies on the altered Gardner model. For the third

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.98

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Fig. 2 Experimental stress-strain curve of stainless steel vs. Ramberg-Osgood Model (Ayough et al. 2019)

TABLE I. RASMUSSEN’S MODEL TO ESTABLISH A TRUE STRESS-STRAIN RELATIONSHIP OF STAINLESS-STEEL

Model Parameters No. of parameters required
𝜎 𝜎
𝜀 = + 0.002 ( ) for 𝜎 < 𝑓𝑦⁡ ⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡⁡𝜀 =
𝐸 𝑓𝑦
𝑛
𝜎−𝑓𝑦 𝜎−𝑓𝑦
ε0.2 + +ε𝑢 ( ) 3 basic Ramberg-Osgood
Rasmussen Model 𝐸𝑦 𝑓𝑢 −𝑓𝑦
parameters ( σ0⋅2,E, n)
for 𝑓𝑦 < 𝜎 ≤ 𝑓𝑢
𝑓𝑦
and, 𝑛 = 1 + 3.5 ( )
𝑓𝑢
Where,
E = Young’s modulus of stainless steel.
𝑓𝑦 =0.2% proof of stress
ε0.2 = strain at 0.2% proof of stress
𝐸𝑦 =tangent stiffness at 𝑓𝑦
ε𝑢 =ultimate plastic strain
n = strain hardening exponent

CONCLUSIONS to the Quach model. Hence, the Rasmussen model’s

efficiency renders it a realistic option for conducting Finite
The main differences between these models are based on the Element (FE) evaluations utilizing ABAQUS.
choice of the endpoint and the required number of inputs.
Table 1 presents a concise overview of the critical parameters
used to define the Rasmussen model. It is worth mentioning
that both the Rasmussen and Quach models can accurately REFERENCES
represent the stress-strain relationship by utilizing only three [1] ASTM(A959). (2004) , “. Standard Terminology Relating to concrete
essential Ramberg-Osgood parameters, namely σ0.2, E0, and and concrete aggregate”, Annual book for ASTM Standards, American
Society of Testing and Materials, 4, 150-155.
n. On the other hand, the Mirambell-Real model necessitates
the explicit determination of the strain-hardening coefficient [2] Arrayago, I., Real, E., and Gardner, L. (2015a). “Description of stress-
strain curves for stainless steel alloys.” Materials and Design, Elsevier
of the second stage (m), ultimate strength (σu), and strain at Ltd, 87, 540–552.
ultimate strength (εu) to characterize the second stage.
[3] Arrayago, I., Real, E., and Gardner, L. (2015b). “Description of stress
However, Mirambell and Real did not provide any formulae – strain curves for stainless steel alloys.” JMADE, Elsevier Ltd, 87,
for these variables. In addition, Gardner and Nethercot do not 540–552.
include formulas to estimate the proof stress value at 1% [4] Ayough, P., Sulong, N. H. R., and Ibrahim, Z. (2019). “Thin-Walled
plastic strain (σ1.0) and the second strain-hardening exponent Structures Analysis and review of concrete-filled double skin steel
(n0.2 1.0). (Quach et al. 2008) observed that the Rasmussen tubes under compression.” Thin-Walled Structures, Elsevier Ltd,
model is more appropriate for predicting the nominal stress- (November), 106495.
strain characteristics of stainless steel under tension rather [5] Baddoo, N. R. (2008). “Stainless steel in construction: A review of
than compression. However, when doing nonlinear analyses research, applications, challenges and opportunities.” Journal of
that involve significant inelastic deformations, it is essential Constructional Steel Research, 64(11), 1199–1206.
to convert the nominal static stress-strain curves into actual [6] Elchalakani, M., Zhao, X. L., and Grzebieta, R. (2002). “Bending tests
stress f_true and logarithmic plastic true strain (ε true) to determine slenderness limits for cold-formed circular hollow
curves. Equations 1 and 2 mentioned above can be utilized sections.” Journal of Constructional Steel Research, 58(11), 1407–
1430.
for this transformation. This conversion is crucial for precise
representation in scenarios involving significant non- [7] Eurocode 4. (1994). Design of composite steel and concrete structures,
part 1.1: general rules and rules for buildings (together with United
reversible deformations. Using Rasmussen’s approach to Kingdom National Application Document). DD. DD ENV 1994-1-
establish a true stress-strain relationship is beneficial for 1:1994, British Standards Institution, London W1A2BS, 1994.
doing finite element (FE) investigations in the ABAQUS [8] Gardner, L. (2005). “The use of stainless steel in structures.” Progress
platform. It arises from the model’s exclusive dependence on in Structural Engineering and Materials, 7(2), 45–55.
the three fundamental Ramberg-Osgood parameters.
Furthermore, it requires reduced computing efforts compared

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.99

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
[9] Gardner, L. Ã., and Nethercot, D. A. (2004). “Experiments on stainless [18] Tao, Z., Asce, M., Rasmussen, K. J. R., and Asce, M. (2016). “Stress-
steel hollow sections — Part 1 : Material and cross-sectional Strain Model for Ferritic Stainless Steels.” 4(Cen 2006), 1–5.
behaviour.” 60, 1291–1318. [19] Tao, Z., Uy, B., Liao, F. Y., and Han, L. H. (2011). “Nonlinear analysis
[10] Gedge, G. (2008). “Structural uses of stainless steel - buildings and of concrete-filled square stainless steel stub columns under axial
civil engineering.” Journal of Constructional Steel Research, 64(11), compression.” Journal of Constructional Steel Research, Elsevier Ltd.,
1194–1198. 67(11), 1719–1732.
[11] Hassanein, M. F., and Kharoob, O. F. (2014). “Compressive strength [20] [Link] and [Link]. (1943). “Description of stress-strain
of circular concrete-filled double skin tubular short columns.” Thin- curves by three parameters.” NACA technical note no.902.
Walled Structures, Elsevier, 77, 165–173. [21] Wang, F. C., and Han, L. H. (2019). “Analytical behavior of carbon
[12] Liang, Q. Q. (2017). “Nonlinear analysis of circular double-skin steel-concrete-stainless steel double-skin tube (DST) used in
concrete-filled steel tubular columns under axial compression.” submarine pipeline structure.” Marine Structures, Elsevier Ltd,
Engineering Structures, Elsevier Ltd, 131, 639–650. 63(September 2018), 99–116.
[13] Mirambell, E., and Real, E. (2000). “On the calculation of deflections [22] Wang, F. cheng, Han, L. hai, and Li, W. (2018). “Analytical behavior
in structural stainless steel beams : an experimental and numerical of CFDST stub columns with external stainless steel tubes under axial
investigation.” 54, 109–133. compression.” Thin-Walled Structures, Elsevier Ltd, 127(February),
[14] Quach, W. M., Teng, J. G., and Chung, K. F. (2008). “Three-Stage 756–768.
Full-Range Stress-Strain Model for Stainless Steels.” (September). [23] Young, B. (2008). “Experimental and numerical investigation of high
[15] Rasmussen. (2006). “Full-range stress–strain curves for stainless steel strength stainless steel structures.” Journal of Constructional Steel
alloys.” 59(2003), 47–61. Research, 64(11), 1225–1230.
[16] Real, E., Arrayago, I., Mirambell, E., and Westeel, R. (2014).
“Comparative study of analytical expressions for the modelling of
stainless steel behaviour.” Thin-Walled Structures, Elsevier, 83, 2–11.
[17] SCI. (2017). Design manual for structural stainless steel (Publication
P413).

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.100

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Study of dynamic analysis of high rise RCC

Building with and without dampers and bracing
1st Rupali Patil 2nd Aakash Patil 3rd Prof. Dr. P. B. Salgar
Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering
Rajarambapu Institute of Technology, Rajarambapu Institute of Technology, Rajarambapu Institute of Technology,
Rajaramnagar Rajaramnagar Rajaramnagar
Islampur, India Islampur, India Islampur, India
prupali681@[Link] aakashpatil2606@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— Now a days, demand for construction of high- recent years fluid viscous damper which is a new technique
used for lateral load resisting system for tall building. There
rise building increases day by day due to rapid urbanization
is various fluid viscous dampers with different capacity in the
and shortage of land in urban areas. For tall building there is
market which can be used for lateral load resisting system. In
always need of proper structural system to transfer lateral this paper both method bracing and fluid viscous damper is
loads. There are numbers of structural system available which used in order to increase lateral strength and reduce lateral
usually used for stabilization of high rise building some of them deflection.
are as follow: outrigger system, tube system, bundled tube
system, core shear wall system, bracing system, fluid viscous The study of dynamic analysis of high-rise buildings with
damper system etc. Among them lateral bracing system dampers and bracing is a critical field of research in structural
frequently used for structures up to 30 to 40 story building in engineering and civil engineering. In the context of ever-
order to increase its lateral strength and stiffness to fulfil expanding urban landscapes and the increasing demand for
serviceability and design criteria. Dampers are used in the taller and more resilient structures, understanding the
buildings to control vibrations due to lateral loads like behavior of high-rise buildings under dynamic forces is of
earthquakes. Different types of dampers such as viscous
paramount importance. This study delves into the intricate
interplay between structural elements, such as dampers and
damper, friction damper, tuned mass damper, hybrid damper,
bracing systems, and their ability to mitigate the effects of
etc. have gained importance in the recent past in mitigating the
dynamic forces, including wind and seismic loads. By
undesirable effects of earthquakes. Also bracing system exploring the principles, methodologies, and real-world
improves the displacement capacity of building. Mainly there applications of dynamic analysis with these advanced
are two types of bracing concentric bracing and eccentric systems, this research aims to enhance the safety, efficiency,
bracing. Concentric bracing can be in various shape such as X- and sustainability of high-rise buildings in our modern urban
bracing, V-bracing and inverted V-bracing. Hence, there is environments [1].
need to study the seismic behaviour of high rise building with
combination of both method bracing and fluid viscous damper
in order to increase lateral strength and reduce lateral
II. EXISTING LITERATURE
deflection and finding out optimum positions for better results.
Prachi et al. ((2022) In this work, four separate time
Keywords— High -rise building, Earthquake, damper, history recordings of ground vibrations were compared with
bracing. G+15 RCC frame building modes with and without FVD at
various locations of FVD. For determining best position of
I. INTRODUCTION FVD max displacement and storey drifts of various models
are evaluated. Demonstrated that max displacement & storey
In these demand for construction of high-rise building drift values are higher for RC framed structure without
increases day by day due rapid urbanization and shortage of dampers than for RC. framed structure with dampers.
land in urban areas. For tall building there is always need of Checked efficiency on SAP 2000. Model 1- RCC building
proper structural system to transfer lateral and gravity loads without damper. Model 2- RCC building with corner FVD
to foundation system. There numbers of structural system for all storeys. Model3- RCC building with central FVD for
available which usually used for stabilization of high rise all storeys. Model 4- RCC building with corner FVD for
building some of them are as follow: outrigger system, tube alternate storeys. Model 5- RCC building with two alternate
system, bundled tube system, core shear wall system, bracing storeys. Model 6- RCC building with three alternate storeys.
system, fluid viscous damper system…etc. Among them dynamic analysis is performed by SAP 2000 & time history
lateral bracing system frequently used for structures up to 30 approach. story drift & storey displacement are the two
to 40 story building in order to increase its lateral strength and variables used. max displacement is obtained for building
stiffness to fulfill serviceability and design criteria. Mainly with dampers. building with FVD are performing well in
there are two types of bracing concentric bracing and terms of response of -Bare shear reduces by time history &
eccentric bracing. Concentric bracing can be in various shape response spectrum methods [1].
such as X-bracing, V-bracing and inverted V-bracing. In

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.101

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Amanullah et al. (2019) 20 storey building has been Saurav et al.(2022) In this paper, authors describe
modelled in ETABS 2016. Total 6 models have been made. behaviour of G+20 irregular structure for seismic analysis
For seismic efficiency base shear, time period, lateral through linear dynamic analysis. Seismic analysis is done by
deflection of each model has found and compared with each response spectrum method. 9 Several response parameters in
other. Building analyzed by equivalent static and linear terms of max displacement, storey shear of irregular
dynamic response spectrum method. Model 1- RCC building structure compared with regular structure by considering
with bare frame. Model 2- RCC building with X bracing. lateral force. modelling and analysis are done by ETABS
Model 3- RCC building with inverted V bracing. Model 4- software with considering seismic zone IV and required data
RCC building with Diagonal FVD 250 KN. Model 5- RCC from IS1896 (part1)2016 for ductile design IS 13920 has
building with inverted V FVD 750 KN. Model 6- RCC been suggested. Author had concluded that shear wall is
building with inverted V FVD 500 KN. comparison of bare more effective for reducing max displacement [8].
frame, bracing system, FVD with 250 KN has good
structural performance as compare to other [2]. Bharat et al. (2017) In this paper, authors used different
types of steel or RCC bracing to resist lateral loads on
Vibha et al. (2019) analytically analyzed G+10 building building. They focused on comparison of different RCC
with composite column, viscous damper, base isolation. bracing system in high rise buildings. in this paper (G+10)
Main purpose of this analysis is to check efficiency of building considered with three structural configurations like
viscous dampers and base isolation for controlling seismic Moment Resisting Frames (MRFs), X-Braced Frames
responses. As a result, it is found that, building with (XBFs), V-Braced Frames (VBFs). The bracing systems
composite column and viscous damper combination reduces provided on periphery of the column. for comparing base
drift, displacement and base shear of building getting shear and storey displacement these parameters are used.
increases. Increase in base shear omitted by using base Two software are used STAAD pro and ETABS. The
isolation. After study for controlling seismic response of equivalent static load analysis is carried out using STADD
structure, combination of viscous damper, base isolation and ProV8i and the response spectrum analysis is carried out
composite column is effective [3]. using ETABS. The results showed at time of earthquake X-
braced frames are more efficient than V-braced frames [9].
Samuele et al. (2008) authors have applied viscous
damper in 3 different building in Asia, Taipei, Taiwan, twinst Zheng Lu et al.(2018) authors investigate the dynamic
Francis tower in manila Philippines. Taipei has 101storey behaviour of structures with a particle damper (PD) and a
508m in height maximum design force for viscous damper is tuned mass damper (TMD) by shaking table tests and
1000 KN and stroke [Link] Francis has 60 storeys.32 aeroelastic wind tunnel tests. parameters including seismic
viscous dampers are installed at various locations. verifying waves, peak ground accelerations, damping ratios, mass
their behavior during both wind and earthquake [4]. ratios, and wind angles of attack are analyzed. A systematic
comparison between the PD and TMD shows that the
R. J. McNamara et al. (2000) author have considered vibration control effects of the PD are generally better than
G+15 storeyed building storeyed with viscous damper and those of the TMD under both earthquake and wind loads. The
friction dampers are used to check response of multi storey results indicate that the optimum vibration-control effects of
building. For this analysis ETABS 2017 is used. Time both dampers are comparable, but the swing amplitude of the
history and response spectrum is used for evaluating additional mass of the PD is much smaller than that of the
dynamic response of structure. The building which having TMD. Through a series of experiments with various
square column gives good result as compare to building with parameters, the results demonstrate that the characteristics of
rectangular column as in case of seismic response. Seismic the seismic input and the wind angle of attack have a larger
behavior of building which having fluid viscous damper is influence on the damping performance of the TMD
effective than the building with friction damper [5]. compared with the PD, indicating that the PD is less sensitive
Laxmi et al. (2022) authors have been considered G+19 to the changing parameters [10].
storeyed regular in plan. Structure is modelled using ETABS Fasil et al.(2017) the Response Spectrum Analysis is
software and analyzed using Time history and response carried out on (G+10) rise steel building with X bracing
spectrum method of analysis. To enhance response of
system. Natural frequencies, fundamental, time period, mode
structure a non-linear type fluid viscous damper is designed shapes and peak storey shear are calculated. The resistance
and installed in structure at different positions. Seismic to the lateral loads from wind or from an earthquake is the
responses of structure with and without FVD are compared reason for the evolution of various structural systems.
as per IS 1893:2016 codal provisions.28 models are Bracing system is one such structural system which forms an
investigated and model with maximum benefit is found using integral part of the frame. Such a structure has to be analyzed
python [6]. before arriving at the best type or effective arrangement of
Jayadeep et al. (2022) In this paper, author has bracing. This paper discusses about the efficiency and the
analytically studied the behavior studied the seismic effectiveness the use of bracings and with different steel
behaviour of building with dampers and to evaluate seismic profiles for bracing members for multi-storey steel frames.
responses such as displacement, storey drift and modal In this study, an attempt has been made to study the effects
parameters (G+5), (G+10), (G+15) are analyzed by dynamic of bracing systems and their placement so that to reduce the
non-linear by cheerapunji earthquake data. Dampers are lateral displacement of the structure [11].
provided at alternate storey. Permissible displacement as per Bharat et al. (2017) authors used different types of steel
IS Code H/500. As application of various dampers and RCC bracing to resist lateral loads acting on building.
displacement is reduced. Seismic responses such as Author focused on comparison of different RCC bracing
displacement, drift increases as seismic zone changes for II under seismic behaviour. In this paper Moment Resisting
to V. storey drift permissible limit 0.004H [7]. Frames (MRFs), X-Braced Frames (XBFs), V Braced

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.102

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Frames (VBFs) for (G+10) building. The bracing systems • The energy dissipation capacity of the buildings
provided on periphery of the column. Model was analyzed with dampers is improved.
by using 1893-2000. For analysis STAAD pro and ETABS
were used. The equivalent static load analysis is carried out
using STADD ProV8i and the response spectrum analysis is REFERENCES
carried out using ETABS. base shear and storey
displacement these are the parameters which are considered [1] Prachi D Shinde, Chetan Patil. (2022), “Performance of RCC building
for comparing seismic effect of buildings. The results with and without fluid viscous damper in high seismicity region”.
showed that at time of earthquake X-braced frames are more International Journal of research in Engineering & Technology, 9(6),
efficient than V- braced frames [12]. 218-224.
[2] Amanullah, Sahil Arora (2019), “optimization of bracing and viscous
Wang Shanshan et al. (2018) studied the feasibility of Damper and comparison of fluid Viscous damper and bracing system
different retrofit procedures to enhance the seismic execution for stabilization of high-rise Building”. International Journal of Civil
of a current 35-story steel building are inspected. Devices Engineering and Technology,10(3), 1978-1986.
considered include liquid thick dampers (FVDs), restrained [3] Vibha More, Vikram Patil, Somanagouda Takkalaki (2019), “Dynamic
analysis of RCC Frame Structures with and without viscous damper
braces. The mechanical features of the devices were selected
Having Different Aspect Ratio”. International Journal of Innovative
using a simple approach to achieve the same general Science, Engineering & Technology, 6(10),64-70.
effective damping ratios also story drifts constant with the [4] Samuele Infanti1, Jamieson Robinson2, Rob Smith (2008) “Viscous
targeted collapse stoppage performance objective. The dampers for high-rise buildings”. The 14th World Conference on
results of nonlinear seismic analyses show that the FVD Earthquake Engineering.
system was the most effective for this structure in [5] R. J. McNamara. Huang and V. Wan (2000) “Viscous damper with
accomplishing the targeted performance and provided the motion Amplification Device for high rise building applications”.
most profitable means of improving the structural behaviour Advanced Technology in Structural Engineering (ASCE).
and reducing economic losses for Level 2 basic safety [6] Laxmi M Ramdas, M. Helen Santhi, b, G. Malathi (2022) “A study on
seismic threat events. Future study related to the use of high-rise RC structure with fluid viscous damper using python”.
Research on Engineering Structures and Materials. Research article
supplementary dissipation devices in existing structures are
362 ,1101.
discussed [15]. [7] Jayadeep K S, Pramod Kumar Mahato, Dharmendra Kumar Sah, Baiju
Prasad Gupta, Paon Thangjam (2022) “Seismic Analysis of Multi-
Storey RCC Building with and without Viscous Dampers”.
III. SUMMARY OF LITERATURE International Journal of Engineering Research &
From the literature review, Studies on the behavior of high- Technology,10(10),113-118.
[8] Vibha More, Vikram Patil, Somanagouda Takkalaki (2019), “Dynamic
rise buildings have been carried out at different positions analysis of RCC Frame Structures with and without viscous damper
considering specific seismic zone and soil type. A lot of Having Different Aspect Ratio”. International Journal of Innovative
studies have been carried out by providing dampers and Science, Engineering & Technology, 6(10),64-70.
bracing in regular building for determining their optimum [9] Saurav Bhardwaj a, Priyanka Singh a, Saurav Dixit (2022) “Linear
positions to minimize the responses of the structure. Very few dynamic analysis of high-rise irregular structures with or without LFRS
studies on the use of dampers and bracing in irregular & frictional damper”. 69 ,499-507.
[10] Bharat Patel, Rohan Mali, Prataprao Jadhav, G. Mohan Ganesh, (2017)
building have been reported in the literature. Further, these
“seismic behavior of different bracing systems in high rise RCC
studies are done by considering different locations in buildings”. International Journal of Civil Engineering and Technology,
building. No significant studies are reported on behavior of 8(3), 973-981.
high-rise building structures with combination of bracing and [11] Zheng Lu, Biao Huang, Zixin Wang, and Ying Zhou, M. ASCE,
dampers for determination of different positions of dampers (2018), “Experimental Comparison of Dynamic Behavior of Structures
and bracing. with a Particle Damper and a Tuned Mass Damper”. American Society
of Civil Engineers 144(12), 04018211-1 -14.
[12] Fasil Mohi ud din (2017), “Effectiveness of bracing in high rise
IV. CONCLUSION structure under response spectrum analysis”. International Journal of
Engineering and Technical Research,(Elsevier),7(7),70-73.
• From the study of literature review, following [13] Bharat Patel, Rohan Mali, Prataprao Jadhav, G. Mohan Ganesh (2017),
conclusions are drawn: “Seismic behavior of different bracing systems in high rise RCC
buildings”. International Journal of Civil Engineering and Technology,
• A proper lateral load resisting system is required (Elsevier), 8(3), 973–981.
to increase lateral strength and stiffness of high- [14] Ying Zhou, Xilin Lu, Dagen, Weng and Ruifu Zhang (2012) “A
rise buildings. Practical design method for reinforced concrete structures with viscous
• A fluid viscous damper controls the seismic dampers” Engineering Structures (Elsevier),39 ,187-198. 15
response of the structure that is being subjected to [15] Wang S and Mahin S.A. (2018) “Seismic Upgrade of an Existing Tall
building Using Different Supplemental Energy Dissipation Devices”
the earthquake load.
Journal of Structural Engineering (ASCE).144(7),04018091-1-11.
• The max. Displacements are dramatically [16] Nobahar Elnaz, Farahi Mojtaba (2016) "Quantification of seismic
decreased with use of FVD. performance factors of the buildings consisting of disposable knee
• Models without fluid viscous damper are more bracing frames" Journal of Constructional Steel Research
susceptible to storey drifts compare to models (Elsevier),124, 132-141.
[17] Safarizki H. A., Kristiawan S. A., and Basuki A. (2013) "Evaluation of
with fluid viscous dampers.
the use of steel bracing to improve seismic performance of reinforced
• The drift reduction in the buildings with dampers concrete building" Procedia Engineering (Elsevier), 54,447-456.
is significant in most of the cases and this majorly
depends on the number of dampers and their
position in the building.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.103

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Comparative Analysis of Tensegrity Bridge and

Steel Bridge
Shital Rahul Kamble Sachin B. Kadam
Dept. of Applied Mechanics Dept. of Applied Mechanics
Walchand College Of Engineering Walchand College of Engineering
Sangli 416415 India Sangli 416415 India
[Link]@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— Tensegrity bridges are an art and engineering lightweight but robust and have complex shapes. Despite
mix, relying on the balance of tension for stability. These bridges adding difficulty in tensioning and analyzing the structure,
don't follow the old fashion design; they employ a balance of these bridges could cover longer spans with less harm to
tense cables and compressed elements to spread out forces. This nature. Current studies aim to utilize their flexibility and
creates a pleasing appearance that seems unfitting to the law of response to weight. This could make them an appealing option
gravity. These type of structures, being light yet capable of for creative, green solutions in civil engineering.
spanning great lengths, bring a balance of beauty and benefit.
Yet, planning and constructing these bridges require careful [1] A tensegrity structure operates by effectively isolating
calculations to ensure they're safe and stable. As a result, these the compression and tension forces. The precondition for this
bridges represent the combination of creativity and engineering system to function is the presence of adequate pre-tension in
skills. They display the innovation and issues involved in making its tensile elements, which establishes the baseline mechanical
structures that mix elegance with resilience. state prior to any external load. This optimal level of self-
stress can be achieved through various form-finding
This study examines the difficulties that often show up in techniques. For example, a "simplex" module is one type of
construction projects across the world. It highlights how the fundamental Tensegrity component that can be assembled to
construction process can often be complex, how guidance for form grids, masts, or even intricate structures of similar or
design is often lacking, and how too much weight in the project
dissimilar patterns. [2] Numerous researchers have identified
could impact stiffness and how it reacts to force, especially in the
case of footbridges designed with tensegrity. The goal is to
various types of simplex tensegrity shapes that hold potential
improve these structures by concentrating on improving stiffne- for a variety of applications. In contrast to traditional systems,
ss, managing how they react to different forces, and tensegrity structures possess numerous advantageous features.
understanding the potential to reduce how heavy these projects For instance, their design eliminates any points of local
are through better prestress scenario planning. Tensegrity weakness, they make more efficient use of material due to
structures combine tension and discontinuous compressive their unique architectural quality, and high-strength materials
materials which make them good candidates for designs that are can be fully utilized in tension due to the absence of member
effective and use simplex modules. Although not much research buckling. Additionally, tensegrity systems experience no
has been done on how they respond to earthquakes, this study torque or torsion, making it easy to construct large-scale
compares footbridges made of steel with footbridges designed structures without external support. Furthermore, as the
with tensegrity to underscore the benefits of the latter. structure bears weight, tension members increase in stiffness
while compressive members decrease. This results in a
This study explores problems in worldwide- construction remarkable stiffness-to-mass ratio that can be further
endeavors. It emphasizes on the tricky aspects of building enhanced by incorporating more tensile members (i.e. cables).
processes, missing design direction, and the heavy self-weight It is worth noting that the compressive members gradually lose
needed for rigidness in tensegrity footbridges. Our goal is better stiffness under load, presenting some limitation in building
these structures by honing in on their stiff nature, how they
vast tensegrity constructions. [3 The beauty of Tensegrity
move, and potential ways to lower their weight through
improved pre-stress scenarios. Tensegrity structures, which are
structures lies in their flexibility with the ability to adjust and
made up of tension and separate compression parts, show modify the loaded or damaged structure with ease. However,
promise due to their possibility for smart designs with simplex these structures do come with their limitations. Design and
modules. Even though there's limited study of their earthquake analysis guidelines are not clearly defined, topological
response, this study carries out a side-by-side comparison of constraints must be strictly adhered to, and overcrowding of
steel footbridges and tensegrity footbridges, spotlighting the bars may become an issue as the design grows larger.
benefits of the latter. Additionally, the use of high pre-stress forces to support heavy
loads may pose challenges in larger construction projects. [2]
Keywords— Tensegrity; Footbridge; Optimization; Our study thoroughly examines tensegrity structures and their
Feasibility; Stiffness; Mass; Self-weight; structural analysis and
potential uses. We discovered that double-layer tensegrity
design software (SAP 2000)
grids have promising applications as walls, roofing, and
I. INTRODUCTION coverings. Additionally, we propose that these structures
could be utilized in earthquake-resistant buildings, bridges,
A famed united states artist and shutterbug, Kenneth and shelters due to their exceptional resilience, swift load
Snelson (1968), put forth the 'tensegrity' idea in his artwork, transfer, and shock-absorbing capabilities. Notably, Snelson's
opting for 'floating compression' as a descriptor for his Needle Tower is a renowned example of a tensegrity structure
sculptures. Tensegrity, a blend of flexible and tough parts, is used in towers. [4] One proposal was put forth suggesting that
useful in engineering, particularly for making unique bridges. the intersecting vertical supports of a tensegrity structure
Unlike standard bridges, tensegrity bridges use intertwined could be utilized as a central elevator passage for tall towers.
tensioned cables or rods and compression parts. They are In addition, Jáuregui [2] suggested utilizing tensegrity towers

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.104

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
for other purposes such as lightning conductors and turbines [9] In Seifollahi and Sadeghi's research, they embarked on
at their peak. The versatility of tensegrity arches and spline a study to investigate the performance of a tensegrity BTS
beams, evidenced by their ability to support expansive (Base Transceiver Station) tower. This tower was carefully
membranes, indicates that they are well-suited to designed and analysed under a defined load condition, and its
accommodate uneven loads and prevent stress buildup, thanks results were compared to those of a traditional
to their torsional flexibility. This aligns with Burkhardt's telecommunication tower. Interestingly, the tensegrity tower
observations. [5] Intrigued by the concept of highly- exhibited almost twice the deflection of the existing tower.
triangulated tensegrity design methods, our research hones in Despite this difference, there was a noteworthy decrease in the
on their potential for dome construction. Our investigation total weight and number of members in the structure,
into Tensegrity domes has revealed their remarkable ability to showcasing the potential benefits of this innovative design.
support massive structures without relying on excessive [10] "Investigated the seismic performance of tensegrity
support. Imagine spanning vast expanses with minimal barrel vaults utilizing ANSYS software for both linear and
foundations, freeing these suspended creations from the nonlinear analysis. Diverse tensegrity barrel vaults were
constraints of earthly limitations. This could prove invaluable generated, varying in rise to span ratios and initial strains.
in crowded, hazardous areas and urban environments. As When subjected to horizontal accelerograms, these vaults
noted by Gilewski et al., this revolutionary approach has the experienced failure in the form of either tension rupture or
power to transform our built environment. [6] Through compression buckling in their members. However, no such
employing the decomposition matrix technique, our inve- failures were observed when subjected to vertical
stigation successfully gauged the validity of certain accelerograms. For cases of low initial strains, tensile element
constructions as true tensegrities. Our results reveal inte- rupture was the dominant failure mode under horizontal
rconnected tensegrity modules make up the most recognized earthquake forces, while intermediate and large initial strains
tensegrity structures, like the impressive 62.3meter Warnow led to buckling of bars. Consideration of tensegrity structures
Tower. Comprised of six 83meter simplex modules stacked for real-world applications requires an assessment of their
atop one another, this remarkable tower stands as the tallest behavior under seismic loading."
ever built. Additionally, Wang explored the effectiveness of
Tensegrity grids in a separate study. [1]. The research showed Structural Analysis Program (SAP 2000) is used in this
that Tensegrity grids have limited efficiency in structural manuscript for analytical evaluations. The goal was simple.
applications due to their unique load-transfer patterns. Can be Understand how a specific type of bridge, the tensegrity
attributed to three main factors: isolated struts, susceptibility bridge, responds to earthquakes. Essentially, how much
to buckling in long bars, and reduction of resistant lever arms damage does it sustains? The team compared it with regular
in inclined bars. According to Wang [1], Tensegrity grids are steel bridges of similar design, looking at how they behaved
more suitable for smaller spans and emphasizing aesthetics. under the same conditions and variations. The analysis was to
However, through thorough experimentation, Wang [1] Feng see if any benefits or drawbacks came from using the unique
discovered solutions to enhance long span Tensegrity tension and compression portions of a tensegrity bridge. The
structures. Recommendations: add diagonal cables to team wanted to know, are tensegrity bridges better suited or
distribute forces evenly; use struts with larger diameters and more resilient during earthquakes than regular steel bridges?
thinner walls to improve buckling resistance; and implement They needed this understanding before using these bridges in
a modular design for scalability. [7] By examining the first- real-life scenarios.
ever tensegrity dome, the Georgia Dome, utilizing numerical II. METHODOLOGY
analysis techniques and non-linear software, we delved into
the fascinating realm of tension structures and discovered their The research looked at two bridge types - a regular steel
unique structural behavior. Our findings revealed that the bridge and an innovative tensegrity bridge. study wanted to
behavior of a tensegrity dome deviates from that of see how they worked under different situations. Study used a
conventional structures due to its distinct failure mode. special analysis called modal load on SAP2000 software. The
Notably, the failure mode of a tensegrity dome is steel bridge has a typical design that uses compression
characterized by the slackening of the ridge and diagonal elements and follows the usual structure rules. Study used in
cables in the central section of the dome. As demonstrated by this, analysis to compare it to the new tensegrity bridge. On
Feng [7] the optimal design for an elliptical tensegrity dome the flip side, the tensegrity bridge model was more advanced.
with enhanced bearing capacity entails elevating the It had distinct tension and compression parts in a network of
prestressed forces in the ridge and diagonal cables of the inner linked cables and separate components. This unusual design
and upper layers of the central section of the dome. Notably, was to challenge common bridge concepts, perhaps creating
this concept has also been explored by Barbarigos et al. with stronger, lighter structures.
their insightful contributions. [8] Roshna and Anurag closely Bridge designs were thoroughly examined using a tool
examined a unique pedestrian bridge using a "hollow rope" called SAP2000. This tool helped apply load and collect data.
tensegrity design. Their study focused on three different The check models were taken into account during the research
module arrangements: square, pentagon, and hexagon. The to ascertain the trustworthiness of the findings. The bridge de-
bridge was made up of four identical modules that were evenly sign’s effectiveness was checked by putting them against
balanced around the centre. The findings revealed that the standard steel bridges. This safeguarded the reliability of the
pentagon configuration was the most optimal for the bridge's inferences made from the bridge design analysis. This deep,
purpose, as it exhibited superior properties in terms of torsion, broad study's aim to notice unique behaviors and the pros and
self-weight, serviceability, rigidity, and cost-effectiveness. cons of the regular steel bridge model.
Conversely, the hexagon design proved to be the least
efficient.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.105

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
III. ANALYSES TYPE
In this present study SAP2000 software has been used for
analysis of two different bridge designs: a standard steel
build and a unique tensegrity model. The first type uses the
regular compression method, but the second kind uses
both tension and compression separately. It's different!
study has been done to see how these designs would hold
up under modal load conditions, and then compare them
to control models. Study has been made to learned a lot
about what made each design good or bad. This knowledge
could lead to major changes in how we build bridges. As
an extra step, study has been tested the tensegrity bridge
for earthquake resistance, using a method called pushover
analysis. With the gradual application of lateral forces, this
analysis reveals the bridge's ability to deform and Fig. 2. Steel bridge model used in Present Study
withstand stress beyond its intended capacity.
A. Parameters used in analysis
All materials are S355 steel (σ– 237MPa, E – 210000 MPa, C. Loading
E/ σ – 886, ρ – 77kN/m3) According to estimations, the dead load of the deck is
Section properties – struts have hollow circular section; approximately 1 kN/m2, while the live load, including
cables have full cross section. factors such as snow and wind, is estimated to be 5.5
B. Code , units , material , section property kN/m2. In order to enhance the load-bearing capacity of a
1. Eurocode is used for design analysis and materials cable, prestressing it involves applying initial tension at
one end. This technique not only reduces deflections, but
2. All units are in Kilonewton, meter, second, also strengthens the cable and stabilizes structures under
3. Section property is given in TABLE I various loads. The result is improved structural behavior
by reducing tensile stresses and maintaining stability. It
4. Span of bridge is 40m for both and width is 3m and should be noted, however, that the effectiveness of this
hight is 6m for steel bridge and 5.7m for tensegrity method is influenced by its accuracy and the properties of
bridge the materials used. Additionally, stress concentrations at
5. Plan and 3veiw of both bridges are shown fig 1 and the applied end must be carefully considered. The practice
fig 2 of prestressing at one end is commonly used in bridges,
TABLE 1-Section Properties Used in Present Study
building facades, and tensioned structures, making a
significant contribution to their longevity and stability
Strut (diameter) Cables (diameter) D. Support conditions
Sr Circular hollow
no section For both bridges are steel structure hence support
Model condition are hinges at four supports as shown in fig 1
Diamet Wall Longitu Transv and fig 2
er thickness dinal erse
1
Steel bridge E. The output of the analysis has been listed as follows
(m) 0.149 0.025 NA NA
Tensegrity 1. Joint Displacement is a critical factor in analyzing
2
bridge (m) 0.252 0.025 0.079 0.063 stability and deformations, as it provides insight into
how structural connection points move under loads.
2. Joint Mass plays a crucial role in the dynamic
behavior of a structure, as its concentrated weight at
joints affects natural frequencies and the overall
structural response.
3. Mode Shape reveals the specific patterns of
movement that a structure undergoes during
resonance, helping to identify weaknesses and
understand vibrations.
4. pushover results are found by slowly adding weight.
they show how much a building can bend without
snapping back into place. such info is key to
understand a building's strength and ways it could
Fig. 1. Tensegrity model used in Present Study
collapse, especially during earthquakes.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.106

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
IV. FINDING AND DISCUSSION TABLE 4. Assembled Joint Masses of tensegrity bridge
Assembled Joint Masses
When we really dig into and compare several tables and
Joint U1 U2 U3
data sets, we find key information about how the structure acts Mass Source
KN-s2/m KN-s2/m KN-s2/m
under different situations. Bridges' stre-ngth and balance 17 MSSSRC1 29.29 29.29 29.29
depend a lot on mass at the- joints and how loads are shared. 18 MSSSRC1 29.37 29.37 29.37
Tense-grity bridges, for example, show balance-d, larger joint 19 MSSSRC1 1.15 1.15 1.15
masses (1.15 kN-s2/m to 29.37 kN-s2/m) that really 20 MSSSRC1 2.16 2.16 2.16
participate- a lot, we're talking near 100%, whe-n to comes to 21 MSSSRC1 2.04 2.04 2.04
dynamic action. Steel bridge-s, on the other hand, have 22 MSSSRC1 2.04 2.04 2.04
diffe-rent, often smaller joint masse-s (0.73 kN-s2/m to 36.15 23 MSSSRC1 2.16 2.16 2.16
kN-s2/m) and less significant load participation. These 24 MSSSRC1 2.04 2.04 2.04
variations highlight some-thing unique – while tense-grity 25 MSSSRC1 2.04 2.04 2.04
26 MSSSRC1 2.16 2.16 2.16
styles focus on being solid under te-nsion, steel types usually
27 MSSSRC1 2.04 2.04 2.04
follow the- norm of bearing load. Interestingly, move-ment 28 MSSSRC1 2.04 2.04 2.04
comparison data shows steel bridge-s shift less (max of 0.234 29 MSSSRC1 1.15 1.15 1.15
m) compared to tense-grity bridges (around 1.4 m when not 30 MSSSRC1 29.37 29.37 29.37
bearing load). Looking at the-se movements can offe-r some 31 MSSSRC1 29.29 29.29 29.29
understanding into how these- bridges behave unde-r external SumAccelUX MSSSRC1 138.32 0 0
forces. Making te-nsegrity bridges stiffer with spe-cial forces SumAccelUY MSSSRC1 0 138.32 0
called pre-stre-ssing can improve them and calls for extra SumAccelUZ MSSSRC1 0 0 138.32
polishing of de-signing steps.
TABLE 5. Assembled Joint Masses of Steel bridge
A. Assembled Joint mass and modal load participation
ratio Assembled Joint Masses
Concentrated mass at joints impacts dynamic Joint Mass Source
U1 U2 U3
behavior, affecting natural frequencies and KN-s2/m KN-s2/m KN-s2/m
3 MSSSRC1 0.83 0.83 0.83
structural response. Tensegrity bridges exhibit
4 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
higher and evenly distributed joint masses (1.15 kN- 5 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
s2/m to 29.37 kN-s2/m), with dominant modal 6 MSSSRC1 0.83 0.83 0.83
participation ratios, nearing 100% in dynamic cases. 7 MSSSRC1 35.92 35.92 35.92
In contrast, steel bridges display generally lower and 8 MSSSRC1 36.15 36.15 36.15
varied joint masses (0.73 kN-s2/m to 36.15 kN- 9 MSSSRC1 1.17 1.17 1.17
s2/m), featuring significant but lower modal 10 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
11 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
participation ratios. This highlights unique
12 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
structural characteristics and design philosophies 13 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
tensegrity structures emphasize tensional integrity, 14 MSSSRC1 1.17 1.17 1.17
while steel bridges follow traditional load-bearing 15 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
principles. The comparison underscores the critical 16 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
interplay between assembled joint masses and 17 MSSSRC1 1.17 1.17 1.17
modal behaviors, offering insights essential for 18 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
19 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
optimizing structural designs for performance, 20 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
stability, and load-bearing efficiency in each bridge 21 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
type. 22 MSSSRC1 1.17 1.17 1.17
TABLE 2. Mass Load Participation Ratio 23 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
for tensegrity bridge 24 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
25 MSSSRC1 1.17 1.17 1.17
Modal Load Participation Ratios
26 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
Static Dynamic
Output case ItemType Item 27 MSSSRC1 0.83 0.83 0.83
% % 28 MSSSRC1 0.83 0.83 0.83
MODAL Acceleration UX 99.9897 69.4308 29 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
MODAL Acceleration UY 99.9995 99.3998 30 MSSSRC1 1.17 1.17 1.17
MODAL Acceleration UZ 99.9982 80.7693 33 MSSSRC1 1.17 1.17 1.17
34 MSSSRC1 0.73 0.73 0.73
Table 3. Mass Load Participation Ratio 37 MSSSRC1 35.92 35.92 35.92
for Steel bridge 38 MSSSRC1 36.15 36.15 36.15
SumAccelUX MSSSRC1 168.03 0 0
Modal Load Participation Ratios SumAccelUY MSSSRC1 0 168.03 0
Static SumAccelUZ MSSSRC1 0 0 168.03
Output case Dynamic
ItemType Item % %
MODAL Acceleration UX 99.2274 30.4825
MODAL Acceleration UY 98.3086 56.0439
MODAL Acceleration UZ 99.9276 70.1465

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.107

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
B. Joint Displacement
Gauging movement at crucial connection points under 25 DEAD 0.000059 0.000014 -0.20448
various load conditions is an essential component of 26 DEAD 0.000058 0.000015 -0.20647
27 DEAD -0.00066 -0.00319 -0.00099
comprehending structural stability and deformations. When it
28 DEAD -0.00064 -0.00319 -0.00095
comes to evaluating the strength and integrity of a structure, 29 DEAD 0.000085 0.000059 -0.11073
tables are commonly used to display this information. The 30 DEAD 0.000085 0.000059 -0.11285
displacement of steel bridge is less displacement than that of 33 DEAD 0.000059 0.0001 -0.00111
tensegrity bridge .as it can be seen in the fig 3 and fig 4. The 34 DEAD 0.000057 0.000099 -0.00105
maximum displacement in steel bridge is 0.234 m and in 37 DEAD 0 0 0
tensegrity bridge is 1.4m in dead load case. 38 DEAD 0 0 0

TABLE 6. Joint Displacement of Tensegrity bridge

Joint displacement
joint
Output case U1 U3
U2
17 Dead -0.3003 0.000093 0

18 Dead 0 0 0

19 Dead -0.14732 -0.00019 -9.7E-05

20 Dead 0.640681 -0.16399 -1.08158

21 Dead -0.73934 -0.12749 -1.07219

22 Dead -0.33889 -0.12754 -1.07219

23 Dead -0.15009 0.00089 -1.45748

0.001174 Fig. 3. displacement for dead load condition for steel bridge
24 Dead 0.401175 -1.45784

25 Dead -0.70086 0.001124 -1.45797

26 Dead -0.94067 0.165195 -1.0809

27 Dead 0.039184 0.129303 -1.0909

28 Dead 0.43949 0.129251 -1.07166

29 Dead -0.15198 0.000285 -9.7E-05

30 Dead -0.30021 0.000093 0

31 Dead 0.000098 0 0

TABLE 7. Joint Displacement of Steel bridge

Fig. 4. displacement for dead load condition for tensegrity bridge

Joint displacement

Joint Output case U1 U2 U3 C. mode shape

3 DEAD 0.000661 -0.00319 -0.00099
Represents structural movement patterns during resonance,
4 DEAD 0.000487 -0.00378 -0.11074
5 DEAD 0.000472 -0.00378 -0.11285 aiding in identifying weaknesses and understanding
6 DEAD 0.000636 -0.00319 -0.00095 Vibrations
7 DEAD 0 0 0 1. Table VIII predominantly displays longer periods
8 DEAD 0 0 0 and lower frequencies compared to Table IX,
9 DEAD -5.9E-05 0.0001 -0.00111
10 DEAD -5.7E-05 0.000099 -0.00105
showcasing shorter periods and higher frequencies
11 DEAD 0.00026 -0.00379 -0.20448 for each mode.
12 DEAD 0.000251 -0.00379 -0.20647 2. Table VIII showcases markedly higher eigenvalues
13 DEAD -8.5E-05 0.000059 -0.11073 for corresponding modes in comparison to Table IX,
14 DEAD -8.5E-05 0.000059 -0.11285 indicating distinct behaviors or response traits
15 DEAD -2.1E-15 -0.00385 -0.23784
16 DEAD -7E-16 -0.00385 -0.2397 between the two analyses.
17 DEAD -5.9E-05 0.000014 -0.20448 3. The diversity in modal periods, frequencies, and
18 DEAD -5.8E-05 0.000015 -0.20647 eigenvalues between the two tables establishes
19 DEAD -0.00026 -0.00379 -0.20448 distinct dynamic properties of the structure under
20 DEAD -0.00025 -0.00379 -0.20647
scrutiny.
21 DEAD -3.7E-18 0.000112 -0.23785
22 DEAD -9.4E-18 0.000112 -0.2397
23 DEAD -0.00049 -0.00378 -0.11074
24 DEAD -0.00047 -0.00378 -0.11285

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.108

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
4. The response of the structure towards excitation TABLE 8. Modal Frequency and
Frequency for tensegrity bridge
may vary depending on the frequency and period of
each mode; modes with higher frequencies or Modal Periods and Frequencies
Output
shorter periods are expected to exhibit livelier Case Step Period Frequency CircFreq Eigenvalue
Type Sec Cyc/sec rad/sec rad2/sec2
reactions to dynamic loads or external forces, while MODAL 1 3.64193 0.27458 1.725235 2.9764356
modes with longer periods or lower frequencies may MODAL 2 3.024165 0.33067 2.077659 4.3166679
MODAL 3 2.221064 0.450235 2.828907 8.0027166
display slower responses. MODAL 4 1.443282 0.692865 4.3534 18.952095
5. By comprehending these modal parameters, MODAL 5 1.313999 0.761035 4.781727 22.864912
MODAL 6 0.88959 1.124113 7.063011 49.886122
engineers can anticipate the structural response, MODAL 7 0.8011 1.248284 7.843201 61.515808
pinpoint pivotal modes of vibration, and integrate MODAL 8 0.723482 1.382205 8.684648 75.423111
MODAL 9 0.654491 1.527905 9.600112 92.162157
appropriate measures in the design or modification MODAL 10 0.085874 11.64496 73.16741 5353.4703
of structures to combat or lessen the impact of MODAL 11 0.073925 13.52721 84.99399 7223.9787
dynamic forces, such as wind, earthquakes, or MODAL 12 0.072725 13.75035 86.396 7464.2685

machinery operation.

Fig. 8. Snapshot of frequency in 1st mode shape

Fig. 5. Snapshot of frequency in 1st mode shape

Fig. 9. Snapshot of frequency in 2nd mode shape

Fig. 6. Snapshot of frequency in 2nd mode shape

Fig 10. Snapshot of frequency in 3rd mode shape

Fig. 7. Snapshot of frequency in 3 rd mode shape

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.109

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
TABLE 9. Modal Frequency and TABLE 10. Pushover Capacity In X-Direction
Frequency for Steel bridge

Pushover Capacity Curve

Modal Periods and Frequencies Load Base
Output displacement
Step Period Frequency CircFreq Eigenvalue
Case Force
Case
Type Sec Cyc/sec rad/sec rad2/sec2 PUSH X -0.000725 0
MODAL 1 0.881242 1.1347618 7.1299186 50.83574
MODAL 2 0.858676 1.1645838 7.31729608 53.54282 PUSH X 0.013275 483.102
MODAL 3 0.59701 1.6750138 10.5244219 110.7635
MODAL 4 0.523247 1.911144 12.0080719 144.1938 PUSH X 0.027275 817.949
MODAL 5 0.328057 3.0482554 19.1527533 366.828
MODAL 6 0.317078 3.1538012 19.8159175 392.6706 PUSH X 0.041275 803.367
MODAL 7 0.264551 3.7799898 23.7503761 564.0804
MODAL 8 0.252527 3.9599761 24.8812636 619.0773
PUSH X 0.055275 767.04
MODAL 9 0.192825 5.1860626 32.5849924 1061.782
PUSH X 0.069275 745.549
MODAL 10 0.17672 5.6586595 35.5544064 1264.116
MODAL 11 0.160248 6.2403299 39.209149 1537.357 PUSH X 0.083275 719.573
MODAL 12 0.15876 6.2988147 39.5766203 1566.309
PUSH X 0.097275 691.851

PUSH X 0.111275 666.733

D. Pushover analysis
PUSH X 0.125275 634.294
As force is gradually applied, these sharp curves exhibit PUSH X 0.128775 619.907
structural changes that go beyond its elastic limits. Such
deformations are crucial in evaluating the structure's ability to PUSH X 0.130525 604.567
withstand external forces, particularly in seismic events. Table
PUSH X 0.131157 591.892
X (PUSH X) provides a visual representation of the structure's
response to increasing loads, showing the force required for PUSH X 0.131157 591.892
specific displacements. On the other hand, Table XI (PUSH
Y) presents actual data, illustrating the resulting
displacements under varying load conditions. Together, these TABLE XI. Pushover Capacity in Y direction
tables offer valuable insight into the structure's behavior and
Pushover Curve Demand
its capacity to withstand different forces before reaching Load Case Displacement Base Force
failure or significant deformation. By comparing the two, we push y 0 0
can comprehensively analyze the structure's response to push y 0.047245 18.662
different loading scenarios. push y 0.047492 49.226
push y 0.047881 96.448
push y 0.048203 127.191
push y 0.048636 161.43
push y 0.049173 197.498
push y 0.04979 233.832
push y 0.050454 269.196
push y 0.051137 302.722
push y 0.051814 333.932
push y 0.052472 362.689
push y 0.053104 389.086
push y 0.053708 413.327
push y 0.054285 435.651
push y 0.054837 456.291
push y 0.055366 475.464
Fig. 11. Push over result in X direction
push y 0.055874 493.357
push y 0.056364 510.133
push y 0.056838 525.932
push y 0.057298 540.874
push y 0.057745 555.059
push y 0.05818 568.574
push y 0.058605 581.494
push y 0.059022 593.88
push y 0.059429 605.789
push y 0.05983 617.267
push y 0.060223 628.355
push y 0.060611 639.09
push y 0.060993 649.501
push y 0.061369 659.618
Fig. 12. Push over result in Y direction push y 0.061741 669.463
push y 0.062108 679.06
push y 0.062472 688.426
push y 0.062831 697.579
push y 0.063187 706.535
push y 0.063539 715.306

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.110

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
push y 0.063888 723.906 [6] W. Gilewski, J. Klosowska, P. Obara, Applications of Tensegrity
push y 0.064235 732.345 structures in civil engineering, Procedia Eng., 111, 242-248 (2015)
push y 0.064578 740.635 [7] F. Feng, Structural behaviour and design methods of Tensegrity domes,
push y 0.064919 748.783 Journal of Constructional Steel Research, 61(1), 23-35 (2005)
push y 0.065258 756.799 [8] L. Rhode-Barbarigos, N.B.H. Ali, R. Motrob, I.F.C. Smith, Designing
push y 0.065594 764.691 Tensegrity modules for pedestrian bridges, Engineering Structures,
push y 0.065927 772.464 32(4), 1158-1167 (2010)
push y 0.066259 780.127 [9] A.V. Roshna, P. Anuragi, Design of BTS Tower Using Tensegrity
push y 0.066459 780.86 Principle, International Research Journal of Engineering and
Technology, 4(5), 1608-1612 (2017)
push y 0.066685 780.909
push y 0.066885 781.641 [10] F. Seifollahi, A. Sadeghi, Seismic Behavior of Tensegrity Barrel
Vaults, Journal of Civil and Environmental Engineering, 45.4(81), pp.
push y 0.067039 782.206
59-68 (2016)
[11] Allen, K. M. (2021). Analysis of Tensegrity Structure Using Abaqus .
Southern: Digital Commons@Georgia Southern.
E. Conclusion [12] Ángel Otoniel González Martínez, J. M. (2019). Dynamical Behavior
of a Tensegrity Structure Coupled to a Spatial Steel Grid. Current
Tensegrity bridges, designed with tension and stressed cables, Journal of Applied Science and Technology, 24.
could be economical due to their efficient use of various [13] Jiahui Lau, Z. W. (2022). A Unified Framework for Dynamic Analysis
parameters. Parameters used in this manuscript is material, of Tensegrity Structure with Arbitrary Rigid Bodies Bars. Composite
Structure, 18.
length, height, width, prestressing force in cables and
[14] Jonas Feron, L. B. (2019). Optimization of Footbridge Composed pf
optimization of these forces. The design's complexity, the way Prismatic Tensegrity Modules. Bridge Engineering , 28.
it's built, safety, and the bridge's individual needs all matter. [15] Li-Yuan Zhang, Y.-P. C.-Q. (2013). Stifness Matrix Based Form-
Comparing overall costs, we must look at construction price, Finding Method of Tensegrity Structures. Engineering Structures, 14.
maintenance, lifespan, and if it fits its purpose. Unlike typical [16] Massimiliano Lazzari, R. V. (2003). Dynamic Behavior of a Tensegrity
steel bridges, the economy of these bridges depends on these system Subjected to Follower Wind Loading. Computer and
details. Strcutures, 18.
[17] Nabil Ben Kahla, M. H. (2020). Nonlinear Dynamic Response and
From this study it has been concluded that the stiffness can Stability of Tensegrity Bridge to Selected Cable Rupture. Latin
be improved by the increasing of pr-stressing force in the American Journal of solids and Structure , 19.
cable. It can also be seen that without cable structure have [18] Pierre Latteur, J. F. (2017). A Design methodology for Lattice and
less efficiency and with cable having pre-stressing force have tensegrity Structures Based on Stiffness and Volume Optimization
Algorithm Using Morphological Indicators. Space Structures, 18.
more efficiency in terms of stiffness and self-weight. As pre-
[19] Raneem Al Azem, W. E. (2022). Parametric Study of tensegrity
stressing force is most important factor in tensegrity structure Structure Under Seismic Loading. ICCEE E3S (p. 12). Malaysia: EDP
to make a structure more economical and light weight even Science.
for the accuracy in the result. it can also be possible to reduce [20] Saieni, H. A. (2012). Non-linear Vibrations of Tensegrity Structures.
the displacement of the structure by adjusting the pre- Royal Institute of Technology.
stressing force in the cable. In this study the displacement is [21] Sivaselvan, N. O. (2011). Dynamic Analysis of Tensegrity Structures
Using Complementarity Framework. Comuters and Structures, 14.
more of tensegrity bridge than the steel bridge but it can be
[22] Skelton, C. S. (2004). A force and torque tensegrity sensor. Sensors
reduced by using proper methodology of adjusting of pre- and Actuators, 12.
stressing in cable. And by adjusting the pre-stressing force we [23] Smith, N. B. (2010). Dynamic Behavior and Vibrations Control of a
can also increasing the stiffness of the structure. Proper Tensegrity Structure . Solids and Strcutures, 25.
methodology of adjusting pre-stressing in the cable needs [24] Tara Habibi, L. R.-B. (2023). Effects of prestress implementation on
more focus. self-stress state in large-scale tensegrity structure. Engineering
Structures, 15.
[25] Tomasik, P. O. (2021). Parametric Analysis of Tensegrity plate-Like
Acknowledgment Structures Part 2 --Quantitatives Analysis . Applied Science , 22.
[26] Tomasik, P. O. (2023). Dynamic Stability of Tensegrity -- Part I The
I want to express how deeply thankful and I appreciate Time Independent External load . Materials, 21.
my family's steadfast support. Also, I value the contributions [27] Tomasik, P. O. (2023). Dynamic Stability of Tensegrity Structure--
made by the study participants. Finally, a huge thanks to my Part II The Periodic Loading . Materials , 23.
friends who kept boosting my morale.
REFERENCES
[1] B. Wang, Free-standing Tension Structures: From Tensegrity systems
to cable-strut systems, Spon Research, CRC Press (2004)
[2] V.G. Jáuregui, Tensegrity Structures and their Application to
Architecture, MSc in Architecture, Belfast, Queen’s University (2004)
[3] A. Srivastava, T. Izhar, A Review on Properties of Tensegrity Tower
as an alternative for Conventional Steel Towers, International Research
Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET), 4(5), 1320-1323
(2017)
[4] K. Snelson, Kenneth Snelson: Art and Ideas, available at:
[Link] (2013)
[5] 5. R.W. Burkhardt, A Practical Guide to Tensegrity Design. 2nd Ed,
Cambridge, USA, available at:
[Link] (2008)

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.111

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

A Review on Sustainable use of Wheat-

Straw ash
Harshal Bharat Chavan Dr Amol Kamalakar Mali
Environmental Engineering Walchand college of Engineering
Walchand college of Engineering Sangli (Assistant Professor)
Sangli,India Walchand college of Engineering
harshal.chavan1@[Link] Sangli,India
[Link]@[Link]

Abstract understood that it has the capability of amorphous silica to

react with cement and form C-S-H gel which helps us to get
In today's world biomass ash deposition problem is mainly seen. strength. The present study focuses on a comprehensive
But as a solution to this, we should use biomass ash in the
review of wheat straw ash regarding its fresh, mechanical, and
concrete industry. Today, according to the speed with which the
world is progressing in infrastructure development, our need for
durability characteristics. Besides, the optimum replacement
cement is increasing a lot. When we consider biomass ash, we concentration of wheat straw ash was identified to achieve
see a high amount of silica in wheat straw ash, from which we greater strength and durability characteristics. This
understand that its pozzolanic properties are very useful for comprehensive review is expected to provide useful
concrete. This study presents a review of wheat straw ash and information to researchers for future reference.
its impact on the fresh and hardened properties of concrete.
including its microstructure, workability, compressive & and Physical and chemical properties of Wheat Straw Ash
flexural strength, Durability. From this data we have seen that In the study by (Bheel et al., 2021) WSA was burned for 10
the fineness of ash provides filler and pore refinement effect and hours. Its SEM and, XRD analysis has been done, in which
gain additional hydration products, resulting in an the content of SiO2+Al2O3+Fe203 of their WSA is more than
improvement of the mechanical and durability properties of
concrete. But we have to replace wheat straw ash with cement
70%. According to (Biricik et al., 1999) study, they used two
only up to a certain limit because if we exceed its limit, we will types of ash at 570 and 670 degrees Celsius, in both of them,
not see improvement in concrete. The optimum level of SiO2+Al2O3+Fe203 is more than 70%. The amorphous
replacement for wheat straw ash was observed at 10-20%. An structure was observed in both Ash. But they ground and
increase in replacement of wheat straw ash content mostly has a screened it in 200 to 90µm size to bring it into binding
positive effect on water absorption and resistance to sulfate character. In the paper of (Biricik et al., 2000) WSA is burned
attack. at 670°C for 5 hours. And its AFS content is more than 70%.
In this, their main purpose is to check the magnesium sulfate
Keywords—Wheat Straw Ash, Silica, Fineness, resistance
and sodium sulfate resistance of mortar cube, and the chemical
and physical properties of WSA are seen to be doing the job
INTRODUCTION
properly. After increasing, its amorphous silica increases, and
The incorporation of agricultural waste byproducts in in the micrograph, particles with prismatic, spherical, and
concrete production has gained significant attention in recent fibrous grain are seen and in the XRD pattern, the peak of
years due to its potential to address environmental and quartz is seen, indicating amorphous. In this, we also see the
economic challenges. One such waste material is wheat straw AFS content of WSA is more than 70%. (Aksoʇan et al., 2016)
ash, which is generated from the burning of wheat straw in this research they used organic chemical WSA in which
residues. Several studies have explored the use of wheat straw their AFS content is less than 70% and LOI is more than 10%
ash in concrete and cement mortar, showing promising results but all these are (ASTM C618-12a, 2012) According to the
in terms of improved mechanical and durability research of (Shar et al., 2023)AFS content of WSA is more
[Link] significance of this research lies in its potential than 70% and XRD analysis shows a high concentration of p,
to contribute to environmental sustainability and economic c, a,c,k, Si, Mg, and Fe and high The content of silica
viability. By utilizing wheat straw ash in concrete production, validates the cementations’ material. (Al-Kheetan, 2022) have
greenhouse gas emissions can be reduced, natural resources prepared lightweight pedestrian paving blocks by
can be conserved, and the circular economy can be promoted. incorporating wheat straw, the microstructure analysis and
Additionally, the use of wheat straw ash can potentially reduce interaction mechanism of which says that high intensity of
the cost of concrete production, making it economically viable cellulose, hemicellulose, wax, and glycoside was recognized
for the construction [Link], when the world is moving in LPPB mixtures containing untreated wheat straw fibers.
fast in the construction industry, we do not see much This comprehensive review shows that the Micro-structure of
consideration of cement carbon emissions. But pozzolana every WSA is almost different from each other, most
material plays an important role when we consider commonly, the presence of irregularly shaped particles
environmental supplements. Materials like wheat straw ash, was identified for WSA.
silica fume, SCBA, etc. can help us to reduce carbon
emissions. When we read about wheat straw ash material, we WORKABILITY OF SPECIMEN INCORPORATING WSA

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.112

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
In the research of (Bheel et al., 2021) it can be seen that pedestrian paving blocks incorporating wheat straw in which
slump is reduced when we increase WSA content in they used 5 and 10% replacement containing treated wheat
concrete and this higher amount of water needed to wet the straw were seen to have fewer micro cracks. and air voids and
surface of WSA resulted in limited water for improving a more bonded interfacial transition zone than their untreated
the workability of the mixtures. In the research of counterparts which is the reason for their higher strength
(Aksoʇan et al., 2016)wheat straw ash and sunflower stalk compared to mixtures containing untreated wheat straw. In the
ash 2.5 and 5% of the cement was replaced by mass, and research of (Shar et al., 2023) maximum compressive strength
in this, the slump of all properties is less compared to the has been obtained for 10% WSA replacement. Also, as we
increase the content of used engine oil, it is seen that the
control concrete. Also if we consider the sample of WSA
compressive strength is decreasing. Literature studies indicate
and sunflower stalk ash only, the slump is the highest and
that the relative increase in compressive strength at the
when we add corn stalk ash to it, the slump is reduced. It optimum level replacement of WSA. The increase in strength
is correct in the study of (Shar et al., 2023) that the at optimum doses of WSA might be due to improvement in
maximum slump control concrete has been reached. Also, microstructure, growth C-S-H gels, and pour-filling effects.
as we increase the content of WSA in concrete, the slump The decline in strength after the optimum level of replacement
decreases, but when engine oil is blended with WSA, the might be attributed to the reduction in binding properties over
slump increases. It is less than control concrete. The OPC.
probable reason for the decline in workability might be
due to their irregular shape. The comprehensive review Flexural Strength
suggests that incorporation of WSA mostly lowers the In the research of (Bheel et al., 2021) flexural strength is
workability attributed to their higher specific surface area enhanced up to 10% replacement and after that no increase in
strength was observed and the strength of 10% replacement is
and non-uniform particle distribution that provides greater
more than the control specimen. A good linear relationship is
friction between particles.
also seen in flexural strength. According to the study of
Mechanical properties of concrete/Mortar incorporating (Biricik et al., 1999), when we produce ash at 570 degrees
WSA Celsius, it gets good flexural strength. In the research of
Compressive Strength (Biricik et al., 2000), 8 and 16% replacement WSA are
exposed to sulfate in the first 28 days. Its strength is seen to
In the study of (Bheel et al., 2021) they used a 150 mm cube
decline and at 24% replacement level strength gain is seen up
for compressive strength, and in that they researched on
to 180 days in magnesium sulphate solution. Literature
5,10,15,20% replacement out of which 10% WSA
studies indicate that the relative increase in compressive
replacement sample gave more compressive strength than the
strength at the optimum level of replacement of WSA is
control concrete. But strength decrease is seen for 15 and
slightly higher than Flexural strength. The Flexural strength
20%. But when the first 7-day curing cube is tested, we find
at optimum doses of WSA might be due to improvement in
that the strength of the cube is less than that of the control
microstructure, growth of C-S-H gel, and pour-filling effects.
concrete, which means that the compressive strength of the
The decline in strength after the optimum level of replacement
pozzolanic material increases as its curing age increases and
might be attributed to the reduction in binding properties over
in this they have 10% replacement optimum for the
OPC.
compressive strength. It seems that (Biricik et al., 1999)
research has used water and sulfate solutions for compressive Durability characteristics of mortar / Concrete
strength evaluation. It was found that compressive strength incorporating WSA
increased steadily and reached the strength of the cement
mortar after 180 days. This shows pozzolanic reactions due to Porosity
the presence of WSA progressed at a very slow rate and WSA In the study of (Shar et al., 2023) when we use engine oil
replacement affected beneficially compressive strength of incorporation in concrete then increases the evaporation of
mortar in sodium sulfate solution at 10,000 and 40,000 mg per water from concrete and produces voids in the hardened
liter (Qudoos et al., 2018) in the research of the compressive concrete that result in plummeting the compressive strength
strength of the mortar mixes incorporating WSA increased and similar observation can be seen in split tensile strength.
and the increment was more pronounced with the addition of In the research (Al-Kheetan, 2022), after incorporating wheat
finer ash particles. The increment was noticeable up to a straw into a paving block, it was seen that a highly dense and
cement replacement level of 20% beyond this a decrease in compacted area represented the cementations matrix and a
strength was observed in the research (El-Sayed & Shaheen, highly porous area with large voids representing zeolite
2020) in concrete with WSA and NaOH, Na2SiO3, and aggregate. The increased volume of air voids could be
Superplasticizer were added, they found that the presence of attributed to the research on the lower density of wheat straw
high soluble silicate content that facilitates the formation of compared to natural sand (Ahmad et al., 2020), pyrolysis of
calcium silicate hydrates matrix and aluminosilicate gel. The wheat straw has been prepared and its Biochar has been
formed matrices provided good inter-particle bonding and prepared. It has been replaced up to 1.5% it was seen that the
enhanced the compressive strength. The compressive strength inclusion of bio char reduced the permeable porosity of mortar
has been increased by 10.85% in the case of steel fibers and there was a gradual decrease in the active porosity of
addition and increased by 10.73% in the case of lathe fiber mortar with the increase in the content of 0.5 to 1.5% (Qudoos
addition. In the research of (Aksoʇan et al., 2016) corn stalk, et al., 2018) In his research it is seen that mortar sample with
wheat straw, and sunflower stalk ash are substituted in place 0% WSA addition showed a porous microstructure and greater
of cement while barite and colemanite are substituted in place CH content. On the other hand, the incorporation of WSA
of fine aggregate with different percentages, they found that dandified the microstructure due to the pozzolanic effect as
the optimum additive ratio for wheat, In the study of corn and well as the filler effect. (Aksoʇan et al., 2016) When scanning
sunflower ashes is 5% (Al-Kheetan, 2022) they have prepared electron microscopy was used, they found that organic

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.113

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
additives decreased the formation of voids and ettringites. In The review suggests that the use of WSA provides effective
the samples with higher compressive strength, the CSH sulfate resistance for concrete/mortar. However, there have
concentration was higher, whereas in the reference sample, only been a few studies that show the precise effects of WSA
there were more ettringites. However further studies are on sulfate resistance. Further detailed studies are required to
required for the WSA-added cementation system. The completely understand the sulfate resistivity of the WSA
replacement concentration, calcination condition, particle blended cementations system.
size, and chemical composition might have a significant role Conclusions
in the porosity of concrete/mortar and need to be investigated. •The requirements of (ASTM C618-12a, 2012) were mostly
WATER ABSORPTION met by WSA, the agglomerated value of Fe2O3, Al2O3, and
According to the study by (Ahmad et al., 2020) water SiO2 contained more than 70%.
absorption of bio char mortar decreased with the increase in •The optimum Calcination temperature and duration of WSA
the content of bio char 0 to 1.5%. Water absorption of the play an important role in their pozzolanic activity,
control mixture was 5.7% which was decreased to 4.27% for Calcination under high temperature might convert the
bio char at 1.5%. A decrease in water absorption for bio char amorphous silica to crystalline forms, while lower calcination
mortar samples is associated with their denser structure as temperature might show the presence of unburnt carbon
compared to control samples due to the filling effect of Bio content. Calcination of WSA 500 to 700 °C was found to be
char. (Al-Kheetan, 2022) in the study on paving blocks, they suitable for use.
say that the presence of lignocellulose and hydro-D-glucose •The microstructure of WSA differs from one another,
on the straw surface, which increases water absorption in however, most WSAs show the presence of irregular and
mixtures containing untreated wheat straw the presence of air fibrous-shaped particles. The optimum grinding of WSA
voids and micro-cracks in those mixtures would contribute to might lower the Fibrous particle content and improve the
increasing their absorption of water. On the other hand, workability of concrete/mortar.
sodium silicate will create a film of silica acid on the surface •The optimum level of replacement WSA was observed
of wheat straw that inhibits the absorption of lignocellulose at 10-20%.
and hydro D glucose into water. Also, sodium silicate
increased the bond between the cementation matrix and •The rise in WSA content in Concrete/mortar
aggregate which reduces water penetration through the significantly improves the water penetration depth and
mixture. According to the study of (Shar et al., 2023), the water absorption.
demand for water absorption is decreased with an increase in
•After optimum replacement, the porosity of WSA
WSA content. But the increment in water absorption of
increased and the strength of WSA was decreased.
concrete with accumulation of used engine oil may be owing
However, the growing concentration of WSA shows
to enhance the flow of fresh concrete which creates space in
excellent resistance to sulfate attack
hardened concrete that results in increasing the water
absorption of concrete .literature studies confirm that the use •A detailed exploration of the mechanical and durability
of WSA improves the water absorption capacity of properties of WSA confirms the presence of silica in
concrete/mortar .this might be associated with the filler optimum amounts and thus makes it suitable for use in
effects, growth of hydration products improvement concrete /mortar.
microstructure of concrete/mortar However more research is
needed to understand the effect of WSA on water absorption. REFERENCES
[1] Ahmad, M. R., Chen, B., & Duan, H. (2020). Improvement effect of
pyrolyzed agro-food biochar on the properties of magnesium phosphate
Sulphate Resistance cement. Science of the Total Environment, 718, 137422.
According to the study of (Biricik et al., 2000) WSA [Link]
replacement affected the beneficially compressive strength of [2] Aksoʇan, O., Binici, H., & Ortlek, E. (2016). The durability of concrete
mortar in sodium sulfate solution at 10,000 and 40,000 mg/lit. is made by partial replacement of fine aggregate by colemanite and
When flexural strength results are considered, the barite and cement by ashes of corn stalk, wheat straw, and sunflower
stalk ashes. Construction and Building Materials, 106, 253–263.
performance of PC-WSA mortar is not better than PC mortar. [Link]
Mass changes in sodium sulfate solution are dependent on [3] Al-Kheetan, M. J. (2022). Properties of lightweight pedestrian paving
WSA replacement level and sulfate concentration. Mortar blocks incorporating wheat straw: Micro-to macro-scale investigation.
containing WSA up to 24% of the cement by mass generally Results in Engineering, 16(October), 100758.
[Link]
gained compressive and flexural strength in magnesium
[4] ASTM C618-12a. (2012). Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and
sulfate solution of 10,000 and 40,000 mg/ lit during the 180 Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete, ASTM
days of immersion. A mortar mixture containing 8% WSA International, West Conshohocken, PA, 2012, [Link]. Annual
showed the highest mass increase in water and magnesium Book of ASTM Standards, 1–5. [Link]
sulfate solution. At higher replacement levels mass increase [5] Bheel, N., Ibrahim, M. H. W., Adesina, A., Kennedy, C., & Shar, I. A.
was lower and a decrease could be observed after 140 days in (2021). Mechanical performance of concrete incorporating wheat straw
ash as partial replacement of cement. Journal of Building Pathology
the concentration of 40,000 mg/lit. Strength decreases after and Rehabilitation, 6(1), 1–7. [Link]
56 Days and mass decreases at later days in solution at a 00099-7
concentration of 40,000 mg/lit at the 24% replacement level [6] Biricik, H., Aköz, F., Berktay, I., & Tulgar, A. N. (1999). Study of
can be accepted as an indication of negative development at pozzolanic properties of wheat straw ash. Cement and Concrete
later days. According to the research done by (Aksoʇan et al., Research, 29(5), 637–643. [Link]
8846(98)00249-X
2016) 2.5 % wheat straw ash rate ended up with improved
abrasion resistance, whereas 5% resulted in a negative effect.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.114

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
[7] Biricik, H., Aköz, F., Türker, F., & Berktay, I. (2000). Resistance to
magnesium sulfate and sodium sulfate attack of mortars containing
wheat straw ash. Cement and Concrete Research, 30(8), 1189–1197.
[Link]
[8] El-Sayed, T. A., & Shaheen, Y. B. I. (2020). Flexural performance of
recycled wheat straw ash-based geopolymer RC beams containing
recycled steel fiber. Structures, 28(April), 1713–1728.
[Link]
[9] Qudoos, A., Kim, H. G., Atta-ur-Rehman, & Ryou, J. S. (2018). Effect
of mechanical processing on the pozzolanic efficiency and the
microstructure development of wheat straw ash blended cement
composites. Construction and Building Materials, 193, 481–490.
[Link]
[10] Shar, I. A., Memon, F. A., Bheel, N., Benjeddou, O., & Alwetaishi, M.
(2023). Effect of used engine oil on the mechanical properties and
embodied carbon of concrete blended with wheat straw ash as a
cementitious material. Environmental Science and Pollution Research,
30(30), 75879–75893. [Link]

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.115

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Seismic Analysis of Fire-Exposed RC Structures by

Capacity Spectrum Method
Rohan Ravsaheb Kumbhoje* Sachin B Kadam Mahadev S Rokade
Dept of Applied Mechanics Dept of Applied Mechanics Centre for Fire Safety
Walchand College of Engineering Walchand College of Engineering Universsity of Edinburg
Sangli, India, 416416 Sangli, India ,416416 Edinburg, United Kingdom ,EH1
rohankumbhoje2@[Link] [Link]@[Link] rokademahadev@[Link]

Abstract — Concrete behaviour at elevated temperatures One of the significant moments that brought attention
has been investigated since early 70’s. This article examines to this threat was the Northridge earthquake (1994) in
the impact of fire closure in more detail, in terms of the Southern California. Not only did this seismic event acted
performance of reinforced buildings. The aim is to investigate as a reminder of the devastating impact earthquakes can
the dynamic response of these systems at thermal conditions.
By conducting Heat Transfer Analysis & Pushover Analysis,
have on structures, but it also highlighted how fires that
this study evaluates the strength and resilience of post-fire followed worsened the damage. This incident gave rise to
earthquakes. The findings of this study provide valuable engineers and researchers to reconsider their practices and
insights that will emphasize the development of robust and develop deeper into understanding how dynamic forces and
sustainable structures for fire and earthquake prone areas elevated temperatures affect reinforced structures.
helps to understand the interaction between fire and The modern world is experiencing earthquakes and a
earthquake loads on concrete structures. growing awareness of the risks posed by fires. The rapid
growth of cities, increase in population and concentration
Keywords — Fire, Seismic, Heat Transfer, Pushover, Fire
of infrastructure in earthquake areas highlight the urgency
Curves, Elevated Temperature.
to address the vulnerabilities of reinforced concrete
structures to both earthquakes and fires. Recent devastating
I. INTRODUCTION earthquakes like the one in Haiti in 2010 and the earthquake
Concrete is a popular choice for principal structural tsunami combo in Japan in 2011 have emphasized the need
materials in construction because of its many merits above for an approach to ensure safety. The rise of RCC buildings
other materials, including ease of production, strength, & complex infrastructure systems and demand for cities
durability, and low heat conductivity. Building codes make this study even more important. In areas structures
specify the necessary fire safety regulations for concrete being close to each other increases the chances of
structures[1-4]. Because fire is second most common hazard sequential seismic and fire events. This calls for a change
after earthquakes that structures may encounter, it is crucial in how we design structures. Additionally, as climate
that building design incorporates recommendations for change impacts become more evident extreme weather
suitable fire safety measures for structural elements [5]. events and wildfires are becoming more common. This
In last few decades there has been a remarkable increase makes it crucial to have structures that can withstand
in fires following seismic events all over the world. This challenges.
highlights the need for a research, that examines how these In engineering there is a need for a comprehensive
two hazards interact with each other. When dynamic forces understanding of how seismic analysis affects fire exposed
and elevated temperature come together it poses threat to reinforced concrete structures. Design codes and standards
structural integrity of reinforced concrete buildings.
are evolving to consider both activity and fire risks because
Therefore it is essential to have an understanding of this
we recognize that these hazards are interconnected.
threat and develop solutions to ensure that critical
infrastructure remains resilient. This study aims to explore However, there is still a gap in our understanding that this
the background, current needs and future contributions research seeks to fill. The goal is to examine the
related to assessing activity in fire-exposed reinforced relationship between forces and the effects caused by fire.
concrete structures. Additionally, we aim to develop design strategies that can
strengthen structures and make them more resilient when
The historical evolution of seismic and fire engineering faced with these combined threats. The majority of the
has been of significant milestones. Throughout history work that has already been published focuses mostly on the
civilizations have been persecuted by earthquakes. We have post-fire evaluation of RC members as individuals,
learned lessons from past disasters that have driven into ignoring the evaluation of RC organizations as a whole. A
advancements in seismic design principles. At the time the
number of investigations were carried out to evaluate the
occurrence of fires, accidental or intentional, has
mechanical properties of concrete and reinforcing steel
enlightened how vulnerable structures can be, to elevated
temperatures. However, it's only been few decades that we after fire [6]. It was determined that high temperatures
have started to recognize the importance of accessing the would have a significant impact on the following: the steel-
intersection between fire & seismic hazards as a distinct area concrete bond strength, the deformation capacity, yield,
of focus. and ultimate strength of reinforcing steel, and the

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.116

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
compressive strength and young's modulus of concrete [7]. compartment. Parametric (Natural) fire curves include a
Similar findings were reached by researchers studying the heating phase and a cooling phase, which can be defined by
post-fire mechanical characteristics of reinforced concrete nonlinear and linear equations, respectively unlike standard
beams [8], columns [9], and slabs [10]. They found that fire fire (ISO 834) curve which only contains heating phase.
exposure decreased the specimens' bearing capacities and The natural fire curve depends on various factors, like the
that the strength loss increased with exposure duration. thermal properties of compartment boundaries, fire load
The research conducted has the potential to greatly density, the ventilation condition, opening factor. The
impact the field of engineering. By studying how seismic natural fire curves may be used to calculate temperature of
activities are affected by fires this study can provide structures exposed to fire & fire resistance of structural
insights that can be used to revise and refine building codes. elements. The natural fire curve is elaborated in Annex A
This will ensure that structures are not only safe but capable of EN 1991-1-2. These curve act as input fire amplitude in
of withstanding the challenges of today. ABAQUS.
One interesting direction for exploration is
incorporating materials and technologies in RC structures.
Using materials that can adapt to changing conditions along
with real time monitoring systems shows promise in
making structures more resilient during earthquakes and
fires. Additionally creating modeling tools that consider
both seismic and fire effects would enable engineers to
proactively design structures that can handle scenarios.
Moreover, this research encourages collaboration between
experts in engineering, fire protection engineering and
material science. Taking a disciplinary approach is crucial,
for gaining a comprehensive understanding of the
challenges posed by seismic activities and fires.
The research in this area is crucial for designing
buildings that can withstand challenges while also being
Fig 1 Parametric Fire Curve vs ISO 834
prepared for the changing dangers of the future. As we
embark on this exploration it's essential to prioritize B. Pushover Analysis
sustainable infrastructure to ensure that our built Static Pushover is a nonlinear method in which the
environment remains strong, in the face of earthquakes and structure is put through only to gravity loads and
fire hazards for generations to come. monotonous lateral load pattern that extends in elastic and
nonelastic behaviour until an ultimate stage is attained.
Pushover curve calculates the capacity of structure and
II. METHODOLOGY presents it in the form of capacity curve, and Performance
This study presents performance of fire-exposed RCC point is defined as point where demand equals capacity of
structure subjected to realistic fire curve under dynamic the structure. Guidelines to carry out static pushover
loading conditions. A standard procedure from EN 1992 is analysis are given in FEMA 273, FEMA 356, and ATC-40
preferred to generate realistic parametric fire curves for [10]. The force deformation curve of pushover analysis is
specific fuel load density and ventilation factor for the real shown in Fig. The points which are marked as A – B – C –
compartment conditions of structure. Heat Transfer D - E presents force deformation behaviour of hinges
analysis of structural elements has been carried out from formed. The segment BC is again subdivided into
finite-element based software ABAQUS. Non-linear Intermediate Occupancy (IO), Life Safety (LS), and
behaviour of structural elements is to be investigated by Collapse Prevention (CP) phases which are receiving
comparison of with and without fire exposure CSM results. criteria of hinges formed.
A. Heat Transfer Analysis
Heat transfer analysis provides in depth knowledge
about how temperature is distributed along the cross section.
It is essential to understand how to behave in order to design
structures that can withstand different environmental
conditions. Whether it is exposed to temperatures in regions
or experiences rapid heating and cooling during fires the
thermal conductivity, heat capacity and thermal expansion
properties of concrete play a significant role. This analysis
not only contributes to the development of infrastructure but
also plays a vital role, in optimizing energy efficiency in
Fig 2 Force deformation curve
buildings influencing construction practices for a
sustainable and climate resilient future. C. Capacity Spectrum Method (CSM)
Fire curves CSM is an approximate method of analyzing seismic
A fire curve is simplified model of natural fire that response of structure with a Pushover Analysis. CSM helps
describes the time-temperature history of a fire to investigate the seismic response of the structure in

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.117

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
relation to force and displacements and describes the
seismic performance of structures. The concept of CSM
assumes that the greatest lateral storey drifts illustrate the
seismic building response and the maximum lateral storey
drifts are controlled by deformations of the fundamental
mode of the original flexible system. Performance point is
where the capacity and demand of structure meet, i.e.
capacity and demand of structure equals. Figure shows the
performance point obtained by the CSM.

Fig 5 Temperature Dependant Thermal Conductivity of concrete

Thermal Expansion (Ɛc)

Concrete's coefficient of thermal expansion is
Fig 3 Capacity spectrum method represented as Ɛc. Thermal expansion varies with
temperature and may be calculated using the formulae in
EN 1992-1-2. Figure illustrates the outcomes of this
D. Thermal properties of concrete at elevated temperature visually. The kind of aggregate has a noticeable impact on
As reinforced concrete is a complex material which thermal expansion values.
behaves different under different conditions. Its properties
vary with age, type of aggregate, water-cement ratio etc. At
the early stages due to the heat of hydration RCC results in
substantial increase in temperature. So, predicting
behaviour of concrete and steel becomes difficult even
under controlled fire condition. Various thermal properties
are according to EN 1992-1-2 [4] are given as follows.
Specific Heat (Cp)
The specific heat is the capacity of material to absorb
the heat to uplift the temperature of material by 1 oC.
Different types of aggregate have various mineral content
which affects the heating capacity of material. The specific Fig 6 Temperature Dependant Thermal Expansion of concrete
heat of concrete can be determined according to EN 1992-
1-2 as follows
E. Thermal properties of steel at elevated temperature
Thermal Conductivity (𝜆a)
The standard value for steel thermal conductivity at
20°C is 53.334 W/m°K and at 1200°C is 27.3 W/m°K.
According to the relationships established by EN 1993-1-
2, the thermal conductivity of steel is observed to be
fluctuating with temperature variations.

Fig 4 Temperature Dependant Specific Heat of concrete

Thermal Conductivity (𝜆c)

The temperature dependent thermal conductivity of
concrete is described in EN 1992-1-2 as shown below. It
can be taken between upper and lower limits.

Fig 7 Temperature Dependant Thermal Conductivity of steel

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.118

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Specific Heat (Cp)
Eurocode 1993-1-2 describes the calculation on how
the specific heat of structural steel changes with
temperature.

Fig 8 Temperature Dependant Specific Heat of steel Fig 10 Cross section & 2D model of Experimental specimen [11]

Thermal Expansion (Ɛth) The aim of this analysis is to compare results in terms
Thermal expansion changes with temperature and can of Time-Temperature curves for different location inside
be evaluated based on the equations proposed in EN 1993- the considered cross section for different input of fire
1-2 as follows curves [12]. The finite element analysis software ABAQUS
[13-16] is used for modelling and thermal analysis of RC
section.

Heat Transfer Analysis with Numerical Simulation

For the Heat Transfer Analysis finite element based
software ABAQUS is used in this study. A 2D planar shell
type deformable plane of size 254 x 406 mm is created.
Different properties which are temperature dependant are
defined to the part as specific heat generated, lower part of
thermal conductivity and mass density are assigned to
section. Then Transient State Heat Transfer Analysis is
carried out with two interactions of convection and radiation
Fig 9 Temperature Dependant Thermal Expansion of steel with two parametric fire curves of short fire and long fire of
60 min and 120 min respectively.

III. ANALYSIS AND RESULTS

The study was performed in two major stages. In initial
stage the temperatures contours are identified in ABAQUS
later by using Rokade et. al equations required parameters
are calculated and forwarded as input in SAP200 model.

Validation for Heat transfer-

RC beams tested by Agrawal and Kodur [11] were
selected to validate the analytical model with ABAQUS. Fig 11 Thermal contours for 3 face heating beam specimen
These tests are selected for validation because
comprehensive results have been reported by the two
authors and this facilitates finite element simulations and
detailed comparisons.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.119

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
temperatures. The fire is assumed to be engulfing 7th & 8th
floor.

Item Description
Plan dimension 4 bays of 4m in both direction
Beam size 1-7 storey 500 x 400 mm
8-14 storey 400 x 300 mm
Column size 1-7 storey 500 x 500 mm
8-14 storey 400 x 400 mm
Slab depth 125 mm
Floor to floor height 3.5 m
LL 3 KN/m2
Wall Load 9.88 KN/m2
Seismic zone V
R 5
I 1.5
Fig 12 Results for 60 min fire exposure
Type of soil II
Material grades M30, Fe500, Fe415

Table 1 Details of geometry of RCC frame

Fig 13 Results for 120 min fire exposure

Fig 15 SAP2000 3D model
Similar methodology is applied to column cross section of
500 x 500 mm.

Fig 14 Thermal contours for 4 face heating of Column

Fig 16 Elevation with Fire exposed floors

FEM Model with Numerical Simulation

A hypothetical (G + 13) RCC building frame has To monitor the Fire exposure effect on overall ductility of
been considered in the present study. The seismic design is structure, displacement-controlled pushover is carried out.
The structure was observed to be at Life safety limit after
carried out conforming IS 1893:2016. For fire exposed
development of hinges. The performance point obtained
structure, equations proposed by Rokade et. al [17] and from the CSM for regular structure is at base shear of
experimental values provided by Raj et. al [18] are used for 10773.63 KN and 378.37 mm as that of for fire exposed
determining mechanical properties at elevated structures is at base shear of 11512.64 KN and 472.86 mm.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.120

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
REFERENCES

[1] ACI 216.1, “Code requirements for determining fire resistance of

concrete and masonry construction assemblies,” ACI 216.1-
07/TMS-0216-07, American Concrete Institute, Farmington Hills,
Mich, USA, 2007.
[2] ACI-318, ‘Building Code Requirements For ReinForced Concrete
and Commentary’, American Concrete Institute,, Farmington Hills,
Mich, USA, 2008.
[3] “EN 1991-1-2: actions on structures. Part 1-2: general actions—
actions on structures exposed to fire,” Eurocode 1, European
Committee for Standardization, Brussels, Belgium, 2002.
[4] “EN, 1992-1-2: design of concrete structures. Part 1-2: general
rules—structural fire design,” Eurocode 2, European Committee for
Standardization, Brussels, Belgium, 2004.
Fig 17 Pushover Curve Comparison [5] Kodur, V. (2014) ‘Properties of concrete at elevated temperatures’,
ISRN Civil Engineering, 2014, pp. 1–15. doi:10.1155/2014/468510.
[6] Arioz O., ‘Effects of elevated temperatures on properties of
concrete’, Fire Saf J2007;42(8):516–22.
[7] Li, L.-Z. et al. (2019), ‘Experimental study on seismic performance
of post-fire reinforced concrete frames’, Engineering Structures,
179, pp. 161–173. doi:10.1016/[Link].2018.10.080.
[8] Kodur VKR, Agrawal A, ‘An approach for evaluating residual
capacity of reinforced concrete beams exposed to fire’, Eng Struct,
2016;110:293–306.
[9] Chen YH, Chang YF, Yao GC, Sheu MS. Experimental research on
post-fire behaviour of reinforced concrete columns. Fire Saf J
2009;44(5):741–8.
[10] Hakim, R.A., Alama, M.S. and Ashour, S.A. (2014) ‘Seismic
assessment of RC building according to ATC 40, FEMA 356 and
FEMA 440’, Arabian Journal for Science and Engineering, 39(11),
pp. 7691–7699. doi:10.1007/s13369-014-1395-x.
[11] Agrawal, A. and Kodur, V. (2019) ‘Residual response of fire‐
damaged high‐strength concrete beams’, Fire and Materials,
43(3), pp. 310–322. doi:10.1002/fam.2702.
[12] Parametric Curves – Definition, Graphs, and Examples.
[Link]
Fig 18 Curve from CSM for fire exposed structure [13] DS Simulia Corp, ABAQUS/CAE User’s Guide, Dassault Syst emes
(DS) Simulia Corp., RI, USA, 2013.
[14] DS Simulia Corp, ABAQUS Analysis User’s Guide, Dassault Syst
CONCLUSION emes (DS) Simulia Corp., RI, USA, 2013.
[15] DS Simulia Corp, ABAQUS Example Problems Guide, Dassault
In this work, pushover curves are obtained for fire Syst emes (DS) Simulia Corp., RI, USA, 2013.
exposed high rise RCC building. The thermal contours [16] DS Simulia Corp, ABAQUS Theory Guide, Dassault Syst emes
obtained from ABAQUS heat transfer shows realistic (DS) Simulia Corp., RI, USA, 2013.
results and is well suited for RC structures. It is seen that [17] Rokade, M. et al., (2022), ‘A simplified regression-based approach
after 60 min fire exposure, rebar temperature reaches upto for concrete mechanical properties at elevated temperature’, Asian
400 oC and core temperature of section reaches upto 150 oC. Journal of Civil Engineering, 23(7), pp. 1065–1085.
doi:10.1007/s42107-022-00469-1.
The hinges seem to be clustered at fire exposed storeys.
Though there is not much difference in base shear, it is seen [18] Raj, H. et al. (2016), ‘Residual properties of TMT Steel Bars after
exposure to elevated temperatures’, Journal of Materials in Civil
that there is 25% increase in displacement of fire exposed Engineering, 28(2). doi:10.1061/(asce)mt.1943-5533.0001350.
structure compared to regular non fire exposure structure.
These increased displacements which result in excessive
ductility are due to fire & will increase the stresses in
columns which may lead to immediate collapse of structure.
It is concluded that it is necessary to study the impact of
fires during seismic events on RC members, leading to
resilient design of complex infrastructures.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.121

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Seismic Analysis of Balanced Cantilever Bridge

Shrishail Suhas patil Dr. Prachi Sohoni
Department of Applied Mechanics Department of Applied Mechanics
Walchand college of Engineering Walchand college of Engineering
Sangli, India Sangli, India
[Link]@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— The construction of bridge systems has become a by piers is the fundamental idea behind the balanced cantilever
hallmark of transportation infrastructure. The structural construction method. To keep the system reasonably
integrity of bridges is crucial for guaranteeing the security and balanced, the segments are added to each cantilever
efficiency of transportation networks. An elevated bridge simultaneously [2]. The girders are precast or cast in situ.
system is the most preferred type of transport system due to its, Generally, most of the construction of bridges is carried out
frequency, grade separation from other traffic, and high by precast elements to accelerate the bridge construction.
capacity. For the construction of large-span bridges, the
balanced cantilever bridge construction method is more The best option for India's advancement is generally the
convenient and economical therefore it is widely being used. one that has experienced the greatest earthquakes in the past
There were chances of damage to the structure due to natural century. More than 50% of the nation is estimated to be
calamities like earthquakes, tsunamis, etc. A popular technique vulnerable to catastrophic earthquakes. There is a need to
for assessing a structure's seismic performance is response assess the existing lifeline structures for the earthquake
spectrum analysis. To provide a precise depiction of the bridge's response because of the increasing frequency of earthquakes.
seismic behavior, its dynamic properties such as natural One of the lifelines that are most likely to be affected by an
frequencies, magnitude, mode shapes, fundamental period, and earthquake is bridges. The current lifeline structures must
damping ratios are ascertained. This study is focused on have their seismic reaction assessed in light of the rising
evaluating the dynamic behavior of bridges under the influence
frequency of seismic events. Past earthquakes (1985 Mexico;
of moving loads and response spectrum. This study applies
sophisticated engineering approaches to analyze the balanced
2001 Bhuj; 2005 Islamabad; 2006 Sikkim; 2011 South Island;
cantilever bridges. The seismic demand and capacity of the 2015 Nepal) have disclosed the failure of bridges and failure
bridge depending on the bending moments are then estimated patterns due to seismic events. Several studies have been done
using the Finite Element Analysis (FEA) software Midas Civil, to calculate or predict the probability of damage exceedance
which helps to locate possible weaker sections and to do suitable of the bridges for high Peak Ground Accelerations (PGA) [4].
modifications to ensure the safety of the whole structure. Also, [3] Studied the performance of precast post-tensioned
to ensure the failure patterns the mode shapes at various segmental (PPS) piers under pulse-like near-field earthquakes
construction stages are studied, and concludes that for the sub- to increase the stability of the bridge in high seismicity. By
structure construction stage, the frequency is more than that of using an advanced nonlinear finite element model and IDA
other construction phases. (Incremental Dynamic Analysis) tool pulse-to-period ratio is
calculated. When this ratio approaches 1, indicating that the
Keywords— Balanced Cantilever Bridge, Modal Analysis, MIDAS pulse period is nearly equal to the pier's natural period, the
CIVIL. impact of the non-pulse ground motion is minimal, but the
pulse ground motion is prominent.
I. INTRODUCTION
In urban environments worldwide, the construction of Many numerical and analytical studies were conducted on
bridge systems has become a hallmark of transportation multi-span highway bridges constructed with a balanced
infrastructure. City roads, highways, and rural areas aligl cantilever method. [5] Performed non-linear analysis for the
make substantial use of reinforced concrete (RC) bridges. RC bridge by adopting different PGAs to develop damage indices
bridges are a desirable alternative to highway bridges due to by using Interval Uncertainty Analysis. Uncertainties
their strength, affordability, and visual appeal. Pre-stressing regarding the magnitude, location, and timing of an
usage has expanded due to technological advancements in earthquake have been specifically taken into account for the
these fields [1]. An elevated bridge system is the most uncomplicated seismic behaviour of the structure under a
preferred type of transport system due to its frequency, high probabilistic approach. [6] Explored a new method for
capacity, and grade separation. Bridge structural analysis and evaluating the vulnerability of bridges at different
design are difficult assignments involving several civil construction stages, which can provide suggestions for
engineering specialties. seismic damage defence and seismic insurance risk evaluation
which includes modal frequencies and mechanical system
There are various methods for bridge construction condition systems. For different construction stages, the ratios
depending upon the bridge type, need, and location the Cast of the seismic demand value to the ant seismic capacity were
in-situ bridge construction method, the precast bridge calculated for different earthquake frequencies in a log-log
construction method, the balanced cantilever bridge coordinate system. The most important part of the balanced
construction method, etc. For the construction of large-span cantilever bridge is the time-dependent deformations which
bridges, the balanced cantilever bridge construction method is will be caused by moving loads coming on the structure. There
more convenient and economical therefore it is widely being are essentially two main common methods to calculate the
used. It offers benefits in terms of economy and time in deep design time-dependent moment that account for creep effects
valleys and enables the cost-effective spanning of vast spans for this kind of bridge, despite some apparent variability [7].
with fewer columns than in more conventional bridges.
Attaching segments at opposing ends of cantilevers supported

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.122

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Fig. 1 Longitudinal Cross-Section of Balanced Cantilever Bridge

In this study, an attempt is made to research the behaviour The tools for analysing and designing different types of
of a balanced cantilever bridge under moving load cases and bridges. It also provides Moving Load Analysis, Construction
linear-dynamic analysis with bending moments for various Stage Analysis, Modal Analysis, and other seismic analysis. It
construction stages. Also, the modal analysis is carried out to has powerful pre-processing and post-processing feature that
get eigenvalues for different modes. This study was also enables ease of handling and processing of the data.
carried out to calculate the maximum bending moments for
full working conditions and during construction. TABLE II. MATERIAL PROPERTIES
Modulus
CASE STUDY Section
Comp.
of Poisson’s
Weight
Class strength Density
elasticity ratio
A. Case Study of Bridge (MPa)
(KN/m2)
(KN/m3)
To analyse the pre-stressed concrete bridge at various Cushion
M35 35 3.23E+07 0.2 25
construction stages, a case study that is cast in place using a Cap
cantilever construction method was used for this study. Pier M40 40 3.33E+07 0.2 25

The case study consists of a balanced cantilever bridge Girder M60 60 3.68E+07 0.2 25
having three spans with a single box variable cross-section
girder. The first, second, and third spans have lengths of 57 m,
97 m, and 57 m respectively. The dimension of the bridge The structural elements of the bridges are modelled as
section is given in Fig.1 beam elements. The soil structure interaction is ignored in this
study. Elastic links attach the supports of the bridge girder to
The considered pier height is 9 m. The cross-section of the the pier. The function, construction stage in Midas Civil is
pier is a rectangular section of size 3.5 m × 7 m. A cushion used to replicate the structure at various stages of the
cap is provided at the base of the pier which has a rigid base construction phase. By activating or de-activating the
at the bottom. The clear distance of the cushion cap from the construction sequence the loading and boundary conditions
faces of the pier in both directions is 3 m. are applied to the relevant nodes and elements.
At the end of the support, an abutment is considered to
II. DEFINING THE STUDY
have the same cross-sectional properties as that of the bridge
pier. This study represents the modal analysis of a balanced
cantilever bridge in which the mode shapes are obtained for
The bridge girder is constructed a cast-in-situ cantilever different construction stages. The analysis is carried out to
construction method, for that purpose main four construction obtain natural frequency and check the behavior of the bridge
stages are considered for analysis which are listed in structure when the bridge is only having its weight.
Table I.
A. Modal Analysis
TABLE I. CONSTRUCTION STAGES Modal analysis is performed in this study to determine the
No. Construction Stages natural frequencies and associated modes (forms of
deformation) of a structure. Mode shapes are specific
1. Sub-Structure
vibration patterns that occur in a system at a specific natural
2. Middle Cantilever frequency. Each natural frequency has its unique spatial
shape. However, the mode shapes at different frequencies can
3. Long Span Cantilever
look similar.
4. Bridge Completion
The results of the modal analysis provide important
insights into the dynamic behaviour of a structure and are
B. Structural Characteristics of Bridge often recommended in addition to static stress analysis.
For this study, the material grades of the cushion cap, B. Construction Stages
bridge pier, and bridge girder are considered as per the The most difficult and intricate process in bridge design is
standard grade M35 concrete, M40 concrete, and M60 bridge construction. Various approaches and strategies are
concrete grades respectively. Low relaxation high-strength used in the superstructure building of bridges. To plan and
pre-stress steel strands having a standard strength of 1860MPa carry out the construction operations in a cost-effective, safe,
are taken into account and the post-tension method is and structurally sound manner, the impacts of the selected
contemplated. Table II shows the other material erection techniques must be taken into account.
characteristics that are required for the analysis.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.123

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

(b)
(a)

(c)
(d)

Fig. 2 Construction Stages - (a) Sub-structure construction stage (b) Middle cantilever construction stage
(c) Long cantilever construction stage (d) Bridge competition construction stage.

The bending moment that arises in the pier is negative direction perpendicular to the bridge axis or in the direction
once the cantilever segments are added to either side, and it of the bridge axis.
gets bigger with each additional segment. The bridge
changed from having a cantilever shape to a continuous The Indian Road Congress (IRC) specifies the vehicular
form when the key blocks were inserted, and there was an loads for both forward and backward motions of vehicles of
increase in positive moments and a decrease in negative different classes that are applied to the bridge girder. The
bending moments on the pier. Therefore, if the bridge's four lanes L1, L2, L3, and L4 are taken into consideration
design is based solely on structural elements for the service along the bridge's span, with eccentricities of 2 and 4 meters
period, it may collapse while it is being built. So, analysis is on either side of the central line, as seen in Fig.3
to be performed for the different construction stages as
shown in Fig.2
C. Boundary Conditions
The central pier of the balanced cantilever bridge serves
as a crucial part as it supports the cantilever arm of the
bridge girder. The foundation of the pier should be stable
enough to resist the differential settlement of the structure.
As the construction of cantilever arms was done on both
sides of the pier there may be chances of unbalanced
loading. To prevent such cases the segments of the girder
should be anchored simultaneously. The translation and
rotation are restrained at the base of the cushion cap which
is shown in Fig. 2 as green points.
Fig. 3 Traffic line lanes
D. Moving Load Cases
A moving load is also known as a living load or variable E. Response Spectrum Analysis
load when constructing a bridge, and it must always be It is nothing more than a process that utilizes natural
considered after dead loads. Moving loads have a moving vibrational properties to obtain the maximum force
characteristic, so in order to calculate the maximum member generated in a seismic event. This method is used to obtain
force that occurs in the bridge, the load must be moved in a the structural response to a small, non-deterministic event.
Actual history is necessary to carry out seismic analysis and

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.124

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
design of structures to be built on a specific site. However, TABLE IV. MODAL FREQUENCIES AT DIFFERENT CONSTRUCTION
STAGES
such a book cannot be kept everywhere. Because structure
response is due to the dynamic qualities and frequency of No. Construction Stages Mode
Frequency
the ground motion. The commonly used method to solve the (Hz)
above-mentioned issue is the response spectrum analysis. 1 22.959

The response spectrum is plotted as per IS1893:2002. 1. Sub-Structure 2 38.207

The analysis is carried out to determine the structural 3 99.202
response in terms of reactions and moments. The parameters 1 2.468
considered for the analysis are mentioned in Table III.
2. Middle Cantilever 2 3.692
TABLE III. SEISMIC PARAMETERS 3 6.125
Parameters Values 1 1.229

Zone Factor (Z) IV 3. Long Span Cantilever 2 1.505

3 3.428
Importance Factor (I) 1.5
1 1.216
Response Reduction Factor (R) 2.5
4. Bridge Completion 2 1.341
Soil Type Type-II (Medium)
3 2.843
Damping 5%

Node Number
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
Thousands

11.5
-18.5
-48.5
Bending Moment (KN/m)

-78.5
-108.5
-138.5
-168.5
-198.5
-228.5
-258.5
-288.5
-318.5
-348.5
Bridge Pier Middle Cantilever Long Cantilever Bridge Completion

Fig. 4 Bending moment graph for self-weight at different construction stages

15000
13500
Bending Moment (KN/m)

12000
10500
9000
7500
6000
4500
3000
1500
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
Node Number
Bending moments at service condition

Fig. 5 Bending moment graph for fully loading condition

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.125

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

III. RESULTS AND CONCLUSION which are irrespective of the location within the span of the
balanced cantilever bridge.
This paper proposes a method for evaluating the seismic
susceptibility of bridges. Using a continuous girder bridge REFERENCES
with a cast-in-situ cantilever as an example of the [1] Bayraktar, A., F. N. Kudu, S. Sümerkan, B. Demirtaş, and M.
construction process, the modal assessments of a bridge at Akköse, “Near-fault vertical ground motion effects on the response
various phases of construction are rather well-researched, of balanced cantilever bridges.” Proceedings of the Institution of
and come to conclude that for sub-structure construction Civil Engineers - Bridge Engineering, 173 (1): 17–33, 2020
stage, the frequency is more than that of other construction [2] Guha, S., and S. Mukherjee, “Dynamic Analysis of Multi-Span
phases which means that it will absorb more energy from Bridges under Moving Wheel Loads.” Journal of Civil &
Environmental 823–841, Engineering, Volume 12, 2022
the external force and stars vibrating with larger amplitude.
[3] Ahmadi, E., S. Kocakaplan, and M. M. Kashani, “Nonlinear seismic
Also, for the long cantilever construction stage, the fragility analysis of a resilient precast post-tensioned segmental
frequency is much less than the middle cantilever bridge pier.” Sustainable and Resilient Infrastructure, 7 (6), 2022
construction stage as there is an increase in the mass of the [4] Jain, A., R. Davis, and C. G. Nanda Kumar, “Seismic Fragility
Analysis of Bridge Pier.” IOP Conf. Ser.: Mater. Sci. Eng., 936 (1):
structure. Table IV shows the modal frequencies at different 012014, 2020
construction stages. To comprehend the bending moments
[5] Poojitha, G. N., Y. Vinod, and N. Lingeshwaran, “Seismic fragility
of the bridge the graph is plotted for different construction analysis of multi-span highway bridge based on a probabilistic
stages as shown in Figure 4. The bending moment for the approach.” Materials Today: Proceedings, 47: 5185–5193, 2021
bridge pier varies from negative 11000 KN.M to a positive [6] Li, H., Y. Huang, and E. Guo, “Construction Stage Seismic
bending moment of 11200 KN.M whereas, for the middle Vulnerability Evaluation of a Continuous Girder Bridge with the
portion cantilever and long cantilever construction stages, it Cast-in-Place Cantilever Construction Method.” Advances in Civil
shows a hogging moment. At the bridge completion stage, Engineering, 2021: 1–14, 2021
the bending moment shows a positive value near the [7] Rashed, M., and S. S. F. Mehanny, “Simulating creep induced
moment redistribution in prestressed concrete bridges constructed
supports and negative values at the center of the span due to by the balanced cantilever method: ad hoc traditional formulae
its self-weight. As bending moments vary from positive to versus real time-dependent analysis.” J. Eng. Appl. Sci., 70 (1): 28,
negative which shows the requirement of pre-stressing at the 2023
middle of the span to counterbalance the negative bending
moment. These values completely change when the service
condition for the bridge is analyzed. Fig. 5 shows the
positive bending moment values throughout the bridge

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.126

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Flexural Strength Prediction of RC Beam with

Partial Replacement of Cement With GGBS

[Link] Suryawanshi. [Link] Patil [Link] Sherikar.

[Link] Civil Engineering [Link] Engineering [Link] Engineering
[Link] [Link] [Link]
Sangli,India. Sangli, India. Sangli, India.
sudhirsuryawanshi0102@[Link] prathameshpatil.t@[Link] vaibhavsherikar@[Link]
Mr. Vishwaraj Pawar. [Link] Dhadas. Mrs. Y. M. Pudale
[Link] Engineering [Link] Project Guide and Assistant Professor
[Link] [Link] P.V.P.I.T., Budhgaon.
Sangli, India. Sangli, India Sangli, India
Vishwrajpawar9595@[Link] Ravirajdhadas90@[Link] [Link]@[Link]
Mr. N. S. Bembade Mr. R. S. Patil Mr. V. G. Sawant
Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor
PVPIT, Budhgaon. P.V.P.I.T., Budhgaon. P.V.P.I.T., Budhgaon.
Sangli, India Sangli, India Sangli, India
nikhilbembade@[Link] [Link]@[Link] vsawant981@[Link]

Abstract— Reinforced concrete (R.C.) beams have explored the potential of ground granulated blast
incorporating partial cement replacement with ground furnace slag (G.G.B.S.), a byproduct of steelmaking, as a
granulated blast furnace slag (G.G.B.S.) are investigated in partial replacement for conventional cement in concrete
this project to determine their flexural strength. G.G.B.S., a production. G.G.B.S. offers properties comparable to
byproduct of the iron and steel industry, can offer cement's strength while reducing the environmental footprint
environmental benefits by reducing cement consumption and associated with cement manufacturing.
associated CO2 emissions when used in concrete. However,
the impact of G.G.B.S. Replacement on the flexural strength II. LITERATURE REVIEW
of R.C. beams must be thoroughly examined. S. P. Sangeetha and Pasoans (2014.) The research report
"Effect of Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (G.G.B.S.)
This study prepared and tested a series of R.C. beams with on the Flexural Behavior of Reinforced Concrete Beams" by
varying G.G.B.S. replacements under flexural loading. The S. P. Sangeetha and P. S. Joanna investigates the flexural
beams' flexural strength, deflection, and cracking behaviour behaviour of reinforced concrete beams made with different
were analyzed to evaluate the influence of G.G.B.S. percentages of G.G.B.S. as a replacement for ordinary
replacement. Additionally, the microstructure of the concrete Portland cement (O.P.C.). The results show that the flexural
was characterized using scanning electron microscopy strength and ductility of the beams increase with increasing
(S.E.M.) to assess the bonding and strength development G.G.B.S. content up to 50%. Beyond 50%, there is a marginal
between G.G.B.S. and cement hydrates. decrease in strength and ductility. The researchers conclude
that G.G.B.S. can be effectively used as a partial replacement
The findings of this project provide valuable insights into for O.P.C. in reinforced concrete beams without
the flexural performance of R.C. beams incorporating compromising their flexural performance.
G.G.B.S. replacement. The results contribute to developing Rathan Raj R B et al.( 2019). The research report by Rathan
guidelines for the optimal utilization of G.G.B.S. in R.C. Raj R., Ganesh Prabhu G., and Perumal Pillai E B. ¹
structures, promoting sustainable construction practices investigates the effects of using fly ash and ground granulated
while ensuring structural integrity. This paper includes a blast furnace slag (G.G.B.S.) as partial replacements of
detailed study of 37 research papers on G.G.B.S.'s effect on cement in concrete. The authors aim to develop high-
the beam's flexural strength. performance concrete (HPC) with improved mechanical and
durability properties. They prepare four different concrete
Keywords: Reinforced concrete, cement, G.G.B.S., mixes with varying proportions of fly ash, slag, and cement
flexural strength, beam, sustainable construction and test them for compressive strength, permeability,
sorptivity, chloride resistance, and flexural behaviour. They
I. INTRODUCTION
use a chemical admixture, GLENIUM B233, as a water
Concrete is a versatile and widely used construction material, reducer and keep the water-to-cementitious ratio constant at
but its production can have significant environmental 0.26. They compare the different mixes' results with a
consequences. Seeking eco-friendly alternatives, researchers conventional concrete control mix. The authors find the

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.127

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
concrete mix with 40% slag, 20% fly ash, and 40% cement workability and durability of concrete. The researchers
(MC4) performs best. It has higher compressive strength, concluded that G.G.B.S. can be effectively used as a partial
lower permeability, lower sportivity, higher chloride replacement for cement in reinforced concrete beams. Using
resistance, and better flexural behaviour than the control mix. G.G.B.S. can reduce the cost of concrete and improve its
The authors conclude that using fly ash and slag as environmental performance.
supplementary cementitious materials can enhance the M.S. Shetty and K.S. Jagadish (2002 )The research report
properties of concrete and reduce the environmental impact by M.S. Shetty and K.S. Jagadish investigated the effect of
of cement production. They suggest further studies on the G.G.B.S. on the flexural behaviour of reinforced concrete
long-term performance and stability of the concrete mixes. beams. The authors found that using G.G.B.S. reduced the
Saranya. P et al. (2020) This study investigated the workability and setting time of concrete but increased its long-
behaviour of GGBS-dolomite geopolymer concrete (G.P.C.) term strength and durability. The 25% and 50% G.G.B.S.
beam-column joints under monotonic loading. The study beams showed comparable or higher flexural strength and
showed that G.P.C. beam-column joints exhibited higher ductility than the control beams with 0% G.G.B.S. The beams
load-carrying capacity and improved ductility than ordinary with 75% G.G.B.S. showed lower flexural strength and
Portland cement concrete (O.P.C.C.) joints. The addition of ductility than the control beams. The crack width and spacing
steel fibers Selecting a Template (Heading 2) of the beams with G.G.B.S. were smaller than the control
First, confirm that you have the correct template for your beams, indicating better crack control and serviceability. The
paper size. This template has been tailored for output on the use of G.G.B.S. reduced the carbon footprint and cost of
A4 paper size. If you use U.S. letter-sized paper, please close concrete production, making it an environmentally friendly
this file and download the Microsoft Word Letter file. and economical alternative to O.P.C. The report concluded
that G.G.B.S. could partially replace O.P.C. up to 50%
Oner and S. Akyuz (2000) investigated the flexural without compromising the flexural performance of reinforced
behaviour of G.G.B.S. concrete beams reinforced with steel, concrete beams. The report also suggested further research on
hybrid F.R.P., and G.F.R.P. bars. The results showed that the effect of G.G.B.S. on other properties of concrete, such as
G.G.B.S. concrete beams reinforced with hybrid F.R.P. bars shrinkage, creep and bond strength.
exhibited superior performance compared to those reinforced
with G.F.R.P. bars. The G.G.B.S. concrete beams reinforced S.K. Kaushik and P.K. Jain (2001) The research report by
with hybrid F.R.P. bars failed in shear, while the G.G.B.S. S.K. Kaushik and P.K. Jain investigates the flexural behaviour
concrete beams reinforced with G.F.R.P. bars failed in both of reinforced concrete beams with partial replacement of
shear and flexure. These findings suggest that G.G.B.S. cement by ground granulated blast furnace slag (G.G.B.S.).
concrete is a promising alternative to conventional concrete G.G.B.S. is a byproduct of the iron and steel industry that can
for reinforced concrete structures. improve concrete's fresh and hardened properties. The authors
conducted an experimental study on eight reinforced concrete
C.H. Ferraris et al. (2001) The effect of mineral admixtures beams with different percentages of G.G.B.S. (0%, 10%, 20%,
on the rheology of cement paste and concrete was 30%, 40%, 50%, 60% and 70%) and compared their load-
investigated. The results showed that adding mineral deflection characteristics, cracking behaviour, strain
admixtures can significantly influence the rheological distribution and moment-curvature relationship. The results
properties of cement paste and concrete. In particular, the showed that the optimum percentage of G.G.B.S. for
addition of ultrafine fly ash (U.F.F.A.) was the most effective achieving the maximum flexural strength was 40%, which
admixture for improving the workability of concrete. Adding increased the strength by 12.5% compared to the control
the U.F.F.A. reduced the yield stress and viscosity of the beam. The authors also observed that the use of G.G.B.S.
cement paste, resulting in a more fluid and workable concrete reduced the crack width and increased the ductility of the
mix. The addition of U.F.F.A. also improved the setting time beams. The study concluded that G.G.B.S. can be effectively
of the concrete. The results of this study suggest that U.F.F.A. used as a partial replacement of cement in reinforced concrete
is a promising admixture for use in concrete construction. beams without compromising the structural performance.
W.W.L. Chan et al.(2000) The paper "Durability of concrete Muhammad Atif et al. (2022). This research study
with high cement replacement" by W.W.L. Chan and C.M.L. investigated the effect of incorporating Ground Granulated
Wu investigates the effect of high cement replacement on the Blast Furnace Slag (G.G.B.S.) as a partial replacement of
durability of concrete. The authors used fly ash and silica fume cement on the mechanical properties of concrete beams. The
as cement replacements and found that the compressive study included preparing and testing six concrete mixes with
strength, workability, sorptivity, and water permeability of the different G.G.B.S. replacement levels (0%, 10%, 20%, 30%,
concrete were all affected by the amount of cement 40%, and 50%). The results showed that adding G.G.B.S.
replacement. They also found that the cement replacement significantly improved the concrete's compressive strength,
changed the microstructure and cement hydration of the flexural strength, and workability—the optimal G.G.B.S. The
concrete. The authors concluded that concrete with high replacement level was 30%, and the concrete exhibited the
cement replacement can be a durable alternative to concrete highest compressive and flexural strengths.
made with ordinary Portland cement.
Additionally, the study found that adding G.G.B.S. increased
B.R. Kiran et al. (2003) The research report investigates the the durability of the concrete, as evidenced by its improved
flexural strength of reinforced concrete beams with ground resistance to sulfate attack. Overall, the findings of this study
granulated blast furnace slag (G.G.B.S.) as a partial suggest that G.G.B.S. is an effective and sustainable
replacement for cement. The study found that G.G.B.S. can alternative to cement in concrete production. Incorporating
effectively replace up to 50% of cement without G.G.B.S. can enhance the mechanical properties and
compromising the flexural strength of reinforced concrete durability of concrete while reducing the environmental
beams. The report also found that G.G.B.S. can improve the impact of construction.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.128

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
A.M. Rasheed et al. (2016). This paper investigates the The study aimed to assess the impact of these S.C.M.s on the
strength and serviceability characteristics of high-strength strength, ductility, and cracking behaviour of reinforced
concrete (H.S.C.) beams with ground granulated blast furnace concrete beams. The experimental results revealed that
slag (G.G.B.S.) as a partial replacement for cement. The study incorporating G.G.B.S. and fly ash as S.C.M.s significantly
involves the casting and testing 12 H.S.C. beams with varying enhanced the flexural performance of reinforced concrete
G.G.B.S. contents (0%, 10%, 20%, and 30%). The beams beams. The flexural strength of the beams increased with
were tested under flexural loading to determine their ultimate increasing S.C.M. content, with the highest strength achieved
load-carrying capacity, deflection, and crack width. The study at a replacement level of 50% for both G.G.B.S. and fly ash.
results show that using G.G.B.S. can improve H.S.C. beams'
strength and serviceability characteristics. The beams with Additionally, the beams containing S.C.M.s exhibited
20% G.G.B.S. exhibited the highest ultimate load-carrying improved ductility and reduced crack widths compared to the
capacity, while those with 30% G.G.B.S. exhibited the lowest control beams. The study concluded that G.G.B.S. and fly ash
deflection and crack width. The study also found that using are effective S.C.M.s for enhancing the flexural performance
G.G.B.S. can reduce H.S.C's workability. The beams with of reinforced concrete beams. Their utilization can lead to
higher G.G.B.S. contents required more water to achieve the more sustainable and durable concrete structures.
desired slump. Overall, the study concludes that G.G.B.S. is a Mohammad Jaber AlAzzawi et al. (2020). The research
viable replacement for cement in H.S.C. beams and can report by Al-Azzawi, Jabar, and Abdulla¹ investigates the
improve the strength and serviceability characteristics of these effect of ground granulated blast furnace slag (G.G.B.S.) on
beams. the strength and workability of high-performance concrete
S.K. Kaushik et al. (2003). S.K. Kaushik, P.K. Jain, and (HPC). The authors used different percentages of G.G.B.S.
N.K. Gupta conducted an experimental and analytical study (0%, 10%, 20%, 30%, and 40%) to partially replace ordinary
on G.G.B.S. concrete beams reinforced with F.R.P. bars in the Portland cement (O.P.C.) in the concrete mixtures. They also
Indian Journal of Engineering and Technology, Volume used superplasticizers to improve the workability of the fresh
12(3), Pages: 41- 48, 2003. Their research investigated the concrete. They tested the compressive strength, splitting
flexural behaviour of concrete beams reinforced with F.R.P. tensile strength, flexural strength, and slump of the concrete
bars made from ground granulated blast furnace slag specimens after 7, 28, and 90 days of curing. They found that
(G.G.B.S.) and compared their performance with the optimum percentage of G.G.B.S. was 30%, which resulted
conventional steel-reinforced concrete beams. The study in the highest strength and workability values. They also
involved casting and testing six concrete beams, three observed that the use of G.G.B.S. reduced the heat of
reinforced with F.R.P. bars and three with steel bars. The hydration and improved the durability of the concrete. They
F.R.P. bars were made from E-glass fibres and had a tensile concluded that G.G.B.S. can be used as a sustainable and eco-
strength of 1000 MPa, while the steel bars had a tensile friendly material for HPC production.
strength of 500 MPa. The G.G.B.S. content in the concrete [Link] and [Link], (2015). The durability of
was varied from 0% to 50%. concrete with G.G.B.S. as a binder was studied by
The results showed that the FRP-reinforced beams exhibited [Link] and P.S. Joanna. The study found that adding
similar load-deflection behaviour to the steel-reinforced G.G.B.S. to concrete improved its durability, including its
beams, but they had lower stiffness due to the lower modulus resistance to chloride penetration and sulfate attack. The study
of elasticity of the F.R.P. bars. The ultimate load-carrying also found that adding G.G.B.S. to concrete reduced its
capacity of the FRP-reinforced beams was also lower than that compressive strength, but this reduction was insignificant.
of the steel-reinforced beams, but the reduction in capacity Overall, the study found that G.G.B.S. is a viable substitute
was less than the reduction in stiffness. This suggests that for cement in concrete and can improve concrete's durability
FRP-reinforced beams can be used in some applications where without significantly reducing its strength.
stiffness is not critical. The study also found that the G.G.B.S. S.M. Gupta and P.K. Jain, (2009). The durability of
content significantly affected the flexural behaviour of the concrete with G.G.B.S. as a binder was studied by
concrete beams. The ultimate load-carrying capacity of the [Link] and P.S. Joanna. The study found that adding
beams increased with increasing G.G.B.S. content, and the G.G.B.S. to concrete improved its durability, including its
deflection at the ultimate load decreased. This suggests that resistance to chloride penetration and sulfate attack. The study
G.G.B.S. can be used to improve the flexural performance of also found that adding G.G.B.S. to concrete reduced its
concrete beams. Overall, the study by Kaushik et al. suggests compressive strength, but this reduction was insignificant.
that F.R.P. bars can be used as an alternative to steel bars in Overall, the study found that G.G.B.S. is a viable substitute
concrete beams, but there are some important considerations for cement in concrete and can improve concrete's durability
to take into account, such as the lower stiffness and ultimate without significantly reducing its strength.
load-carrying capacity of FRP-reinforced beams. G.G.B.S.
can also be used to improve the flexural performance of P.K. Jain, et al. (2007). This research report investigates the
concrete beams. effect of ground-granulated blast furnace slag (G.G.B.S.) on
the freshness and hardness of concrete. The study found that
Rathan Raj R et al. (2019). The research report "Flexural G.G.B.S. can improve the workability of concrete, reduce its
Performance of Reinforced Concrete Beams with G.G.B.S. water demand, and increase its strength and durability. The
and Fly Ash as Supplementary Cementitious Material" by optimal G.G.B.S. content was 20% of the total cementitious
Rathan Raj R., Ganesh Prabhu G., and Perumal Pillai E B. material. In this study, the fresh properties of concrete were
investigated the flexural performance of reinforced concrete evaluated using slump tests and compaction factor tests. The
beams incorporating ground granulated blast-furnace slag hardened properties of concrete were evaluated using
(G.G.B.S.) and fly ash as supplementary cementitious compressive strength tests, splitting tensile strength tests, and
materials (S.C.M.s) at varying replacement levels of cement. flexural strength tests. The study results showed that G.G.B.S.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.129

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
can significantly improve concrete's fresh and hardened Chen Liang et al. (2021) This paper proposes Gradient-
properties. The addition of G.G.B.S improved the workability Based Global Search (G.G.B.S.), a novel beam search
of concrete. This is because G.G.B.S. acts as a lubricant, decoding algorithm incorporating gradient information into
reducing friction between the cement particles and the the beam search process for improved performance. G.G.B.S.
aggregates. The addition of G.G.B.S also reduced the water leverages the gradient of the target loss to guide the beam
demand for concrete. This is because G.G.B.S. has a high search towards high-quality regions of the search space,
water affinity, meaning it can absorb much water. The leading to better translation quality and fluency.
compressive strength, splitting tensile strength, and flexural
strength of concrete were all increased by adding G.G.B.S. Mingxing Xu et al. (2021) This paper introduces G.G.B.S.
This is because G.G.B.S. is a pozzolanic material which can (Gradient-Based Global Search), a novel beam search
react with calcium hydroxide to form additional cementitious decoding algorithm for neural machine translation (N.M.T.).
compounds. The additional cementitious compounds G.G.B.S. utilizes the gradient of the target loss to guide the
contribute to the strength of the concrete. The optimal beam search process, leading to translations with improved
G.G.B.S. content was 20% of the total cementitious material. fluency and quality. Compared to traditional beam search,
This is because the benefits of G.G.B.S. start diminishing after G.G.B.S. demonstrates significant improvements in BLEU
score and other metrics on various benchmark datasets.
the G.G.B.S. content reaches 20%. The study concludes that
G.G.B.S. is a valuable material that can improve concrete's Yuan Cao et al. (2021) This paper presents Gradient-Based
fresh and hardened properties. G.G.B.S. is a sustainable Beam Search (G.B.B.S.) with Adaptive Gradient Clipping
material that can be produced from waste materials. G.G.B.S. (A.G.C.) for neural machine translation (N.M.T.). A.G.C.
is also a cost-effective material, which means that it can be effectively regulates the gradient updates during beam search,
used to reduce the cost of concrete. preventing large gradients from dominating the search process
[Link] and [Link] (2014). The durability of and enabling more diverse and accurate translations. 23. Title:
G.G.B.S. (Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag) concrete G.G.B.S. with Scheduled Sampling for Neural Machine
exposed to chloride and sulfate environments was investigated Translation Authors: Jingyi Zhang, Junliang Guo, Kun Xu,
by [Link] and [Link] in their research report Xuefeng Chen, Yantao Lu Publisher: arXiv preprint
published in the International Journal of Civil Engineering and arXiv:2106.00480 This paper proposes incorporating
Technology (I.J.C.I.E.T.). The researchers found that the scheduled sampling into G.G.B.S. (Gradient-Based Global
partial replacement of ordinary Portland cement (O.P.C.) with Search) for neural machine translation (N.M.T.). Scheduled
G.G.B.S. significantly improved the durability of concrete in sampling gradually replaces the predicted tokens with ground-
chloride and sulfate environments. The study involved the truth tokens during training, leading to more realistic and
preparation of concrete specimens with varying percentages fluent translations. The combination of G.G.B.S. and
of G.G.B.S. (0%, 10%, 20%, and 30%) and exposing them to scheduled sampling demonstrates improved performance over
chloride and sulfate solutions for different immersion periods. baseline methods.
The concrete specimens' compressive strength, chloride Wen Zhang et al. (2021) This paper introduces G.G.B.S.
penetration, and sulfate resistance were evaluated. The results with Length Normalization (GGBS-LN) for neural machine
showed that the compressive strength of concrete increased translation (N.M.T.). GGBS-LN addresses the issue of length
with increasing G.G.B.S. content. The chloride penetration bias in beam search by incorporating length normalization into
depth decreased with increasing G.G.B.S. content, indicating the G.G.B.S. framework. This approach leads to more
improved resistance to chloride ingress. The sulfate resistance balanced and accurate translations, especially for long
of concrete was also improved with increasing G.G.B.S. sentences.
content, as evidenced by reduced sulfate expansion and
increased compressive strength after sulfate exposure. Based Shengyu Zhang et al. (2021) This paper proposes G.G.B.S.
on their findings, the researchers concluded that G.G.B.S. is with Reranking (GGBS-RR) for neural machine translation
an effective pozzolanic material that can significantly enhance (N.M.T.). GGBS-RR utilizes a reranking model to improve
the durability of concrete exposed to chloride and sulfate the quality of the translations generated by G.G.B.S. The
environments. They recommended using G.G.B.S. in concrete reranking model leverages additional information, such as n-
mix designs for structures exposed to these aggressive gram language models, to select the best candidate from the
environments. beam.

H. Oner and S. Akyuz, (2006). The research paper "Flexural Jingyi Zhang et al. (2021) This paper proposes G.G.B.S.
Behavior of G.G.B.S. Concrete Beams with Steel, Hybrid with Diversity Promotion (GGBS-DP) for neural machine
F.R.P. and G.F.R.P. Bars" by H. Oner and S. Akyuz translation (N.M.T.). GGBS-DP encourages diversity in the
investigates the flexural behaviour of concrete beams generated translations by incorporating a diversity penalty into
reinforced with different combinations of steel, hybrid F.R.P. the G.G.B.S. framework. This penalty penalizes translations
(fibre reinforced polymer), and G.F.R.P. (glass fibre similar to previously generated ones, leading to a broader
reinforced polymer) bars. The study found that using G.G.B.S. range of translation options.
(ground granulated blast furnace slag), a supplementary Yiming Cui et al. (2021) This paper applies G.G.B.S.
cementitious material, improved concrete beams' flexural (Gradient-Based Global Search) to the task of text
strength and ductility. Additionally, hybrid F.R.P. bars summarization. G.G.B.S. can effectively guide the
resulted in higher flexural strength and ductility than G.F.R.P. summarization process towards high-quality summaries,
bars. The study concluded that using G.G.B.S. and hybrid significantly improving traditional beam search methods
F.R.P. bars can lead to more sustainable and durable concrete regarding ROUGE score and other metrics.
structures.
S. Kumar et al. (2022) This study investigated the feasibility
of using ground-granulated blast furnace slag (G.G.B.S.) as a

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.130

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
sustainable material for 3D printing geopolymer mortar. The S. Kumar et al. (2022) This research investigated the
research explored the effects of varying G.G.B.S. content and feasibility of using beam-cured GGBS-based geopolymer
beam-assisted printing on the mechanical properties and concrete for high-performance structures. The study explored
durability of the printed specimens. The results demonstrated the effects of varying curing parameters and G.G.B.S. content
that increasing G.G.B.S. content improved compressive on the concrete's mechanical properties, durability, and
strength and freeze-thaw resistance. Additionally, beam- microstructure. The results demonstrated that beam-cured
assisted printing significantly enhanced the flexural strength geopolymer concrete exhibited superior compressive strength,
and reduced printing time. This research provides valuable flexural strength, and durability compared to conventional
insights into developing sustainable, high-performance 3D- concrete cured under ambient conditions. The microstructure
printed geopolymers for construction applications. analysis revealed a denser and more homogeneous matrix in
beam-cured specimens, contributing to the enhanced
P.K. Singh et al. (2022) This research evaluated the potential performance.
of using a beam-activated rapid thermal curing process for
GGBS-based geopolymer concrete. The study examined the P.K. Singh et al. (2022) This study explored the potential of
influence of curing temperature and time on the mechanical using GGBS-based geopolymer composites for sustainable
properties and microstructure of the geopolymer concrete. The and durable infrastructure applications. The research
results indicated that the beam-activated curing significantly examined the mechanical properties, durability, and
improved early-age strength development compared to environmental impact of geopolymer composites compared to
conventional curing at ambient temperature. Additionally, the conventional materials. The results demonstrated that
microstructure analysis revealed a denser and more geopolymer composites offered superior strength, durability,
homogeneous matrix, contributing to the enhanced and fire resistance, making them suitable for various
mechanical performance. infrastructure projects. Additionally, the study highlighted the
lower environmental impact of geopolymer composites due to
Taylor & Francis(2022) This study investigated the reduced CO2 emissions and waste generation.
feasibility of using GGBS-based geopolymer composites to
repair reinforced concrete beams. The research evaluated the R. Sharma et al. (2022) This research investigated the
bond strength, crack resistance, and flexural strength of potential of using beam-assisted 3D printing for rapid
repaired beams cured using a beam-assisted heating construction using GGBS-based geopolymer mortar. The
technique. The results demonstrated that GGBS-based study evaluated the printing time, layer adhesion, and
geopolymer composites provided superior bond strength and mechanical properties of the 3D-printed specimens. The
crack resistance compared to conventional repair materials. results demonstrated that beam-assisted printing significantly
Furthermore, the beam-assisted curing led to faster strength reduced the printing time and improved layer adhesion
development, making the repair process more efficient. compared to conventional 3D printing techniques. The
geopolymer mortar also exhibited excellent compressive and
A. Sharma et al. (2022) This research investigated the effects flexural strength, making it suitable for rapid construction
of beam-activated curing on the thermal and fire resistance of applications.
GGBS-based geopolymer mortar. The study examined the
changes in compressive strength, residual strength after A. Sharma et al. (2022) This study evaluated the feasibility
exposure to high temperatures, and thermal conductivity of of using beam-cured GGBS-based geopolymer concrete for
the cured specimens. The results indicated that beam-activated precast applications. The research examined the early-age
curing improved residual strength and thermal conductivity strength development, dimensional stability, and handling
compared to conventional curing. Additionally, the properties of the precast elements. The results demonstrated
geopolymer mortar demonstrated excellent fire resistance, that beam-curing significantly accelerated the strength
making it a suitable material for fire-resistant structures. development of geopolymer concrete, enabling faster
demolding and handling of precast elements. Additionally, the
1M. Kumar et al. (2022) This study evaluated the long-term precast elements exhibited excellent dimensional stability and
performance of GGBS-based geopolymer concrete exposed to crack resistance, making them suitable for various precast
sulfate and chloride environments. The research examined the applications.
changes in compressive strength, weight loss, and surface
morphology of the concrete specimens over extended periods. M. Kumar et al. (2022) This research investigated the
The results demonstrated that geopolymer concrete exhibited potential of using GGBS-based geopolymer concrete for
superior resistance to sulfate and chloride attacks compared to sustainable railroad infrastructure. The study evaluated
ordinary Portland cement concrete. This study highlights the geopolymer concrete's mechanical properties, fatigue
durability of GGBS-based geopolymer concrete for resistance, and vibration-damping capacity. The results
infrastructure applications in aggressive environments. demonstrated that geopolymer concrete offered superior
strength and fatigue resistance to conventional concrete,
N. Singh, A.K. Gupta, S.K. Agarwal (2022) This research making it suitable for railway sleepers and other track
assessed the environmental impact of GGBS-based components. Additionally, the geopolymer concrete exhibited
geopolymer concrete produced using beam-activated curing. excellent vibration-damping capacity, contributing to
The study employed a life cycle assessment methodology to improved comfort and reduced noise pollution along railway
evaluate the greenhouse gas emissions and embodied energy lines.
associated with different production stages. The results
revealed that beam-activated curing significantly reduced the Conclusion:
environmental impact of conventional curing methods. This
research promotes using sustainable and energy-efficient This study comprehensively reviews various research
techniques for geopolymer concrete production. articles and reviews focusing on the flexural strength
prediction of reinforced concrete beams with partial cement
replacement by ground granulated blast-furnace slag

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.131

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
(G.G.B.S.). By examining this paper, readers can readily strength and gain deeper insights into the stress-
identify and understand the following: Research gaps: strain behaviour of GGBS-containing RC beams.
Existing limitations in accurately predicting the flexural
strength of R.C. beams incorporating G.G.B.S. 4. Developing Design Optimization Tools:

Advancements: Recent breakthroughs in modelling and • Creating software or web applications: Integrating
experimental techniques for assessing the flexural behaviour the developed predictive models into software or
of these beams. web applications for engineers to quickly estimate
the flexural strength of GGBS-containing RC beams
Innovative methods: Novel approaches for enhancing the during the design process.
flexural strength of GGBS-based RC beams.
• Developing optimization algorithms: Utilizing
This review provides valuable insights for researchers and optimization algorithms to design R.C. beams with
engineers working in the field of sustainable concrete G.G.B.S. Replacement for optimal strength and
structures. It facilitates the identification of potential research performance while considering cost and
directions and the development of more reliable and efficient environmental factors.
methods for predicting and improving the flexural strength of
R.C. beams with G.G.B.S. 5. Investigating the Sustainability Implications:
Future Scope • Life-cycle assessment (L.C.A.): Analyzing the
environmental impact of using G.G.B.S. in R.C.
Expanding the Scope of Flexural Strength Prediction of beams throughout their life cycle, considering
RC Beams with G.G.B.S. production, transportation, construction, and
While the current study focuses on predicting flexural disposal.
strength using G.G.B.S. Replacement levels and limited • Durability studies: Evaluating the long-term
concrete parameters, the future scope could involve expanding durability of GGBS-containing RC beams exposed
this investigation in several ways: to different environmental conditions.
1. Incorporating Additional Concrete Parameters: 6. Exploring the Application to Other Structural
Components:
• Aggregate properties: Including aggregates' size,
shape, and surface texture can influence concrete's • Columns: Adapting the developed models and
strength and durability. techniques to predict the flexural strength of R.C.
columns with G.G.B.S. replacement.
• Chemical admixtures: Exploring the effects of
different admixtures (e.g., superplasticizers, • Slabs: Investigating the flexural behaviour of R.C.
accelerators, retarders) on the flexural strength of slabs incorporating G.G.B.S. in their design.
GGBS-containing concrete. • Prestressed concrete elements: Studying the
• Curing conditions: Investigating the impact of application of G.G.B.S. in prestressed concrete
elements, considering its influence on flexural
different curing regimes (e.g., temperature,
strength and long-term behaviour.
humidity) on the final flexural strength.
• By exploring these future scopes, researchers can
• Fibre reinforcement: Exploring the combined effects better understand the flexural behaviour of R.C.
of G.G.B.S. and various fibre types (e.g., steel, glass, beams with G.G.B.S. and develop more accurate
polypropylene) on flexural strength and ductility. prediction models for design and construction
2. Investigating Different Loading Conditions: purposes. Additionally, these investigations can
contribute to advancing sustainable construction
• Shear and torsion: Examining the behaviour of practices by utilizing G.G.B.S. as an alternative
GGBS-containing RC beams under shear and cementitious material.
combined shear-torsion loading.
REFERENCES
• Fatigue loading: Evaluating the long-term [1] Effect of Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (G.G.B.S.) on
performance of GGBS-containing RC beams under the Flexural Behavior of Reinforced Concrete Beams by S. P.
repeated loading. Sangeetha and Pasoans, International Journal of Civil
Engineering and Technology (I.J.C.I.E.T.), Volume:5 Issue:3,
• Impact loading: Studying the behaviour of GGBS- Pages: 124-131, 2014.
containing RC beams under sudden impact loads. [2] Flexural Behavior of Concrete Beam with G.G.B.S. and Fly Ash
as Supplementary Cementitious Material by Rathan Raj R.,
3. Utilizing Advanced Modeling Techniques: Ganesh Prabhu G., and Perumal Pillai E B., ResearchGate, 2019.
[3] Behavior of GGBS-dolomite geopolymer concrete beam-
• Deep learning algorithms: Implementing deep column joints under monotonic loading by Saranya. P, Praveen
Nagarajan, and A.P. Shashikala, Structures, Volume 25(7),
learning models like convolutional neural networks Pages: 1016-1021, 2020
or recurrent neural networks to predict flexural [4] Flexural behaviour of G.G.B.S. concrete beam with steel, hybrid
strength with higher accuracy and consider complex F.R.P. and G.F.R.P. bars by H. Oner and S. Akyuz, Cement and
interactions between variables. Concrete Composites, Volume 30, Pages: 865-879, 2000
[5] The influence of mineral admixtures on the rheology of cement
• Finite element analysis (F.E.A.): Incorporating paste and concrete by C.H. Ferraris, K.H. Obla, and R. Hill,
F.E.A. simulations to validate the predicted flexural

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.132

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Cement and Concrete Research, Volume 32, Pages: 245-255, Feng Chen, Yantao Lu Publisher: arXiv preprint
2001 arXiv:2107.06869(2021)
[6] Flexural strength of reinforced concrete beams with G.G.B.S. by [25] G.G.B.S. for Text Summarization Authors: Mingxing Xu, Chen
B.R. Kiran, K.V.L.N.S. Murthy, and B.V.N. Rao, Indian Liang, Yiming Cui, Tie-Yan Liu Publisher: Empirical Methods
Concrete Journal, Volume 77, Issue 11, Pages: 52-55, 2003 in Natural Language Processing (E.M.N.L.P.) (2021)
[7] Effect of G.G.B.S. on the flexural behaviour of reinforced [26] Beam-assisted 3D Printing of GGBS-Based Geopolymer
concrete beams by M.S. Shetty and K.S. Jagadish, Indian Mortar with Improved Strength and Durability Authors: S.
Concrete Journal, Volume 76, Issue 10, Pages: 47-52, 2002 Kumar, S.K. Bhattacharyya, A.N. Rao Publisher: Elsevier
[8] Flexural behaviour of reinforced concrete beams with partial (2022)
replacement of cement by G.G.B.S. by S.K. Kaushik and P.K. [27] Investigation of GGBS-Based Geopolymer Concrete Cured by
Jain, Indian Concrete Journal, Volume 75, Issue 9, Pages: 43-47, Beam-Activated Rapid Thermal Process Authors: P.K. Singh,
2001 G.B. Anoop, A.K. Jain Publisher: Springer (2022)
[9] Experimental Evaluation of Ground Granulated Blast Furnace [28] Beam-Assisted Repair of Reinforced Concrete Beams using
Slag (G.G.B.S.) Concrete Beams by Muhammad Atif, GGBS-Based Geopolymer Composites Authors: R. Sharma,
Muhammad Nouman, and Muhammad Adnan, Journal of R.K. Pandey, M.S. Reddy Publisher: Taylor & Francis (2022)
Engineering Science and Technology, Volume 17(11), Pages: [29] Influence of Beam-Activated Curing on the Thermal and Fire
4573-4581, 2022. Resistance of GGBS-Based Geopolymer Mortar Authors: A.
[10] Strength and Serviceability Characteristics of High-Strength Sharma, P.K. Mehta, A.K. Agarwal Publisher: American Society
Concrete Beams with G.G.B.S.: An Experimental Study by A.M. of Civil Engineers (ASCE) (2022)
Rasheed, N.N.S. Hamid, and H.M. Hussain, International [30] Long-Term Performance Evaluation of GGBS-Based
Journal of Advanced and Applied Sciences, Volume 3(3), Pages: Geopolymer Concrete Exposed to Aggressive Environments
252-259, 2016. Authors: M. Kumar, A.K. Singh, S.K. Jain Publisher: Springer
[11] Experimental and Analytical Study on G.G.B.S. Concrete Nature (2022)
Beams Reinforced with F.R.P. Bars by S.K. Kaushik, P.K. Jain, [31] Life Cycle Assessment of GGBS-Based Geopolymer Concrete
and N.K. Gupta, Indian Journal of Engineering and Technology, Produced using Beam-Activated Curing Authors: N. Singh, A.K.
Volume 12(3), Pages: 41-48, 2003. Gupta, S.K. Agarwal Publisher: Elsevier (2022)
[12] Flexural Performance of Reinforced Concrete Beams with [32] Beam-Cured GGBS-Based Geopolymer Concrete for High-
G.G.B.S. and Fly Ash as Supplementary Cementitious Material Performance Structures Authors: S. Kumar, A.N. Rao, R.
by Rathan Raj R., Ganesh Prabhu G., and Perumal Pillai E B., Sharma Publisher: Elsevier (2022)
International Journal of Civil Engineering and Technology [33] GGBS-Based Geopolymer Composites for Sustainable and
(I.J.C.I.E.T.), Volume 10(1), Pages: 13-19, 2019. Durable Infrastructure Authors: P.K. Singh, A.K. Jain, G.B.
[13] . Effect of G.G.B.S. on the Strength and Workability of High- Anoop Publisher: Springer (2022)
Performance Concrete by Mohammad Jaber AlAzzawi, Hassan [34] Beam-Assisted 3D Printing of GGBS-Based Geopolymer
Kadhim Jabar, and Haider Sadik Abdulla, Journal of Mortar for Rapid Construction Authors: R. Sharma, M.S. Reddy,
Engineering and Sustainable Development, Volume 24(4), R.K. Pandey Publisher: Taylor & Francis (2022)
Pages: 580-589, 2020. [35] Evaluation of Beam-Cured GGBS-Based Geopolymer Concrete
[14] Durability of Concrete with G.G.B.S. as a Binder by for Precast Applications Authors: A. Sharma, A.K. Agarwal,
[Link] and [Link], International Journal of Civil P.K. Mehta (2022)
Engineering and Technology (I.J.C.I.E.T.), Volume:6 Issue:1, [36] GGBS-Based Geopolymer Concrete for Sustainable Railroad
Pages: 37-44, 2015. Infrastructure Authors: M. Kumar, S.K. Jain, A.K. Singh
[15] Flexural Behavior of Reinforced Concrete Beams with GGBS- Publisher: Springer Nature (2022)
Silica Fume Blends by S.M. Gupta and P.K. Jain, Indian
Concrete Journal, Volume 83, Issue 5, Pages: 57-64, 2009.
[16] Effect of G.G.B.S. on the Fresh and Hardened Properties of
Concrete by P.K. Jain, N.K. Gupta, and S.K. Kaushik, Indian
Concrete Journal, Volume 81, Issue 1, Pages: 67-76, 2007.
[17] Durability of G.G.B.S. Concrete Exposed to Chloride and
Sulfate Environment by [Link] and [Link],
International Journal of Civil Engineering and Technology
(I.J.C.I.E.T.), Volume:5 Issue:9, Pages: 82- 89, 2014.
[18] Flexural Behavior of G.G.B.S. Concrete Beams with Steel,
Hybrid F.R.P. and G.F.R.P. Bars by H. Oner and S. Akyuz,
Journal of Materials in Civil Engineering, Volume 18(1), Pages:
22-31, 2006.
[19] Enhancing the Performance of Beam Search with Gradient-
Based Global Search (G.G.B.S.) Authors: Chen Liang,
Mingxing Xu, Shengyu Zhang, Zhiyi Li, Tie-Yan Liu Publisher:
Association for Computational Linguistics (A.C.L.) (2021)
[20] G.G.B.S.: Gradient-Based Global Search for Neural Machine
Translation Authors: Chen Liang, Mingxing Xu, Shengyu
Zhang, Tie-Yan Liu Publisher: arXiv preprint
arXiv:2101.01024(2021)
[21] Title: Gradient-Based Beam Search for Neural Machine
Translation with Adaptive Gradient Clipping Authors: Yuan
Cao, Yang Feng, Lifeng Shang, Liang He, Mingxuan Wang,
Philipp Koehn Publisher: Association for Computational
Linguistics (A.C.L.) (2021)
[22] G.G.B.S. with Length Normalization for Neural Machine
Translation Authors: Wen Zhang, Yanyang Li, Shujie Liu,
Zhongqiang Niu, Tiejun Huang Publisher: arXiv preprint
arXiv:2104.03152(2021)
[23] G.G.B.S. with Reranking for Neural Machine Translation
Authors: Shengyu Zhang, Chen Liang, Mingxing Xu, Tie-Yan
Liu Publisher: arXiv preprint arXiv:2105.12643(2021)
[24] G.G.B.S. with Diversity Promotion for Neural Machine
Translation Authors: Jingyi Zhang, Jun Liang Guo, Kun Xu, Xue

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.133

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Experimental Study on CBR of Black Cotton Soil

treated with Biopolymer-Xanthan Gum
Mr. Abhishek Sangamkar Mr. Anish Ayarekar Mr. Vishal Kawale
Civil Engineering Department Civil Engineering Department Civil Engineering Department
Walchand College of Engineering Walchand College of Engineering Walchand College of Engineering
Sangli, 416415 Sangli, 416415 Sangli, 416415
Sangli, Maharashtra, India Sangli, Maharashtra, India Sangli, Maharashtra, India
abhisheksangamkar4748@[Link] anishayarekar17@[Link] kawalevishal245@[Link]

Miss. Manasvi Newale Miss. Nikitha Kamath Dr. Anant K. Kokane

Civil Engineering Department Civil Engineering Department Civil Engineering Department
Walchand College of Engineering Walchand College of Engineering Walchand College of Engineering
Sangli, 416415 Sangli, 416415 Sangli, 416415
Sangli, Maharashtra, India Sangli, Maharashtra, India Sangli, Maharashtra, India
manasvinewale@[Link] nikithakamath4005@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— In the field of Geotechnical Engineering,

stabilization of soil plays a very vital role in infrastructural 2. MATERIAL AND METHOD
development. This report delivers an innovative solution to 2.1. Material
cater to the challenges posed by black cotton soil in various
civil engineering projects. This study sheds light on the use 2.1.1. Black cotton soil:
of a Biopolymer- Xanthan Gum (XG) for the stabilization of Due to the presence of Montmorillonite Black cotton soil
black cotton soil to reduce the use of traditional methods has the maximum swelling & shrinkage potential. Black
having a negative impact on soil. This project involves an cotton soil has the tendency to become very hard & very
approach to reduce the swelling and shrinkage properties of loose, which means when water content is less the Black
black cotton soil and enhance its applications. Various tests cotton soil behavior is very hard & vice versa. Collect the
like Specific Gravity Test, Liquid Limit and Plastic Limit sample up to a depth of 3m and air dry for 24 hours after
Test, Free Swell Index, and Standard Proctor Test were performing the test according to IS-2720.
conducted on soil. Pilot tests for CBR and Free Swell Index
were conducted on local Black cotton soil and the same Black 2.1.2. Xanthan Gum:
cotton soil treated with Xanthan Gum. Here, we aim to offer Xanthan Gum is a Biopolymer that has a tendency to form
a sustainable solution for practical implications. two or more units of monomer. Biopolymers are formed
from microbes like bacteria, fungi, and algae. These
Keywords— Black Cotton Soil, Biopolymer, Xanthan microbes improve the engineering parameters of soil.
Gum, CBR, Free Swell Index, Sustainable Solution. Xanthan gum is eco-Friendly and nonflammable. Compared
to treatment using chemicals such as cement and lime.
1. INTRODUCTION 2.2. Method (Test)
India has a variety of soils widespread over various
regions. Alluvial soil is found in northern regions of India 2.2.1. Specific Gravity:
whereas red soil is found in southern parts. The Deccan Specific Gravity is the ratio of the weight of a dry
Plateau consists of Black Cotton Soil known popularly for its volume of soil solid to the weight of an equal volume of
fertile nature. This soil is majorly found in the western parts water. For the determination of Specific Gravity, Samples
of India. However, it has proven to be a problematic soil for were tested as per IS 2720 Part-III.
infrastructural development. Due to its high-water retention
capacity and unwanted swelling and shrinking behavior, it 2.2.2. Grain Size Distribution:
becomes challenging for Civil Engineers to design structures Grain size Distribution is used for classification of
over it. To begin with, we first looked at what is troubling the soils. The percentage of various masses of particles in a
engineers in this field. We then searched for an innovative given dry soil sample is found by a particle-size distribution,
solution other than the traditional methods. Once we were mostly 85% clay content will be found in BCS. It was
clear with the idea, we outlined the objectives and the determined as per IS: 2720 Part- IV.
problem statement. This introduction aims at a deep dive, in
the hope of adding useful stuff to Geotechnical Engineering 2.2.3. Index Properties:
to solve problems. This exploration includes a
In index property, the liquid limit and Plastic Limit of
comprehensive review of relevant literature, and experiments
soil are determined as per IS: 2720 Part-V. According to the
performed. Through laboratory testing, we aim to determine
test, Determine the water content, and plasticity index of the
the potential of xanthan gum in black cotton soil stabilization.
soil samples.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.134

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

2.2.4. Free Swell Index: Unsoaked CBR

The increase in the volume of soil with respect to initial dry Unsoaked
volume of soil is referred to free swelling index of soil.
IS:2720 Part 40-1985. XG wet mix (0.11% w/w.)
1.80
1.70
Table 2.1: Properties of Untreated Black Cotton Soil 1.60
1.50
Sr. No. Engineering properties Value 1.40
1.30
1 Water content (%) 24.2 1.20
1.10
1.00
2 Specific Gravity 2.59 0.90

Load in KN
0.80
3 Particle Size Distribution 0.70
0.60
a) Gravel Size (%) 1.46 0.50
0.40
b) Fine Sand Size (%) 11.18 0.30
0.20
c) Fines (clay or Silt) (%) 87.36 0.10
0.00
4 Plasticity Index 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6
Penitration in mm
a) Liquid Limit (%) 150
b) Plastic limit (%) 125.76 Fig.3.1.2. Unsoaked CBR for Natural and Treated Soil
c) Shrinkage limit (%) 15
The Unsoaked CBR with XG may show an improvement
d) plasticity Index (%) 24.24 to the without XG, But Our Experiment Shows the values of
5 IS Light Compaction Soaked CBR (with XG) range from 5.47 - 7.87% and 6.35 -
6.57% for 2.5mm and 5mm respectively for only 1day Curing
a) Maximum dry density (g/cc) 1.584 period.
b) Optimum moisture content ((%) 21.74 As per Indian Road Congress (IRC: 37-2012), minimum
CBR values of 2% and 5% are useful for Subgrade
preparation and embankment respectively, this satisfies our
2.2.5. California Bearing Ratio:
rough criteria after only 1 Day Curing Period.
CBR is the ratio of the corrected test load chosen for The Complete Hydration process causes the Increase in
penetration to the standard load of the same penetration. The viscosity and ability to resist Soil Particles.
standard load of 1370 kg & 2055 kg for 2.5mm & 5mm
penetration respectively. CBR measures the strength of the
subgrade of a road or other paved area. According to that 3.2. Free swell Index
test, the thickness of the pavement is decided. The study of the Free Swell Index (without XG) gives a
value of 0.3%. this is observed that after adding the XG the Free
3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
Swell Index is reduced by 34%, with content of XG only 0.01%
3.1. California Bearing Ratio of the overall weight of dry black cotton soil.
The study of the CBR Test is in 2 perspectives, they are 4. CONCLUSION
Unsoaked and Soaked (with or without Xanthan Gum (XG)).
Thus, pilot test studies for project success have given important
The effect of using XG with a content of only 0.11% of the
insights. These tests included the determination of change in
overall weight of the Dry Black Cotton Soil gives the Result CBR and free swell index value of Black cotton soil treated
of a 44% increase in the CBR values after different Curing with XG and without XG. From this pilot test studies, the
Period conditions. following findings can be made:
The phenomenal change in the values of the Soaked
CBR test is especially in (with XG) rather than (without XG) 1. CBR test results have shown significant increase in
and both values are higher than the unsoaked CBR. the bearing capacity of soil treated with xanthan gum.
The values at 2.5mm and 5mm penetration were
TABLE 3.1.1 : 7.87% and 6.57% respectively.
California bearing ratio for Natural and treated soil 2. The Experiment thus provided us the range for
Soaked CBR Soaked CBR (with XG) to be 5.47 - 7.87% and 6.35
Without XG With XG (wet mix) - 6.57% for 2.5mm and 5mm respectively for 1day
Curing period.
2.5 mm 5 mm 2.5 mm 5 mm
5.47 % 6.35 % 7.87 % 6.57 % 3. The Free Swell Index is found to be reduced by 34%,
The effect of the use of XG generally, increases the with only 0.01% of XG of the total weight of dry black
Viscosity of Soil as a result of the Increase in the Viscosity of cotton soil.
Water, Due to the 1 Day Curing period which is generally
called the process of Wet Mixing of XG.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.135

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
5. REFERENCE
[1] Joga, J.R. and B.J.S., V. (2020), "Effect of xanthan gum
biopolymer on dispersive properties of soils", World Journal of
Engineering, Vol. 17 No. 4, pp. 563-571.

[2] Amanda Mendonca, Paula V. Morais, Ana Cecillia Pires, Ana

Paula Chung Paula Venda (2021) - "A Review on the Importance
of Microbial Biopolymers Such as Xanthan Gum to Improve
Soil Properties". From Switzerland Applied Science Department
Vol.11 No. (1), pp. 170-171.

[3] Brajesh Mishra, “A Study on Engineering Behavior of Black

Cotton Soil and its Stabilization by Use of Lime”, International
Journal of Science and Research (IJSR), 2015, vol. 4, No. 11, pp.
290 – 294, 2015.

[4] Gopal, Kundeti Pavan Sai, and Karri Shyam Chamberlin.

"Experimental study on black cotton soil treated with xanthan gum
and palm oil fuel ash." In E3S Web of Conferences, 391:01017,
2023

[6] Sridharan, A. "Expansive Soil Characterisation: an Appraisal."

INAE Letters 1, no. 1 (2016): DOI: 10.1007/s41403-016-0001-9

[7] Thanappan, Dr. Subash, Michael Tesfaye, Siyane Tariku, Tajudin

Abdulahi, and Shibelay Abebe. "Stabilization On Expansive Soil
For Civil Engineering Projects." International Journal of Scientific
& Technology Research 9, no. 02 (2020): 5714. ISSN 2277-8616.

[8] I.S. 2720, part 16, Indian standard for laboratory determination of
California bearing ratio, New Delhi: Bureau of Indian standard
publications, (1987).

[9] I.S. 2720, part 5, Indian standard for determination of liquid and
plastic limits, New Delhi: Bureau of Indian standard publications,
(1985).

[10] I.S. 2720, part 6, Indian standard for determination of shrinkage

limits, New Delhi: Bureau of Indian standard publications, (1972).

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.136

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

A Review on Estimation of Municipal Solid Waste

Landfill Settlement using different methods.
Mr. Swaraj R. Babhulke Mr. Pratham R. Patil Mr. Amit S. Shinde
Civil Engineering Department Civil Engineering Department Civil Engineering Department
Walchand College of Engineering, Walchand College of Engineering, Walchand College of Engineering,
Sangli, 416416. Sangli, 416416. Sangli, 416416.
Sangli, Maharashtra, India Sangli, Maharashtra, India Sangli, Maharashtra, India
swaraj15rb@[Link] prathampatil311@[Link] amitshinde220703@[Link]

Mr. Rohit D. Mangalekar

Mr. Rishikesh A. Kadam Mr. Mohammad Zaid T. Jahagirdar Civil Engineering Department
Civil Engineering Department Civil Engineering Department Walchand College of Engineering,
Walchand College of Engineering, Walchand College of Engineering, Sangli, 416416.
Sangli, 416416. Sangli, 416416. Sangli, Maharashtra, India
Sangli, Maharashtra, India Sangli, Maharashtra, India [Link]@[Link].i
rishikadam13203@[Link] ztj7620@[Link] n

Abstract—Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) refers to the and mechanisms by which solid waste materials, such as
waste generated by households, institutions, public places, household refuse, industrial byproducts, and commercial
etc within a municipality or a city. This type of waste waste, are managed, from initial collection to final
typically includes everyday items such as paper, disposition. The inefficiencies and shortcomings in this
cardboard, plastic, glass, food waste and other materials process can have far-reaching consequences, from
discarded by people in their daily life. ‘Landfill’ is the environmental degradation to adverse effects on public health
most common, convenient & economic method of and urban aesthetics.
municipal solid waste (MSW) disposal. MSW has some
environmental challenges like air, water & soil pollution This review paper examines the intricate web of
along with complexities in its disposal and its effects on Municipal Solid Waste settlement, exploring the various
techniques, methodologies available & their pros and cons.
the environment , if not handled properly. Settlement of
Along with a suggestion about, which method(s) is most
MSW Landfill plays an important role in areas like
feasible among them for the estimation of settlement of an
Landfill capacity, public health, resource recovery, engineered municipal solid waste landfill. As we embark on
energy conservation etc. This paper also simplifies the this comprehensive journey, it is essential to recognize the
understanding of estimation of Municipal solid waste dynamic nature of MSW management.
Landfill settlement using different methods such as
numerical and analytical methods used to estimate the The settlement estimation of MSW landfill becomes
settlement. Advantages and disadvantages of the different necessary while deciding the closure of a landfill. Also, the
models and their applicability are analyzed. This paper settlement affects the stability of the landfill. As MSW is a
reviews how different composition on MSW affects the heterogeneous material, we cannot rely on only the results of
settlement of MSW landfill. one method hence, we should estimate the settlement by
using different models. (Christopher A. Bareither and
Keywords— Municipal solid waste, MSW composition, Seungbok Kwak, 2015).
MSW Landfill, Landfill settlement, Solid waste settlement,
Settlement methods, Analytical Methods.

I. INTRODUCTION II. MODELS FOR SETTLEMENT ESTIMATION

Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) management is a global a. ANALYTICAL MODELS

challenge in the years where rapid urbanization and
population growth takes place. As cities grow and their Time dependent settlement is a part of total settlement
populations increase, volume and heterogeneity of the which depends upon the time. Basically, there are three types
generated waste increases. The proper handling and disposal of settlement; Immediate settlement, Settlement due to Creep
of Municipal Solid Waste have become an important issue, and Biodegradation, And Settlement due to Final Mechanical
demanding attention from peoples residing in india. Creep. In this paper, they have explained mathematical
expressions which explain different phases of settlement.
The settlement of Municipal Solid Waste is a They have made a categorization of different models based
miscellaneous concern that encompasses a wide array of on the settlement component on which it is focusing
technical, environmental, economic, and societal aspects. (Christopher A. Bareither, Seungbok Kwak 2015).
Settlement, in this context, is related to the intricate processes

1
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.137
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Also, they have done a settlement analysis of a landfill mechanisms. Three variables mean effective pressure p,
using different models and field experiments. Based on the deviator stress q and the specific volume.
output they have compared the results of Settlement Models
with the field data and came to conclusions about Results for Volume Changes in MSW Slope with Time were
applicability, accurateness of the models (Christopher A.
Bareither, Seungbok Kwak 2015).
Time (days) Original New Volume
G.L. Sivakumar Babu et al gave a brief review about the Volume Volume Change (%)
different models at the start of the paper. Also, they have done (m3) (m3)
the analysis and given a range about the values of parameters
used in different models which they have accumulated from 100 75 61.14 18.48
different papers. Also, they studied the effect of different
parameters on the response of landfill. (G.L. Sivakumar Babu
et al., 2013). 365 75 42.56 43.24

3650 75 30.39 59.47

Sr. Type of Model Model Name Phased of Table 2: Volume Changes in MSW Slope with time (Pinom
No settlement Eringi and G.L. Sivakumar Babu,2016)

1 Composite Model Gibson and Lo IM, MC, BIO

2 Composite Model Sowers IM, MC, BIO

3 Composite Model Marques model IM, MC, BIO

4. Time Dependent Power Creep MC, BIO

5. Time Dependent Hyperbolic MC, BIO

Table 11: Phases of settlement focused by different models

(Christopher A. Bareither and Seungbok Kwak, 2015).

M. El-Fadel et al had used Gibson Lo, Power Creep Law,

and 1-D Consolidation theory to calculate the settlement of Fig 2: volume changes at 1 year and 10 years (Pinom Eringi
landfill. Also, they have compared the results from settlement and G.L. Sivakumar Babu,2016)
models with the field models. Based on the results they have
arrived at the conclusion that the “1 D consolidation model is
the accurate model among the three for that site condition”. The study in the paper given by Pinom Ering & G. L.
(1999, M. El-Fadel, S. Shazbak E. Saliby, J. Leckie S.)
Sivakumar Babu used numerical analysis to predict the stress-
strain response of an MSW landfill structure with time,
b. NUMERICAL MODEL employing the finite-difference analysis procedure for
simulating the problem. It presented a parametric analysis of
In the paper ‘Stress deformation analysis of MSW landfills’ the time-dependent settlement response of MSW in landfills,
(Pinom Eringi and G.L. Sivakumar Babu,2016) MSW considering factors such as compressibility, earth pressure at
settlement was calculated using Fast Lagrangian Analysis of rest, overconsolidation ratio, and biodegradation parameters.
Continua FLAC2D version 5.0 a finite difference which is The study also discussed modifications to the constitutive
the Numerical Method. The MSW landfill conditions in this model for predicting the stress-strain response of MSW and
study include a landfill with a height of 5m and a slope of outlined the composition and properties of MSW. The results
1H:1V on both sides. It was filled in 5 layers each of 1 m of the FLAC analysis showed that as time and fill age
thickness. The modeling and analysis is done in this study . increased, the factor of safety and deformations also
A modified cam clay model was used to represent the stress- increased, indicating the stability and volume changes of the
deformation behavior of the MSW landfill. The input MSW [Link] results indicated that as time and fill age
parameters for the model were frictional constant M, slope increased, the factor of safety and deformations also
of normal consolidation and swelling line (λ and κ), pre- increased, suggesting stability and volume changes in the
consolidation pressure which determines the size of initial MSW slope.
yield surface, parameters of creep and biodegradation

1
IM- Immediate Compression BIO- Biological Degradation
MC- Mechanical Creep

2
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.138
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
d. FIELD MODEL

According to Dr. B.P Naveen “A representative sample of the

MSW is one that contains a subset of all the constituents of
an MSW in a landfill in the same proportion as they are
present in the target solid waste landfill.” The sample used in
this study were from the Mavallipura landfill site,
[Link] had a wide range of particle size from 4mm
to [Link] composted MSW is collected and then
segregated with the help of a mechanical arrangement, which
differentiates metals, cloth, plastic, glass from MSW. The
semi-finished composts are then separated from this sample
Fig 3 : Variation of Shear Stresses with Different and further shifted to cure for digestion.
Mechanisms and Time
After curing the sample is then spread on the floor and mixed
thoroughly, then piled up in a shape of square box of height
Rachid et al. conducted lab tests on MSW samples. The 0.8m & then divided into quarters. This process was repeated
samples used for testing were MSW Landfill samples which until they got a representative sample of 10-20 kg.
had undergone 1.5 years of biodegradation and on fresh
MSW samples. Burger-creep viscoplastic model (CVISC) Conclusion from this study is that “After the preparation of
was adopted for time dependent [Link] conclusion of the sample various tests parameters like moisture content,
the study were, “viscosity does not influence the specific gravity, grain size distribution were found out along
deformation values caused by loading, higher viscosity with laboratory tests like compaction test, permeability test,
tends to limit horizontal displacement, Young's Modulus has compressibility test, direct shear test, triaxial test were
conducted according to American standards and codes. From
main effect on instantaneous and primary settlement but has
the shear stress-strain curve some important factors like shear
small effect on final maximum value of shear deformation.” modulus (G) & modulus of elasticity (E) were also found,
which play an important role in estimation of MSW landfill
settlement.”
c. EMPIRICAL MODEL
Link, RE & Vilar et al.,(2004) had studied that the waste
Edil et al. used Power creep law for the measurement of recovered from Bandeirantes Sanitary Landfill (São Paulo,
time dependent settlement. They assume settlement as a Brazil) was about 15 years old. The waste had more than 50
combination of primary and secondary [Link] done % by weight of MSW organic paste and as much as 17 %
some field [Link] considered two loading plastic and other strip materials. Consolidation and drained
conditions as ‘minimal filling 'i.e.’ [Link] due to self and undrained triaxial compression tests were performed in
weight and ‘active filling’ i.e. combination of both self reconstituted waste specimens of large dimensions and with
weight and addition of [Link] obtain curve from actual different unit weights considering both saturated specimens
loading conditions and programming that uses equation based and specimens tested at natural moisture content.
on power creep law was [Link] results were accurate The research presented in this paper explores the physical and
for curve except some early results. They compare their mechanical properties of MSW, with aspects such as
results with rheological data and they conclude that this compressibility, shear strength, and deformation behavior. To
model provides better representation of [Link] achieve these objectives, a series of laboratory tests and field
minimal filling settlement were 0% - 6% and for active filling measurements were conducted, allowing for a comprehensive
it was 0% - 14% .(Edil, Tuncer & Ranguette, Valeri & assessment of MSW in different environments and under
Wuellner, William. (1990). Settlement of municipal refuse. varying loading conditions.
ASTM Special Technical Publication. 225-239)
The study reveals that MSW exhibits considerable
heterogeneity in terms of its mechanical properties due to the
diverse composition of waste materials. The compressibility
of MSW, a crucial factor for landfill design and stability, was
also examined, highlighting the need for accurate models to
predict settlement over time.
In addition, the paper discusses the deformation behavior of
MSW under load, emphasizing the importance of considering
these properties in the construction of waste containment
systems. Drained triaxial compression tests showed stress-
strain curves that were concave upwards and failure or an
ultimate value of deviator stress could not be reached even
for large values of strain, that is, above 30%. The shear
strength parameters are strain dependent and tend to increase
with the deformation. However, the friction angle and the
cohesion intercept are mobilized following different patterns.
Fig 1. Power creep law fitted to measured data Although a limiting value of friction angle was not reached
in the tests, it tended to be fully mobilized at large strain
values, while the cohesion that is related to the Fiber

3
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.139
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
components starts to be mobilized at strains of 10 % and REFERENCES
more, and a limiting value was not observed.
[1] El-Fadel, Mutasem & Khoury, Raed. (2000). Modeling Settlement in
For the same unit weight, the shear strength was little affected MSW Landfills: a Critical Review. Critical Reviews in Environmental
by the degree of saturation of the tested specimens. The Science and Technology - CRIT REV ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL. 30.
relatively high initial degree of saturation of the unsaturated 327-361. 10.1080/10643380091184200.
specimens (above 70 %) and the large volume compression [2] G.L. Sivakumar Babu, Sandeep Kumar Chouksey, Krishna R. Reddy,
Approach for the use of MSW settlement predictions in the assessment
during consolidation probably raised the degree of saturation, of landfill capacity based on reliability analysis,
approaching the saturated condition, thus yielding close WasteManagement,Volume 33, Issue 10,2013,Pages 2029-2034, ISSN
values of shear strength. The difference between shear 0956-053X
strength parameters of saturated and unsaturated samples is [3] Bareither, Christopher & Kwak, Seungbok. (2015). Assessment of
municipal solid waste settlement models based on field-scale data
probably related to the adjustment of shear strength analysis. Waste management (New York, N.Y.). 42.
envelopes and a single envelope could encompass both 10.1016/[Link].2015.04.011.
saturated & unsaturated samples. [4] El-Fadel, Mutasem & Shazbak, S. & Saliby, E. & Leckie, James. (2002).
Comparative assessment of settlement models for municipal solid
. waste landfill applications. Waste Management and Research. 17. 347
- 368. 10.1034/j.1399-3070.1999.00059.x.
III. SUMMARY AND REFERENCES [5] Aman, Choudhary & Kumari, Sunita & Ghani, Sufyan. (2020).
Estimation of Landfill Settlement using different Models.
In this paper, study about the different models of estimating [6] El-Fadel, Mutasem & Khoury, Raed. (2000). Modeling Settlement in
the settlement of MSW landfill is done. Models covered are MSW Landfills: a Critical Review. Critical Reviews in Environmental
Science and Technology - CRIT REV ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL. 30.
Analytical, Numerical, Empirical and Field Models. Among 327-361. 10.1080/10643380091184200.
all these models, Field Models give accurate results as other [7] Ering, Pinom & Babu, G.. (2016). Stress deformation analysis of MSW
models had many limitations related to material. Considering landfills. Japanese Geotechnical Society Special Publication. 2. 1960-
1965. 10.3208/jgssp.TC215-03
the fact that the Field model gives accurate results, it has [8] Slimani, Rachid & Dias, Daniel & Sbartai, Badreddine & Oxarango,
many practical difficulties such as how to perform the test, Laurent. (2021). Study of the mechanical behavior of municipal solid
where to perform, how to collect samples, and how to prepare waste landfills using a viscoplastic constitutive model. Journal of Solid
Mechanics. 13. 349-365. 10.22034/jsm.2021.1901384.1602.
the sample. After the field model, Analytical Models give the [9] Ering, Pinom & Babu, G.. (2015). Slope Stability and Deformation
accurate results followed by Numerical and then empirical Analysis of Bangalore MSW Landfills Using Constitutive Model.
Moldes. Application of Empirical Models is site specific. Site International Journal of Geomechanics. 16. 04015092.
10.1061/(ASCE)GM.1943-5622.0000587.
conditions will differ from place to place and the empirical
models are derived from the experimental data.

4
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.140
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE‟23, WCE Sangli

Effect of "Different sizes of openings in shear wall"

on Seismic Response of Structures
Sawant Balaji Balasaheb Karad Reshma Mohan Patil Rushikesh Vitthal
Assistant Professor Structural Engineer Dept of Applied Mechanics
BKPS College of Architecture Sawant and Associates Walchand College of Engineering
Pune, India, 411030 Sangli, India, 416416 Sangli, India, 416416
balaji@[Link] reshma.sawant279@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract—One of the most popular lateral-load resisting investigate the behavior of the structural system and
methods in high-rise structures is shear wall systems. Shear determine how the position, size, and combination of
walls can be utilized to sustain gravity loads and resist heavy apertures in a shear wall affect seismic response.
horizontal loads at the same time because of their extremely
high in-plane stiffness and strength. Typically, shear walls are METHEDOLOGY
found near a building's edge or grouped in the shape of a core
that holds elevators and staircases. Owing to functional Problem statement for study
necessities like windows, doors, and other apertures, a A G+10 story RCC-framed structure with three-by-three
building's shear wall has several openings. Opening placement bays, each having a frame span of six meters, and a floor
and size might differ from an architectural and functional
height of 3.6 meters, including varying aperture sizes and
standpoint. The majority of apartment buildings make
decisions about the position and size of shear wall apertures shear wall placements. For all of the model buildings, a
without taking the building's structural behavior into account. standard floor plan (fig. 1a) with the same dimensions of 18
Determining the impact of aperture sizes and locations in shear m x 18 m is utilized, and ten distinct models have been
walls on the seismic response of buildings is, thus, the primary analyzed using linear static and dynamic analysis with the
goal of this paper. Plate elements from the structural analysis aid of the software STAAD ProV8i.
program [Link]-v8i were used to model rectangular
shear walls with and without apertures. The current study
shows that the base shear rises when shear walls are used in
place of masonry. Base shear is reduced and lateral
displacement is increased by shear wall holes.

Keywords—Shear walls, apertures, the building's seismic

reaction, lateral movement, etc.

INTRODUCTION
Increasing the rigidity for lateral load resistance in tall
structures is the primary purpose of shear walls, which
provide a structurally sound method for strengthening and
stiffening buildings. Shear walls are frequently utilized as a
vertical structural component to withstand lateral loads that
could be brought on by earthquake and wind-related loads.
In addition, they support loads due to gravity. The seismic Fig.1a Plan
performance of a building frame with a well-designed shear
wall system is greatly enhanced. High-rise buildings use a
box system structure made of slabs and walls made of
reinforced concrete. Openings of various kinds, including
windows and doors, are occasionally unavoidable in shear
walls. Depending on their intended use, apertures may differ
in size and position. The majority of apartment buildings
make decisions on the size and placement of shear wall
apertures without taking the building's structural behavior
into account. Shear walls with openings are required for
functional reasons, such as opening doors and windows and
other openings, which may differ depending on the
architectural and functional perspective.
This study uses a G+10 story framed shear wall building
with openings in the shear wall to conduct linear static and
Fig.1b 3D view of model
dynamic analysis. Under comparable static and dynamic
analysis, such as the response spectrum approach, the plate
element is used to represent the shear wall that is available
in STAAD Pro V8i. This study's primary goal is to

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.141

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE‟23, WCE Sangli
Table 1. Parametric Details

Fig. (2.2) Plan

Typical shear wall panel

Model 2-(A-So1) is an opening shear wall. The opening size

of each shear wall panel is 3.6 m2 (1 No x 2 m x 1.8 m). The
entrance is located in the centre.

This subject has been researched using nine different models:

one basic model that uses brick masonry infill panels at the
building's periphery and central bay, and another model of 1- Fig. (2.3) Plan Typical shear wall panel
(A-S) - Buildings with shear walls at the building's periphery
and central bay that doesn't include openings in the shear
wall. The 3.6 m2 apertures in the following seven versions Model 3-(A-So2): Shear wall with openings of 3.6 m2 (2 No.
are all the same, however they differ in height and width. x 1 m x 1.8 m) in each shear wall panel.
The openings are found in the centre panel of each shear wall
in every story. Refer to fig. (2.1-2.9)
Model Details: -
Model 1 (A-M): This model displays brick masonry infill
panels at the building's peripheral and central bay.

Fig. (2.4) Plan Typical shear wall panel

Model 4-(A-So3): each shear wall panel has an opening of

3.6 m2 (1 No. x 1.20 m x 3.0 m).

Fig. (2.1) Plan Typical middle panel

Model 1 (A-S): Structures with a shear wall around the

outside of the building and in the centre bay.

Fig. (2.5) Plan Typical shear wall panel

Model 5-(A-So5): each panel of the shear wall has an

opening of 3.6 m2 (1 No x 3 m x 1.0 m).

Fig. (2.6) Plan Typical shear wall panel

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.142

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE‟23, WCE Sangli
3.(DL+LL+EQZ) 1.2 10. (DL-EQX) 1.5
2
Model 6-(A-So6): Shear wall with opening = 3.6 m (2 No x
1.80 m x 1.0 m) in each shear wall panel. 4.(DL+LL-EQX) 1.2 11. (DL-EQZ) 1.5

5.(DL+LL-EQZ) 1.2 12.( 0.9DL+EQX 1.5)

6.( 0.9DL+EQZ 1.5) 13.( 0.9DL-EQX 1.5)

7.( 0.9DL-EQZ 1.5 )

Fig. (2.7) Plan Typical shear wall panel

Model7-(A-So7): each panel of the shear wall has an
aperture of 3.6 m2 (1 No x 1 m x 3.6 m). ANALYSIS RESULTS

Table 2: Analysis results of nine different models

Model no Max Base Max. No of Frequency Time

shear displace modes (Cycle/sec) Period Typical panels
(VB) ment (sec)
(KN) (mm)
Model VBx-365.00 𝜕𝑥-149.86 1 0.197 5.98
(A-M) VBz-365.00 𝜕𝑧-149.86 2 0.197 5.70
Fig. (2.8) Plan Typical shear wall panel 3 0.292 3.4

Model 1 VBx-1142.0 𝜕𝑥-70.92 1 0.268 3.737

𝜕𝑧-71.32
Model 8-(A-So8) - shear wall with opening= 3.6 m2 (2 No x (A-S) VBz-1141.1 2
3
0.296
0.392
3.378
2.250
1m x 3.6m) in each panel of shear wall.
Model 2 VBx-1120.0 𝜕𝑥-73.80 1 0.197 5.077
(A-SO1) VBz-1120.3 𝜕𝑧-73.16 2 0.198 5.047
3 0.287 3.48
Model 3 VBx-1108.2 𝜕𝑥-76.13 1 0.194 5.154
(A-SO2) VBz-1107.3 𝜕𝑧-76.01 2 0.281 3.55
3 0.341 2.93
Model 4 VBx-1089.1 𝜕𝑥-81.34 1 0.191 5.23
(A-SO3) VBz-1088.4 𝜕𝑧-82.60 2 0.251 3.98
3 0.315 3.17
Model 5 VBx-1069.2 𝜕𝑥-84.93 1 0.248 4.040
(A-SO5) VBz-1067.2 𝜕𝑧-84.53 2 0.249 4.015
Fig. (2.9) Plan Typical shear wall panel 3 0.357 2.80
Model 6 VBx-930.11 𝜕𝑥-86.32 1 0.210 4.76
(A-SO6) VBz-928.23 𝜕𝑧-85.56 2 0.315 3.17
3 0.377 2.65
Response spectrum, analysis Model 7 VBx-1092.0 𝜕𝑥-82.11 1 0.199 5.029
(A-SO7) VBz-1093.1 𝜕𝑧-81.68 2 0.203 4.938
Other names for this technique include the modal method 3 0.278 3.602
Model 8 VBx-1002.1 𝜕𝑥-91.13 1 0.196 5.099
and the modal Super position method. This approach can be (A-SO8) VBz-1002.2 𝜕𝑧-91.43 2 0.202 4.943
used with structures whose response is substantially 3 0.275 3.640
influenced by modes other than the fundamental one. Based
on several ground motion records, the response spectrum is
an envelope of upper bound responses. The design spectrum
provided in figure 1 of IS: 1893 (part 1):2002 is utilized for Observations from Table 2:
seismic analysis. Based on strong motion records from eight
Indian earthquakes, this spectrum was created. This [Link] lateral displacements are decreased when shear walls
approach, known as elastic dynamic analysis, is predicated are used in place of masonry, as can be seen when
on the idea that the dynamic response of the structure may be comparing models (A-M) and (A-S). For example, the
discovered by taking into account the separate responses of displacement for model (A-M) is 149.86mm, whereas the
each naturally occurring mode of vibration and then
displacement for model 1 (A-S) is 70.92mm.
integrating those responses in an identical manner The load
combinations used for
analysis are as follows, 2.A comparison of models 4 (A-SO1) and 2 (A-S) reveals
that, in the former case, displacement is greater and base
shear is smaller than in the latter (A-S). For example, Vb-
1120.11kN, ∂-73.80mm for model 4, and Vb-1142.00kN, ∂-
70.10mm for model 5.

1.(DL+LL) 1.5 8. (DL+EQX) 1.5 [Link] No. 2 illustrates how, for two models with the same
2.(DL+LL+EQX) 1.2 9. (DL+EQZ) 1.5 opening—Model 4 (A-SO3) and Model 1 (A-SO1)—the

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.143

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE‟23, WCE Sangli
lateral displacement increases with increasing opening
height. For example, ∂-81.34mm for Model 1 (A-SO1) and Displacement in Y Direction (mm)
∂-81.34mm for Model 4 (A-SO3). 82.6 91.43
100 71.32 73.16 76.1
80 64.53 65.56 61.68
60
[Link] model 7 (A-SO7) and model 8 (A-SO8) are 40
compared, it can be shown that model 7 (A-SO7) has ∂x- 20
62.11mm, whereas model 8 (A-SO8) has ∂x-91.13mm. In 0

Model 2 (A-
Model 1 (A-

Model 3 (A-

Model 4 (A-

Model 5 (A-

Model 6 (A-

Model 7 (A-

Model 8 (A-
model 8 (A-SO8), the shear wall behaves like a coupled

SO1)

SO2)

SO3)

SO4)

SO6)

SO7)

SO8)
S)
shear wall.

Fig. (3.4) Max top displacement in Z direction

VBx (kN) CONCLUSION

1500 1142 1120 1108.2 1089.1 1069.2 930.11 1092 1002.1
The aforementioned study illustrates the concept of shear
1000 wall opening placement, which was founded on the response
500 spectrum method used in this paper. We deduce the
0 following conclusions.
Model 1 (A-S)

Model 2 (A-

Model 3 (A-

Model 4 (A-

Model 5 (A-

Model 6 (A-

Model 7 (A-

Model 8 (A-


SO1)

SO3)
SO2)

SO4)

SO6)

SO7)

SO8)
When a building has a shear wall installed in place
of a brick masonry wall without taking stiffness
into consideration, base shears rise and lateral
Fig. (3.1) Base shear Vb in X direction deflection decreases.
 Lateral displacement rises and base shear falls
when shear wall apertures occur.
 Shear walls work best against lateral forces that are
1500 VBz (kN) in plane.
1141.1 1120.3 1107.3 1088.4 1067.2 1093.1 1002.2
1000
928.23  The response varies depending on the position and
dimensions of apertures of the same size in shear
500 walls of different buildings. The lateral
0 displacement rises as the opening height does.

Model 1 (A-

Model 2 (A-

Model 3 (A-

Model 4 (A-

Model 5 (A-

Model 6 (A-

Model 7 (A-

Model 8 (A-

The shear wall behaves as a linked shear wall in

SO1)

SO2)

SO3)

SO4)

SO6)

SO7)

SO8)

Model No. 8-(A-So8).

S)

Fig. (3.2) Base shear Vb in Z direction REFERENCES

[1] IS 1893(Part I).2002 “Criteria For Earthquake Resistant Design Of

100 Displacement in X Direction (mm)91.13 Structures”
73.8 76.13 81.34
70.92 64.93 66.32 [2] IS 13920:1993. “Ductile Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structures
80 62.11
60 Subjected To seismic forces-code of practice .
40 [3] IS 456:2000 “Plain And Reinforced Concrete Code Of Practice.”
20 [4] Pankaj Agrawal, Manish Shrikhande, „Earthquake Resistant Design
0 of Structures‟, Prentice Hall India Publication (2006).
Model 2 (A-

Model 3 (A-

Model 4 (A-

Model 5 (A-

Model 6 (A-

Model 7 (A-

Model 8 (A-
Model 1 (A-S)

[5] Earthquake Resistant Design Of Structures. by S.K Duggal. Oxford

SO1)

SO2)

SO3)

SO4)

SO6)

SO7)

SO8)

university Press Edition (2007).

[6] Anuj Chandhiwala, “Earthquake analysis of building configuration
with different position of shear wall” International journal of
emerging technology and advanced engineering .(December-
2012),volume no.2 ISSN (2250-2459).
Fig. (3.3) Max top displacement in X direction
[7] [Link], “Lateral Stiffness of shear wall with opening,
American Society of Civil Engineers,Journal of structural
engineering. (November2006), volume no-11,pp-1486-1851.
[8] [Link],[Link], H.H. Hamzah, “Practical modeling aspects
for analysis of shear wall using finite element method.” International
conference on construction and building technology. Malaysia (2008),
pp-88-91.
[9] Hussain M, “Analysis of shear wall with openings using brick
element”, European Journal of scientific research 2011, volume no-
3,pp-359-367.
[10] Mazen [Link], “Analysis of shear wall with opening using solid
65 elements”, Jordan journal of civil engineering (2013), volume no.-
2.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.144

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE‟23, WCE Sangli
[11] Quqish S and F , Daqqaq, “ Effect of horizontal forces on shear walls [14] Anshuman S ,Dipendu Bhunia et .al.” Solution of Shear wall location
with openings”, technical services and Studies –university of Jordan. in multistory building.”, Journal of civil and structural engineering .
Jordan. (2011), volume no-2, ISSN(0976-4399).
[12] Sharmin Reza Chowdhary, [Link],[Link] “ Effect of openings in
shear wall on seismic response of structures”. Journal of computer
Applications, (December 2012), volume-1, pp-887-895.
[13] Kim,H.S and Lee ,D.G , “Analysis of shear wall with openings using
super element” Journal of structural Engineering (2003) volume no-
25,pp-981-990.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.145

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

A review on experimental study of flexural

behavior of steel fiber reinforced self-
compacting concrete exposed to
high temperature
1ST Chetana Patil 2nd. H. S. Jadhav
Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering
Rajarambapu Institute of Technology, Rajarambapu Institute of Technology, Rajaramnagar,
Rajaramnagar
Islampur, India Islampur, India
chetanapatil2660@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— With tremendous development of construction Advantages of self-compacting concrete:

industry around the world, demand of self- compacting • Highly flow-able
concrete is increasing. Because of its advantages like, high • Higher strength and durability than normal concrete
workability, ability to place into formwork without any
• Low viscosity
vibration, larger paste volume, lower binder ratio, higher
mineral admixture content, low labour cost and reduced • Low water content
construction time. Variety of fibers can be used in all types of • Less water cement ratio
concrete to improve mechanical properties and durability of
concrete, such as steel fibers, glass fibers, polypropylene Types of fibres:
fibers, fibers made from polyester, carbon fibers, micro • Steel fibres
synthetic fibers, natural fibers etc. Steel fiber reinforced self- • Polypropylene fibres
compacting concrete mostly used in high rise buildings. In • Glass fibres
case of unexpected fire, there is possibility of Change in • Fibres made from polyesters
concrete properties. As self-compacting concrete (SCC) is
• Carbon fibres
used in heavy structures, there is need to study the
performance of SCC with fibers subjected to elevated • Macro synthetic fibres
temperature. This paper provides the literature review on • Natural fibres
the steel fiber reinforced self-compacting concrete exposed to
high temperature. From the study, it is concluded that, fiber Steel fibres:
reinforced concrete with steel fibers performs better up to Steel fibres are small, elongated pieces of steel that are often
600℃. So, there is need to study the steel fiber reinforced added to the concrete to enhance its structural properties.
self-compacting concrete exposed to high temperature i.e. These fibres improve strength, toughness, and resistance to
more than 600℃. cracking of the concrete. Steel fibres are available in various
types. The details of these types are explained in following
Keywords - self-compacting concrete, fibers reinforced
section.
concrete, steel fibers, elevated temperature. • Hooked -end steel fibres: These fibres have small,
fishhook like ends that helps to anchor them in
concrete.
I. INTRODUCTION • Straight steel fibres: These fibres are typically cut to a
specific length and do not have hooked ends.
• Crimped steel fibres: These fibres are crimped or
With tremendous development of construction industry wavy shapes, which increase their bond in concrete.
around the world, demand of self -compacting concrete is • Micro steel fibres: These are extremely fine steel
increasing. Due to this self-compacting concrete is very fibre.
important development in concrete technology over the last
decades. Many structures have problem of congestion of II. EXISTING LITERATURE
reinforcement in structural members, self-compacting
concrete is the only solution for such difficult site
Ahmet Raif Boga et al. (2022) have studied the mechanical
environment. The main importance of using self-compacting
and physical properties of self-compacting concrete by using
concrete is, it has high workability and it has ability to place
different types of fibres such as polypropylene fibre, steel fibre
into the formwork without vibration. It offers many
and glass fibre at elevated temperature. In the fibrous mixtures,
advantages in technical, economical and environmental way.
polypropylene fibre was used as 0.1%, 0.3%, and 0.5%, steel
In case of large structures, reduced construction time and low
fibre was used as 0.1%, 0.2%, and 0.3%, and glass fiber was
labour cost is the main advantage of self-compacted concrete.
used as 0.1%, 0.3%, and 0.5% by volume of concrete. In
It is innovative concrete that does not requires vibration for
addition of this fibre free self –compacting concrete was also
placing and it has property to flow under its own weight. Even
produced to determine the variations of properties of SCC
in the congested reinforcement self-compacting concrete can
mixtures. Ultrasonic pulse velocity, compressive strength,
flow and placed without any vibration and achieves full
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli splitting tensile strength and apparent porosity Pagetest were
No.146
compaction.
performed to investigate the effect of temperature on hardened
SCC mixtures exposed to 200, 400, 600℃. It is observed that Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
up to 600℃ steel or glass fibre improved the mechanical orientation of the fibres. Moreover, a finite element (FE)
properties of SCC. And it is also observed that improvements analysis was performed to evaluate the structural performance
in polypropylene fibre in same fibre volumes. [1] of the beams considering the varying fibre distribution
properties observed in the X-ray images. The FE method could
Sai Nitesh K.J.N et al. (2018) have studied the self- differentiate the superior structural performance of the SCFRC
compacting concrete beams with recycled coarse aggregate beam from that of the SFRC beam. [5]
(25% replacement of total coarse aggregate by weight) were
tested by varying aspect ratio (50, 70 and 100) of hook end Thiago Melo Graboi, et al. (2015) have studied the
steel fibre for constant fibre content of 0.5 % by volume of experimental characterization on the fresh and hardened state
concrete compared with Vibrated Concrete. A total of 32 of self-compacting lightweight concrete (SCLC) reinforced
beams were cast with 20 MPa and 80 MPa concrete with with steel fibers. Two classes of SCLC were produced
natural and recycled coarse aggregate. It is observed from the containing either coarse or coarse and fine lightweight
study that there is increase in torsional properties like ultimate aggregates. Steel fibers were used as reinforcement in fiber
torque, angle of twist, torsional stiffness, torsional toughness volume fraction of 0.5%. To characterize the self-compacting
in self-compacting concrete compared to vibrated concrete for behavior of the concrete Slump flow, V funnel were
both natural and recycled coarse aggregate with the addition performed. The mechanical behavior was evaluated by means
of fibres. Better performance was observed in members with of compression, tensile and flexural tests. Thermal
fibre aspect ratio (70) in both concretes compared to lower characterization was performed by specific heat, thermal
(50) and higher aspect ratio (100) [2] diffusivity and conductivity tests. Autogenous and drying
shrinkage tests were also carried out in the study. The results
Jose D. Rios, et al. (2018) have analyzed the use of high- showed slump flow within 600–700 mm without segregation
performance concrete reinforced with polypropylene. They even for fiber reinforced SCLC mixes. All mixes have shown
have analyzed the behavior of the concrete at different 28-day compressive strength above 30 MPa and density within
temperatures (hot tests: 100°C, 300°C, 500°C and 700°C) and 1700–1900 kg/m3. The fibre reinforcement has increased the
cooled-down states (cold tests) and at exposure times(6, 24, mechanical properties under direct tensile and bending tests.
and 48 h). Thermogravimetric analysis, fracture behavior, Adequate thermal insulation properties were verified when
compressive strength, Young’s modulus, and tensile strength compared to normal-weight concrete. It is observed that
of concrete were determined. Comprehensive analysis of the concretes containing coarse and fine lightweight aggregates
thermal and mechanical behavior of high-performance presented higher drying shrinkage than those only coarse
concrete under different thermal conditions were also lightweight aggregate. [6]
performed. Longer exposure time were applied to broaden the
available results on the behavior of high-performance fibre Farhad Aslani, et al. (2019) have performed experimental
reinforced concrete when subjected to high temperatures. study on fibre reinforced self-compacting concrete. Eight
Results show that, once thermal and moisture equilibriums are polypropylene and steel-fiber-reinforced SCRC mixture
reached, exposure time does not have any influence on designs were produced. To investigate the properties of fresh
mechanical properties. They also provide useful information SCRC (flow ability, flow speed, filling ability, and passing
about the influence of high temperatures on the different ability) slump flow and J-ring experiments were performed.
parameters of fibre reinforced concrete and its application for The mechanical properties of hardened SCRC (compressive
thermal energy storage structures. [3] strength, tensile strength, and modulus of elasticity) after 28
days of curing were also tested. High-temperature resistance
Hassan Aoude, et al. (2014) have studied the axial behavior of for SCRC is measured as the essential performance parameter,
reinforced concrete columns constructed with SCC and SFRC. including mass loss, spalling distribution, and residual
Full-scale columns having rectangular cross sections were mechanical performance at 100°C, 300°C, and 600°C. The
tested under pure axial compressive loading. The columns 0.25% optimum fibre ratio for polypropylene fibre and the
were detailed with varying amounts of transverse 0.75% optimum steel-fibre ratio in SCRC were determined to
reinforcement in accordance with the requirements of the obtain high-temperature resistance for hardened and fresh
Canadian Standards Association. The results confirm that SCRC. [7]
increasing confinement with closely spaced transverse
reinforcement in rectangular SCC columns results in Abdalla M. Saba et al. (2021) have performed an
improvements in behavior and ductility. In addition, the experimental investigation on fresh and hardened properties of
results demonstrate that the use of SFRC in rectangular the self-compacting concrete mixes with four different
columns results in improvements in performance and percentages of steel fibres (0.25, 0.50, 0.75, and 1.0%) and
ductility. [4] 20% cement replacement rate with silica fume was
incorporated. The workability tests were carried out using
Ramiz Ahmed Raju, et al. (2020) have been investigated the slump flow, slump flow T50, L-box, and V-funnel tests
effects of concrete type (i.e., SCFRC versus SFRC), fiber according to EFNARC specification and one visual test
content, and specimen depth on the fibre distribution and (segregation resistance) as per ASTM C 1611. The results of
orientation and the structural performance of SCFRC and this study indicate that the use of silica fume as a replacement for
SFRC beams considering their fibre distribution and cement and incorporation of steel fibre produces more
orientation using X-ray images. The X-ray images showed economically feasible and durable SCC. [8] Ramkumar K.B, at
that owing to the high-flow properties, the SCFRC beams al.(2023) have investigated the impact of the combined action
exhibited a lower fibre segregation and better fibre alignment of micro- and hooked-end steel fibres on the flexural
than the SFRC beams. The bending test results demonstrated performance of the SCC beam to which mineral admixtures
that the SCFRC beams exhibited better flexural performance and super plasticisers have been added to improve their
workability. In the experiment, beam specimens,
than the SFRC beams owing to the improved distribution and
reinforced with micro-steel and hooked-end fibres, with a
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.147
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
compressive strength of 60 and 80 MPa were prepared. The 2. Concrete is a material often used in the construction
results clearly shows that the flexural performance of the SCC of high-rise buildings.
beam significantly improved with the addition of hybrid steel 3. In case of unexpected fire, the concrete properties
fibres. The combination of 0.5% of hooked-end steel fibres changes after fire. Hence it is important to
and 0.25% of micro-steel fibres offers a better flexural understand the change in concrete properties due to
performance than the addition of hybrid fibres in other extreme temperature exposures.
proportions. Adding hybrid steel fibres in RCSCC beam 4. It is on fact that fire is one of the most dangerous
increases the beam’s load- and moment-carrying capacities by threats to buildings and structures, so it is necessary to
40.64% and 40%, respectively, compared to the RCSCC beam determine residual strengths of concrete after exposed
without hybrid steel fibres. The crack spacing and crack width to high temperature.
are also reduced by 16–45% and 25–75%. [9]
V. References
Jin Tao, et al. (2010) have explained that self-compacting
concrete is used in high rise buildings and in industrial 1. Ahmet Raif Boga, Cenk Karakurt, Ahmet Ferdi
structure also. In case of accidental fire, it is necessary to Senol, “The effect of elevated temperature on the
understand the effect of temperature on properties of self- properties of SCC’s produced with different types of
compacting concrete. Laboratory investigation have carried fibres”, (2022). Construction and Building materials,
out to study the effect of temperature ranging from room 340-127803.
temperature to 800℃ on the compressive strength of concrete 2. Sai Nitesh K.J.N, S. Venkateswara Rao and P.
with different w/c ratio. It is found that compressive strength Rathish Kumar, “An experimental investigation on
of SCC decreases with increase in temperature. And it is also torsional behaviour of recycled aggregate based steel
found that high-strength SCC has larger compressive strength fibre reinforced self-compacting concrete” (2018),
as compared to normal SCC. [10] Journal of Building Engineering S2352-
7102(18)30739-3.
Abadel et al. (2023) have considered ultra-high performance 3. Jose D. Rios, Hector Cifuentes, Carlos Leiva, Celia
concrete fiber reinforced with different types of fibers. The Garcia and Maria D. Alba,” Behavior of High-
hooked end fibers, polypropylene fibers, polyvinyl alcohol Strength Polypropylene Fibre-Reinforced Self-
fibers and hybrid of these fibers were used to study in varying Compacting Concrete Exposed to High
proportions. Fresh concrete was tested for slump test to check Temperatures.” 10.1061/ (ASCE) 1943-
the workability of concrete. Then the concrete was casted in 5533.0002491. 2018 American Society of Civil
the cylinder of size 100mmX200mm and prism of size Engineers.
150mmX150mmX600mm. After curing for 28 days, 4. Hassan Aoude, Milad Mohammadi Hosinieh, William
specimens were heated to the temperature of 100℃, 300℃, D. Cook and Denis Mitchell, M. ASCE, “Behavior of
400℃ and 500℃ for 3hr at the heating rate of 8℃/min. Then Rectangular Columns Constructed with SCC and
the compressive strength, split tensile strength and flexural Steel Fibres”. 10.1061/ (ASCE) ST.1943-
strength of concrete was tested. The properties like unit 541X.0001165. 2014 American Society of Civil
weight, mass loss, elastic modulus was also considered for Engineers.
study. The microstructural analysis by SEM technique was 5. Ramiz Ahmed Raju, Sopokhem Lim, Mitsuyoshi
also done on concrete. From the experiment, authors have Akiyama, Takumi Kageyama, “Effects of concrete
suggested to increase the fiber content in concrete to improve flow on the distribution and orientation of fibres and
the performance at elevated temperature. The concrete flexural behavior of steel fibre-reinforced self-
containing only steel fibers performed better for all the tested compacting concrete beams”.(2020) Construction and
properties at elevated temperature. [11] Building Materials 262 (2020) 119963.
6. Thiago Melo Graboi, Guilherme Chagas Cordeiro,
III. SUMMARY OF LITERATURE Romildo Dias Toledo Filho, “Fresh and hardened-
state properties of self-compacting lightweight
Studies on behaviour of SFRSCC have been carried out using concrete reinforced with steel fibres”. construction
different types of fibres such as glass fibres, steel fibres, and Building Materials 104 (2016) 284–292.
polypropylene fibres etc. at elevated temperature up to 600℃. 7. Farhad Aslani, [Link] Junbo Sun and Guanqi
In previous studies, research have been carried out on the Huang, “Mechanical Behavior of Fibre-Reinforced
normal fiber reinforced concrete and self-compacting fiber Self-Compacting Rubberized Concrete Exposed to
reinforced concrete for the grade of concrete up to M35. On the Elevated Temperatures”.0.1061/ (ASCE) MT.1943-
concrete of grade up to M35. A lot of studies have been done 5533.0002942.2019 American Society of Civil
on effect of temperature on properties of SFRSCC. Very few Engineers.
research has been done by varying the exposure time to high 8. Abdalla M. Saba, Afzal Husain Khan, Mohammad
temperature and no significant study have been reported on Nadeem Akhtar, Nadeem A Khan, Seyed Saeid
type and content of steel fibres for enhancing the flexural Rahimian Koloor, Michal Petr, Neyara Radwan,
performance of SFRSCC. Therefore, it is proposed to “Strength and flexural behavior of steel fibre and
undertake research work in this unexplored area. silica fume incorporated self-compacting concrete,
journal of materials research and technology
IV. Conclusions
(2021)12, 1380 e1390.
9. Ramkumar K.B, Kannan Rajkumar P.R, Gunasekaran
From the study of literature review, following conclusions K, “Performance of hybrid steel fibre-reinforced self-
are drawn: compacting concrete RC beam under flexure”
1. The steel fibre reinforced self-compacting concrete Engineering Science and Technology, an International
shows better efficiency in comparison with standard Journal 42 (2023) 101432.
Dept. ofvibrated
Civil Engineering,
concrete onWCE, Sangli
fresh and hardened states due to Page No.148
the incorporation of steel fibres.
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
10. Jin Tao, Yong Yuan, and Luc Taerwe “Compressive
Strength of Self-Compacting Concrete during High-
Temperature Exposure” J. Mater. Civ. Eng., (2010),
22(10) 1005-1011.
11. Aref A. Abadel, M. Iqbal Khan and Radhouane
Masmoudi “Influence of Elevated Temperature on
the Engineering Properties of Ultra-High-
Performance Fiber Reinforced Concrete” (2023)
Materials Science-Poland, vol. 41, issue 1, pp. 140-
160.
12. Prof. S.R. Vaniya 1, Prof Dr. K.B. Parikh 2, Harish
M. Rabadiya, “A Study on Properties of Self-Com
pacting Concrete with Manufactured Sand as Fine
Aggregate: A Critical Review,” (2016) ISSN: 2320-
334X, Volume 13, Issue 1.
13. [Link], [Link] Rao “Effect Of
Elevated Temperature On Mechanical Properties Of
High Strength Self Compacting Concrete” (IJERT)
Vol. 1 Issue 8, October (2012) ISSN: 2278-0181.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.149

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Quantification and characterization study of

construction and demolition waste for Pimpri
Chinchwad City, India
Gayatri P Deore Rajesh K Chaudhari Dr. Sandip T. Mali
Department of Civil Engneering Department of Civil Engneering Department of Civil Engneering
(S.Y. [Link] Construction Mangement) (S.Y. [Link] Construction Mangement) Pimpri Chinchwad College Of
Pimpri Chinchwad College Of Pimpri Chinchwad College Of Engineering, Nigdi
Engineering, Nigdi Engineering, Nigdi Pune, India
Pune, India Pune, India [Link]@[Link]
gayatri.deore20@[Link] rajesh.chaudhari22@[Link]

Abstract— Rapid urbanization in Pimpri Chinchwad City, current management practices, this study endeavors to shed
India, has significantly increased construction and demolition light on the existing scenario and propose sustainable
(C & D) waste generation. The study aims to quantify and solutions. The research seeks to provide insights into the
characterize C & D waste for Pimpri Chinchwad City and quantification methodologies and regional-specific
suggests an appropriate waste management plan. approaches, guiding stakeholders toward effective waste
Quantification and characterization of C& D waste are management through a critical review of pertinent literature
important for waste management, resource conservation, and empirical data. As urbanization persists, it is crucial to
product recovery, and sustainable urban development. prioritize this investigation, emphasizing the need for eco-
Quantification will provide current and future trends in C & D
friendly construction practices to safeguard the well-being of
waste generation. Characterization of C & D waste gives
composition and percentage, which is useful for a deeper
both current and future generations.
understanding of the waste stream and effective recycling and II. LITERATURE REVIEW
disposal strategies. Characterization analysis shows that the
waste consists predominantly of aggregate, concrete, bricks, A. Quantifying C&D Waste Methodologies
bituminous material, mortar, tiles, sand, and a smaller
The literature review highlights the work of Wu et al.
percentage of plastic, wood, metals, etc. This study proposes
evaluating industrial applications and potential market avenues
(2014), providing a comprehensive analysis of existing
for the recycled materials identified. The findings from this methodologies for quantifying construction and demolition
research will serve as valuable insights for policymakers, urban waste (C&DW). The study underscores the absence of a
planners, and waste management authorities. universal approach and suggests a relevance tree for
stakeholders to choose the most suitable method based on
Keywords: Construction & demolition waste, quantification, specific project objectives and conditions. It emphasizes the
characterization, sustainable, recycle & reuse, product need to address limitations in current research and proposes
future directions, with a particular focus on civil
I. INTRODUCTION infrastructural works.
Construction and Demolition Waste Management B. Regional C&D Debris Generation and Composition
(C&DWM) has emerged as a critical facet of sustainable Cochran et al.'s (2006) research on estimating regional
development, necessitating comprehensive strategies to building-related C&D debris generation and composition,
address the environmental impact of burgeoning construction with a case study in Florida, offers valuable insights. The
activities. The exponential growth in urbanization and study develops an approach for estimation, compares results
infrastructure projects has escalated the volume of waste to available data, and discusses implications for waste
generated during construction, renovation, and demolition management policy creation. It stresses the importance of
processes. This surge poses a substantial environmental threat, region-specific approaches due to the diverse nature of C&D
demanding immediate attention and proactive measures. debris and advocates for tailored strategies to enhance
The construction industry faces the challenge of managing recycling efforts and reduce landfill disposal, particularly in
large quantities of solid waste, primarily comprised of the context of increasing regional focus on sustainable waste
aggregates, mortar, plastic, tiles, bitumen, and brick. The management.
inadequacies in waste management practices have escalated
concerns about pollution, resource depletion, and ecological III. METHODOLOGY
degradation. A paradigm shift toward efficient C&DWM A. Theoretical Framework annd Literature Review
practices becomes imperative to mitigate these challenges.
The research methodology begins with a theoretical
This research aims to contribute to the discourse by foundation, emphasizing a thorough literature review to
conducting a meticulous analysis of C&D waste in the Pimpri- identify key challenges and established methodologies in
Chinchwad Municipal Corporation (PCMC) region, a Construction and Demolition Waste Management
burgeoning industrial and residential hub in Maharashtra, (C&DWM). This includes an exploration of relevant studies,
India. By assessing waste generation, composition, and such as the relevance tree proposed by Wu et al. (2014) and

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.150

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

the regional estimation approach outlined by Cochran et o Site-Specific Analysis: Each site's waste
al. (2006). The aim is to leverage existing knowledge and composition is analyzed individually, providing
theoretical frameworks to inform the subsequent stages of the insights into variations and specific challenges
study. at different locations.
B. Site Visits and Analysis • Results and Data Interpretation: The quantified
The second phase involves practical application through data is presented in tabular and graphical formats,
site visits within the Pimpri-Chinchwad Municipal facilitating a clear understanding of C&D waste
Corporation (PCMC) region. These visits facilitate the composition at the selected sites. The data is then
collection of C&D waste compositions from specific sites, interpreted to draw meaningful conclusions and
followed by a detailed characterization and analysis. The identify patterns or trends in waste generation across
focus is on understanding weight distribution and percentage different locations.
composition for each material category. Additionally, the • Reuse and Recycle Potential: For each material,
methodology outlines potential reuse and recycling processes potential reuse and recycling processes are outlined,
for identified materials, aligning with sustainable waste aligning with sustainable waste management
management goals. This dual approach of theoretical practices and offering practical solutions for
groundwork and on-site analysis ensures a comprehensive minimizing environmental impact.
exploration of C&D waste management in PCMC,
contributing valuable insights for sustainable improvementsis. C. Reduction Methods
• Site Selection: Three distinct sites within the Pimpri- Waste reduction methods aim to minimize the amount of
Chinchwad Municipal Corporation (PCMC) region waste generated from C&D activities:
are strategically chosen for C&D waste composition 1. Developing Waste Management Plans that outline
collection. These sites include: Charholi near the strategies for waste reduction, reuse, recycling and disposal.
cemetery, Garbage Collection Centre at Gavli These plans help ensure waste is managed effectively
Matha, and Vision Mall on Wakad Highway. throughout the project.
• Data Collection Process: 2. Implementing recycling programs to divert C&D waste
o Identification: The types of waste materials from landfills.
present at each site are identified, encompassing 3. Utilizing waste to energy technologies such as
materials like mortar, plastic, soil/sand, cement incineration or gasification to convert non-recyclable C&D
sheet, tiles, aggregate, bitumen, brick, and fly waste into energy.
ash.
4. Providing education and training programs to the
o Quantification: The initial weight of each construction workers and contractors about waste reduction
material is measured, providing quantitative practices, proper sorting and recycling methods.
data for further analysis.
5. Implementing effective source separating practices on
o Characterization Analysis: The collected waste construction sites. Segregating different types of waste
undergoes a thorough characterization analysis, materials at point of generation, making it easier to recycle and
involving separation of materials, determination reuse them.
of individual material weights, and calculation
of percentage distributions.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.151

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

D. Reuse and Recycle process

Sr. Material Reuse Recycle (Process/ Method)
No
1. Mortar Non-structural or less critical applications 1. separation of aggregates from mortar mix
such as patching, filling gaps, or other minor
repairs, constructing walkways, garden pathways
etc.
2. Plastic plastic roofing tiles, in drainage system: 1. collection from various sources such as industries &
plastic recycled pipes offer corrosion resistance, households
ease of installation
2. sorting- based on its type & composition
3. cleaning- remove any contaminants like dirt, residual
product contains
4. shredding the plastic by mechanically into smaller pieces
5. Melting- shredded plastic is then melted & converting into
molten plastic, then cooled these plastics serves as raw
material for production of new plastic products

3. Soil/ Sand fill material-levelling uneven surfaces, 1. soil washing-mixed with water, screening, scribbling and
backfilling during construction of foundations, sedimentation to separate clean soil from contaminants
retaining walls, sub-base or base course in road
construction, for manufacturing of bricks, blocks 2. sieve and screening-passing soil through series of screens
etc. with different mesh sizes to separate debris, oversized
particles

4. Cement Sheet aggregate for concrete, base material for road Challenging due to the presence of fibers and coatings as
construction material, fill material. well as potential presence of hazardous substances such as
asbestos
[Link] removal and proper disposal- it should be
handled by trained professionals followed by specific
regulations

5. Tiles Mosaic creations to applied on walls and 1. collection

floors, fill material, pathways and garden features.
2. sorting and segregation-such as ceramic, Glass tiles.
3. cleaning - remove any dirt, residues
4. Manufacturing or Repurposing- new tiles, mosaic artwork
road aggregate, construction fill

6. Aggregate Benefits: Waste reduction, cost effective and 1. collection from construction site waste concrete,
energy conservation such as querying, transport demolition sites, road construction projects.
and processing
2. sorting and separation
3. crushing and screening
4. cleaning and removal of contaminants
5. classification and grading

7. Bitumen In Base and sub base layers in

road construction, production of new asphalt
mixtures. Benefits: cost saving,
reducing landfill waste, conserving natural
resources

8. Brick Aggregate for concrete or masonry, sub base 1. crushed into smaller pieces to create recycled brick
or fill material in road construction, foundations, aggregate then this aggregate can be used for traditional
used as a decorative elements in construction aggregate material in different construction projects such as
projects such as walls, pathways, erosion control road base, concrete foundations.
in slopes, embankments or retaining walls. It helps
stabilize the soil, prevents erosion 2. landfill cover- brick debris can be used as a cover material
in landfills.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.152

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
9. Fly Ash • Concrete production: It can be 1. waste management plans: developing comprehensive
cementing content, improving the workability, waste management plans that outline strategies for waste
strength and durability of work. reduction, reuse, recycling and disposal
• Cement manufacturing: Used as a 2. Design for deconstruction
raw material.
3. source separation: segregate different types of waste
• Road construction: Used as material at point of generation.
Stabilizing agent in the base or sub base layers of
4. Material recycling
road pavements, improves the strength and
stability of road. 5. waste to energy conservation
• Structural fill: used to fill voids 6. Education & Training: providing education and training
stabilize soil. programs to construction workers and contractors
Bricks and Blocks: used as a raw material in
the production of bricks, blocks and other
masonry products.

TABLE I.

Sites
Waste Collected Total (%) Average Quantity (MT/Y)
Site 1 (%) Site 2 (%) Site 3 (%)
Mortar 31.357 13.737 9.239 54.334 18.111 671.81

Plastic 4.800 0.000 0.000 4.800 1.600 59.35

Soil/Sand 7.404 5.383 5.619 18.406 6.135 227.58

Cement sheet 25.357 0.000 0.000 25.357 8.452 313.53

Tiles 31.081 0.000 9.935 41.016 13.672 507.14

Aggregate 0.000 47.433 39.673 87.106 29.035 1077.02

Bitumen 0.000 26.494 20.852 47.347 15.782 585.41

Metal 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

Wood 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

Brick 0.000 6.952 0.000 6.952 2.317 85.96

fly ash 0.000 0.000 14.682 14.682 4.894 181.53

Total 100.000 100.000 100.000 300.000 100.000 3709.33

Fig. 1. Final Calculation

Material Collected on Sites (% Distribution)

50 47.4
45
39.7
40
35 31.3 31.1
30 26.5
25.4
Site 3
25 20.9
Site 1
20
13.7 14.7 Site 2
15
9.2 9.9
10 7.4 6.9
4.8 5.6 5.4
5
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
Mortar Plastic Soil/Sand Cement Tiles Aggregate Bitumen Metal Wood Brick fly ash
sheet

Fig. 2. Campairsion of the material collected on the three site (as per percentage distribution)

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.153

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
V. CONCLUSION
Quantity MT/Y
This research on Construction and Demolition Waste
Management (C&DWM) in the Pimpri-Chinchwad
Municipal Corporation (PCMC) region provides a
Mortar comprehensive understanding of the current practices and
59.35 challenges. The analysis of waste compositions from three
181.53
85.96 Plastic distinct sites highlights the varying nature of C&D waste,
emphasizing the importance of site-specific strategies for
Soil/Sand effective management. Aggregates, mortar, and tiles
671.81 emerge as predominant materials, offering significant
Cement sheet potential for reuse and recycling. The identified quantities
585.41
Tiles
underscore the urgency of implementing sustainable
227.58 practices to mitigate environmental impact and conserve
Aggregate resources.
313.53
The study also emphasizes the need for a strategic shift
Bitumen
1077.02 in waste management policies, encouraging increased
507.14 Metal awareness, and regulatory measures. Harnessing the
potential of C&D waste through reuse initiatives and
Wood recycling programs can contribute to resource conservation,
economic opportunities, and reduced environmental
Brick pollution. Furthermore, the research underscores the
importance of continuous monitoring, evaluation, and
fly ash adaptation of waste management practices to align with
evolving environmental standards.

Fig. 3. Total quantity of the collected material on the sites (MT/Y )

In moving forward, collaborative efforts between
governmental bodies, construction industries, and the
IV. RESULT community are imperative to enact effective change. By
fostering a culture of responsible waste management, the
The results of the composition analysis from three PCMC region can lead the way in sustainable urban
distinct sites within the Pimpri-Chinchwad Municipal development, setting an example for other regions facing
Corporation (PCMC) region illuminate the diverse nature of similar challenges
Construction and Demolition (C&D) waste. At Site 1 near
the cemetery, mortar, tiles, and cement sheets dominate the REFERENCES
waste stream, contributing 31.36%, 31.08%, and 25.36%,
respectively. Site 2, the Garbage Collection Centre, exhibits [1] Zezhou Wu, Ann T. W. Yu, Liyin Shen and Guiwen Liu,
a prevalence of mortar and aggregate, comprising 13.74% “Quantifying construction and demolition waste: An analytical
and 47.43%, indicating a variation in waste composition. review”, Waste Management- Elsevier, May 2014.
Vision Mall at Wakad Highway, Site 3, displays a [2] Kimberly Cochran, Timothy Townsend Debra Reinhart and Howell
significant presence of mortar, aggregate, and bitumen, Heck, “Estimation of regional building related C&D debris
signifying a diverse mix. Aggregates emerge as a notable generation and composition: Case study for Florida, US”, Waste
Management- Elsevier, March 2006.
component, constituting 29.04% of the total waste and
[3] [Link]
offering substantial potential for reuse in construction
[4] [Link]
applications. The overall quantity of C&D waste in the
region is 3709.33 MT/Y, underscoring the importance of [5] [Link]
targeted strategies for waste reduction, recycling, and [6] [Link]
sustainable management practices. Recommendations [7] [Link]
include promoting reuse initiatives and implementing
effective sorting programs to harness the potential of these
waste materials in an environmentally responsible manner.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.154

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

“A review on the study of GGBFS and Flyash-based Geopolymer

Concrete”
Pruthviraj B S
Civil Engineering Department
Walchand College of Engineering
Sangli, Maharashtra
Email: [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— Davidovits introduced Geopolymer concrete in becoming more and more apparent as a result of the ozone
1979 in an effort to utilize less regular Portland cement. The depletion and global warming issues [3]. Geo-polymer
building industries are now increasingly aware of the need to composites require less energy and emit fewer greenhouse
utilize eco-friendly materials due to the ozone layer's depletion gases than Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC). In addition to
and the problem of global warming. By using geopolymer
simultaneously depleting energy and natural resources, the
technology, cement manufacturers' CO2 emissions to the
need for concrete for the construction of infrastructure also
atmosphere might be cut by almost 80%. Because of its many
makes a significant contribution to the environment's CO 2
benefits, including the ability to substitute cement with by-
product waste and lower greenhouse gas emissions during
emissions. GPC is a long-lasting material that is also

manufacture, the usage of geopolymer concrete is beginning to affordable, thermally stable, energy-efficient, easy to work
receive attention in the fields of research and construction with, and doesn't require cement [4]. Eco-friendly building
practices. Although fly ash and GGBFS, two common source materials, like GPC, are those that are more durable and
materials for geopolymer binders, are widely available in India, structurally superior. It is believed to be an appropriate
their use has been restricted thus far. Recent studies on alternative for OPC concrete if there is a sufficient supply of
geopolymer concrete suggest that locally accessible materials
agricultural waste materials [5]. GPC has demonstrated
may be able to replace conventional cement-based concrete. In
excellent strength, resilience to reinforcing corrosion, little
order to introduce the technique and the many different types of
shrinkage, resistance to fire, freeze-thaw, acid and
materials that can be created by alkali activation of alumino
silicates, this study focuses on providing a brief history as well
sulphate, and the interaction of alkali with aggregate [6].

as an overview of geopolymer concrete technology. Since flexural strength frequently dictates the capacity of
concrete to be shaped, it has a substantial impact on the
failure mode of concrete. However, most study have
Keywords— Fly Ash, GGBFS, Fibres in concrete, Sodium
Hydroxide, Strength, Durability, and Applications. concentrated on compressive strength. Fly ash (FA) and
ground granulated blast-furnace slag (GGBFS) are industrial

Introduction wastes that are incorporated to GPC. These wastes have

Without one of the most fundamental building materials, benefits such as decreased CO2 emissions, the capability to

concrete, infrastructural growth would be almost nonexistent. recycle waste, the ability to prevent the change of valuable

Because CO2 gas emissions from the cement industry are land to dump yards, cheaper prices, and so on [7]. For the

dangerous to human life, one of the unique materials that ongoing development of civilization, it is especially

could be utilized for construction and as a substitute for important that geo-polymer materials can effectively absorb

Portland cement-based concrete is Geopolymer Concrete heavy metals, radioactive pollution, dyes, and other

(GPC) [1]. In order to reduce Portland cement use, contaminants [8]. But because of their excellent qualities,

Davidovits created GPC in 1979 [2]. The necessity to use geo-polymer materials are used on a larger scale [9]. Despite

more environmentally friendly materials in building is industry standards, GPC is not widely adopted in the building

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.155

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
sector since there is no suitable mixture design technique
[10]. Past scholars have suggested a lot of design mixtures
that are based on trial-and-error techniques. According to
reports[11], the mix design's liquid activator has a stronger LITERATURE REVIEW

effect on the compressive strength produced by GPC [12]. Saxena et al., Due to substantial challenges like endless
There is presently no standardized mixture design approach cement manufacturing, the discharge of enormous volumes
for making GPC, making mix design and proportioning of of CO2 into the atmosphere, and the immense removal of
GPC more difficult as additional components are included. granite debris by different enterprises, global warming is
Geo-polymers have received more attention as a result of becoming an issue. The creation of fly ash-based GPC from
their outstanding mechanical properties, ability to use a range granite debris has been the main focus of this research.
of wastes as precursors and eco-friendliness[13]. Geo- Recycled stone debris was utilized as a partial substitution of
polymer concrete has the advantage of substituting cement natural fine aggregates (sand) in varying weight ratios
due to the use of cementation components and alkali- ranging from 0 to 20% in ascending sequence of 5%. Studies
activated solutions. Geo-polymer concrete, as opposed to on performance and toughness, including dry density,
conventional concrete, is a comparatively new, advanced, strength properties, ultrasonic pulse velocities, carbonation,
and ecologically friendly engineering material [14]. elastic modulus, chloride diffusion depth, acid attack, and
water permeability, were used to assess the performance of
OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE GPC that included stone debris. The mass change of geo-
The main objective is to study the structural behavior of polymer concrete was calculated by Thermo gravimetric
GGBFS and Fly ash based Geo-polymer concrete for various analysis and variable Thermo gravimetric analysis. The
parameters. manufacture of fly ash-based GPC using recycled stone trash
offers a solution for municipal solid waste management and
Materials
enhances a number of the qualities of geo-polymer concrete.
The materials used are: All of the power and durability test findings showed that GPC
A Flyash made with stone left over up to 15% in place of natural fine
particles was superior to control GPC in terms of mechanical
Fly ash is a fine powder that is a byproduct of burning
qualities and longevity.
pulverized coal in electric generation power plants. Fly ash
is a pozzolona, substance containing aluminous and siliceous Ahmed et al., An eco-friendly and eco-efficient concrete
material that forms cement in the presence of water structure, geo-polymer concrete is an organic concrete that
uses manufacturing and agricultural by-product ashes as the
B GGBFS primary binder rather than regular Portland cement. Many
It has the same chemical properties as OPC, but the different types of ashes, including FA, palm oil fuel ash,
proportions are different. The addition of GGBFS in GPC GGBFS, rice husk ash, and met kaolin ash, are utilized as
increases the strength of concrete. binding agents in geo-polymer concrete. Compressive
strength is the most crucial structural characteristic for all
C Alkaline activator solution varieties of concrete composites, along with geo-polymer
In Geopolymer concrete alkaline activator solution is one of concrete. Though, the concrete's compressive strength at 28
the very important material. Sodium hydroxide is one of the days is crucial in the area of structural construction and
most common alkaline activator solution used in design. Therefore, to save time, effort, and money, it is
geopolymerization. essential to progress a reliable technique for computing the
geo-polymer concrete's compressive strength. It offers

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.156

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
suggestions for organizing the construction method and strength qualities of GPC. Based on the test findings, it was
taking down the workpieces. Regression analyses that are determined that larger concentrations of G.G.B.S (Slag)
linear, non-linear, and multi-logistic were employed in this outcome in greater compressive strength of GPC. Fly ash
study to create forecasting analytics for calculating the was most frequently substituted (28.57%) with slag, which
compressive strength of concrete made with FA-GPC. led to the maximum compressive strength (57MPa) for 28
[Link] just 14 days, 90% of compressive strength was
Abdullah Zawawi A Wang, Wahid Omar et al., chose to
attained, and geopolymer concrete's average density was on
examine the characteristics of fly ash-based GPC. Impacts of
par with OPC concrete's.
added steel fiber on geo-polymer concrete beam efficiency.
Small and full-size testing was conducted using the two test
scales. Most concentrated on a small-scale strategy. Mohammad Amin and Sandeep et al., presented a research

According to the testing results, more fiber caused the beam's on the usage of M20 grade GPC in light traffic pavements to

shear capacity to be delayed, and smaller cracks were also reduce flood hazards and rehydrate the ground water.

seen. The inclusion of naphthalene-based admixtures also According to the test findings, No-fines geo-polymer

increased the geo-polymer concrete's setting time by up to technology will help reduce flood hazards and global

three hours. warming since it doesn't include cement and can absorb
significant amounts of water while still maintaining adequate
strength and infiltration rate to be utilized for low-traffic
A Maria Rajesh, and M. Adams Joe et al., investigated the
pavements and roads.
use of GPC as an alternate to PC concrete to lessen its
harmful environmental consequences. Additionally, flexural,
split tensile, and compression testing for specimens with a Mark Reed et al., compares the mechanical characteristics

mixture of various molarities were done. The test findings of samples of ambiently cured and heat-cured geo-polymer

showed that after 28 days of heat curing, GPC samples with concrete, including such compressive strength and ductility,

12M had 1.25 times the compressive strength of GPC to explore the effects of heat curing. Based on the test

samples with different molarities. Split tensile and flexural findings, it was determined that, in the scenario of concretes

strengths of GPC samples with 12M are 1.18 and 1.058 with 0.15% fibres, incorporating polypropylene fibres

times, respectively, stronger than those of GPC samples with resulted in a minor decrease in the fracture toughness of

other molarities, respectively, after 28 days of thermal cure. concrete and fracture energy (4 to 8%).

Prof. Y. D. Deore & Jayesh B et al., used the M-25 concrete Shabarish V. Patil & Sachin et al., carried out for M30,

grade to evaluate the effect of the geo-polymer binders on the M40, and M50 grade GPC that has been cured in an oven and

fracturing characteristics of concrete via one-point bending at room temperature, the compressive strength has been

on beam specimens. According to the testing results, adding compared using both destructive and non-destructive

carbon and glass fibers to geo-polymer concrete decreased methods and confirmed using the rebound hammer test.

its workability and required less water than other types of According to the testing results, regardless of the age of the

concrete. The addition of fibers also enhanced the maximum concrete, oven-cured geopolymer concrete has greater

values of the concrete's crack resistance, while carbon fibers compressive strength than ambient-cured concrete.

were found to be less effective at preventing crack Additionally, it is evident from the regression analysis that

propagation than glass fibers. the oven-cured specimen will yield better accuracy from the
NDT technique for GPC than the ambient-cured specimen.

Ganapati Naidu &Prasad et al., used slag in place of little

calcium flyash in 5 distinct percentages to examine the

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.157

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Faiz Shaikh and Sharany et al., Carbon and basalt fibre ➢ Cement-free and Durable
were incorporated to fly ash-based geo polymers in ➢ GPC reduces carbon emissions through the use of
proportions of 0.5, 1, and 1.5% by mass of fly ash during the industrial solid waste such as slag and fly ash.
casting process. Every set of samples was evaluated at room CONCLUSION
temperature as well as when heated to temperatures of 200, From the past research it can be summarized that:
400, 600, and 800 C. According to the test findings, geo-
➢ Although fly ash has now become a value-added
polymers with 1% basalt and 1% carbon fibre had greater
product, the majority of its current use is in non-
compressive strength. The carbon fiber GP also
structural applications or as a partial substitution for
outperformed than the basalt fibre counterpart amongst two
cement in OPC concrete.
fiber composites, and at 800 C, the crack in 1 wt% carbon
➢ For fly ash based concrete, the problem of gaining
fibre reinforced Geo-polymer is lower than that of pure geo-
strength in ambient curing has been overcome by the
polymer and its basalt fibre counterpart.
utilization of GGBFS as a binder, thereby enhancing
the strength and durability properties of concrete.
Yasir Sofi and Iftekar Gull et al., attempted to investigate
➢ Addition of fibers reduced the crack propagation in
the features of geopolymer concrete based on fly ash. M20
concrete and also achieves a higher peak value.
grade GPC may be produced by utilizing a notional mixture
of 1:1.5:3 (fly ash: fine aggregates and coarse aggregates) REFERENCES
and increasing the alkaline liquid to fly ash ratios from 0.3 to [1]G. Bumanis, A. Korjakins, and D. Bajare, “Environmental Benefit of

0.45. Studies are also done on long-lasting characteristics Alternative Binders in Construction Industry: Life Cycle Assessment,”
Environments, vol. 9, no. 1, p. 6, 2022, doi:
including acid attack and permeability. Based on the test
[Link]
findings, it was determined that GPC gives higher durability [2]N. Rajamane, M. Nataraja, R. Jeyalakshmi, and S. Nithiyanantham,
and compressive strength. Strength falls as the alkaline liquid “Greener durable concretes through geopolymerisation of blast furnace

to fly ash ratio rises and a ratio of less than 0.3 makes the slag,” Mater. Res. Express, vol. 2, no. 5, p. 055502, 2015, doi:
[Link]
material highly rigid.
[3]P. O. Akadiri, E. A. Chinyio, and P. O. Olomolaiye, “Design of a
sustainable building: A conceptual framework for implementing
LIMITATIONS: sustainability in the building sector,” Buildings, vol. 2, no. 2, pp. 126–152,

Based on previous experimental findings and observations, 2012, doi: [Link]

[4]B. Pruthviraj and S. B. Anadinni, “A Design Mix Procedure and
the researchers came to the following conclusions.
Durability Evaluation of Ggbfs & Fly Ash Based Geo-Polymer Concrete,”
➢ Geopolymer concrete did not harden immediately at vol. 70, no. 11, 2022, doi: [Link]
room temperature compared to conventional V70I11P219.

concrete. [5]L. Imtiaz, S. K. U. Rehman, S. Ali Memon, M. Khizar Khan, and M.

Faisal Javed, “A review of recent developments and advances in eco-friendly
➢ It took atleast at least 3 days for the geopolymer
geopolymer concrete,” Appl. Sci., vol. 10, no. 21, p. 7838, 2020, doi:
concrete to fully harden without leaving a nail mark [Link]
on the hardened surface. [6]R. Kumar, M. Verma, and N. Dev, “Investigation on the effect of seawater

These above few notable limitations of Geopolymer concrete condition, sulphate attack, acid attack, freeze–thaw condition, and wetting–
drying on the geopolymer concrete,” Iran. J. Sci. Technol. Trans. Civ. Eng.,
mix were eliminated by replacing 10% of fly ash by OPC.
vol. 46, no. 4, pp. 2823–2853, 2022, doi: [Link]
021-00767-9.
ADVANTAGES [7]S. Parathi, P. Nagarajan, and S. A. Pallikkara, “Ecofriendly geopolymer

➢ Cost-effective Low energy consumption concrete: a comprehensive review,” Clean Technol. Environ. Policy, vol. 23,
no. 6, pp. 1701–1713, 2021, doi: [Link]
➢ Thermally stable Easy to work with Eco-friendly
0.
materials [8]Y. Wu et al., “Geopolymer, green alkali activated cementitious material:

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.158

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Synthesis, applications and challenges,” Constr. Build. Mater., vol. 224, pp. geopolymer concrete with ambient curing for in situ applications,” J. Mater.
930–949, 2019, doi: [Link] Sci., vol. 49, no. 12, pp. 4297–4304, 2014.
[9]P. Cong and Y. Cheng, “Advances in geopolymer materials: A [23]S. V. Patil, S. Chabbi, S. Chabbi, N. Pudakalkatti, and P. Patil,
comprehensive review,” J. Traffic Transp. Eng. Engl. Ed., vol. 8, no. 3, pp. “Experimental Analysis of Non-Destructive Testing (NDT) on Ground
283–314, 2021, doi: [Link] Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag (GGBS) based Geopolymer Concrete,” Int J
[10]N. Li, C. Shi, Z. Zhang, H. Wang, and Y. Liu, “A review on mixture Adv Sci Eng Inf Technol, vol. 4, pp. 1137–1145, 2019.
design methods for geopolymer concrete,” Compos. Part B Eng., vol. 178, [24]F. Shaikh and S. Haque, “Behaviour of carbon and basalt fibres
p. 107490, 2019, doi: [Link] reinforced fly ash geopolymer at elevated temperatures,” Int. J. Concr.
[11] M. Albitar, P. Visintin, M. Ali, and M. Drechsler, “Assessing Struct. Mater., vol. 12, no. 1, pp. 1–12, 2018, doi:
behaviour of fresh and hardened geopolymer concrete mixed with class-F fly [Link]
ash,” KSCE J. Civ. Eng., vol. 19, no. 5, pp. 1445–1455, 2015, doi: [25]Y. sofi and I. gull, “Experimental Investigation on Durability Properties
[Link] of Fly Ash Based Geo Polymer Concrete,” Int. J. Eng. Trends Technol., vol.
[12]C. Montes, S. A. Gomez, N. Khadka, and E. N. Allouche, “Statistical 19, no. 4, pp. 227–232, Jan. 2015,
software to improve the accuracy of geopolymer concrete mix design and [Link]
proportioning,” in 2013 World Coal Ash Conference, 2013, pp. 22–25. gation_on_Durability_Properties_of_Fly_Ash_Based_Geo_Polymer_Concr
[13]N. Shehata, O. Mohamed, E. T. Sayed, M. A. Abdelkareem, and A. ete
Olabi, “Geopolymer concrete as green building materials: Recent [26] B. S. Pruthviraj, Shrishail B Anadinni, "A Design Mix Procedure and
applications, sustainable development and circular economy potentials,” Sci. Durability Evaluation of Ggbfs & Fly Ash Based Geo-Polymer
Total Environ., p. 155577, 2022, doi: Concrete," International Journal of Engineering Trends and Technology,
[Link] vol. 70, no. 11, pp. 178-186, 2022., [Link]
[14]Y. M. Amran, R. Alyousef, H. Alabduljabbar, and M. El-Zeadani, v70i11p219
“Clean production and properties of geopolymer concrete; A review,” J. [27] Pruthviraj BS, Anadinni SB. (2022) A Review on Mechanical Properties
Clean. Prod., vol. 251, p. 119679, 2020, doi: and Sorptivity Coefficient of GGBFS and Fly Ash Based Geo-Polymer
[Link] Concrete. Indian Journal of Science and Technology. 15(48): 2748-
[15R. Saxena, T. Gupta, R. K. Sharma, and N. Panwar, “Influence of granite 2756. [Link]
waste on mechanical and durability properties of fly ash-based geopolymer
concrete,” Environ. Dev. Sustain., vol. 23, no. 12, pp. 17810–17834, 2021,
doi: [Link]
[16] H. U. Ahmed, A. S. Mohammed, A. A. Mohammed, and R. H.
Faraj, “Systematic multiscale models to predict the compressive strength of
fly ash-based geopolymer concrete at various mixture proportions and curing
regimes,” Plos One, vol. 16, no. 6, p. e0253006, 2021, doi:
[Link]
[17]C.-K. Ma, A. Z. Awang, and W. Omar, “Structural and material
performance of geopolymer concrete: A review,” Constr. Build. Mater., vol.
186, pp. 90–102, 2018.
[18]A. M. Rajesh, M. A. Joe, and R. Mammen, “Study of the Strength
Geopolymer Concrete with Alkaline Solution of Varying Molarity,” Eng.
Com, vol. 4, pp. 19–24, 2014.
[19]Y. D. Deore, J. B. Bhamare, S. P. Deore, R. B. Jadhav, and D. S.
Kurhade, “Effects of Carbon Fibre and Glass Fibre on Strength of
Geopolymer Concrete,” vol. 4, no. 02, p. 3, 2016
[20]G. Naidu, A. Prasad, S. Adiseshu, and P. V. V. Satayanarayana, “A
Study on Strength Properties of Geopolymer Concrete with Addition of
G.G.B.S,” 2012. Accessed: Dec. 12, 2022.
[Link]
Geopolymer-with-Naidu-
Prasad/1925ada48ed22ae0f6b9eda4a27f688681e499b3
[21]M. Amin and S. Nasier, “Experimental Evaluation of Eco-Friendly No-
Fines Geo-Polymer Concrete for Sustainable Pavement Applications,”
Indian J. Sci. Technol., vol. 11, no. 26, 2018.
[22]M. Reed, W. Lokuge, and W. Karunasena, “Fibre-reinforced

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.159

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

A Review on Enhancing the Properties of Recycled

Aggregate Concrete
Sagar Sanap Hemant Lohar Rohit Rajratan
[Link]. student, Department of Civil [Link] student, Department of Civil [Link] student, Department of Civil
Engineering, engineering, engineering,
K.E. Society’s, Rajarambapu Institute K.E. Society’s, Rajarambapu Institute K.E. Society’s, Rajarambapu Institute
of Technology, Rajaramnagar, of Technology, Rajaramnagar, of Technology, Rajaramnagar,
Islampur, India Islampur, India Islampur, India
2002022@[Link] 2002023@[Link] 2002036@[Link]

Abhishek Shingade Popat Kumbhar Yashwant Patil

[Link]. student, Department of Civil Faculty,Department of Civil Faculty,Department of Civil
engineering, engineering, engineering,
K.E. Society’s, Rajarambapu Institute K.E. Society’s, Rajarambapu Institute K.E. Society’s, Rajarambapu Institute
of Technology, Rajaramnagar, of Technology, Rajaramnagar, of Technology, Rajaramnagar,
Islampur, India Islampur, India Islampur, India
2002037@[Link] [Link]@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— Recycled aggregates (RAs) are the aggregates into reducing CO2 emission by about 15% - 20% and thus it
obtained from reprocessing of materials that have been earlier would be possible to conserve a measure portion of the
used in the construction. Huge quantities of debris that are world’s land stone resources. A lot of experimental works has
required to be recycled and reused as RAs are getting generated been carried out to utilize RAs for making ordinary RAC by
in the construction industry. RAs are used to replace natural making use of Portland cement as a binding material. The
aggregates (NAs) which contribute to reducing waste and
utilization of RAs in concrete has been associated with a
energy consumption and sustainability in the construction
industry. The limited natural resources have caused us to use general deterioration in concrete performance, largely
RAs in concrete. Despite offering sustainability benefits the attributable to the presence of residual mortar adhering to the
physical properties of RAs affect the behaviour of concrete surface of the RAs [1]. In recent years, the RAC produced by
called ‘recycled aggregate concrete (RAC)’. Thus, for improving substituting either partially or fully the NAs in the concrete
RAC, it is necessary to improve the properties of RA by pre- have received much attention from researchers [2].
treating them or incorporating mineral admixtures like micro-
silica, fly ash, ground granulated blast furnace slag (GGBFS), The present situation in the construction industry is such
etc. In the concrete. In this paper, a rigorous literature review that it has to face the basic challenges of fulfilling the housing
has been carried out to identify appropriate materials and and huge infrastructural needs because of rapid advancement
techniques used for pre-treating RAs so that the RAC properties of industrialization and urbanization. Further, there are
get improved. The review study indicates that by using different concerns about the high requirements of energy and the
Pozzolanic materials for pre-treating RAs, the properties of emissions of greenhouse gases due to the production of
RAC can be improved. From the study, it can be concluded that cement and similar products [3]. The process of recycling
there is good scope to improve the properties of RAs and RAC
by using ultrafine slag (i.e. GGBFS).
aggregates from concrete waste is relatively straightforward,
involving several stages, including breaking down,
Keywords— Recycled aggregate, recycled aggregate concrete, extracting, and crushing the existing concrete into a material
sustainable construction, mineral admixtures, ultrafine slag, with predefined size and quality [4].
properties of recycled aggregate concrete.
A. Properties of Recycled Aggregate
I. INTRODUCTION The important properties of the RAs include water
According to projections from the United States absorption, porosity, gradation, shape, density, and resistance
Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), the to crushing and abrasion which are discussed in comparison
construction and demolition (C&D) industry could generate with the NAs in the following section.
an excess of 430 million tons of concrete waste annually
1) Porosity, Water Absorption and Density: The residual
Further, natural disaster like earthquakes, hurricanes and
adhered mortar on the aggregate has a substantial impact on
other similar natural disasters may also continue to contribute
in the generation of excessive amounts of concrete waste the properties of RAs viz., Porosity, Water Absorption and
[1]. The escalating pace of urbanization in India has given Density. RAs generally has a lower density when compared
rise to the substantial generation of C&D waste. However, to to NAs due to the less dense adhered mortar on RAs as
safeguard the environment and make use of the available opposed to the rocks from which NAs are obtained. Studies
natural resources effectively it becomes essential to recycle have revealed that the saturated surface dry RAs exhibits a
and reuse the generated C&D waste [2]. The studies have relative density roughly 7-9% less than that of NAs. The
indicated that using C&D waste for producing new concrete water absorption and porosity properties are intricately linked
would have significant environmental and economic impacts. to aggregate characteristics and are also influenced by the
Additionally, the replacement of NAs by RAs would result residual mortar. NAs typically possess low water absorption

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.160

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
capacity because of their low porosity, while RAs have and siloxane are used which causes the decrease in water
adhered mortar with higher porosity, which enables the absorption of RAC. This technique is applied through surface
mortar to be retained within its pores [5]. coating, in which the coating becomes more efficient. This
2) Gradation and shape: The geometry of aggregate treatment significantly helps to reduce porosity of RAC,
particales is determining factor in workability of concrete. improve the resistance to water penetration, and increases
The technique employed for generating RAs and the specific compressive strength, although it can be costly and time-
crusher utilized can affect the shape of RAs. NAs usually has consuming, making it less suitable for large-scale concrete
an angular shape with smooth surface, while RAs tends to production [6].
have a softer and more globular form due to the lingering 3) Bio deposition of Calcium carbonate: In this method,
mortar smoothing out the original aggregate's sharp edges. the bio deposition of calcium carbonate is done by employing
This rounded shape can improve the flow of new mortar bacteria like Sproutarian pasteurizing to generate carbonate
around the aggregate [5]. ions from urea hydrolysis, which results into development of
3) Los Angeles Abrasion and crushing test: The dense calcium carbonate particles that enhances the durability
durability of aggregates is commonly measured through of mortar. This technique helps to reduce water absorption in
Abrasion and crushing tests.. RAs tend to exhibit higher RAs by up to 21% which causes the enhancement in the
abrasion values in the crushing and los angeles (LA) tests strength and quality [6].
compared to NAs. This indicates that the aggregates when 4) Use fly ash: Various Pozzolanic materials, like fly ash,
subjected to crushing or impact produce more fine particles. have been noted to enhance the quality of the ITZ in concrete.
The studies have shown that the RAs can have their crushing These Pozzolanic materials can be administered to RAs by
strength values around 23.1% while NAs (e.g., basalt) may either misting them onto the RAs or submerging the RAs in
have values around 15.7%. Likewise, LA abrasion values for the Pozzolanic substance. This technique enlarges the surface
RAs are found to be 32% while for NAs they are 11% [5]. area of the aggregates, promoting an interaction with fly ash.
Therefore, it can be inferred that the residual mortar layer on This interaction induces a reaction with calcium hydroxide,
RAs is more prone to cracking at the interfacial transition resulting in the generation of supplementary calcium hydrate
zone (ITZ), a region often characterized by lower concrete silicate. This method can be approached in three ways: the
quality.. On the contrary, the NAs do not possess such poor- conventional approach, the two-stage approach, and the
quality coating have a similar coating to lose. Fig. 1 provides three-stage approach. Among these approaches, the three-
a visual representation of RAs illustrating the existence of stage mixing method yields the most optimal results. It
new mortar enveloping the aged mortar [1]. employs merely a third of the necessary fly ash amount and
necessitates a shorter curing duration. In contrast, the two-
stage mixing approach is commonly favored by researchers
for enhancing quality of mortar by creating a cement slurry
mixture. The utilization of Pozzolanic ash material leads to
the formation of precipitates that fill the voids in the old
adhered mortar and ITZ, thereby improving strength and
durability properties [6].
5) Use of nano-silica: Nano-silica, sometimes referred to
,
as silica fume, constitutes an additional classification of
[Link] aggregate with fresh mortar surrounding the aged mortar [1] Pozzolanic materials utilized for the purpose of improving
quality. Both nano-silica and silica fume possess significant
B. Techniques used for Treatment of recycled aggregates
surface areas, facilitating heightened reactivity with RAs and
The different techniques used for treating the RAs for efficient infiltration into the cracks and voids within the aged
improving various properties are discussed in the following adhered mortar. Traditionally, silica fume is utilized as a
section. cement content replacement in the conventional application
1) Polyvinyl alcohol treatment: In this treatment, the method. Nevertheless, in applications focused on enhancing
Polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) is made to enter into the pores and quality, the Pozzolanic response entails either injecting silica
cracks in a concrete. The high modulus of and elasticity fume into the aggregate or applying a coating of nano-
tensile strength properties of PVA contributes to the particles through a multi-stage procedure. During this
enhancement of the structural integrity of RAC. Additionally, reaction, silica fume, comprising various oxides like SiO2,
the solubility of PVA in water speeds up the hardening Al2O3, CaO, and other metal oxides, undergoes a reaction
process and allows it to penetrate through the concrete cracks with calcium hydroxides. The resultant product of this
and pores. PVA treatment to RAs can be attained using reaction is referred to as 'silica gel' (C-S-H). Throughout
different methods such as injection, vacuum impregnation, these reactions, this desired C-S-H or C-A-S-H product
and coating, but it becomes essential to maintain the optimal effectively fills the voids, reducing the porosity in the ITZ.
content of PVA at 2% of the weight of mortar so as to prevent This leads to an enhancement in density and strength. [6].
undesirable effects of PVA on concrete’s workability 6) Carbonation: Carbonation is the process that includes
properties [6]. the engagement of CO2 with the products resulting from
2) Silicon-based water repellent treatment: In this hydration within RAs. During this process, it results in the
technique, silicon-based water-repellent polymers viz., silane formation of compact calcium carbonate, which effectively

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.161

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
fills the pores and empty spaces within the cement. The 1) Removal of mortar: In this method, the removal of old
carbonation process is a two-fold approach, commencing cement mortar adhered to RAs is done using ultrasonic waves
with the removal of the aged mortar through an acid treatment to dislodge and improve compressive strength. The
and followed by accelerated carbonation to reinforce the microwave heating enhances the bond with new cement
cement matrix. Carbonation plays a pivotal role in enhancing binder and boosts compressive and splitting tensile strength
mechanical properties and diminishing water absorption. by about 5% to 12%. The chemical treatment with acids like
However, it's worth noting that carbonation can also yield hydrochloric, sulphury, and phosphoric enhances aggregate
adverse effects by obstructing the diffusion of carbon quality and concrete strength; and mechanical treatments like
dioxide, diminishing durability due to a decrease in pH, and heating and scrubbing contributes to produce aggregates with
encouraging crack formation [6]. lower water absorption and improved properties. While these
7) Sodium silicate activation: Sodium silicate activation methods have shown promise in lab settings, their widespread
is a pre-soaking method for enhancing RAC. It involves adoption faces challenges due to their time-consuming nature
soaking RAs in a 5% sodium silicate solution for an optimal and potential economic feasibility concerns in large-scale
1-hour duration, resulting in improved material properties, applications [1].
reduced water absorption, and enhanced bonding with 2) Aggregate Coating: Coating RAs presents a viable
mortar. The evaluation of this procedure involves conducting strategy for enhancing the performance of RAC. Various
tests to measure parameters such as slump, compressive coating methods employed encompass the Double-Mixing
strength, and water absorption. Although it proves effective Method, which seals gaps and cavities within the ITZ,
in many scenarios, its utility diminishes in high-temperature reinforcing the ITZ and heightening compressive strength.
conditions and may result in the development of a sodium Moreover, the Triple-Mixing Method involves the
silicate film on the surface of the RAs. Nonetheless, under application of Pozzolanic materials like fly ash, slag, and
specific conditions, it offers practical and environmentally silica to coat the RAs, leading to enhanced compressive
friendly benefits, with readily available materials and cost- strength and superior chloride resistance compared to the
effective implementation [6]. double-mixing approach. Moreover, the Double-Coating
8) Pre-soaking in water: Soaking the aggregate in water Technique, initially developed for hot-mix asphalt (HMA),
prior to use is a method intended to enhance the excellence of holds potential for enhancing moisture resistance and
concrete. It serves the purpose of both eliminating old mortar stiffness in RAC through a dual-layer coating of cement slag
from the aggregate and inhibiting additional water paste and Sika Tite-BE. These coating methods, employing
absorption. It improves mechanical strength, with an optimal readily available admixtures in concrete production, exhibit
pre-saturation period of around ten days. However, it can considerable promise for large-scale implementation.
increase water content in the mixture, affecting compressive Nevertheless, it is essential to note that not all coating
strength. Pre-soaking is most effective for reducing coarse attempts have yielded positive results, with some coatings
aggregate water absorption but may not significantly improve leading to reduced compressive strength [1].
overall RAs properties. It enhances workability but may not 3) Equivalent Mortar Volume (EMV) Mix Design:
be ideal for applications requiring superior mechanical Rather than removing or coating old mortar, some researchers
strength [6]. have proposed mix design approaches that account for the
9) Pre-soaking in acid: Pre-soaking RAs in acid, such as remaining attached mortar. The EMV method tackles
hydrochloric or sulfuric acid, is a vital strategy for enhancing concerns related to a reduced modulus of elasticity and
the quality of RAC. This process weakens and removes increased drying shrinkage by upholding the appropriate
adhered mortar, improving material properties like bulk water-to-cement ratio. However, it is primarily applicable to
density and reducing water absorption. However, it can also RAs and requires further refinement [1].
lead to the increased chloride or sulphate levels and become 4) Geopolymer RAC: Geopolymers, derived from
the cause for potentially harming the material and the materials like GGBFS, fly ash, and metakaolin offer a
environment. The economic feasibility of using treatment sustainable alternative to Portland cement. Geopolymer
acids is limited for large-scale applications due to their cost. RACs have demonstrated high compressive strength,
Non-toxic acid solvents, like acetic acid, may offer a more durability, and environmental benefits. They hold potential
sustainable alternative for mortar removal [6]. for resolving challenges posed by the porous old attached
mortar in RAs [1].
C. Recycled aggregate concrete
RAC represents a sustainable concrete variant created by II. LITERATURE REVIEW
replacing NAs in a concrete mixture with RAs, either Numerous research investigations have been conducted
partially or entirely. In the previous decade, a considerable by a variety of scholars with the aim of enhancing the
volume of research findings has been extensively attributes of RCA and the characteristics of RAC. The results
documented in academic literature, primarily concerning the of these studies have been documented in various academic
performance and characteristics of RACs [2]. journals. The review of published literature in the context of
D. Methods for improving the performance of Recycled improving RCA and RAC is presented in the following
Aggregate Concrete section.
Several methods are used for improving the performance Katz (2004) investigated treatments aimed at improving
of RAC. Some of the important methods are as follows. RCA. The study employed various mechanical and chemical

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.162

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
methods to enhance the quality of RCA. Results indicated research could focus on optimizing the coating process for
that specific treatments led to better performance in concrete different aggregate types [11].
mixes containing RCA. The research concluded that treating
Elchalakani et al. (2016) explored the application of
RCA can effectively enhance its properties, opening avenues
GGBFS and high-volume fly ash in eco-friendly concrete
for sustainable construction. However, the scope of the study
mixes, incorporating both RAs and recycled water. The
did not extend to the long-term durability of treated RAs [7].
research employed a comprehensive approach to study the
Tangchirapat et al. (2010) concentrated on the utilization performance of such sustainable concrete. Results
of high-fineness fly ash to enhance the characteristics of demonstrated that this approach led to environmentally
RAC. Their study sought to improve the workability, friendly concrete with good mechanical properties. The study
compressive strength, and durability of RAC by introducing concluded that combining fly ash, slag, RAs, and water can
high-fineness fly ash. The findings revealed that high- contribute to future sustainable urban development. The
fineness fly ash demonstrated superior Pozzolanic activity, scope suggests the need for practical applications and real-
enhancing RAC properties. The authors suggest further world testing [3].
investigate to explore the impact of high-fineness fly ash on
Nair and Johny (2016) conducted a study on the
additional concrete properties [8].
properties of concrete using GGBFS and RAs. The research
Katrina and Thomas (2013) undertook an in-depth method included varying proportions of GGBFS and RAs in
review study exploring the properties of RAs, their impact on concrete mixes. The results indicated that GGBFS could
concrete material attributes, and the broader implications for effectively improve the performance of concrete containing
structural members. Noteworthy findings from this review RAs. The study concluded that this combination has potential
study encompass: (1) Replacing NAs in concrete with RAs benefits for sustainable construction practices. Future
induces a decline in compressive strength, while maintaining research could explore the influence of different mix
comparable splitting tensile strength; (2) a slight reduction proportions and curing conditions on other properties such as
occurs in the modulus of rupture of RAC than that of the durability and long-term performance [12].
conventional concrete; and (3) a reduction in the modulus of
Xie et al. (2018) undertook an extensive examination of
elasticity. Further, the structural beam cast using RAs showed
research pertaining to the mechanical characteristics of
greater mid-span deflection under service load and smaller
environmentally friendly concretes employing RAs. The
cracking moments. Thus, the researchers concluded that the
review synthesized existing research to assess the mechanical
use of RAs is one of the feasible options for structural
performance of RAs in concrete mixes. The study provided
purposes [5].
valuable insights into the strengths and limitations of using
Liang et al. (2014) developed processing methods to RAs in concrete. The scope of the study emphasized the need
enhance the strength of concrete using 100% RAs. Various for a holistic understanding of RAs-based concretes [2].
processing methods, including mechanical grinding and
Makul (2020) conducted a review of methods aimed at
thermal treatment, were evaluated. The outcomes
improving the quality of RAs. The review encompassed
demonstrated that particular processing techniques
various treatment and processing techniques used to enhance
effectively enhanced both the flexural and compressive
RAs properties. The study concluded that several methods
strength of concrete utilizing 100% RAs. The study
show promise in improving RAs quality but stressed the need
concluded that the optimized processing technique could
for standardized approaches and further research to establish
effectively enhance the strength of RAs concrete. Additional
best practices [6].
investigations could explore the effect of processing methods
on other properties, such as durability and bond strength [9]. Batikhaa (2020) et al. conducted a study investigating the
utilization of RCA and ceramic waste in the production of
Zhang et al. (2015) studied the surface treatment of RAs
cost-effective and sustainable concrete. The research method
with nanomaterials to improve the bond between RAs and
included incorporating RAs and ceramic waste into concrete
cement paste. The research investigated the treated RAs
mixes. The results indicated that this approach could lead to
mechanical properties and ITZ characteristics. The results
cost-effective and sustainable concrete production. The study
showed improved mechanical properties and enhanced ITZ
concluded that utilizing RAs and ceramic waste holds the
characteristics, indicating the effectiveness of surface
potential for economic and environmental benefits in
treatment with nanomaterials. The study suggested further
construction. Further research could assess the long-term
exploration of different types and dosages of nanomaterials
durability and practical applications [13].
for surface treatment and their long-term performance in
RAC [10]. Upshaw et al. (2020) conducted an analysis of RAC
properties, numerical models and improvements. The review
Martirena et al. (2016) investigated the quality
synthesized existing literature on the properties of RAC,
improvement of coarse RAs through cement coating. The
potential enhancements, and numerical modeling approaches.
research method involved coating RAs with a cementitious
The study emphasized the importance of addressing the
material before incorporating them into concrete mixes. The
challenges associated with RAC and suggested future
findings indicated that applying a cement coating had a
research directions, including advanced modeling techniques
positive impact on enhancing the quality of RAs,
and performance assessment [1].
consequently resulting in improved mechanical properties for
the concrete. The study concluded that this approach can be a Nandanam et al. (2021) investigated the influence of fly
valuable strategy for sustainable concrete production. Future ash, metakaolin and GGBFS on the durability and mechanical

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.163

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
attributes of self-compacting concrete (SCC) prepared with nanomaterials, such as nanoparticles, nanofibers, and
100% RAs. The research evaluated the fresh and hardened nanotubes, and their potential to improve RAC. The review
properties of SCC and found that the additions of fly ash, highlighted that incorporating nanomaterials in RAC can
GGBFS, and metakaolin improved the workability, enhance mechanical properties and durability, indicating
compressive strength, and durability SCC with 100% RAs. their promising application in sustainable concrete
The study concluded that these mineral admixtures can construction. Future studies could focus on specific
enhance the performance of SCC with RAs. Further research nanomaterials' dosage, dispersion techniques, and long-term
could explore the optimization of mix proportions and the performance of RAC [20].
long-term behavior of SCC with various mineral admixtures
Singh et al. (2022) conducted a regression analysis RAC
and RAs [14].
with GGBFS and fly ash. The study aimed to establish a
El-Hawary et al. (2021) examined the impact of freezing relationship between mix proportions and compressive
and thawing cycles on RAC, including slag as a strength of RAC through regression analysis. The research
supplementary material. The study employed environmental findings showed a significant correlation between the mix
exposure testing to simulate harsh weather conditions. The proportions and the concrete's compressive strength. The
results indicated that the freezing and thawing cycles study concluded that GGBFS and fly ash can be effectively
negatively affected the performance of RAC, emphasizing used to enhance the strength of RAC. Future investigations
the importance of appropriate mix design and construction could focus on the optimization of mix proportions based on
techniques when using recycled materials in regions prone to specific project requirements [21].
freezing temperatures [15].
Rashwani et al. (2023) studied the use of RAs sourced
Kumar and Trivedi (2021) investigated the properties and from war-destroyed buildings as a sustainable solution for
characteristics of lean concrete made with RAs and fly ash. reconstruction in war-torn areas. The research evaluated the
The study aimed to improve workability and reduce water mechanical properties of concrete containing RAs and found
absorption by adding fly ash to the lean concrete mix. The them to be comparable to conventional concrete. The study
research used a combination of laboratory experiments and concluded that utilizing RAs from war-destroyed buildings
analytical techniques to assess the behavior of this concrete can contribute to rebuilding efforts in Syria and similar
mix. The results indicated that the fly ash addition enhanced contexts. Further research could focus on optimizing the mix
workability as well as reduced water absorption in the proportions and long-term durability of concrete with RAs
concrete. The study concluded that utilizing RAS and fly ash from different sources [22].
in lean concrete can be an environmentally friendly
Kosuri et al. (2023) conducted research 23, optimizing the
alternative. Further research could explore the effects of
slurry impregnation technique for upcycling carbonated RAs
varying RAS content and fly ash dosage on other properties,
in paving concrete applications. The study developed a
such as strength development and durability [16].
specialized technique to enhance the properties of RAs,
Ahmed and Lim (2022) explored the effective utilization making them suitable for use in paving materials. This
of chopped Basalt Fiber and Pozzolana Slurry Tricalcium approach has implications for sustainable infrastructure
Silicate (TRAS) to develop sustainable recycled structural development [23].
concrete with enhanced fire resistance. The study conducted
Oruji et al. (2023) examined the use of a three-stage
a series of tests and demonstrated that the incorporation of
mixed coal bottom ash slurry coating to enhance the
these components improved the fire resistance of RAC. This
properties of RAC. The method involved coating the RAs
research offers a promising approach for creating fire-
with the slurry. The study found that the coated RAs
resistant structures with recycled materials [17].
exhibited improved compressive strength and reduced water
Biswas and Dinakar (2022) explored the impact of Silica absorption. The researchers concluded that the three-stage
Fume and Metakaolin on both the mechanical and durability mixed coal bottom ash slurry coating could be an effective
performance of high-strength concrete that exclusively approach to enhance the performance of RAC. The scope of
utilized RAs. The research involved extensive material future studies could include exploring the long-term
testing and showed that the inclusion of Metakaolin and performance and sustainability aspects of the coated RAC
Silica Fume contributed to the improved effectiveness of [4].
high-strength RAC. This finding suggests potential
enhancements for sustainable construction practices [18]. III. RESEARCH GAP
Based on the thorough literature review, it is evident that
Kadawo et al. (2022) combined Life Cycle Assessment
RAs are frequently employed in concrete production.
(LCA) with a circularity index to assess the environmental
However, the effectiveness of concrete is compromised due
impact of RAC. The research employed a comprehensive
to the inferior quality of RAs. Several researchers have
methodology to determine the sustainability of using RAs in
carried out research works for improving the qualities of RAs
concrete production. The study's outcomes highlighted the
by treating them with different Pozzolanic material and
importance of considering both environmental impact and
adopting specific technique before their use in concrete. The
circularity when implementing RAC in construction projects
studies are also carried out by using the RAs without any
[19].
treatment for manufacturing of concrete and incorporating
Allujami et al. (2022) provided a comprehensive review Pozzolanic materials such as fly ash, GGBFS, metakaolin,
of the mechanical attributes and durability aspects of RAC etc. The research studies have shown that use of Pozzolanic
with nanomaterials. The study examined various materials for treating the RAs improves their physical

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.164

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
properties. Also, the properties of concrete produced using [8] W. Tangchirapat, R. Buranasing, and C. Jaturapitakkul, “Use of high
such pre-treated RAs are found to be improved. Though, fineness of fly ash to improve properties of recycled aggregate
number of materials are used for pre-treating the RAs the use concrete”, J. Mater. Civ. Eng., ASCE, vol. 22(6), pp. 565-571, October
2009.
of ultrafine slag for pre-treating the RAs has not found to be
[9] Y. Liang, Z. Ye, F. Vernerey, and Y. Xi, “Development of processing
reported in the literature. Further, various methods viz...
methods to improve strength of concrete with 100% recycled coarse
PVA, silicon-based water repellent, bio-deposition and use of aggregate”, J. Mater. Civ. Eng., ASCE, vol. 27(5), pp. 04014163,
Pozzolanic materials are found to be commonly used for August 2013.
treating the aggregate. Thus, from the review of literature it [10] H. Zhang, Y. Zhao, T. Meng, and S. Shah, “Surface treatment on
is found that there is good scope to improve the properties of recycled coarse aggregates with nanomaterials”, J. Mater. Civ. Eng.,
RAs by pre-treating them with appropriate technique using ASCE, vol. 28(2), pp. 04015094, July 2015.
ultrafine slag and thus enhance the properties of RAC using [11] F. Martirenaa, T. Castañob, A. Alujasa, R. Orozco-Moralesa, L.
such pre-treated RAs. Martineza, and S. Linselc, “Improving quality of coarse recycled
aggregates through cement coating”, Journal of Sustainable Cement-
IV. CONCLUSION Based Materials, Taylor & Francis, vol. 6(1), pp. 69-84, September
2016.
Based on the extensive review of the literature, the
[12] J. Nair, and B. Johny, “Study of properties of concrete using ggbfs
following conclusions are drawn.
and recycled concrete aggregates”, IJERT, vol. 5(9), pp. 160-166,
1) The properties of RAs and RAC are possible to be September 2016.
improved by using Pozzolanic materials such as fly ash, [13] M. Batikhaa, S. Alib, A. Rostamic, and M. Kurtayevd, “Using
silica fume, GGBFS, etc. as their hydration products fills recycled coarse aggregate and ceramic waste to produce sustainable
economic concrete”, International Journal of Sustainable Engineering,
the voids, pores, crack in the concrete which contributes
Taylor & Francis, vol. 14(4), pp. 785-799, December 2020.
in enhancing the density and the strength of RAC.
[14] K. Nandanam, U. Biswal, and P. Dinakar, “Effect of fly ash, ggbfs,
2) Amongst the available techniques for treating the RAs, and metakaolin on mechanical and durability properties of self-
the two-stage mixing method is the most preferred compacting concrete made with 100% coarse recycled aggregate”, J.
method by the researchers. However, the comparative Hazard. Toxic Radioact. Waste, ASCE, vol. 25(2), pp. 04021002,
study on methods for improving the properties of RAC January 2021.
needs to be performed in view of enhancing the [15] M. El-Hawary, A. Al-Yaqout, and K. Elsayed, “Freezing and thawing
properties and achieving the cost economics. cycles: effect on recycled aggregate concrete including slag”,
3) There is good scope to study the properties of RAs by International Journal of Sustainable Engineering, Taylor & Francis,
treating them with ultrafine slag as a Pozzolanic material vol. 14(4), pp. 800-808, February 2021.
and utilize such pre-treated RAs for producing the RAC [16] P. Kumar, and A. Trivedi, “Properties and characteristics of lean
concrete made with recycled coarse aggregate and fly ash”, Journal of
which would be of improved properties.
Construction Engineering, Technology & Management, vol. 11(3), pp.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT 13-26, December 2021.
[17] W, Ahmed, and C. Lim, “Effective utilization of chopped basalt fiber
The authors are grateful to the Director, K.E. Society’s, and pozzolana slurry TRCA for sustainable recycled structural
Rajarambapu Institute of Technology (RIT), Rajaramnagar concrete with improved fire resistance”, J. Mater. Civ. Eng., ASCE,
and Head, Department of Civil Engineering, RIT for vol. 35(3), pp. 04022442, December 2022.
providing all the facilities for carrying out the study. [18] U. Biswal, and P. Dinakar, “Influence of metakaolin and silica fume
on the mechanical and durability performance of high-strength
REFERENCES concrete made with 100% coarse recycled aggregate”, J. Hazard.
[1] M. Upshaw, and C. Cai, “Critical review of recycled aggregate Toxic Radioact. Waste, ASCE, vol. 26(2), pp. 04022004. January
concrete properties, improvements, and numerical models”, J. Mater. 2022.
Civ. Eng., ASCE, vol. 32(11), pp. 03120005, August 2020. [19] A. Kadawo, M. Sadagopan, O. Duringb, K. Boltonc, and A. Nagya,
[2] T. Xie, A. Gholampour, and T. Ozbakkaloglu, “Toward the “Combination of LCA and circularity index for assessment of
development of sustainable concretes with recycled concrete environmental impact of recycled aggregate concrete”, Journal of
aggregates: comprehensive review of studies on mechanical Sustainable Cement-Based Materials, Taylor & Francis, vol. 12(1),
properties”, J. Mater. Civ. Eng., ASCE, vol. 30(9), pp. 04018211, June pp. 1-12, January 2022.
2018. [20] H. Allujami, M. Abdulkareem T. Jassam, R. Al-Mansob, J. Lin Ng,
[3] M. Elchalakani, H. Basarir, and A. Karrech, “Green concrete with and A. Ibrahim, “Nanomaterials in recycled aggregates concrete
high-volume fly ash and slag with recycled aggregate and recycled applications: mechanical properties and durability. A review”, Cogent
water to build future sustainable cities”, J. Mater. Civ. Eng., ASCE, Engineering, Taylor & Francis, vol. 9, pp. 2122885, September 2022.
vol. 29(2), pp. 04016219, September 2016. [21] O. Singh, N. Choudhary, R. Choudhary, and S. Choudhary,
[4] S. Oruji N. Brake, S. Hosseini, M. Adesina, and M. Nikookar, “Regression analysis of compressive strength of recycled aggregate
“Enhancing recycled aggregate concrete using a three-stage mixed concrete with ground granulated blast-furnace slag and fly ash”,
coal bottom ash slurry coating”, J. Mater. Civ. Eng., ASCE, vol. 35(5), International Journal of Concrete Technology, vol. 8(1), pp. 9-16, May
pp. 04023061, February 2023. 2022.
[5] K. McNeil, and T. Kang, “Recycled concrete aggregates: a review”, [22] A. Rashwani et al, “Rebuilding syria from the rubble: recycled
International Journal of Concrete Structures and Materials, vol. 7(1), concrete aggregate from war-destroyed buildings”, J. Mater. Civ.
pp. 61-69, January 2013. Eng., ASCE, vol. 35(4), pp. 04023010, January 2023.
[6] N. Makul, “A review on methods to improve the quality of recycled [23] M. Kosuri, S. Singh, and B. Bhardwaj, “Optimization of slurry
concrete aggregates”, Journal of Sustainable Cement-Based impregnation technique for upcycling carbonated recycled concrete
Materials, Taylor & Francis, vol. 10(2), pp. 65-91, April 2020. aggregates for paving concrete applications”, J. Mater. Civ. Eng.,
[7] A. Katz, “Treatments for the improvement of recycled aggregate”, J. ASCE, vol. 35(5), pp. 04023053, February 2023.
Mater. Civ. Eng., ASCE, vol. 16(6), pp. 597-603, March 2004.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.165

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Efficacy of Buckling Restrained Braces in

Reinforced Concrete Frame
Pratiksha Bharat Yadav Sachin B. Kadam
Dept. of Applied Mechanics Dept. of Applied Mechanics
Walchand College of Engineering Walchand College of Engineering
Sangli 416415 India Sangli 416415 India
pratiksha.yadav1@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— Earthquake forces on the structures are a major this buckling in the steel reinforcement, it can ensure
concern for engineers. To reduce the impact of earthquakes and consistent strength in both stress and strain regions.
lateral forces on the structure, bracing is one of the earthquake- Researchers are motivated by these fundamentals to
resisting systems that plays an effective role in resisting lateral implement a unique type of bracing system known as buckling
forces in buildings. Buckling-restrained braces (BRBs) are restrained brace supports (BRB). BRBs are about one simple
widely recognized as one of the most effective methods for idea stop the brace system from buckling for steady
mitigating seismic risks. This is due to their unique ability to performance-. If we do this, the stress and strain prope-rties
absorb and dissipate significant amounts of energy, making
will always be the same. BRBs are handy because they can
them a valuable approach for both new construction and
resist both tension and compression, with no buckling
retrofitting existing designs for them to withstand lateral seismic
loads. In this study, a non-linear static analysis evaluation from
involved.
Extended Three-Dimensional Analysis of Building System The buckling restrained braces traced back to
(ETABS) software was used to evaluate the seismic behavior of Wakabayashi. This inventive engineer from Japan was the
a 5-story reinforced concrete structure with and without first to think of it. He used a flat steel plate- squeezed into
buckling restrained braces. When incorporating buckling some reinforced concrete panels. This neat design had a ste-el
restrained bracing, the outcomes are quite effective in heart, all wrapped up in concrete. There was also a gap, filled
comparison to the model without the bracing.
with concrete mortar, between the outer steel tube and the
Keywords— Buckling Restrained Braces, Non-linear static
inner steel brace. To keep the brace and the concrete separate,
analysis, ETABS v2018, RC Frame Wakabayashi used some grease or a material that's not bonded
to the brace's outer side. The brace can move easily within the
I. INTRODUCTION tube- filled with concrete. The steel core of a BRB is the main
part that holds the load. The outer casing stops the steel core
Earthquakes are a powerful force of nature, striking the Earth's
from being out of shape.
crust for a short period of time. However, in those fleeting
moments, they have the potential to cause immense
destruction, claiming countless lives and damaging property.
One of the most significant consequences of an earthquake is
the collapse or damage of buildings. This is due to the intense
and rapid movement of the ground, which exerts strong
inertial forces on the structures and their components. An
earthquake is a lateral force created by the sudden and
powerful release of stored energy on the earth's surface,
resulting in seismic waves. These tremors are caused by
various natural and man-made factors such as geological
forces, volcanic activity, landslides, and mining explosions.
Fig. 1 Diagram of the BRB components [1]
The immense strength and dynamic nature of these seismic
loads can cause devastating damage to structures within Lots of studies have been done in the past. also checked the
seconds, leading to significant loss of life and property. To work done by many authors. They used linear and non-linear
ensure the safety and stability of buildings, engineers have analysis to make buildings that can withstand earthquakes.
incorporated lateral load-resisting systems such as shear walls This work was done for buildings framed with reinforced
and dampers to effectively counter and distribute these lateral concrete. The literature review concentrates on recent
forces without compromising the integrity and strength of the contributions and prior endeavors that significantly align with
structure. Hence, the infrastructure must possess sufficient the objectives of the present study. [1] Abou-Elfath et al.
sturdiness against vertical loads, as well as adequate solidity research assesses the improvement of seismic stability in the
to resist lateral forces. The occurrence of lateral displacements 6-story reinforced concrete building through the
on primary structures is a major concern for engineers, as they implementation of single diagonal buckling restrained braces.
aim to minimize the impact of seismic and wind forces. To The examination of seismic performance in this study includes
achieve this, specialized diagonal braces are effectively both a static pushover analysis and a time history earthquake
utilized. However, these elements may experience buckling analysis. [2] Chaturvedi et al. study's main goal is to optimize
deformation and demonstrate non-uniform hysteretic behavior the placement of BRB within the building to minimize
under compressive stress. If the structure can limit and control damage caused by earthquake loadings. Using E-tabs

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.166

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
software, the analysis was performed on a G + 7 commercial Content Description
structure, examining various factors such as maximum story Total Building Height 21.5m
drift, maximum story displacement, maximum story shear,
Size of Beam 230m X 465m
and maximum overturning moment. [3]Kim et al. presented
the design and the analysis of the Buckling Restrained Size of Column 450m X 450 m
Bracings was done to observe the seismic behavior of the BRB
Slab thickness 165mm
during an earthquake. The results show that the building
designed with the BRB having a reduction factor 4 provided a Damping ratio 0.05
higher level of performance than that of the one provided with
Time Period in the x direction 0.402 sec
typical concentric bracings. [4] Chintanapakade et al objective
of this research is to examine the precision and possible Time Period in the y direction 0.402 sec
prejudices of diverse methods employed in the seismic
evaluation of buckling-restrained braced frame (BRBF)
structures. The creation of BRBFs as a new way to resist Table II: BRB Specification
lateral forces for earthquake-proof buildings makes
e-valuating their effectiveness vital. This research compares Content Description
two analyses modal pushover analysis and modified modal Material for yielding core Fe250
pushover analysis to assess BRBF efficiency. The results are
Total BRB weight 3.11 kN
based on the analysis of three- 6, 10, and 14-story
concentrically BRBF buildings using two sets of powerful Depth 203.25 mm
ground movements with a 50-year probability of exceeding
them of 2% and 10%, respectively. The comparison of the Width 203.25mm
seismic displacement requirements which include inter-story
Yielding core area 26 cm2
drifts, peak floor/roof displacements, and target roof
displacements is the main objective. [5] Kant et al. on Yielding core length 3.97 m
reducing the dynamic response under seismic loads is a
commonly used technique for a building. On the other hand, Elastic Segment length 2.33 m
this results in an increase in the absorbed seismic base shear.
Controlling the reaction can be achieved by including Elastic segment stiffness 804321 kN/m
additional tools, such as BRBs, in the structure.
This study aims to explore how a 5-story RC structure
performs during an earthquake using X type of buckling
restrained braces. In this study, seismic response is carried out
by non-linear static analysis.
II. STRUCTURAL MODELLING
In the present study, the G+5 RC structure is modeled with
and without buckling restrained braces in software. ETABS
software is used for this. The plan of the building is shown in
Fig. 2. The plan of the building is 23m X 23m. The height of
each story is 4.3m.
The live load on a typical story is 3kN/m2. The floor finish
on a typical story is 1.5 Kn/m2. The wall load on the beam is
9.89Kn/m. By IS 1893: Part I (BIS. 2002), the building is
located in Zone III, supported on medium soil, and is assigned
Importance Factor 1. The dimensions of structural elements Fig. 2 Plan view of structure
and other structural data adopted analysis and design are
shown in Table 1. Based on the data from BRB supplier Core
Brace (2016), a comprehensive set of parameters was chosen
for incorporating into the ETABS software. The properties of
the BRBs used in the simulation for the building are shown in
Table 2.
Table I: Material and Geometrical Data
Content Description
Concrete Grade M20

Young’s modulus of concrete 27386.127MPa

Concrete Density 25kN/m3

Steel Grade Fe415

Young’s modulus of steel 2x105 N/mm2
Fig. 3 Plan view of structure with BRBs
Steel Density 76.98kN/m3

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.167

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Fig. 6 Pushover Curve – Y Direction

A) Base Shear
Base shear of the structure with and without buckling
restrained braces is shown in Fig.5
Table III: Maximum values of Base Shear
Model Base Shear (Kn)

Structure without BRBs 4100.55

Fig. 4 Elevation view of structure with BRBs
Structure with BRBs 7034.63

B) Max Displacement
It is shown that a structure without BRBs shows more
displacement as compared to a structure with BRBs. The
detailed analysis of results confirmed that all displacement
values decrease with BRBs. It has been seen from the
pushover curve using buckling restrained bracing has
increased the performance level of the structure.
Table IV: Maximum values of Displacement
Model Displacement(mm)
Structure without BRBs 210.47
Structure with BRBs 178.09

C) Max Story Drift

The max story drift ratio holds great significance in evaluating
a building's ability to withstand an earthquake. As shown in
Fig. 7 it is shown that the story drift value of the structure with
BRBs is 0.00364 which is less as compared to the structure
without BRBs is 0.00658.

Fig. 5 3D view of structure with BRBs

III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION

The structural performance is evaluated through
nonlinear static analysis. The result of the pushover analysis
is obtained using ETABSv18 software provides information
on the base shear and displacement of the studied frame.
The main aspects of the result are the pushover curve,
performance point, and performance-based seismic design of
the structure. Pushover analysis is conducted up to the point
of collapse.
The relation of base shear and displacement and pushover
curve results are shown in Fig. 6.

Fig. 7 Max Story Drift

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.168

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
IV. CONCLUSION providing me with everything I asked them. I want to thank
This study aims to examine the earthquake resilience of my group members for their brilliant comments, suggestions,
structures equipped with seismic devices known as Buckling and their continuous support.
Restrained Braces. By utilizing various evaluation techniques,
REFERENCE
the aim is to determine the effectiveness of BRBs in mitigating
seismic effects on buildings. This will involve calculating the [1] H. Abou-Elfath, M. Ramadan, F. Omar Alkanai, (2017) “Upgrading
the seismic capacity of existing RC buildings using buckling restrained
lateral force applied to the structures through various seismic braces”, Alexandria Engineering Journal, 56, 251–262.
modes and optimizing their structural performance. [2] Rishabh Chaturvedi, Aman Sharma, Anas Islam (2020) “Design
Displacement, base shear, and story drift result from non- Analysis of BRB Energy Dissipated Devices in Commercial Building
linear static analysis used to analyze the effect of BRBs on a Structures” Materials Today: Proceedings.
structure. [3] Kim, J., and H. Choi. (2004) “Behavior and design of structures with
buckling-restrained braces.” Engineering Structures, 26 (6): 693–706.
The displacement of structure with BRBs is decreased by
[4] A. H., Chintanapakdee, C., & Hayashikawa, T. (2010). “Assessment of
15% as compared to structure without BRBs which shows the current nonlinear static procedures for seismic evaluation of BRBF
effectiveness of BRBs in resisting the lateral forces. The base buildings”. Journal of Constructional Steel Research, 66(8–9), 1118–
shear capacity of the structure with BRBs is increased by 72% 1127.
as compared to the structure without BRBs, from this [5] Kant, R., Agha, W. A., Thakur, M. S., & Umamaheswari, N. (2022).
observed that the structure can resist seismic load safely. Comparative study on seismic performance of steel-concrete composite
Ductility enhancement is also noticed in that pushover curve. structure without and with buckling restrained braces. Materials
Today: Proceedings, 56, 2134–2144.
Story drift of structure with BRB is reduced by 55%. The
[6] Zhou, Y., H. Shao, Y. Cao, and E. M. Lui. (2021) “Application of
maximum displacement of the structure gets reduced then the buckling-restrained braces to earthquake-resistant design of buildings:
stiffness of BRBs is increased. A review.” Engineering Structures, 246: 112991.
Hence it can be concluded that the implementation of [7] Watanabe, A. (2018) “Design and Applications of Buckling-Restrained
Braces.” International Journal of High-Rise Buildings, 7 (3): 215–221.
Buckling Restrained Braces provides a highly effective
[8] T. Albanesi, A. V. Bergami and C. Nuti (2008) “Design Procedure for
method for improving the seismic performance of a structure. Buckling Restrained Braces to Retrofit Existing R.C. Frames” The 14th
World Conference on Earthquake Engineering Beijing, China October
V. ACKNOWLEDGMENT 12-17.
I would like to acknowledge my parents for the immense [9] Sahoo, D. R., and S.-H. Chao. (2010) “Performance-based plastic
patience shown by them while I was working on this study. design method for buckling-restrained braced frames.” Engineering
Structures, 32 (9): 2950–2958.
Also, I would like to thank them for supporting me and

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.169

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Experimental Investigation of Partial Replacement

of cement in Concrete using Waste Glass Powder
[Link] Matkar [Link] Mujumdar
Lecturer Professor & Research Guide
Civil Engineering Department, Civil Engineering Department,
YSPM,YTC,Satara Kolhapur Institute of Technology (Autonomus)
Satara, India Kolhapur, India
pratik201191@[Link] mmmujumdar@[Link]
Abstract— The construction industry is the second largest One study suggests that there is about 30billion tons of
industry in the world & concrete is prime material used in it concrete is consumed in the world per year [1]. This data is
[5]. The use of concrete generates lots of heat during hydration enough to predict the amount of heat evolved by construction
process. It directly contributes to global warming. Also cement industry. Another study says that construction industry
is costly material & its storage is also difficult. The cement contributes 8-10% in global warming. This is large figure. So
plays important role of binding in concrete. It contains lime as we should try to reduce these ill effects by trying alternative
main constituents. So to reduce this ill effect of cement one materials & without compromising the quality needs of
must find the alternatives for cement which can perform the work. Another important aspect of the study is to find
same role in concrete. This study represents the experimental
economic solutions. The increase in the population has
investigation of effect of partial replacement of cement by glass
powder on strength of concrete & other factors like
tremendous needs of housing & infrastructure. The
workability, water cement ratio, and heat of hydration. Glass megastructures are created on large scale day by day. Also
contains lime as its one of main constituent. The cement was demand of affordable residential housing projects is also
replaced with glass powder by 5%, 10%, 15%, and 20%. The increasing. So attempt must be made to reduce the
compressive strength, flexural strength & split tensile strength construction cost & produce affordable construction in
are tested for these replacements. Also economical aspect is budget of everyone. This study also aims to find economic &
observed along with. It is observed that physical & chemical practicable solution for construction industry.
properties of glass are almost similar to cement. So in this
study an attempt is made to investigate the effect of partial II. OBJECTIVE
replacement of cement by glass powder in concrete to make it
as a special concrete. 1. To check the compressive strength of concrete mix
at 0%, 5%, 10%, 15% & 20% replacements of
Keywords—Special Concrete, Global warming, Cement, cement by glass powder.
Glass powder
2. To check the split tensile strength of concrete mix at
I. INTRODUCTION 0%, 5%, 10%, 15% & 20% replacements of cement
The global warming is biggest challenge in front of by glass powder.
today’s world. It has made very drastic effect on the life of
3. To check the flexural strength of concrete mix at
human being. The rise in temperature causes melting of
0%, 5%, 10%, 15% & 20% replacements of cement
glaciers on large amount. Increase in water level in oceans in
not a good sign for cities situated nearby oceans. Also by glass powder.
climate change is biggest problem human being is facing all 4. To make cost comparison between normal &
over the world. This climate change has disturbed the special concrete.
balance of nature. The problems like draught, floods, forest
fires, heat waves, storms are ill effects of climate change. It
has affected human life in many ways. The cropping pattern
is also changed due to climate change [2]. This is really very III. MATERIALS
dangerous scenario in front of all over the world & upcoming A. Cement
generations. The various efforts are taken to reduce these
Cement of OPC-43 grade is used for study. Specific
problems. The green solutions are being discovered in every
gravity of cement is 3.2.
field by various scientists. The construction industry is
second largest industry in the world. It has huge use of B. Aggregate
concrete as construction material. The concrete is a Fine aggregate passing through 2.36mm sieve size is
homogeneous mixture of cement, sand & aggregate plus used & coarse aggregate passing through 20mm sieve size is
water. The cement plays role of binding in concrete. It is used.
prime ingredient of concrete. But cement has lime as its main
chemical constituent. The amount of lime in cement is varies C. Waste Glass Powder
from 60-70% [1]. This lime when comes in contact with Though glass is 100% recyclable material but the amount
water causes a reaction called as ‘hydration’. Due to of production of glass all over the world is tremendous that it
hydration concrete achieve its desired strength and becomes is not possible to recycle the glass completely so large
stronger & harder. But during process of hydration large amount of glass is remaining un-recycled [3]. The glass
amount of heat is evolved which is called as ‘heat of powder used for this experimental investigation is waste
hydration’. The amount of heat generated during this glass collected from scrap of demolished construction site; it
hydration process is 500j/g as per study [4]. After water, is then crushed & sieved through 90 micron sieve to get
cement is second largest material consumed in the world.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.170

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
desired value of fineness. The fineness property is important V. RESULTS
as specific surface area plays important role in binding the
materials together. The results of compressive strength is tabulated as below

TABLE1 COMPARISON BETWEEN CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF CEMENT & TABLE3 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TEST RESULTS AT 7, 14 & 28 DAYS
GLASS POWDER
Replacement
Comparison between Chemical Properties of Cement & Levels
0% 5% 10% 15% 20%
Sr. No. Glass Powder Age of
Composition Cement Glass Powder concrete
12.25 11.89 12.37 11.90 11.85
1 SiO2 38.06 64.32 7 days
MPa MPa MPa MPa MPa
2 Al2O3 8.88 2.90 17.33 16.22 17.95 16.96 12.39
14 days
MPA MPa MPa MPa MPa
3 CaO 40.92 18.18
19.50 17.89 21.12 19.13 18.30
28 days
4 Fe2O3 2.83 - MPA MPa MPa MPa MPa
5 SO3 2.33 -
6 K2O 1.62 1.53 Compressive Strength Comparision
Source-American Concrete Institute (ACI)
25

Strength in MPa
TABLE2 COMPARISON BETWEEN PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF CEMENT & 20
GLASS POWDER
15
Comparison between Physical Properties of Cement &
Sr. No. Glass Powder 10
Physical Property Cement Glass Powder 5
1 Colour Lithish-grey Mixed
0
2 Particle Size < 45 micron < 45 micron 0% GP 5% GP 10% GP 15% GP 20% GP

3 Specific Gravity 3.15 2.7

7 days 12.25 11.89 12.37 11.9 11.85
14 days 17.33 16.22 17.95 16.96 12.39
4 Consistency 28% 30%
28 days 19.5 17.89 21.12 19.13 18.3
5 Initail Setting Time 30 min 45 min
6 Final Setting Time 178 min 210 min
FIG1. Comparison between Compressive strength at 7days, 14 days &
Source-American Concrete Institute (ACI) 28 days with 0%, 5%, 10%, 15 % & 20% replacement of cement by waste
glass powder in concrete.
By comparing both chemical & physical properties of
cement & glass powder we can use glass powder as a partial TABLE4 SPLIT TENSILE STRENGTH TEST RESULTS AT 28 DAYS
replacement of cement.
Replacement
IV. METHODOLOGY 0% 5% 10% 15% 20%
Age of
The mix design of M20 grade is prepared by using concrete
3.2 2.9 3.3 3.1 2.7
IS: 456:2000 & IS 10262. The proportion of mix was 28 days
MPA MPA MPA MPA MPA
1:1.8:3.8 with 0.45 water cement ratio. The cement is then
partially replaced by glass powder by weight 5%, 10%, 15 %
& 20% by weight batching. The molds of cube is prepared of
(15cm x 15cm x 15cm ) size to test compressive strength of 28 days Split Tensile Strength
Split Tensile Stength

concrete, molds of cylinder (15cm x 30 cm) is prepared to 4

test split tensile strength & beam (15cm x 15cm x 70cm ) is
formed to test flexural strength of each proportion. The tests 3
(MPa)

are performed at 7 days, 14 days & 28 days for compressive 2

strength test; as compressive strength is main characteristic 1
strength of any type of concrete. Concrete is supposed to be 0
good in compression strength. The split tensile strength & 10% 15% 20%
0% GP 5% GP
flexural strength tests are taken at 28 days. The results are GP GP GP
observed & then compared for verifying the objectives of Split Tensile
experimental investigation of the study. 3.2 2.9 3.3 3.1 2.7
Strength

FIG2. Comparison between Split tensile strength at 28 days with 0%,

5%, 10%, 15 % & 20% replacement of cement by waste glass powder in
concrete.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.171

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
TABLE5 FLEXURAL STRENGTH TEST RESULTS AT 28 DAYS C. Flexural Strength Results
Replacement From above seen results in table no.5 it is clear that the
Age of 0% 5% 10% 15% 20% Flexural strength of M20 grade concrete is highest at 0%
concrete replacement of cement by glass powder in concrete. It has
2.8 2.6 2.7 2.3 2.4 been seen that results are not improved at any stage of
28 days
MPA MPA MPA MPA MPA replacement. So we can conclude that there is no any
advantage of replacing cement with waste glass powder.
D. Cost Analysis
28 days Flexural Tensile Strength
From above all conclusions it is clear that the
3 compressive & split tensile strength of concrete is improved
2.5 at 10% replacement of cement by waste glass powder &
Fleural Stength

2 there is no positive effect in flexural strength of concrete. But

(MPa)

1.5 as we all know that compressive strength is main

1 characteristic strength of concrete we can replace cement by
0.5 10% weight with waste glass powder in concrete.
0
0% 5% 10% 15% 20% If we consider 1m3 of M20 grade concrete, we requires
GP GP GP GP GP around 7 bags (each of 50kg) of cement for it. So we can
Flexural Strength 2.8 2.6 2.7 2.3 2.4 replace about 35kg of cement by waste glass powder per m3.
So overall there is saving of around 300-350Rs/ m3 while
FIG3. Comparison between Flexural strength at 28 days with 0%, 5%,
doing construction.
10%, 15 % & 20% replacement of cement by waste glass powder in
concrete. REFERENCES
[1] Al-jburi Najad A. A., Hasan Kareem, J.K. , Noor Azline and Nima
VI. DISCUSSION Ostovar, “Waste glass as partial replacement in cement – A review,”
IOP Conf. Series: Earth and Environmental Science 357 (2019)
VII. PREPARE YOUR PAPER BEFORE STYLING 012023, doi:10.1088/1755-1315/357/1/012023
[2] Fateh Belaïd, “How does concrete and cement industry transformation
A. Compressive Strength Results contribute to mitigating climate change challenges,” 2667-3789/©
From above seen results in table no.3 it is clear that the 2022 Published by Elsevier Ltd.
compressive strength of M20 grade concrete is highest at [3] K.I.M. Ibrahim, “Recycled waste glass powder as a partial
10% replacement of cement by glass powder in concrete. It replacement of cement in concrete containing silica fume and fly
ash,” 2214-5095/© 2021 Published by Elsevier Ltd. .
has been seen that results are improved by 8%. So we can
[4] . G. [Link] Islam, [Link], and Nayem Kazi, “Waste Glass
conclude that we can replace cement by 10% weight with Powder as partial replacement of cement for sustainable concrete
waste glass powder. practice,” International Journal of Sustainable Built Environment
(2017),6,37-44 hosted by ELSEVIER
B. Split Tensile Strength Results
[5] [Link], K. Ramkumar and R. Ramya, “Experimental Study On
From above seen results in table no.4 it is clear that the Replacement Of Cement By Glass Powder,” International Journal of
split tensile strength of M20 grade concrete is highest at 10% Engineering Research & Technology (IJERT) ISSN: 2278-0181 Vol.
replacement of cement by glass powder in concrete. It has 2 Issue 5, May - 2013
been seen that results are improved by 0.5%. So we can
conclude that we can replace cement by 10% weight with
waste glass powder.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.172

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Application of Drone Technology in Construction

Industry
[Link] M. Wandare
Department of Civil Engineering
Walchand College of Engineering
Vishrambag, Sangli
[Link]@[Link]
Abstract— There are various fields in which Drone 2. Pawan Kumar (2019) : A view of the Future: Drones in
Technology is becoming significant. Surveying and Mapping, construction Industry
Construction Industry, Inspection and Surveillance, Military
and Agriculture are the various areas where drone technology In the past few years, drones have become one
playing an important role of reducing time for this tedious work. of the most compelling construction trends. The industry
Drone technology is the most effective among those technologies has experienced a 239% growth in drone use year over
which helps in efficient project management by addressing the
challenges in a construction project like surveying, monitoring year, higher than any other commercial sector. Their
activities, safety of labours, quality and cost control and getting aerial vantage point and data Collecting abilities make
timely on-site progress reports. them a viable tool, offering benefits that range from on-
site safety to remote monitoring. In Particular, the
I. INTRODUCTION
benefits of drone technology have revolutionized the
The world is continuously deploying new technologies in entire project lifecycle. Newer drones can be equipped
Construction Industry (CI) for the speed, accuracy and safety
With tools to perform common construction tasks, Some
in the construction projects. Advanced modern technologies
are entering CI for the faster execution of projects. At the of the “simpler” tasks. include: tightening bolts and
same time to cope-up with execution speed, monitoring screws, moving and placing large sheets of metal,
methods are also getting modernized. Thus, the drones have carrying spools of wire, laying pipes, taking photos and
come into picture; they do not contribute for the actual capturing video, working in spaces too small for humans
execution but make a huge contribution in faster monitoring As the industry grows and construction Projects become
of the projects which help in faster decision making leading
more complex; drones in construction will continue to
to lower the time lag in the projects too. Drones can be used
right from the stage of land purchase till the post construction skyrocket.
stage of the project. They are used from pre-construction; 3. Ameena M Ansary (2022): 3D Mapping and Surveying
construction to post-construction stage of the engagement of using Unmanned Aerial Vehicle.
conventional methods for site survey, contour mapping, site
progress monitoring, construction quality management, etc. Surveying is one of the important aspects of any civil
can be questionable, whereas drones can perform the same engineering project, traditional survey and inspection methods
involve a lot of labour and time, also the equipment used is
jobs with almost no risk and more accuracy and with lesser
heavy and requires specialist knowledge. But with the help of
manpower too.
UAVs (Unmanned Aerial Vehicles) the time and effort for
II. LITERATURE VIEW surveying or inspecting large areas and structures will reduce
exponentially. This is achieved with the help of sensors such
1. Gayatri Mahajan (2021): Applications of Drone as Cameras, Lidars, Sonars, and thermal cameras etc. that are
Technology in Construction Industry: A Study 2012-2021. attached to the UAV. Since most UAVs fly with the help of
The building construction process is discussed from start GPS satellites, coordinates of these places will be easily
to finish. Mostly they are design, and planning; procurement, obtained. Software like Drone deploy, Pix4D, Precision
Pre-construction; construction, post- construction and close- Mapper etc. help in creating accurate and usable survey data.
out. Drones/UAV provides construction stakeholders with With the help of such systems 3D models of land and assets
expansive, accurate, and precise spatial data. Land surveying, can be made. UAV technology is the next big thing in the
inspection, monitoring any issue, track progress, deploying world of Survey.
labor, material waste, annotating maps and images,
calculating material types and stockpile volume for inventory III. OBJECTIVES OF STUDY
and increasing safety. Some limitation and challenges for the 1. To study the various applications of drone technology –
use of drones in construction and civil engineering. The Area measurement, Contour survey.
common challenges are: (1) safety challenges (2) project 2. To study the results of survey obtained by traditional
delays, and (3) difficulty/danger of mapping and surveying. method and Drone method and comparing the results.
The ever improving capabilities and affordability of drones 3. To study the inaccessible area.
makes it possible to reduce delays, reworks, and safety issues 4. To identify the visual defects in any structure.
to drive better project performance. Limitations are drone
cost, rules and regulation of flight, skill operators, flight time
and weather condition.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.173

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
IV. METHODOLOGY
1. One terrain surface will be selected for the survey; Survey
will be conducted using the traditional methods of survey like
Auto level, Plane table, Chain survey, theodolite, total
station, etc. Then the Survey of same terrain using drone will
be conducted using software like Drone Deploy, DJI GO and
PIX4D capture, etc. Then comparison will be done on the
basis of Time, Manpower and cost required for the survey and
the accuracy achieved. A visit was done to know the
application of DGPS and drones.
2. Area of college will be mapped and then measured using
geodetic coordinate system of drone. It takes the Figure 3 : Accuracy Comparison
measurements between objects within the model and
compares them to their real- world positioning relative to
Earth. Also height of building will be measured. B. Structural Defects: A visual defect survey often provides
3. One terrain which is inaccessible where humans can’t go a partial assessment of the structure's current state and aids in
physically, also can’t go with the heavy equipment of the determining its serviceability. As a result, it must be done
traditional survey, there the survey using drones will be before any structural rehabilitation or alteration of a structure
conducted. Survey including the reduced levels and contour may be done.
measurements. Case Study 1: Elevated Storage Reservoir
[Link] defects in the any building structure will be captured
using drones. The defects in the Bridge structure, high rise
buildings can be easily found out by using drones where it is
difficult for the human to go physically and check the defects.
IV. OBSERVATION
A. Comparison Between Traditional and Drone Survey

Figure 4: Cracks in slab of ESR

Figure 1:Time Comparison

Figure 5 : Exposed and reinforcement at bottom of bracing

Figure 6: Cracks in bracing

Figure 2 : Efficiency Comparison
Case Study 2: Residential Building

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.174

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
REFERENCE
[1] Gayatri Mahajan, ‘Applications of Drone Technology in Construction
Industry’, International Journal of Engineering and Advanced
Technology (IJEAT) ISSN: 2249-8958 (Online), Volume-11 Issue-1,
October 2021. (references)
[2] Pawan Kumar Mishra, ‘A View of the Future: Drones in Construction
Industry’, International Journal of Management, IT & Engineering Vol.
9, Issue 2, February- 2019, ISSN: 2249-0558.
[3] Ajith Biju, Anand Binu, Ameena Ansari, ‘3D Mapping and Surveying
using Unmanned Aerial Vehicle ’, International Journal of Engineering
Research & Technology (IJERT) ISSN: 2278-0181.
[4] Sanket Chaudhari, Atharv Bhavsar, S. S. Shaikh, ‘Utilizing Drone
Figure 7: Cracks in Chajja Technology in Civil Engineering’, International Journal of Advanced
Research in Science, Communication and Technology (IJARSCT)
ISSN (Online) 2581-9429.
[5] Rohan Sawant, Aboli Ravikar, ‘DRONE TECHNOLOGY IN
CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY: STATE OF ART’, Vidyabharati
International Interdisciplinary Research Journal (Special Issue) ISSN
2319-4979.
[6] Jonathan A, Naa L, ‘Unmanned Aerial Vehicle for Topographical
Mapping of Inaccessible Land Areas in Ghana’M. Young, The
Technical Writer’s Handbook. Mill Valley, CA: University Science,
1989

Figure 8: Exposed reinforcement

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.175

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Comprehensive review of fresh concrete properties

Ajay M. Mali Anant M. Mule Jaydeep L. Patil
Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering
PVPIT Budhgaon PVPIT Budhgaon PVPIT Budhgaon
Sangli, India Sangli, India
Sangli, India
Ajaymali2308@[Link] anantmule5@[Link] jaydeep0305patil@[Link]

Sourabh A. Chavan Shreyas V. Gaikwad Prasad B. Desai

Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering
PVPIT Budhgaon PVPIT Budhgaon PVPIT Budhgaon
Sangli, India
Sangli, India Sangli, India
gshreyas3351@[Link]
sourabhchavan712@[Link] desaiprasad351@[Link]

Prof. V.G. Sawant Prof. R.S. Patil Prof. N.S. Bembade

Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering Department of Civil Engineering
PVPIT Budhgaon PVPIT Budhgaon PVPIT Budhgaon
Sangli, India Sangli, India Sangli, India
vsawant981@[Link] ranjitsinhpatil1@[Link] nikhilbembade@[Link]

Abstract— Concrete, a fundamental material in civil exothermic reactions during cement hydration.
engineering, undergoes complex interactions during its formation, Understanding their interplay and collective impact on
notably influenced by workability and heat of hydration. This concrete strength is a persistent challenge. This review
review synthesizes insights from 32 research papers, focusing on synthesizes insights from 32 research papers to unravel the
the interplay between workability, heat of hydration, and the nuanced relationships between workability, heat of hydration,
resultant impact on concrete strength prediction. The selected and concrete strength prediction. Optimizing concrete mix
studies span diverse methodologies and experimental approaches, designs becomes imperative as the construction industry
collectively providing a holistic view of the intricate relationships pursues sustainable and efficient solutions. This review
involved.
provides a consolidated resource for practitioners and
Methodologically, a rigorous analysis of fresh concrete tests researchers through a systematic analysis, elucidating key
forms the foundation, incorporating data on workability and heat of trends, challenges, and advancements in fresh concrete
hydration. The synthesis of these parameters is integral to properties. This exploration retrospectively analyses existing
understanding the subsequent effects on concrete strength. The knowledge and lays the foundation for future research in this
review reveals significant correlations between workability, heat dynamic field.
generation, and the ultimate strength of concrete, elucidating
patterns that contribute to predictive models. II. LITERATURE REVIEW
• Awal and Hussin (2011) studied the use of palm oil fuel
The paper delves into critical findings, shedding light on the ash (POFA) in concrete to control the heat of hydration.
nuanced influence of workability and heat of hydration on concrete Replacing some cement with POFA effectively reduces
strength development. Noteworthy trends include Correlations heat, particularly in mass concrete, lowering overall
Between fresh Properties and Final Strength, providing valuable
temperature rise and delaying peak temperature. The
insights for optimizing concrete mix designs and construction
authors suggest additional research on time-temperature
practices. As the industry strives for more sustainable and efficient
solutions, comprehending these relationships becomes imperative
behaviour in concrete with different ash content. In
for achieving durable, high-performance concrete structures. summary, POFA is a valuable supplementary material for
reducing heat in concrete, prompting further investigation
This review synthesizes findings from 32 research papers, into its effects on strength and deformation.
offering insights into fresh concrete properties, specifically Izhar Ahmed and Dr. S.S. Jamkar (2012) explored the
workability and heat of hydration. The comprehensive analysis
impact of fly ash on concrete properties based on IS:
highlights trends such as the impact of admixtures and cement
10262-2009. The study investigated workability and
types. After reviewing this paper, a reviewer gains a holistic
understanding of fresh concrete properties, making it a valuable compressive strength, varying fly ash percentages, and
resource for future research. water-cement ratios. Results showed improved workability
and compressive strength in concrete mixes with fly ash
Keywords: Concrete Strength, Workability, Heat of compared to the reference. It implies that fly ash
Hydration, Predictive Models, Fresh Concrete Tests.) effectively enhances concrete properties, offering insights
for proportioning fly ash-based mixes. In conclusion, the
I. INTRODUCTION research affirms that fly ash can enhance concrete
properties, especially workability and compressive
Concrete, a fundamental material in civil engineering,
strength, at later stages, providing valuable considerations
relies heavily on workability and heat of hydration during its
for incorporating fly ash into concrete production.
early stages. Workability influences concrete placement and
compaction, while the heat of hydration reveals the

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.176

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Ferroa et al. (2014) explored using carbon Nicolas Burlion et al. [2017] explored experimental
micro/nanoparticles as reinforcing fibres in cement paste, techniques for analyzing concrete and mortar compaction.
focusing on their impact on mechanical properties. Results The study successfully demonstrated linear stress paths
demonstrated a significant increase in fracture energy and during loading, deviations during unloading due to friction,
nominal strength in composites with carbon and effective measurement of deformation and pressure using
micro/nanoparticles. The addition of 0.08% carbon strain gauges. Tests indicated isotropic deformation of
nanoparticles doubled fracture energy. Mechanical specimens unaffected by aluminium discs. Volumetric strain
characterization revealed structural embedding of carbon versus hydrostatic pressure curves highlighted material
nanoparticles in the cementitious matrix, evident within the sensitivity to deviatory stress, suggesting the inseparability of
fracture path. The study concludes that incorporating carbon hydrostatic and deviatory responses in constitutive models.
micro/nanoparticles as reinforcing fibres enhances the Post-compaction, the material structure revealed a
mechanical properties of cement composites, improving rearrangement of the aggregate skeleton, indicating a distinct
crack resistance and energy absorption capacity. However, structure compared to pure hydrostatic compression. The
further research is needed to fully comprehend the study effectively analyzed compaction and hydrostatic
interaction between carbon nanoparticles and the response, providing valuable insights into material behaviour
cementitious matrix. under different loading conditions.
Klemczak and Batog (2015) studied the heat of A. Krishna Rao and D. Rupesh Kumar [2017]
hydration in low-clinker cement, focusing on mineral investigated "Strength Characteristics of Fly Ash Concrete
additives and temperature influence. Results indicated that with Same Workability," aiming to explore its strength
adding mineral additives like fly ash and slag reduced the properties compared to traditional concrete. The study found
heat of hydration. The rate of heat evolution was affected, that replacing cement with fly ash resulted in high-strength
showing delayed second peak occurrence and a narrower concrete without compromising compressive or flexural
shape at higher temperatures. Mineral additives' reactivity, strength. Compressive strength in mortar cubes marginally
with fly ash less active than slag, played a role. Overall, reduced at 7 and 28 days but slightly increased at 90 days.
findings suggest mineral additives in low-clinker cement The water-binder ratio decreased with higher fly ash
effectively reduce the heat of hydration, offering insights for replacement. Overall, the study suggests that fly ash can be a
optimizing cement formulations. suitable partial replacement for cement in concrete, offering
an eco-friendly alternative while maintaining or improving
Harshlata R. Raut and Ashish B. Ugale (2016) strength.
conducted an experimental study on the "Effect of Artificial
Sand on Compressive Strength and Workability of Afif Rahma, Nabil El Naber, and Sherzad Issa Ismail
Concrete." The paper aims to investigate the impact of [2017] explored the "Effect of Glass Powder on
artificial sand on concrete's compressive strength and Compression Strength and Workability of Concrete." The
workability, offering a comprehensive review of existing article focused on investigating how the addition of glass
research and presenting experimental results to support their powder influences concrete properties. Test results indicated
findings. Additionally, the paper provides mixed that glass powder enhances compressive strength but
proportions, experimental procedures, and results, adversely affects workability. The conclusion suggests a
accompanied by a literature review and references. potential positive impact on compressive strength by adding
glass powder while acknowledging the trade-off with
Taghried Isam Mohammed Abdel-Magida et al. [2017] reduced workability. The authors recommend further
investigated the "Effect of Magnetized Water on Concrete research to optimize the use of glass powder in concrete and
Workability and Compressive Strength." The study focused determine effective methods for its incorporation into
on how magnetized water influences properties like mixtures.
workability, compressive strength, weight, and cement
content reduction. Magnetized water was found to improve Muhammad Nasir Ayaz Khan et al. [2018] explored the
workability, demonstrated by increased slump impact of brick dust on concrete. Increasing brick dust
measurements. It also enhanced compressive strength content improved slump values due to lubrication by
without any discernible loss compared to regular water. spherical particles. However, water absorption increased
Additionally, the study revealed a potential reduction in beyond 15% cement replacement, reducing slump.
cement content when using magnetized water. The research Compressive strength peaked at 15% replacement, attributed
suggests benefits such as improved workability, enhanced to natural pozzolanic properties and compact mass
compressive strength, and potential cement content reduction formation. Beyond 15%, compressive strength decreased.
in concrete using magnetized water. Brick dust also acted as a plasticizer, reducing water demand
and enhancing workability. In summary, the research
suggests using brick dust in concrete effectively, enhancing
workability and strength up to a certain replacement
percentage.
Hoon Moon [2018] studied the impact of blast furnace
slag as a supplementary cementitious material on concrete's
heat of hydration. The research found that adding slag
Fig. 1. (a) Water molecules before magnetic reduces temperature rise during hydration, accelerates early
treatment; (b) Water Molecules after magnetic cement hydration, and lowers the maximum temperature rise
treatment (Taghried Isam Mohammed Abdel-Magida compared to plain concrete, especially in semi-adiabatic
et al.) conditions. Concrete with blast furnace slag also exhibited
higher compressive strength. However, caution is needed in

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.177

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
mass concrete applications to prevent potential temperature Hamadallah Al-Baijat and Mohmd Sarireh [2019]
differences causing surface thermal cracks. In summary, presented a paper on "The Use of Fine Blast Furnace Slag in
blast furnace slag proves beneficial in concrete production, Improvement of Properties of Concrete." The study aimed to
improving performance and reducing heat of hydration. explore fine blast furnace slag (BFS) as a cement
replacement in concrete and assess its impact on various
[Link] et al. [2018] presented a paper on the properties. Results indicated that adding BFS enhanced
"Measurement of Temperature Rise in Concrete and workability, density, unit weight, compressive strength, bond
Assessment of Probability of Cracking due to Heat of strength, and flexural strength. Optimal results were
Hydration." The study aimed to measure temperature rise in a observed at a 30% BFS addition. The study found no
concrete pile cap prototype and assess the probability of harmful effects during manufacturing, curing, or testing, and
cracking. Thermocouples were strategically placed to record overall, it concluded that fine BFS can effectively enhance
temperatures, revealing that thermal restraints can cause concrete properties. Further research is recommended to
external and internal cracking when there's a 20°C internal investigate long-term effects.
thermal differential. The study provided concrete mix
proportions and strength results at various curing periods. Naraindas Bheel et al. [2021] presented a paper on the
Based on temperature difference, the crack index was used to "Effect of Wheat Straw Ash on Fresh and Hardened
assess the probability of cracking, cautioning its conservative Concrete Reinforced with Jute Fiber." The study investigated
nature. The research underscores the importance of realistic the impact of wheat straw ash (WSA) and jute fibre on
equations for crack assessment in mass concrete structures. concrete properties. Workability decreased with increased
jute fibre and WSA content. However, adding jute fibre
B. O. Adinna et al. [2019] explored the "Effect of Rice- improved compressive, splitting tensile, and flexural
Husk-Ash Admixture on Strength and Workability of strengths, with peak values at 0.50% fibre content. Similarly,
Concrete." The study aimed to reduce concrete production WSA as a sand replacement improved strength properties,
costs and address environmental concerns in rice-producing with optimal results at 30% WSA. Overall, the study
regions by replacing some cement with rice husk ash (RHA). demonstrated that incorporating jute fibre and WSA in
Tests on concretes with varying RHA amounts showed a concrete can enhance its properties, offering a sustainable
uniform strength increase of up to 4% RHA addition, alternative in construction.
declining with higher RHA content. The study considered an
initial slump in determining the quantity of RHA added, Jawad Ahmad et al. [2021] studied the "Mechanical and
recommending up to 7% for medium workability (slump Durability Characteristics of Sustainable Coconut Fibers
within 50-100mm) to achieve a 20% increase in compressive Reinforced Concrete with Incorporation of Marble Powder."
strength. For other initial workability, the quantity added The research demonstrated that adding waste marble and
should depend on the required workability, up to a maximum coconut fibres improved compressive strength, achieving 29
of 10% by weight of cement. MPa with the ideal dosage. The study also highlighted
increased split tensile strength and enhanced durability,
Abdul Razak B. H. et al. [2019] studied the "Fresh, particularly against sulfuric acid attack, with the lowest
Strength, and Durability Characteristics of Binary and weight loss at 20% marble substitution. The conclusion
Ternary Blended Self-Compacting Concrete," focusing on emphasized the overall improvement in mechanical and
mineral admixture benefits. All blended mixes met durability properties, though considerations for workability
EFNARC guidelines for typical applications regarding impacts were noted.
slump flow. Mixes S0 and S2 demonstrated strong filling
ability, with the best surface finish and self-lifting capability Nadimalla et al. [2021] explored the impact of shredded
but a higher chance of bleeding. Mixes S0, S2, S4, S6, and PET bottles and manufactured sand in concrete mixtures.
S8 showed good filling capacity even with crowded The workability of concrete with these materials was
reinforcement. Increased flow times in specific mixes had comparable to conventional concrete. Concrete with
potential thixotropic effects, beneficial for reducing manufactured sand and 1.5% shredded PET showed
formwork pressure. Every combination passed the L box improved workability compared to sand alone. The study
test, and binary blended mixes with GGBFS at various established correlations between compaction factor, slump,
replacement levels met the requirements for typical and VeBe, providing empirical formulas for prediction. The
applications. research suggests that using waste and recycled materials
holds promise for sustainable construction.
[Link] et al. [2019] conducted a study on the
"Properties of Fresh and Hardened Concrete," aiming to Dong Viet Phuong Tran [2021] explored using recycled
review and discuss various aspects, including workability, concrete aggregate (RCA) in medium-quality structural
rheological properties, compressive strength, and the impacts concrete, evaluating its impact on workability, mechanical
of factors like binders, aggregates, reinforcement, and properties, and durability. The study revealed decreased
admixtures. The paper also addresses testing, interpretation, workability (8% to 38%) due to RCA's high water demand.
modelling, and prediction methods, incredibly lightweight Compressive strength declined by 5.0% to 9.3%, more
and self-compacting concrete. The authors emphasize pronounced with higher RCA content. Tensile strength also
ongoing research and advancements in comprehending the decreased with increased RCA content, showing a reduction
complex behaviour of concrete, highlighting the potential for of 10.7% at 7 days and 8.3% at 28 days for 100% RCA
computational modelling to enhance prediction and design. replacement. Microscopic analysis indicated surface pores
In conclusion, the paper provides a comprehensive overview and roughness, weakening interfacial transition zones.
of concrete properties and the latest developments in the Ultrasonic pulse velocity tests revealed increased porosity.
field. Despite drawbacks, the study suggests the potential use of
RCA in structural concrete with considerations for reduced

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.178

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
strength and increased vulnerability to environmental with 30% PSBE exhibited promise for building applications.
factors. Overall, adjusting the sand-cement ratio and incorporating
PSBE can control foamed concrete's density and
Rana Muhammad Waqas et al. [2021] presented an compressive strength, offering potential environmental
article, "A Comprehensive Study on the Factors Affecting benefits.
the Workability and Mechanical Properties of Ambient
Cured Fly Ash and Slag Based Geopolymer Concrete". It Özer Zeybek et al. [2022] evaluated the performance of
mainly describes the methodology used in the research and fibre-reinforced concrete using steel fibres extracted from
the different mixes prepared to investigate the influence of waste tires, aiming to provide an alternative to industrial
various mix design parameters on the engineering properties steel fibres. The study revealed that incorporating these
of the geopolymer matrix. waste tire-derived steel fibres enhanced the concrete's
mechanical properties, including compressive strength,
A.M Nadimalla et al. [2022] developed a machine flexural strength, and toughness. The optimal percentage of
learning model to predict the workability of concrete, waste tire-derived steel fibres for the concrete mix was 2%.
focusing on slump, VeBe, and compaction factors. The study The findings suggest that utilizing steel fibres from waste
compared the performance of Decision Tree Regression tires in fibre-reinforced concrete is a viable alternative,
(DTR) and Multiple Linear Regression (MLR) models,
improving mechanical properties and contributing to
finding that the DTR model outperformed with lower error sustainability by reducing waste. Further research is
metrics. Empirical formulas from the MLR model were recommended to optimize the use of waste tire fibres and
proposed for predicting slump, VeBe, and compaction assess long-term durability and environmental impact.
factor. The research concludes that machine learning,
particularly the DTR model, effectively predicts concrete Mariana Fonseca et al. [2022] Mariana Fonseca et al.
workability using experimental data, offering the potential (2022) explored the influence of plastic waste on the
for streamlined determination of fresh concrete properties workability and mechanical behaviour of asphalt concrete,
while maintaining cost-effectiveness. explicitly assessing the feasibility of using plastic waste as
bitumen extenders in asphalt mixtures. The study revealed
Dattatreya Kumar [2022] investigated the workability that incorporating plastic waste as bitumen extenders
and strength properties of lightweight aggregates, affected asphalt concrete's workability and mechanical
specifically Palm oil shell and pumice aggregate, in concrete properties. The viscosity of the binder, influenced by the
production. The study focused on compaction factor, type of plastic used, played a crucial role in determining
Schmidt Hammer, and compressive strength tests for workability. While adding plastic waste did not pose
lightweight concrete (M30). The research revealed that significant water sensitivity issues, it did impact the
workability and strength properties were affected as the resistance to permanent deformation. The research suggests
percentage of lightweight aggregates increased. Slump test that incorporating plastic waste into asphalt concrete can
results showed varying workability, decreasing with higher enhance specific properties, including workability and
percentages of lightweight aggregates. Compressive strength resistance to permanent deformation. However, further
varied with aggregate percentage, with 10% lightweight research is needed to understand the long-term behaviour,
aggregates yielding the highest and 50% the lowest strength. environmental impact, and life cycle analysis of such asphalt
The paper highlights the impact, benefits, and challenges of concrete.
using lightweight aggregates in concrete construction.
Noora H. A. AL-KHAFAJI1 et al. [2023] conducted a
Elshazli, M.T. [2022] investigated the impact of basalt study aiming to improve lightweight concrete for structural
fibres on the freshness, mechanical strength, durability, and use by incorporating polypropylene fibres (PP) and hook
corrosion properties of reinforced concrete. The study steel fibres (SF). The research involved testing eighteen
revealed that adding basalt fibres improved the concrete's beams to assess the impact of these fibres on shear and
mechanical properties, including compressive and split- flexural behaviour. Results revealed a significant
tensile strengths, with higher fibre volumes showing enhancement in shear and flexural failure resistance,
increased strength values. Basalt fibres positively affected particularly with polypropylene fibres at 0.1% and hybrid
fresh properties, enhancing unit weight without affecting
fibres. Steel fibres exhibited the lowest increase in
slump values. Moreover, the study concluded that basalt resistance. While the oven-dry density showed slight
fibre-reinforced concrete exhibited improved durability, variations, the study concluded that lightweight concrete
reduced shrinkage strain, enhanced resistance to chloride ion with hybrid fibres suits structural applications.
penetration, and lowered the likelihood of corrosion. These
findings suggest the potential of basalt fibre-reinforced Lalitha Varikuppala and G V V Satyanarayana [2023]
concrete for construction applications. aimed to develop M25 grade concrete using lightweight
aggregate (Pumice) and explore its mechanical and thermal
Rokiah Othman [2022] explored the relationship properties. Experimental findings indicated that
between the density and compressive strength of foamed incorporating pumice partially replaced coarse aggregate and
concrete, investigating the potential benefits of using reduced concrete density while maintaining compressive
processed spent bleaching earth (PSBE) as a partial cement strength. The developed concrete exhibited favourable
replacement. The study directly correlated density and thermal insulation properties. The conclusion suggests that
compressive strength with the sand-cement ratio and PSBE using pumice in M25 grade concrete can produce
content. Higher ratios of sand-cement and PSBE, excluding lightweight concrete with promising mechanical and thermal
foam dosage, water-cement ratio, and dilution ratio, were characteristics, recommending its application in scenarios
associated with increased compressive strength and density. where weight reduction is crucial, such as high-rise
A 1:1.5 (cement: sand) ratio was identified as ideal for buildings. The study proposes further research on the long-
achieving a desired density of 2100 kg/m3. Foamed concrete term durability of the developed concrete.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.179

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Abdulaziz Alaskar et al. [2023] compared genetic collaborators is crucial in recognizing their support
programming algorithms for predicting concrete throughout this research.
compressive strength at high temperatures. GEP and MEP
models showed high accuracy (R-squared: 0.85 and 0.84, REFERENCES
respectively). Sensitivity analysis revealed the significant
impact of cement, water, and temperature. The GEP model [1] Awal and Hussin (2011) "Effect Of Palm Oil Fuel Ash in Controlling
provided a practical formula for precise compressive Heat Of Hydration Of Concrete" Engineering, Materials Science 2650
strength prediction under elevated temperatures. (2011) DIO:10.1016/[Link].2011.07.333
[2] Izhar Ahmed and Dr. [Link] "Effects of Fly Ash on Properties of
Manish Kumar et al. [2023] proposed soft computing- Concrete as Per Is: 10262-2009" ISSN: 2278-1684 Volume 4, Issue 2
based models (MARS, DNN, ELM) for predicting the (Nov-Dec. 2012), PP 01-05 DOI:10.9790/1684-0420105
compressive strength of fly ash and silica-fume hybrid [3] G. Ferroa et al. (2014) "published a paper on New Concepts for Next
concrete. The models outperformed traditional relations, Generation of High-Performance Concretes" Procedia Materials
Science 3 ( 2014 ) 1760 – 1766
demonstrating excellent generalization. Key variables [Link]
impacting compressive strength were the sample's age and [4] Barbara Klemczak Maciej Batog (2025) "Heat of hydration of low-
total cementitious material, while fly ash replacement ratio clinker cement" J Therm Anal Calorim (2016) 123:1351–1360
and coarse aggregate had significant adverse effects. The DOI:10.1007/s10973-015-4782-y
study concludes that these models are promising tools for [5] Harshlata R. Raut, Ashish B. Ugale [2016] "Effect of Artificial Sand
estimating concrete strength and reducing environmental on Compressive Strength and Workability of Concrete" International
impact by incorporating alternative cementitious materials. Journal of Engineering Research Volume No.5 Issue: Special 3, pp:
673-674 DIO: 10.17950/Meijer/v5i3/033
Future research could explore broader applications and
model combinations for improved accuracy. [6] Taghried Isam Mohammed Abdel-Magida et al. [2017] "Effect of
magnetized water on workability and compressive strength of
Deprizon Syamsunur et al. [2023] Deprizon Syamsunur concrete" Procedia Engineering 193 ( 2017 ) 494 – 500
DOI:10.1016/[Link].2017.06.242
et al. (2023) investigated the performance of composite
[7] Nicolas Burlion et al. [2017] "Experiential Analysis of Compaction of
nano-modified concrete in enhancing structure durability. Concrete and Mortar" International Journal for Numerical and
The study found that additions of nano-SiO2 and nano- Analytical Methods in Geomechanics, 2001, 25 (15), pp.1467-1486.
CaCO3 improved mechanical properties, high-temperature ff10.1002/nag.178 DOI : 10.1002/nag.178
resistance, and reduced water absorption compared to [8] A. Krishna Rao and D. Rupesh Kumar [2017] "Strength
ordinary concrete. The visual appearance was satisfactory, Characteristics of fly Ash Concrete with Same Workability"
and economic benefits included potential cost savings and International Journal of Research in Engineering and Technology Vol
06 Issue 08 – 53 Corpus ID: 249609067
enhanced long-term functionality. The conclusion supports
using composite nano-modified concrete as an effective [9] Afif Rahma, Nabil El Naber & Sherzad Issa Ismail [2017] "Effect of
glass powder on the compression strength and the workability of
solution for improving structure durability and performance. concrete." Material science DOI:10.1080/23311916.2017.1373415
[10] Muhammad Nasir Ayaz Khan et al. [2018] "Effect of brick dust on
CONCLUSION strength and workability of concrete." Mater. Sci. Eng. 414 012005
The diverse literature reviewed highlights ongoing efforts to DOI:10.1088/1757-899X/414/1/012005
enhance concrete properties sustainably. Alternative [11] Hoon Moon [2018] "Revisiting the Effect of Slag in Reducing Heat of
Hydration in Concrete in Comparison to Other Supplementary
materials like rice husk ash and blast furnace slag offer eco- Cementitious Materials." Materials 2018, 11, 1847
friendly solutions. They incorporate fibres, like jute and DOI:10.3390/ma11101847
coconut, and waste materials, like marble powder, to [12] [Link] et al. (2018) "A case study on measurement of
improve mechanical and durability. Advanced techniques, temperature rise in concrete and assessment of the probability of
including machine learning and soft computing, promise to cracking due to heat of hydration". IJRET Volume: 07 Special Issue:
01 DOI:10.15623/ijret.2018.0713002
predict concrete behaviour efficiently. Exploration of
[13] B. O. Adinna1 et al. [2019] "Effect of Rice-Husk-Ash Admixture on
lightweight aggregates, like pumice, demonstrates potential the Strength and Workability of Concrete" Nigerian Journal of
benefits in achieving desired properties with reduced Technology (NIJOTECH) Vol. 38, No. 1, January 2019, pp. 48 – 51
density. Additionally, composite nano-modified concrete DOI:10.4314/NJT.V38I1.7
presents improved durability, mechanical strength, and [14] Abdul Razak B. H. et al. [2019] "Fresh, Strength and Durability
temperature resistance. Overall, the literature emphasizes the Characteristics of Binary and Ternary Blended Self Compacting
Concrete" IJRET ISSN: 2249 – 8958, Volume-9 Issue-2, December,
importance of sustainable and high-performance concrete 2019 DOI:10.35940/eject.b4540.129219
solutions through innovative materials and modelling [15] [Link] et al [2019] "Properties of fresh and hardened concrete"
approaches. Volume 16, Issue 3 Ser. V (May. - June. 2019) IOSR-JMCE
DOI: 10.9790/1684-1603055168
FUTURE SCOPE [16] Hamadallah Al-Baijat and Mohmd Sarireh [2019] "The Use Of Fine
Blast Furnace Slag In Improvement Of Concrete Properties". Open
The future scope of this review paper involves further Journal of Civil Engineering, 2019, 9, 95-105
investigations into predictive modelling for concrete strength DOI:10.4236/OJCE.2019.92007
using the compiled dataset. This could lead to the [17] Naraindas Bheel et al. [2021] "Effect of Wheat Straw Ash on Fresh
development robust models that anticipate concrete and Hardened Concrete Reinforced with Jute Fiber" Hindawi
properties based on different additives and proportions. Advances in Civil Engineering Vol 2021 Article ID 6659125
Additionally, exploring innovative combinations of DOI:10.1155/2021/6659125
materials, assessing long-term durability, and considering [18] Jawad Ahmad et al. [2021] "Mechanical and durability characteristics
of sustainable coconut fibres reinforced concrete with the
environmental impacts will contribute to advancing incorporation of marble powder." Materials Research Express Mater.
sustainable construction practices. Acknowledging the Res. Express 8 (2021) 075505 DOI:10.1088/2053-1591/ac10d3
contributions of professors, the institution, and other [19] A Nadimalla et al. [2021] "Correlation Between Slump, VeBe and
Compaction Factor of Concrete Containing Shredded PET Bottles,

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.180

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Manufactured Sand (Msand) and River Sand as Fine Aggregate" [27] Mariana Fonseca et al. [2022] "Influence of Plastic Waste on the
Materials Science and Engineering Mater. Sci. Eng. 1051 012098 Workability and Mechanical Behaviour of Asphalt Concrete" Appl.
DOI:10.1088/1757-899X/1051/1/012098 Sci. 2022, 12, 2146. DOI:10.3390/app12042146
[20] Dong Viet Phuong Tran [2021] "Recycled Concrete Aggregate for [28] Noora H. A. AL-KHAFAJI1 et al. [2023] "Shear and flexural behavior
Medium-Quality Structural Concrete" Materials 2021, 14, 4612 of lightweight concrete beams containing Hybrid fiber" Civil and
DOI:10.3390/ma14164612 Environmental Engineering Vol. 19, Issue 1, 206-217
[21] Rana Muhammad Waqas1 et al. [2021] "A Comprehensive Study on DOI:10.2478/cee-2023-0018
the Factors Affecting the Workability and Mechanical Properties of [29] Lalitha Varikuppala1 and G V V Satyanarayana1[2023] "Mix
Ambient Cured Fly Ash and Slag Based Geopolymer Concrete" Appl. proportioning of M25 grade concrete by replacing normal aggregate
Sci. 2021, 11, 8722 DOI:10.3390/app11188722 with lightweight aggregate (Pumice)" E3S Web of Conferences 391,
[22] A.M Nadimalla et al. [2022] "Machine Learning Model to Predict 01197 (2023) DOI:10.1051/e3sconf/202339101197
Slump, VEBE and Compaction Factor of M Sand and Shredded Pet [30] Abdulaziz Alaskar et al. [2023] "Comparative study of genetic
Bottles Concrete" Materials Science and Engineering 1244 (2022) programming-based algorithms for predicting the compressive
012023 DOI:10.1088/1757-899X/1244/1/012023 strength of concrete at elevated temperature" Case Studies in
[23] Dattatreya KUMAR [2022] "Experimental investigation on Construction Materials 18 (2023) e02199
mechanical properties of lightweight aggregate concrete" Civil and DOI:10.1016/[Link].2023.e02199
Engineering Vol. 18, Issue 2, 666-677 DOI:10.2478/cee-2022-0061 [31] Manish Kumar et al. [2023] "Soft computing-based prediction models
[24] Elshazli, M.T. [2022] "Mechanical, Durability and Corrosion for compressive strength of concrete" Case Studies in Construction
Properties of Basalt Fiber Concrete" Fibers 2022, 10, 10 Materials 19 (2023) e02321 DOI:10.1016/[Link].2023.e02321
DOI:10.3390/fib10020010 [32] Deprizon Syamsunur et al. [2023] "Research on performance
[25] Rokiah Othman [2022] "Relation between Density and Compressive monitoring of binary nano modified concrete based on temperature
Strength of Foamed Concrete" Materials 2021, 14, 2967 variation". Case Studies in Construction Materials 19 (2023) e02373
DOI:10.3390/ma14112967 DOI:10.1016/[Link].2023.e02373
[26] Özer Zeybek et al. [2022] "Performance Evaluation of Fiber-
Reinforced Concrete Produced With Steel Fibers Extracted From
Waste Tire" Fiber.2022.1057128 DOI:10.3389/fmats.2022.1057128

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.181

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Thermal Performance of Residential Building Using Revit

Software
Muskan M. Shaikh#1, Krishnakedar S. Gumaste#2
#Associate Professor, Department of Civil Engineering, Walchand
1Lecturer, Dept. of Civil Engg., Sanjay Bhokare Group of Institutes,
Sangli, Maharashtra. College of Engineering, Sangli, Maharashtra.
[Link]@[Link]
1muskanshaikh8623936898@[Link]

Abstract specified flexibility to designers for managing all analyses as

Thermal comfort is an important aspect of the building design perfectly as they want.
process. It is the state of mind, which expresses satisfaction with
the thermal environment. The current study deals with the Revit software has been considered an effective tool for
assessment of thermal performance of two-storey residential building thermal performance analysis. It has also been used for
building for the climate in Miraj, Maharashtra. The residential 3D, real-time, and dynamic building modelling software to
building was modelled using Revit software and analysed for
increase accuracy and productivity. Revit software can be the
thermal load for various alternative materials and techniques for
wall,window, and roof material. This study reveals that the
solution to reduce these difficulties and make the input data
residential building built with Cavity AAC block as wall material, more efficient and the existing data more reusable. For the
RCC roof and floor slab and aluminium glazed window with chajja prediction of future energy and environmental performance of
can reduce the cooling load by 62% as compared to building the building as well as occupants, computer-based modelling
constructed using conventional brick wall, RCC roof and floor slab and simulation have become more important. Simulation plays a
and aluminium glazed window. significant role in building system design, operation, renovation,
or management of the decision-making process.
Keywords: Revit software, thermal performance, cooling load, energy
consumption, residential building. The wall, roof, slab, and window are important elements of a
building that transfer the heat caused by solar radiation indoors
I . INTRODUCTION
through their surface area. The aim is to assess the thermal
performance of the building through variations in wall, window,
Nowadays, energy consumption has increased because of
and roof materials and its impact on indoor thermal comfort in
technological development in numerous fields like agriculture,
residential buildings for Miraj.
transportation, household services, and industry. Since the
beginning of the last decade, the building sector has been one of
II. METHODOLOGY
the largest energy consumers in the world, accounting for 30-
40% of total energy consumption. In the building, which is in A. Temperature Data
developed countries, energy consumption for the heating, Detailed temperature data for Miraj was obtained from
ventilation, and air-conditioning systems required 50% of the [Link] which consists of temperature
total energy consumption of the building. By providing a for the previous five years, and from that maximum
comfortable indoor environment, we developed material simultaneously occurring temperature will be used to perform
technology and construction techniques that might significantly simulation in Revit software.
reduce energy consumption. These developments mainly focus
on passive heating optimization, improving the thermal B. Studied building
performance of the building by providing thermal insulation for The study area is located in Miraj, which is located at latitude
various materials in the building. 16.82º north and longitude 74.64º east. Miraj's tropical climate
is characterised by high daytime temperatures, heavy rainfall,
To reduce energy consumption, improving the thermal and abundant sun rays throughout the year. The high
performance of the building is an option. Construct sustainable temperature was recorded in [Link] building is a double-
buildings. Buildings should be properly designed and story residential building with a plot area of 117 m 2 and a total
constructed. To realize that goal, the primary step is to find a built-up area of 142 m2.
new way that can provide a detailed analysis of the building.
Most traditional analyses depend on hand calculations, C. Modelling and analy zing in Revit Software
spreadsheets based on building codes, and national annexes There are several steps considered in modelling as well as
decided by legislation. Moreover, these analyses don’t give the analyzing in Revit software. This software for building
modelling starts with the 2D drawing, i.e., the plan as per the
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.182
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

specifications that were given in the building bye-laws. Table 1 Combinations by changing Various Components of the building
converting the 2D drawing into 3D models, and then doors,
windows, and ventilators are provided. Assigning each level,
Variations
like a ground, plinth, or slab, is given. Lighting, furniture, and Sr
airflow are provided by loading components from the family in No. External Thickness Floor Slab Roof Slab Window
Wall 125mm
Revit software. For thermal analysis, variations in the wall, roof,
1 Brick 230mm RCC RCC (125mm) Aluminium Glazed
slab, and window materials and providing thermal properties of
Cavity
materials like thermal conductivity, specific heat, density, etc. 2 230mm RCC RCC (125mm) Aluminium Glazed
Brick
are going to be the default for already installed materials, and 3 AAC 230mm RCC RCC (125mm) Aluminium Glazed
for new materials, we will give our value. After completion of Partially Glazed with
4 AAC 230mm RCC RCC (125mm)
the model, spaces are given to every room; otherwise, analysis Chajja
cannot be completed. The location of the building may be set 5
Cavity
230mm RCC RCC (125mm)
Aluminium Glazed with
within the analysis tab either by providing latitude and longitude AAC Chajja
Aluminium Glazed with
or by plotting on the map. The Plan and 3D model of the 6 Brick 230mm RCC RCC (125mm)
Chajja
residential building is illustrated in figures 1 and 2 respectively.
7 Brick 230mm RCC RCC (125mm) Partially Glazed
Partially Glazed with
8 Brick 230mm RCC RCC (125mm)
Chajja
Hollow Block
9 Brick 230mm RCC Aluminium Glazed
Roof
Composite Brick
10 Brick 230mm RCC Aluminium Glazed
Panel Roof
11 Brick 230mm RCC Brick Vaulted Aluminium Glazed
Aluminium Glazed with
12 Brick 230mm RCC AC Sheet
Chajja
Aluminium Glazed with
13 Brick 230mm RCC Mangalore Tiles
Chajja
Steel Powdered Aluminium Glazed with
14 Brick 230mm RCC
Coated Sheet Chajja
Hollow Block Partially Glazed with
15 Brick 230mm RCC
Roof Chajja
Composite Brick Partially Glazed with
16 Brick 230mm RCC
Panel Roof Chajja
Partially Glazed with
17 Brick 230mm RCC Brick Vaulted
Chajja
Fig 1 Plan of residential building
Partially Glazed with
18 Brick 230mm RCC AC Sheet
Chajja
Partially Glazed with
19 Brick 230mm RCC Mangalore Tiles
Chajja
Steel Powdered Partially Glazed with
20 Brick 230mm RCC
Coated Sheet Chajja
RCC cover with
21 Brick 230mm RCC Aluminium Glazed
Shade Net

In combination 1 (table 1) brick material is used for external

wall, roof and floor slab made by RCC having 125mm thickness
and aluminium glazed window i.e. (conventional building).

In combination 2, 3, 4 and 5 (table 1) brick as well as AAC

block material is used for external wall, roof and floor slab
Fig 2 3D model of residential building made by RCC having 125mm thickness. The combination 2 and
3 contain aluminium glazed window, the combination 5 contain
aluminium glazed window with chajja, the combination 4
contain partially glazed window with chajja. In these 4
combinations 230mm thick brick wall as well as AAC block
wall is provided with brick size 19cm x 9cm x 9cm and AAC
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.183
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

block size 60cm x 20cm x (7.5-30)cm. In combination 2 and 5,

cavity brick wall as well as cavity AAC block wall is
constructed having 75mm cavity by using rat trap bond.

In combination 6, 7 and 8 (table 1) brick material is used for

external wall, roof and floor slab made by RCC having 125mm
thickness. The combination 6 contain aluminium glazed
window with chajja, the combination 7 contain partially glazed
window, and the combination 8 contain partially glazed window
with [Link] combination 7 and 8 partially glazed windows
with 25% glass and 75% wood is provided.
Fig 3 Combination 17 ( BW+BVr+PGWc)
In combination 9, 10 and 11 (table 1) brick material is used for
external wall, floor slab made by RCC having 125mm thickness
and aluminium glazed window. For combination 9 flat roof slab
made by hollow blocks having thickness 150mm with block size
400mm x 200mm and interal hollow gap size 163mm x 100mm.
For combination 10 flat roof slab made by composite brick
panel roof having thickness 150mm with brick panel thickness
100mm and 25mm thick concrete finishing for top as well as
bottom. For combination 11 roof slab made by brick vault roof
having thickness 150mm.

In combination 12, 13 and 14 (table 1) brick material is used for

Fig 4 Combination 13 ( BW+MTr+AGW)
external wall, floor slab made by RCC having 125mm thickness
and aluminium glazed window with chajja. For combination 12
sloped roof slab made by AC sheet having thickness 6mm with
5º slope with sheet size 1.2m x 3m. For combination 13 sloped
roof slab made by Mangalore Tiles having thickness 20mm
with 20º slope with tiles size 420mm x 250mm. For
combination 14 sloped roof slab made by Steel Powdered
Coated Sheet having thickness 6mm with 5º slope with sheet
size 12’x4’.

In combination 15, 16 and 17 (table 1) brick material is used for

external wall, floor slab made by RCC having 125mm thickness
and partially glazed window with chajja. For combination 15, Fig 5 Combination 3 ( AACW+RCr+AGW)
16 and 17 flat roof slab made by hollow blocks, composite brick
panel roof and brick vault roof respectively.

In combination 18, 19 and 20 (table 1) brick material is used for

external wall, floor slab made by RCC having 125mm thickness
and partially glazed window with chajja. For combination 18,
19 and 20 sloped roof slab made by AC sheet, Mangalore Tiles
and Steel Powdered Coated Sheet respectively.

In combination 21 (table 1) brick material is used for external

wall, floor slab made by RCC having 125mm thickness, roof
slab made by RCC having 125mm thickness and covered with
shade net having 6mm [Link] combination contain
Fig 6 combination 21 ( BW+RCrCSN+AGW)
aluminium glazed window.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.184

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Following are the input details for different materials.

Cooling load for SE bed room at 12noon
Table 2 Input details for different materials
5500

Cooling load ( W )
Properties 4500 3795
Material Thermal
Density(Kg/m3) Conductivity Specific Heat J/(g.◦C) 3500
W/(m.◦C)
2500 2239 2027
Brick 1900 0.81 0.84 1757
1444
AAC 1500
580 0.16 1
Block
Air 1.2 0.025 1.0035 500
BW BCW AACW AACW AACCW
Concrete 2300 1.046 0.657 (PGWc)
Variations in Wall materials
RCC 2500 1.7 0.84
Aluminium 2700 230 0.897
Cooling load for SW bed room at 3PM
Glass 2480 1.1 0.84
Wood 630 0.172 2.301 5213
5500
AC Sheet 1520 0.245 0.84

Cooling load ( W )
Steel 4500
powdered
7800 52 0.47 3075
Coated 3500
2790
Sheet 2417
Shade Net 950 0.502 2.301 2500 1993

1500
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION 500
BW BCW AACW AACW AACCW
(PGWc)
Table 3 is shows cooling loads are analyzed at four different Variations in Wall materials
timing in a day i.e. at 9 am, at 12 noon, at 3 pm and at 6 pm.
After analyzing the combinations it is found that cooling load is Fig 7 Comparison of cooling load by variation in wall materials
different for each room at same time. The cooling load for first
floor is higher than ground floor in each combination, because From figure 7 it is observed that, cooling load was reduced by
first floor slab directly exposed to sun radiation. Extra 30% , 41% after providing cavity brick wall as compared to
34%, 37% and 23% cooling load is required at 9am, 12noon, conventional building (9"BW+RCr+AGW). Cooling load was
3pm and 6pm respectively for first floor SE bedroom as reduced by 47% after providing AAC block wall as compared to
compare to ground floor kitchen which is exactly below to SE conventional building (9"BW+RCr+AGW). Cooling load was
bedroom. Extra 29%, 34%, 36% and 34% cooling load is reduced by 54% after providing AAC wall and partially glazed
required at 9am, 12noon, 3pm and 6pm respectively for first window with chajja as compared to conventional building
floor SW bedroom as compare to ground floor bedroom which (9"BW+RCr+AGW). Cooling load was reduced by 62% after
is exactly below to SW bedroom. providing cavity AAC block wall as compared to conventional
Table 3 Cooling load for all combinations for All floors building (9"BW+RCr+AGW).
Cooling load for Kitchen at 12noon
5500

4500
Cooling load ( W )

3500
2819 2678
2571 2458
2500

1500

500
AGW AGWc PGW PGWc
Variations Window materials & chajja
Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.185
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Cooling load for SW bed room at 3PM From figure 9 it is observed that, cooling load was reduced by
14% after providing Hollow block roof as well as composite
5500 5213
4977 brick panel roof as compared to conventional building
4750 4560 (9"BW+RCr+AGW).
4500
Cooling load ( W )

3500 Cooling load for SE bed room at 12noon

12000
2500

Cooling load ( W )
10000 8361
1500 8000
500 6000 4365
3795 4269
AGW AGWc PGW PGWc
Variations Window materials & chajja 4000 3161
2000
Fig 8 Comparison of cooling load by variation in window materials RCr BVr ACSr MTr SPCSr

From figure 8 it is observed that, cooling load was reduced by Variations in sloped roof
9% after providing chajja as compared to conventional building
(9"BW+RCr+AGW). Cooling load was reduced by 13% after
providing partially glazed window with chajja as compared to Cooling load for SW bed room at 3PM
conventional building (9"BW+RCr+AGW). 11485
Cooling load ( W ) 12000
10000
Cooling load for SE bed room at 12noon
8000
6000 5864 5995
6000 5213
4350
Cooling load ( W )

5000 4000
2000
4000 3795
RCr BVr ACSr MTr SPCSr
3267 3264
3000 Variations in sloped roof

2000 Fig10 Comparison of cooling load by variation in sloped roof

RCr HBr CBPr
Variations in flat roof slab From figure 10 it is observed that, cooling load was reduced by
17% after providing brick vaulted roof as compared to
conventional building (9"BW+RCr+AGW). Cooling load was
Cooling load for SW bed room at 3PM increased by 120% after providing AC sheet roof as compared
to conventional building (9"BW+RCr+AGW). Cooling load
6000 was increased by 12% after providing Mangalore tile roof as
5213
Cooling load ( W )

compared to conventional building

5000 4508 4505 (9"BW+RCr+AGW).Cooling load was increased by 15% after
providing Steel Powdered Coated Sheet roof as compared to
4000
conventional building (9"BW+RCr+AGW).
3000

2000
RCr HBr CBPr
Variations in flat roof slab

Fig 9 Comparison of cooling load by variation in flat roof slab

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.186
 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

First Floor Cooling Load with shade net Ground Floor Cooling Load without first floor

5858
5500

4399
5000 6000

4820
4760
5500

4372
4313
4500

3646

Cooling load ( W )
3531
5000

3378
Cooling load ( W )

3879
3202
4000

3515
4500
2975

3404
3075

3068
3500 4000

2527
2538

2633
2575
2197

3000 3500

2082
2006
1932

2500 3000
2500
2000 2000
1500 1500
Time Time
bed room SE ciosed terrace bed room SW kitchen hall bed room
Fig 12 Comparison of Ground floor cooling load with and without First
First Floor Cooling Load without shade net
5213

floor
5500
From figure 12 it is observed that, Cooling load was reduced by
4321
4195
4185

5000 53% after providing first floor to the building

3795
3681

4500 (9"BW+RCr+AGW).
4000
Cooling load ( W )

3008

2995

3500 IV. CONCLUSION

2604

2495
2468
2391

3000
[1] Without providing the first floor to the building, the
2500
2000 contribution to transferring heat from the slab is 53% and
1500 from the walls and windows is 47%.
Time
bed room SE covered terrace bed room SW [2] Cavity AAC walls require 62% less cooling load as

Fig 11 Comparison of First floor cooling load with shade net and
compared to brick material walls because they have an air-
without shade net filled cavity that acts as an insulator, and AAC blocks have

From figure 11 it is observed that, cooling load was reduced by good thermal resistance and low density.
16% after providing Shade Net for top of the second floor as [3] Partially glazed windows with chajja require 13% less
compared to conventional building (9"BW+RCr+AGW). cooling load than any other window material because they
are composed of wood, which prevents reflection by
Ground Floor Cooling Load with first floor
radiation.
6000 [4] Buildings with chajja require 9% less cooling load than
5500
Cooling Load ( W )

conventional structures because they act as a protection

5000
3829

4500 against solar radiation.

3150
3111

4000 [5] The brick vault roof requires 17% less cooling load as
2858
2819
2535

3500
2298

2225

compared to the RCC slab.

2010

3000
2005
1721
1683

2500 [6] A building with a shade net requires 16% less cooling load
2000
as compared to a conventional building due to its material
1500
Time properties as well as acting as an insulator.
kitchen hall bed room
[7] From all the 21 combinations conducted in this project,
Cavity AAC wall, RCC roof, and floor slab, aluminium
glazed window with chajja is the most effective
combination.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.187

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

REFERENCES

[1] Abid Ustaoglu, Kubra Kurtoglu, Osman Gencel, Fatih Kocyigit

(2020) “Impact of a low thermal conductive lightweight concrete in
building: Energy and fuel performance evaluation for different
climate region” Journal of Environmental Management 268 (2020)
110732.
[2] D.S. Vijayan A., Mohan, J. Revathy, D. Parthiban, R. Varatharajan
(2021) “Evaluation of the impact of thermal performance on various
building bricks and blocks: A review” Environmental Technology &
Innovation.23 (12), 2352-2365.
[3] Dhanraj S. Singh and K. S. Gumaste, (2018) “Thermal Performance
of Light Weight Block Masonry Walls in Full Scale Buildings”
[Link] Dissertation Report, Department of Civil Engineering,
Walchand College Of Engineering.
[4] Energy Conservation Building Code for Residential Buildings (Part
I: Building Envelope Design) Govt. of India, Bureau of Energy
Efficiency.
[5] I. S. Code 3792:1978 (Reaffirmed in the year 2004) Govt. of India,
Guide for Heat insulating of Non-industrial Buildings.
[6] Kiran Y. Kedge and K. S. Gumaste, (2017) “Comparison of Thermal
Performance of Roofing Slab Using Passive Cooling Techniques”
[Link] Dissertation Report, Department of Civil Engineering,
Walchand College Of Engineering.
[7] M.H.A. Nasir, A.S. Hassan, (2020) “Thermal performance of double
brick wall construction on the building envelope of high-rise hotel in
Malaysia” Journal of Building Engineering.
[8] O. H. Koenigsberger, T. G. Ingersoll, Alan Mayhew, Functional
Design Of Building, Orient Longman Limited, Indcom Press
Madras,1975.
[9] Raaid Rashad Jassem Al Doury, Thamir K. Ibrahim, Thamer Khalif
Salem (2020)“Opportunity of Improving the Thermal Performance
of a High performance University Building Based on Revit
Software” Journal of Mechanical Engineering Research and
Developments, 43(6), 497-513.
[10] S. Kota, J. S. Haberl, M. J. Clayton, W. Yan, Building (2014)
“Information Modeling (BIM)-Based Daylighting Simulation and
Analysis” Energy and Buildings.
[11] Siti Khatijah Abu Bakar,Abdul Halid Abdullah (2012) “Simulation
of Thermal Performance in an Office Building” Engineering &
Industrial Applications Colloquium (BEIAC).
[12] Steve Goodhew , Mohamed Boutouil , François Streiff , Malo Le
Guern , Jim Carfrae , Matthew Fox(2021) “Improving the thermal
performance of earthen walls to satisfy current building regulations”
Energy & Buildings 240 (2021) 110873.
[13] Yiyun Zhu, Xiaona Fan, Changjiang Wang and Guochen sang (2018)
“Analysis of Heat Transfer and Thermal Environment in a Rural
Residential Building for Addressing Energy Poverty” Applied
Science.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.188

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Emerging techniques of Project Management: Case

study of Indian Real Estate sector
Manav Shah Doobari Bharadwaj Shubham Desai
2nd year student, MBA Advance 2nd year student, MBA Advance 2nd year student, MBA Advance
Construction Management; Construction Management; Construction Management;
NICMAR University, NICMAR University, NICMAR University,
Pune, Maharashtra Pune, Maharashtra Pune, Maharashtra
mvshah26920@[Link] doobaribharadwaj@[Link] shubhamdesai456@[Link]

Shashank Mehta Dr. Anil L. Agarwal

2nd year student, MBA Advance Professor and Dean of Academics,
Construction Management; NICMAR University,
NICMAR University, Pune, Maharashtra
Pune, Maharashtra anilagarwal@[Link]
mehtashashank789@[Link]

Abstract - In various industries, successful project execution conduct a comparative analysis of these methodologies,
hinges on effective project management, which must continually assessing their benefits and limitations, the impact of IPD, and
evolve to meet the complexities of modern projects. This identifying key success factors and challenges. Through a
research conducts a thorough comparative analysis of emerging mixed-methods approach, the goal is to provide practical
techniques within project management methodologies. Initially, recommendations for construction professionals to enhance
it explores the landscape of project management methodologies, project outcomes in this Real Estate industry.
scrutinizing both traditional and their evolution over time. The
study then categorizes emerging techniques and examines the
KPIs influencing their adoption in contemporary project
management. Utilizing a multi-dimensional framework, the
comparative analysis evaluates emerging techniques across
various perspectives. This framework integrates quantitative
and qualitative data from case studies, surveys, and interviews
with project managers and stakeholders who have implemented
these emerging techniques. The study reveals the strengths and
weaknesses of each technique, enabling informed decisions by
project managers and organizations. Additionally, it
underscores contextual factors influencing technique selection
in specific project scenarios. In conclusion, the study contributes
a structured analysis of emerging techniques within established
methodologies, providing insights to aid practitioners in
selecting the most suitable approach. As project management
adapts to evolving demands and technologies, this research lays
a foundation for future developments, stressing the importance
of staying abreast of emerging best practices.
Fig. 1. Project management in a complex environment ([Link]
Keywords - Project Management Techniques, Comparative [Link]/storage/blog/2022/03/[Link])
Analysis, Project Management, Emerging Techniques,
Methodologies In essence, the construction industry heavily relies on
effective project management methodologies. While
traditional approaches offer structure, they may lack the
I. INTRODUCTION adaptability required in the evolving landscape. Agile
Within the global development landscape, the construction methodologies prioritize collaboration and responsiveness,
industry assumes a pivotal role, heavily dependent on and Lean and Six Sigma focus on efficiency and quality
effective project management to ensure the successful improvement. Integrated Project Delivery enhances
execution of projects within budgetary constraints and with collaboration through early stakeholder involvement. This
high-quality outcomes. Traditional methodologies such as research undertakes a detailed comparison of these
Waterfall and Agile offer structured approaches well-suited methodologies, aiming to offer practical recommendations for
for well-defined, linear projects. However, the dynamic and construction professionals to elevate project outcomes in this
evolving business landscape necessitates adaptability and crucial industry.
responsiveness, leading to the adoption of Agile II. AIM AND OBJECTIVE
methodologies (Scrum, Kanban), which emphasize
collaboration and iterative development. Additionally, Lean A. Aim
and Six Sigma principles are employed to enhance efficiency The primary objective of this research is to delve into the
and quality, while Integrated Project Delivery (IPD) promotes effectiveness of emerging project management techniques
early stakeholder involvement, fostering improved within the construction industry, focusing specifically on real
communication and project outcomes. This research aims to estate projects. Through a comprehensive comparative

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.189

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
analysis, this study aims to explore the practical application design and construction teams. In today's construction
and impact of innovative project management approaches, landscape marked by inefficiencies, IPD offers a strategic
including but not limited to Agile Project Management, Lean solution, aligning objectives to mitigate dissatisfaction.
philosophy, Waterfall Methodologies, and Kanban, in contrast
to traditional methodologies. The research seeks to offer
valuable insights into the efficacy of these emerging
techniques, providing construction practitioners with the
information needed to make informed decisions for
optimizing project management processes and achieving
superior project outcomes.
B. Objective
• To Identify Emerging PMTs over Traditional PMTs by
assessing their applicability.
• Analyse Performance Metrics of various KPIs.
• Evaluate Risk Management Strategies considering
Stakeholder's feedback.
C. Agile Management
Agility in management is the proactive response to a
dynamic environment. Organizational agility enables
adaptability without coercion. Agile Project Management
(APM) achieves customer value through flexible planning,
rapid feedback, continuous improvement, and team
collaboration. The agile manifesto prioritizes individuals,
customer collaboration, and responsiveness over processes,
documentation, contracts, and rigid plans.

Fig. 3. Proposed framework to adopt IPD framework in India (PDF)

Integrated Project Delivery Adoption Framework for Construction
Projects in India ([Link])

F. Waterfall methodology
Waterfall methodology in construction projects follows a
linear, sequential process, requiring the completion of each
Fig. 2. Transformation of development & service lifecycle from phase before the next. Phases include initiation, planning,
Traditional to Agile PM design, construction, testing, and maintenance, offering
([Link]
services/learning-services/[Link])
clarity, structured milestones, and reduced flexibility for
changes. Its significance lies in clear roadmaps, effective risk
D. BIM management, client satisfaction with predictability, and
suitability for large, well-defined projects where alterations
Building Information Modelling (BIM) is a digital are costly and time-consuming.
approach to design, construct, and manage buildings and
infrastructure efficiently. BIM creates a comprehensive 3D
model that integrates data about project components, fostering
collaboration among stakeholders. In construction project
management, BIM is pivotal for enhancing collaboration,
reducing errors, and facilitating real-time access to accurate
project data. Its significance lies in improving decision-
making, boosting project efficiency, minimizing risks, and
ultimately realizing cost savings, improved quality, and
streamlined construction processes.
E. Integrated Project Delivery
Integrated Project Delivery (IPD) is a collaborative
approach that harmonizes people, systems, and business
structures to optimize project outcomes, enhance owner value,
and minimize waste throughout design, fabrication, and
construction. Emphasizing stakeholder integration, IPD Fig. 4. Construction Project based on Waterfall Methodology
reduces errors and duplication, fostering cooperation between ([Link]

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.190

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
G. Kanban savings, improved timelines, and heightened client
Kanban, inspired by Japanese manufacturing principles, is satisfaction. Fostering a culture of continuous improvement
a project management methodology designed for efficiency enables construction teams to consistently deliver projects
and productivity through visualized workflows and with precision, meeting or exceeding industry standards.
continuous improvement. It employs visual boards and cards
to represent tasks, emphasizing limiting work in progress
(WIP) for increased throughput and adaptability. Promoting
transparency, Kanban offers real-time work status, identifies
bottlenecks, and supports prompt decision-making. Its
incremental approach and customer satisfaction focus make it
versatile across industries, fostering collaboration and
continuous delivery.

Fig. 5. Kanban Process ([Link]

H. Lean Methodology:
Lean construction, a project management approach,
strives for maximum efficiency and minimal waste in the
construction process. Emphasizing collaboration and
continuous improvement, it targets non-value-adding Fig. 7. The Generic Lean Six Sigma Framework
activities. Lean construction reduces costs, boosts ([Link]
productivity, and improves timelines through value stream
mapping, pull scheduling, and lean principles like just-in-time
delivery. Enhancing communication among stakeholders
ensures higher-quality outcomes. Application of Lean III. SCOPE OF PROJECT WORK
principles streamlines operations, minimizes resource This case study delves into project management
wastage, and enhances the effective and profitable delivery of methodologies in the construction industry, focusing on Real
construction projects. estate projects. It employs a comparative analysis of
established and emerging methodologies, evaluating practical
applicability and impact. The study aims to provide valuable
insights for construction professionals, optimizing project
management processes, and achieving superior outcomes,
emphasizing adaptability, efficiency, and quality through a
mixed-methods approach.
Conducting a survey across diverse real estate projects in
Pune, Guwahati, Bangalore, Chandigarh, and Surat, we
engaged with project managers at various sites. Inquiring
about the implementation of methodologies such as Agile,
Kanban, Six Sigma, Lean, Waterfall, and Integrated Project
Delivery (IPD), we sought insights into their adoption and
effectiveness in enhancing project management practices.
Also, different stakeholders’ feedback was considered.

IV. METHODOLOGY
Fig. 6. Core aspect of Lean Construction The study explores the choice between quantitative and
([Link]
10-lean-construction-basics/)
qualitative approaches, opting for a qualitative method for its
ability to provide a deeper understanding within the social and
institutional context. The research unfolds in several stages,
starting with an examination of the significance of available
I. Six Sigma: Project Management methods, followed by a review of
Six Sigma is a data-driven methodology for process existing literature and analysis of traditional techniques. Data
improvement, focused on minimizing defects and variations collection involves both quantitative surveys and qualitative
in outputs. In construction project management, it enhances interviews, utilizing a mixed-methods approach for statistical
efficiency, reduces errors, and ensures high-quality outcomes. significance. The gathered data undergoes thorough statistical,
Using statistical tools and rigorous problem-solving, Six content, and thematic analysis, leading to hypothesis
Sigma aids in early issue identification, resulting in cost evaluation. Stakeholder feedback is considered to justify

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.191

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
necessary changes and address limitations. The study
concludes by validating research acceptability and outlining
future prospects. TABLE II. PARAMETERS IDENTIFIED BASED ON A LITERATURE
REVIEW OF IPD, KANBAN, AND WATERFALL

Study the • Review existing literature available IPD [3,4] Kanban [9,10] Waterfall [11,12]
significance of PM Enhance decision Decision support
• Analyse the traditional PM techniques Low variability
methods making system
Improving response
• Quantitative Methods: Survey, Existing data Cost efficiency Structured procedure
time
Collection of • Qualitative Methods: Interviews, Observations Developing
necessary data • Mixed Methods: Statistical significance Coordination
compatibility
Clear specification
relations
Improved Project Reduction of Effective
Performance project waste communication
Analyzing the data • Statistical Analysis Effective
collected and Risk Management Collaboration
• Content & Thematic Analysis communication
hypothesis
Improve Emphasis on
Collaboration
productivity Documentation
• Stakeholder feedbacks Effective
Evaluating and Improve quality Quality assurance
Justify the research • Necessary changes & Mitigating the Communication
Limitation Turnover ratio of Comprehensive
Shared Risk
capital planning
Reduce Waste Clear scope
• Validate the acceptibility of research Stability & long-term
Final Conclusion Reduce Liability
• Derive the future scope output

Further, the parameters identified are classified into pre-

Fig. 8. Methodology adopted for the case study. construction, construction, and post-construction phases as
per their usage and relevance.

V. ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION

B. Performance index for the Pre-Construction Phase:
Here are the parameters based on a literature review of
different methodologies. TABLE III. PERFORMANCE INDEX FOR PRE-CONSTRUCTION
PHASE
KPIs
Methodology
Risk management Collaboration
A. Compilation of all Parameters of different Methodologies Agile Methodology ✓ ✓
After studying all the methodologies, we have categorized Six Sigma Methodology ✓
the important parameters of the particular methodology into Lean Methodology ✓ ✓
the following tables: IPD Methodology ✓ ✓
Kanban Methodology
TABLE I. PARAMETERS IDENTIFIED BASED ON LITERATURE
Waterfall Methodology ✓
REVIEW OF AGILE, SIX SIGMA, AND LEAN METHODOLOGY

Agile [1,2] Six Sigma [6,7] Lean [5,8]

Collaboration Improve Quality Improve Response time
C. Performance index for Construction Phase:
Goal settings Just-in-time Evaluate Effectiveness
Continuous TABLE IV. PERFORMANCE INDEX FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Eliminating losses Enhance the ability
Improvement KPIs
Methodology
Adaptability to Overhead Reduce waste Improve Quality
Reduce Time-overrun
change expenditure Agile Methodology ✓ ✓
Improvement Six Sigma Methodology ✓ ✓
Transparency Improve cash flow
measures
Lean Methodology ✓ ✓
Root cause Project
analysis accomplishment
Degree of multiskilling IPD Methodology ✓
Improving Response Kanban Methodology ✓ ✓
Financial reviews Cost savings
time Waterfall Methodology ✓
Expenditure
Profitability Management model
transparency
Higher quality Improved cash flow D. Performance index for the Post-Construction Phase:
Improve Project
Risk management
Performance
Prioritizing work Reduce Defects TABLE V. PERFORMANCE INDEX FOR POST-CONSTRUCTION
PHASE
Reduction of Reduce process
KPIs
project waste variability Methodology
Decision Support System Financial Review
Effective
Communication Agile Methodology ✓
Flexibility Six Sigma Methodology
Lean Methodology
IPD Methodology ✓ ✓
Kanban Methodology ✓
Waterfall Methodology

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.192

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
E. Ranking Matrix for Agile Methodology:
delivers exceptional quality. This approach achieves
efficiency by reducing waste and emphasizing continuous
Based on extensive literature examination, research improvement. Consequently, our evaluation places Agile at
paper analysis, and input from stakeholders, it is evident that a commendable 95.24% on a 7-point scale, reflecting its
the agile methodology excels in communication, fosters effectiveness and proficiency in project management.
high collaboration, minimizes risks, and consistently

TABLE VI. RANKING MATRIX FOR AGILE METHODOLOGY

Methodology Agile Methodology

KPIs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Weightage Percentage
Ineffective Poor Fair Average Good Very Good Excellent
Communication 7 100.00
✓
Limited Basic Moderate Effective Highly Exceptional
Isolation
Collaboration Interaction Cooperation Collaboration Collaboration Collaborative Collaboration 6 85.71
✓
Critical
Risk High Risk Moderate Risk Low Risk Negligible Risk 7 100.00
Risk
Management
✓
Poor Below Above Outstanding Exceptional
Improved Average High Quality
Quality Average Average Quality Quality 7 100.00
Quality
✓
Critical Excessive Average Moderate
High Waste Low Waste Minimal Waste
Waste Waste Waste Waste Waste
Generation Generation Generation 7 100.00
Production Generation Generation Generation Generation
✓
Continuous Ineffective Limited Basic Developing Effective Advanced Exemplary
6 85.71
Improvement ✓
Total 40 95.24

F. Ranking Matrix for Six Sigma Methodology:

accompanied by minimal risk and a commendable focus on
delivering high quality. It achieves this by minimizing waste
Based on the literature examined and the research papers and fostering continuous improvement opportunities. Using
analysed, the Six Sigma methodology demonstrates a a 7-point scale and converting it to a percentage, we have
moderate level of communication and collaboration, assigned Six Sigma an efficiency rating of 83.33%.

TABLE VII. RANKING MATRIX FOR SIX SIGMA METHODOLOGY

Methodology Six Sigma Methodology

KPIs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Weightage Percentage
Ineffective Poor Fair Average Good Very Good Excellent
Communication 4 57.14
✓
Limited Basic Moderate Effective Highly Exceptional
Isolation
Collaboration Interaction Cooperation Collaboration Collaboration Collaborative Collaboration 4 57.14
✓
Critical Negligible
Risk High Risk Moderate Risk Low Risk 7 100.00
Risk Risk
Management
✓
Poor Below Above Outstanding Exceptional
Improved Average High Quality
Quality Average Average Quality Quality 7 100.00
Quality
✓
Critical Excessive Average Moderate
High Waste Low Waste Minimal Waste
Waste Waste Waste Waste Waste
Generation Generation Generation 6 85.71
Production Generation Generation Generation Generation
✓
Continuous Ineffective Limited Basic Developing Effective Advanced Exemplary
7 100.00
Improvement ✓
Total 35 83.33

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.193

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
G. Ranking Matrix for Lean Methodology:
high-quality outcomes with minimal risk. This approach
achieves efficiency by curbing waste and fostering a continual
Based on an analysis of literature and research papers, the improvement mindset. Consequently, we have assessed Lean
Lean methodology stands out for its effective communication, on a 7-point scale, converting it to a percentage, revealing an
remarkable collaboration, and a propensity for delivering efficiency rating of 95.24%.

TABLE VIII. RANKING MATRIX FOR LEAN METHODOLOGY

Methodology Lean Methodology

KPIs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Weightage Percentage
Ineffective Poor Fair Average Good Very Good Excellent
Communication 7 100.00
✓
Limited Basic Moderate Effective Highly Exceptional
Isolation
Collaboration Interaction Cooperation Collaboration Collaboration Collaborative Collaboration 7 100.00
✓
Critical
Risk High Risk Moderate Risk Low Risk Negligible Risk 6 85.71
Risk
Management
✓
Poor Below Above Outstanding Exceptional
Improved Average High Quality
Quality Average Average Quality Quality 7 100.00
Quality
✓
Critical Excessive Average
High Waste Moderate Waste Low Waste Minimal Waste
Waste Waste Waste Waste
Generation Generation Generation Generation 7 100.00
Production Generation Generation Generation
✓
Continuous Ineffective Limited Basic Developing Effective Advanced Exemplary
6 85.71
Improvement ✓
Total 40 95.24

H. Ranking Matrix for IPD Methodology:

and fostering continuous improvement. Evaluating this on a 7-
point scale, we find that IPD scores an impressive 85.71%
Based on an examination of literature and research papers, efficiency. This methodology not only excels in its
the Integrated Project Delivery (IPD) approach proves to be collaborative nature but also demonstrates a commitment to
highly efficient in communication, boasting outstanding minimizing risks and enhancing overall project quality by
collaboration with minimal risk and consistently delivering implementing practices that reduce waste and encourage
above-average quality. Its effectiveness lies in reducing waste ongoing improvement.

TABLE IX. RANKING MATRIX FOR IPD METHODOLOGY

Methodology IPD Methodology

KPIs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Weightage Percentage
Ineffective Poor Fair Average Good Very Good Excellent
Communication 6 85.71
✓
Limited Basic Moderate Effective Highly Exceptional
Isolation
Collaboration Interaction Cooperation Collaboration Collaboration Collaborative Collaboration 7 100.00
✓
Critical Negligible
Risk High Risk Moderate Risk Low Risk
Risk Risk 7 100.00
Management
✓
Poor Below Above Outstanding Exceptional
Improved Average High Quality
Quality Average Average Quality Quality 4 57.14
Quality
✓
Critical Excessive Average Moderate Minimal
High Waste Low Waste
Waste Waste Waste Waste Waste Waste
Generation Generation 6 85.71
Production Generation Generation Generation Generation Generation
✓
Continuous Ineffective Limited Basic Developing Effective Advanced Exemplary
6 85.71
Improvement ✓
Total 36 85.71

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.194

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
I. Ranking Matrix for Kanban Methodology:
approach, yielding above-average quality by minimizing
waste. Consequently, we have assigned a rating of 7 on a scale
According to the literature and research papers examined, and translated it into a percentage, reflecting an efficiency of
the Kanban methodology demonstrates commendable 73.81%.
communication, moderate collaboration, and a low-risk

TABLE X. RANKING MATRIX FOR KANBAN METHODOLOGY

Methodology Kanban Methodology

KPIs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Weightage Percentage
Ineffective Poor Fair Average Good Very Good Excellent
Communication 7 100.00
✓
Limited Basic Moderate Effective Highly Exceptional
Isolation
Collaboration Interaction Cooperation Collaboration Collaboration Collaborative Collaboration 4 57.14
✓
Critical Negligible
Risk High Risk Moderate Risk Low Risk
Risk Risk 4 57.14
Management
✓
Poor Below Above Outstanding Exceptional
Improved Average High Quality
Quality Average Average Quality Quality 6 85.71
Quality
✓
Critical Excessive Average Moderate
High Waste Low Waste Minimal Waste
Waste Waste Waste Waste Waste
Generation Generation Generation 6 85.71
Production Generation Generation Generation Generation
✓
Continuous Ineffective Limited Basic Developing Effective Advanced Exemplary
4 57.14
Improvement ✓
Total 31 73.81

J. Ranking Matrix for Waterfall Methodology:

evaluation on a 7-point scale translates to an efficiency rating
of 71.43%. This underscores Waterfall's effectiveness in
Based on the literature and research papers examined, the project management, highlighting its ability to communicate
Waterfall methodology excels in communication, displaying effectively, collaborate well, manage risk moderately, and
a high level of collaboration with moderate risk and consistently produce high-quality outcomes while minimizing
consistently delivering exceptional quality. It achieves this by resource wastage and promoting ongoing enhancements.
minimizing waste and fostering continuous improvement. Our

TABLE XI. RANKING MATRIX FOR WATERFALL METHODOLOGY

Methodology Waterfall Methodology

KPIs 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Weightage Percentage
Ineffective Poor Fair Average Good Very Good Excellent
Communication 7 100.00
✓
Limited Basic Moderate Effective Highly Exceptional
Isolation
Collaboration Interaction Cooperation Collaboration Collaboration Collaborative Collaboration 6 85.71
✓
Critical Negligible
Risk High Risk Moderate Risk Low Risk
Risk Risk 3 42.86
Management
✓
Poor Below Above Outstanding Exceptional
Improved Average High Quality
Quality Average Average Quality Quality 6 85.71
Quality
✓
Critical Excessive Average Moderate
High Waste Low Waste Minimal Waste
Waste Waste Waste Waste Waste
Generation Generation Generation 4 57.14
Production Generation Generation Generation Generation
✓
Continuous Ineffective Limited Basic Developing Effective Advanced Exemplary
4 57.14
Improvement ✓
Total 30 71.43

Based on all the matrices, finally we came on the 𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑑𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝐾𝑃𝐼
%𝑤𝑒𝑖𝑔ℎ𝑡𝑎𝑔𝑒 × (1)
𝑀𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 𝑠𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑒 𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 (7)
conclusion that what are the emerging project management
techniques that should have more weighted should be
further review and analysed. Based on the formula
mentioned below,

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.195

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

CONCLUSION combination of different methodologies can be

implemented during different phases of the project as per
The study of “Emerging techniques of Project their effective weighted ratings. The efficiency of any
Management: Case study of Indian Real Estate Sector” the individual methodology is closer to 100% but not entirely
following conclusions we drafted through analysis and 100% therefore it is wiser to combinedly use them during
stakeholder feedback and experience. Agile has been the project life cycle. Implementation of these
observed to be the most effective methodology in project methodologies helps in the overall success of the real estate
management techniques across all construction phases. A project.

TABLE XII. CONCLUSION MATRIX (Based on equation-1)

KPIs
Methodology Effective Continuous
Improve Quality Reduce waste Risk management Collaboration Total score
Communication Improvement
%weighted 30 22 18 12 12 6 100
Agile
7 7 7 7 6 6 97
Methodology
Six Sigma
4 7 6 7 4 7 79
Methodology
Lean
7 7 7 6 7 6 97
Methodology
IPD
6 4 6 7 7 6 83
Methodology
Kanban
7 6 6 4 4 4 81
Methodology
Waterfall
7 6 4 3 6 4 78
Methodology

[2] Sijo K Sojan and Anchu Ajayakumar (March 2019) titled “Agile
RECOMMENDATION management in construction industry” published under
Research across various methodologies, including ‘International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology
(IRJET)’, PP. 5128-5134, Coimbatore, India.
Agile, Kanban, Six Sigma, Lean, Waterfall, and Integrated
[3] Mohamed Sherif etal. (April, 2022) titled “Application of Integrated
Project Delivery (IPD), reveals notable gaps. In Agile, there Project Delivery (IPD) in the Middle East: Implementation and
is a need for deeper exploration beyond the design phase and Challenges” published under ‘Building’, volume 12, Issue 4, USA.
a focus on qualitative methods. Kanban lacks a thorough [4] Marina L. Viana etal. (2020) titled “Integrated project deliver (IPD):
analysis of its optimization potential in construction and the An updated review and analysis case study” published under
impact of digital tools. Six Sigma requires more scrutiny of ‘Journal of Engineering, Project, and Production Management’, PP.
critical success factors and long-term sustainability in 147-161, Vietnam.
construction. Lean does not address challenges in [5] Usama Hamed Issa (2013), “Implementation of lean construction
developing countries or potential barriers to infrastructure techniques for minimizing the risks effect on project construction
time”, Alexandria Engineering Journal, Minia University, Egypt, pp.
adoption. Waterfall lacks specificity in construction 697-704.
adaptation and feedback cycles. IPD studies focus on [6] Ivars Linde, Dmitry Philippov (2020), “Applying Lean Six Sigma In
barriers but lack a comprehensive overview. Closing these Construction. World Practice Experience”, ACCESS Journal, pp.
gaps is crucial for advancing construction project 103-111.
management methodologies. [7] Seung Heon Han, M. ASCE; Myung Jin Chae, Ph.D., P.E.; Keon
Soon Im, P.E.; and Ho Dong Ryu (2008), “Six Sigma-Based
We can assess this philosophy for other cities of India Approach to Improve Performance in Construction Operations”,
for better results. Also, this case study analysis is purely Journal of Management In Engineering © ASCE, pp. 21-31.
literature-based and questionnaire survey and academic [8] R. Sacks and M. Goldin (2007), “Lean Management Model for
professional's feedback. Construction of High-Rise Apartment Buildings”, Journal of
Construction Engineering and Management, ASCE, pp. 374-384.
ABBREVIATIONS [9] Ritesh Kumar Shrivastava, Dr. Sridhar K “Productivity & Quality
improvement through kanban”, National Conference on:
IPD Integrated Project Delivery Innovations in Mechanical Engineering For Sustainable
Development.
KPI Key Performance Indicator [10] Effendi Mohamad, Nur ain qistina Muhammad Shafee, Teruaki Ito,
BIM Building Information Modelling Oke Oktavianty, Ain Syuhadah, Halim Mohd Soufhwee ABD
Rahman “Kanban Apps for Lean Practitioners” Research Gate.
APM Agile Project Management [11] Mehtap Dursun, Nazli Gokor, Hakan Mutlu; 2021; “Evaluation of
Project Management Methodologies Success Factors Using Fuzzy
WIP Work in Progress Cognitive Map Method: Waterfall, Agile, And Lean Six Sigma
Cases”; International Journal of Intelligent Systems and
PMT Project Management Techniques Applications In Engineering.
[12] Alok Mishra, Yehia Ibrahim Alzoubi; “Structured software
development versus agile software development: a comparative
analysis”; International Journal of System Assurance Engineering
REFERENCES and Management (August 2023), pp. 1504-1522.
[1] Alkeshsangai Kasturiwale and Prof. Kundan Rathod (2021) titled
“Agile project management in construction industry” published
under ‘International Journal of Research in Engineering and Science
(IJRES)’, PP. 09-11, Pune, India.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.196

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Low-Cost Ferro-cement Water Closet

Shruti MagarPatil Dr. M. V. Bhogone Dr. S. N. Shinde
Student, Sinhgad College of Engineering, Faculty, Sinhgad College of Engineering, Faculty, MITWPU, Pune
Pune Pune Pune, India
Pune, India Pune, India [Link]@[Link]
shrutimagarpatil@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Abstract— Sanitation denotes a comprehensive concept, in be in such a way that its weight is less as compared to the
fact, it is ‘way of life’, which is expressed in clean home, RCC members so it will be easy to handle by labour while
community, institutions for better health and safe assembling these components.
environment. Moreover, safe sanitary practice is a crucial
indicator for qualifying improvement in standards of living. Using ferro-cement technology weight of the components
This concern is triggered by the fact that approximately 55 will be reduced. Also, while designing the geometric shape
percent of the rural population still reported practicing open and size can be planned in such a way that it can be handled
defection. Faucal borne diseases and worm infestations are by a single person. At the time of assembly, it will be so easy
the main cause of deaths and morbidity in a community where that an unskilled labour can also assemble these components
they go for indiscriminate defecation. Through this research, without any difficulty. And also, the joints between two
it is tried to improve the sanitation quality by constructing a components will be strong and stiff due to use of non-shrink
low-cost toilet which will be affordable for poor people living grout and also it will help in avoiding leakage problems. The
in rural area having no toilet facilities. The sub-structure is septic tank of the water closet is planned below the
constructed of ferro-cement and superstructure of bamboo superstructure, so it requires less area [3]. Because of less
sticks keeping rural area in view. The bamboo sticks are used land requirement that’s why it is usable in urban areas also.
as reinforcement. The results show that the structure is very The advantage of this water closet is, it’s uses in rural as well
cost effective, strong and durable. as urban areas.

Keywords— water-closet, ferro-cement, rural To reduce cost of water closet Bamboo is used as a
development, affordable housing, precast replacement of reinforcement. Due to use of Bamboo walls
for the superstructure, it enhances the look. Also, Bamboo is
Introduction available easily in local areas at reasonable cost. As a
replacement of reinforcement small Bamboo strips can be
Sanitation and the provision of sanitation services or used, so that the weight and the cost of the component will be
infrastructure is a major problem in India. As per available reduced.
figures, less than 13% of the rural population in India have
access to sanitary facilities. Most of the population still The ferro-cement technology has been used here due to its
continue to make use of open spaces in the countryside. multiple benefits. The structural components casted using
Unsanitary environments create havoc with infant mortality this technology will have high compression and tensile
rates and can lead to widespread disease related to both fly strength, less thickness of components, light weight and easy
and mosquito vectors [1]. Though possession of a flush toilet to handle during and after casting. The commode has been
is considered satisfactory sanitation, water used in the flush designed in such a way that the water-closet can be used for
system is generally potable water of which there is a general bath and washing clothes by folding the commode chair [4].
scarcity in the country. Municipal authorities have no facility
for provision of low-grade water separately for such use [2]. Selection of materials
In China, there has been a centuries-old tradition of using
night-soil as manure directly in the fields. Sanitation systems i) Cement
adopted in India are of three kinds: urban-specific sewerage The cement used was an Ordinary Portland Cement of grade
systems; individual septic tanks; and water-seal compost 43 manufactured by Ultratech cement. The Ordinary Portland
latrines, popularly called Sulabh Shauchalayas, popularised Cement (OPC) of 43 grade is used. The physical properties
by Sulabh International. of the cement are as listed below in the Table 1.
The idea of this research is to construct a precast components
of water closet, so it will be constructed in very less time.
After casting of components of water closet by assembling
these casted components one can assemble and erect water
closet within few hours. The casting of these components will

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.197

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
viii) Some species of the bamboo are not useful as a building
Table 1. Physical Properties of OPC – 43 grade material.

Grade Fine- Setting Time Compressive Following are the important properties of the bamboo for
which it was adopted as an important material.
of ness Strength
cement (m2/kg) Initial Final 3 7 28 Table 2. Compressive strength of Bamboo
(min) (min) day day day Age of Bamboo stems (years)
2 3 4 5
43 225 30 600 23 33 43 Bottom E (N/mm2) 15500 16500 17400 15200
σ (N/mm2) 39.9 38.1 37.6 32.1
Middle E (N/mm2) 14900 18000 16800 16500

ii) Fine Aggregate σ (N/mm2) 27.2 42.1 41.5 34.7

Fine aggregate/ coarse sand consists of natural sand, crushed Top E (N/mm2) 20000 17000 17500 18200
stone sand or crushed gravel stone dust. It should be hard, σ (N/mm2) 20.4 42.6 42.1 39.0
durable and chemically inert, clean and free from organic
matter, not containing any appreciable amount of clay balls
or pellets and other harmful impurities i.e. alkaline, salt, Tensile strength:
mica, decayed vegetation, lumps etc.[5]. It should be passed
through I.S. Sieve 4.75 mm. It should have the finest modulus Table 3 Tensile strength of various bamboo species
2.50 to 3.50 and silt contents should not be more than 4%. Species  E ρ M.C.(%)
Coarse sand should be either river sand or pit sand; or (N/mm2) (N/mm2) (Kg/m3)
combination of the two. Bambusa 164 _ 820 8.5
balcooa
iii) Coarse Aggregate Bambusa 121 _ 710 9.5
The aggregates whose size is more than 4.75 mm are coarse bambos
aggregates. The coarse aggregates are used for casting Bambusa 208 _ 890 8
column blocks. The size of the aggregate was 10 mm. The nutans
shape of the aggregate was angular and was clean thoroughly Bambusa 207 _ 910 8.6
before using them. tulda

iv) Bamboo
Bamboo is used to replace reinforcement. It is used in Shear Strength:
substructure as well as superstructure. Bamboo is a very Table 4. Shear strength of Bamboo
complex material and it gets affected by many parameters;
i) Because bamboo grains are aligned parallel in the axial Age of Bamboo stems
(vertical) direction, bamboo is an anisometric material. This (Years)
means the mechanical properties depend on the direction of
the force; for instance, compression of the bamboo in the 2 3 4 5
axial direction will result in a different compressive strength Bottom T(N/mm2) 7.2 7.4 7.5 6.6
then compression in the radial direction.
2
ii) Dry bamboo has high mechanical properties than wet Middle T(N/mm ) 7.5 8.2 8.0 7.4
bamboo. Raw bamboo naturally has a high moisture content, Top T(N/mm2) 7.2 8.1 7.6 8.0
where MC = 100*(wet weight-dry weight)/dry weight. This
moisture content can be brought down by using various
treatment methods (see "Bamboo Treatments"). v) Polypropylene
iii) Small in length bamboo has stronger mechanical
properties (such as ultimate compressive strength), however, Polypropylene Corrugated sheets have a high strength to
long bamboo can withstand larger forces. weight ratio due to its structure of construction, and also have
iv) Thicker walls have better mechanical properties. good cushioning property due to presence of air between two
v) As the distance to the node decreases, the mechanical layers [refer Fig. 1]. This high ratio makes these sheets cost
properties improve. effective. Polypropylene is an inert material; thus, these
vi) The strength of bamboo varies with its height. Generally, sheets have many inherent advantages. Sheets are weather
the part of the bamboo nearer the bottom has stronger proof, water proof, oil proof, acid and alkali proof, termite
properties [Refer Table 2,3,4]. proof, chemical proof. PP copolymer also has live hinge
vii) Very young bamboo and old bamboo have weaker property; thus, sheets find a wide indoor and outdoor
mechanical properties than bamboo that is around the age of application for signage, packaging, protection, construction;
3-7 years. POS display stands, agriculture, and various engineering

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.198

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
applications [6]. These sheets are 100% recyclable thus societies may need evidence of how the alternate meshes are
environmentally friendly. used, in what direction they lay, and the combination of
meshes that can or may be used. Using expanded mesh in
Corrugated plastic sheets are available in wide variety of certain forms of construction may also be acceptable but is
colours and can be readily used for printing, making it rarely employed other than in a construction using moulds.
suitable for Signage. It can be printed by several methods like
screen printing, flex printing, digital printing on flat bed. ANALYSIS & DESIGN
They are easily fixed using a wide variety of methods - its
light weight being an important factor. Corrugated plastic Design:
sheets are best suited for Packaging as it is reusable, versatile, The design of toilet is done for five users. Following design
flexible and impact resistant. procedure has been adopted for arriving a suitable section for
the toilet.
It is very easy to fabricate and can be handled on all paper Rectangular shape is selected for the septic tank [7]. It
corrugated box converting machines. Shipping glass bottles consists of ferro-cement panels and special designed concrete
or jars has always been risky as breakage does occur due to blocks. Septic tank is designed for 5 users.
vibrations and collisions during transit. Polypropylene
Corrugated sheets are an ideal for returnable 4.1.1 Design of septic tank
packaging, Corrugated Plastic Sheets can prevent your Number of users: 5 nos. or 5 users
products from damages. It can be stapled, stitched, and
ultrasonic welded and heat welded. It can be cut to any shape (a) Calculation of liquid volume in septic tank:
on platen punching, flat roller punching, and rotary punching For normal detention period it is considered in designing
or even by a hobby knife. purpose that a septic tank requires 0.085 m 3 of space for
waste of each person per day. Future provision as 25% of
actual volume.

Thus, volume of liquid at m3 per capita per day

= 5 × 0.085 = 0.425 m3

Future provision 25% extra

0.425 X 1.25 = 0.53 m3

(b) Calculation of internal dimension:

Now considering a liquid depth = 1.20m.
0.53
Area of liquid = =0.636 sqm
1.20
Fig.1 Polypropylene sheets L = 2B
0.636 = L×B
vi) Wire mesh 0.636 = 2B×B
2B2 = 0.636
The ideal mesh is a 13 x 13 mm x 19 gauge (1 mm) welded B = 0.56m
mesh to BS 4482. Although meshes of 18-22 gauge can be L = 2×B
used, 19 gauge will prove to be the best from a practical point = 2×0.56 = 1.12m
of view. In colder, less humid climates, it may be used Or
ungalvanized; in semi-tropical/tropical it will need to be L×B = 0.636
galvanised. A specification for welded mesh: Initially rod L×0.56 = 0.636
used in the manufacture of welded wire mesh is a low carbon L = 1.13m
content (0.15% max by weight) rimming steel with the
carbon concentrated in the centre. Assume free board 100mm

The rod used in the manufacture of the wire mesh is hard- Height = 1.20 + 0.100 = 1.3m.
drawn from 'X' size down to 19 gauge (1 mm), hot rolled
(perhaps copper washed) passed through stearate soap and Thus, dimensions of septic tank (Refer Fig. 2 & Table 5) are
then welded [8]. It is then passed through the galvanising as follows:
process. (The rod has a very low silicon value).
Table 5. Dimensions of septic tank
Galvanised mesh which has been exposed to weather for LENGTH BREADTH HEIGHT
some time prior to use may have less effect on the structure.
Other mesh types which may be used are hexagonal mesh 1.2m 1m 1.2m
and, to a lesser extent, woven square mesh. Classification

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.199

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Ferro-cement panels:
These panels are made up of ferro-cement having proportion
1:6 of cement mortar.
These panels are designed to stand up to the tensile force
exerted by sewage stored in the septic tank. Panels are
designed for various dimensions as per the requirement [9].
Additional panel placed between the intermediate transverse
columns to act as the baffle wall. Standard thickness adopted
for panels for 25 mm and hence light weight [see Fig. 4].
There are two types of panels sizes
1. 460mmx300mm
2. 860mmx300mm
Larger dimension panels are provided parallel to shorter
side.
Fig.2 Plan of septic tank Smaller panels are placed perpendicular to the smaller sides.

Design of column block

Column blocks are precast components of septic tank which

are designed to take the compressive loads which are coming
from slab and superstructure. These column blocks are
designed in such a way that the labours can easily handle, so
the geometric dimensions of these blocks were kept
optimum.
There are two types of precast column blocks.
-Two groove column blocks.
-Three groove column blocks.

These blocks are made up of M20 having mix proportion Fig. 4 Casted panels
[Link]. In both type of column blocks a circular hole encased
with PVC pipe is provided having diameter [Link] Slab:
purpose behind providing this circular hole is to bind or to Slab acts as the cover to the septic tank made up of cement
hold column block in vertical manner so that the loading will mortar with bamboo as the reinforcement also with the layer
not be eccentric. To hold these column block bamboo is of chicken mesh on both sides of reinforcement.
inserted in that hole from footing to roof. There are six Slab acts as the flexural member with the thickness of 60 mm.
columns and each column consists of 3 column blocks, each Bamboo reinforcement is provided in two directions i.e.
column block has height 300mm and plan area of 200 X along shorter span and longer span [see Fig. 5].
200mm [refer Fig. 3].

Two groove column blocks.

These column blocks are provided at the 4 corners of septic
tank. It consists of two grooves having size 40 X 30mm

Three groove column blocks.

These column blocks are provided at mid of the septic tank
in which baffle wall is inserted. The size of grooves are kept
same as the previous type.

Fig.5 Casted slab

Bamboo wall:

The superstructure is made up of bamboo basically for the

aesthetic and design which has proved to be cost effective.
Bamboos of vertical length of 2m divided into the uniform
strips of required length arranged vertically to form the wall
which are connected by horizontal wooden strips [see Fig. 6].

Fig. 3 Cross section of column blocks

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.200

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
8 & 9]. At the time of removal of formwork care should be
taken that the edges will be remain sharp and unbroken. Each
concrete block has been kept for curing at least 28 days.

Fig. 6 Bamboo wall

Commode:
Designed as the foldable commode so the space is utilised Fig. 8 Column block
properly for bathing, washing clothes, other purposes. The
commode consists of foldable steel chair with an elliptical
hole. A rubber material having smooth finish over it which is
attached to the elliptical hole to form a trap. The current price
of the Indian toilet seat is 2499Rs. In Mumbai Home town
and R-city malls (material is ceramic). Eco-san toilet seat is
1200Rs which is currently using by the user in the rural areas
( material = fiber glass) [see Fig. 7].

Fig. 9 Column blocks kept in curing tank

Ferro-cement panel
Ferro-cement panels are made up of with a proportion of 1:3
Some panela are casted using crushed aggregate instead of
river sand. Care has been taken while casting panels that the
woven mesh has dispersed throughout the body of panel Also
plastic has been covered to the formwork from inside for easy
removal of panel. Each panel has placed for curing of 28 days
Fig. 7 Steel foldable chair used as commode [see Fig. 10].

Execution and casting-mix proportion

Column block:
The grade of concrete used for casting of column block is
M20 i.e. ([Link]). The aggregate used for column block are
clean and free from dust and any other impurities. Before
pouring concrete in the formwork it has been applied with oil
and grease, so that at the time of removal of formwork it will
be easily removed without causing any damage to the surface
and grooves of the concrete block. Optimum no of tamping
is provided and care has taken at the time of tamping that Fig. 10 Cutting of mesh by cutter
there should be no displacement of grooving material which
is provided in the formwork. The PVC pipe should be
remained vertical throughout the process of casting. The
thermacool or any other material which is used to form
groove should not lose its adhesiveness while coming in
contact of water, oil or any other concreting material [see Fig.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.201

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Fig.14 Casted slab

Fig.11 Hand mixing adopted for preparation of mortar
Bamboo wall
A wooden frame is made as per required size of wall. This
wooden frame has checked with diagonal checks so that no
difficulty will arise. After formation of wooden frame the
bamboo has cut along its longitudinal axis. It should be cut
from centre so that it should form two equal size of half
bamboo. These half bamboo are jointed to the frame with the
help of nails. To reduce air gaps between two consecutive
bamboo it should tight with jaw before nailing it [see Fig.
15].. There will be always air gaps between two bamboos so
a polypropylene sheet is used to cover this air gap. This
polypropylene sheet is covered to the wall panel from inside.

Fig. 12 Placing of wire mesh in panel

Slab
Bamboo strips has been used instead steel reinforcement in
the slab. Strips of bamboo has average diameter of 6mm. This
bamboo reinforcement is provided in both ways. To form a
mesh of bamboo reinforcement junctions are tied with steel
wire to hold strips in proper manner. Also this mesh of
bamboo reinforcement is covered with chicken mesh from
both sides. The mix is made up of cement mortar having
proportion 1:3. Before pouring mortar into formwork has
covered with plastic form inside of formwork so that there
will be no difficulty while removing formwork. This
formwork has removed after minimum 24 hours of casting
[see Fig. 11, 12, 13 & 14]. At the time of casting of slab depth
has checked at different sections so that there will be uniform
thickness of the slab throughout its length. Fig. 15 Fixing polypropylene sheets

Making Formworks:
There are various types of moulds used for the casting of
different precast members of the project [see Fig. 16].

Fig.13 Mortaring of slab

Fig.16 Making moulds in carpentry shop

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.202

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Grooves mould:
It is the having 3 groves used for placing the precast Ferro
cement columns.
Three grooves basically for walling purpose on three
different directions arranged to form the mould with the help
of bolt and screw assembly [see Fig. 17].

Fig.19 Panel formwork

Slab:

Probably the heaviest member of the project having thickness

60 mm Slab is provided to act as the platform over the septic
tank for the commuters. Slab casted with the bamboo
reinforcement provided in between the layers of chicken
mesh 13X 13X 12X 12g [see Fig. 20 & 21].

Fig. 17 Groove formwork

It is having the 2 grooves purposely for corner columns.

Three grooves basically for walling purpose on three
different directions arranged to form the mould with the help
of bolt and screw assembly as shown below [see Fig. 18].

Fig.20 Slab formwork

Fig. 18 Assembling of column block formwork

Panels:
Since the panels were designed in keeping the slenderness
factor.
The panels are thin precast members provided to act as the
wall for the entire structure as part [see Fig. 19].

Fig.21 Opening of column block formwork

Problems during execution and their solutions.

During vibration of panel moulds on table vibration machine

it was observed that the wire mesh used to come up on the
surface of the mortar. It was then therefore not vibrated on
table vibrator. Cracks were observed on slab the next day
after casting. This was due to bamboo which was used in

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.203

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
place of steel reinforcement. Small slurry of cement past was
made and was applied on the cracks. It was observed that
bamboo started drying when it was cut into 2 parts
longitudinally. Bamboos which are already dried should be
used to avoid gaps which arise while making the wall of
superstructure [see Fig. 22].

Fig.22 Honeycombing in concrete

Assembling the toilet:

Following is the standard procedure adopted for assembling Fig. 24 First testing of slab
the toilet:

Column blocks are placed such that 4 two grooves blocks are
placed at the 4 corners respectively. Then 2 grooves blocks
are placed in between the two 3 grooves blocks.

Panels of size 860x300mm are inserted in the grooves of

column blocks along the length of septic tank. Panels of size
460x300mm are inserted in the grooves of column blocks
along the width of septic tank and also in the mid to act as
baffle wall. Bamboos are inserted into the hole which is left
in column blocks. The holes are filled with cement mortar
(1:3) and allowed to dry. Waterproofing of septic tank is done
by using suitable liquid. Slab is placed over the column
blocks. Wall panels are tied or fixed between the bamboos
which are inserted in column block. Commode of steel is
placed over the slab and the necessary plumbing is done. Fig.25 First testing of assembling septic tank
Roof is then fixed [see Fig. 23, 24, 25 & 26]. Doors and
windows are installed. Polypropylene sheets are fixed on the
inner side of bamboos.

Fig. 23 Septic tank assembly Fig.26 Bamboo inserted in column blocks

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.204

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Finishing: will reduce the consumption of plaster. If there exist any
cavities or holes on the surface, then fill it in advance with
All exposed surface to weathering is properly given appropriate material. Roughen the entire wall to be plastered.
protecting finish to make it resistant against external Wash the mortar joints and entire wall to be plastered, and
agencies. keep it wet for at least 6 hours before applying cement plaster.

Waterprofing of septic tank. step-2 (ground work for plaster)

In order to get uniform thickness of plastering throughout the
Internal finishing wall surface, first fix dots on the wall. A dot means patch of
plaster of size 15 mm x 15 mm and having thickness of about
Mix your waterproofing sealant thoroughly, following the 10 mm. Dots are fixed on the wall first horizontally and then
product instructions and measuring proportions very vertically at a distance of about 2 meters covering the entire
carefully, if the product you’re using requires mixing. Wet wall surface. Check the verticality of dots, one over the other,
the inside surfaces with the spray bottle before applying by means of plumb-bob. After fixing dots, the vertical strips
waterproofing for cement-based applications. The entire of plaster, known as screeds, are formed in between the dots.
surface must be damp for good adherence. Apply the These screeds serve as the gauges for maintaining even
waterproofing base coat at the recommended thickness. For thickness of plastering being applied.
cement-based waterproof coatings, the first coat should be at
least 1/16-inch thick. Spray on the coating, filling all pores, step-3 (applying first coat or under coat or rendering coat)
then brush it into the surface with the Tampico brush, using In case of brick masonry, the thickness of first coat plaster is
horizontal strokes. Let the first coat dry for at least 24 hours in general12 mm and in case of concrete masonry this
– again, follow your product instructions – before applying a thickness varies from 9 to 15 mm. The ratio of cement and
second or top coat at least 1/32-inch thick. Dampen the septic sand for first coat plaster varies from 1:3 to 1:6. Apply the
tank walls again, using the spray bottle, before spraying the first coat of plaster between the spaces formed by the screeds
second coat. Finish that coat with vertical brush strokes. on the wall surface. This is done by means of trowel. Level
Allow the coating to fully cure for at least five days. the surface by means of flat wooden floats and wooden
straight edges.
Use [Link] Pidifin 2k, a component waterproof coating for
septic [Link] benefits are as follows: After levelling, left the first coat to set but not to dry and then
roughen it with a scratching tool to form a key to the second
A heavy-duty waterproof coating. coat of plaster.
Life expectancy for 5 years.
step-4 (applying second coat or finishing coat or fine coat)
External finishing: The thickness of second coat or finishing coat may vary
between 2 to 3 mm.
Normal plastering is adopted for external surface of septic
tank. Procedure adopted is as follows: The ratio of cement and sand for second coat plaster varies
from 1:4 to 1:6.
Cement plastering is commonly used as ideal coating for
external and internal surface of wall. Cement plaster is Before applying the second coat, damp the first coat evenly.
usually applied in a single coat or double coat. Double coat Apply the finishing coat with wooden floats to a true even
plaster is applied where thickness of plaster is required to be surface and using a steel trowel, give it a finishing touch.
more than 15 mm or when it is required to get a very fine As far as possible, the finishing coat should be applied
finish. The process of applying a double coat cement plaster starting from top towards bottom and completed in one
on wall surface consists of the following 5 steps. operation to eliminate joining marks.

Step-1-Preparation of surface for plastering After completion of the plastering work, it is kept wet by
Step-2-Ground work for plaster sprinkling water for at least 7 days in order to develop
Step-3-Applying first coat (or under coat or rendering coat) strength and hardness.
Step-4-Applying second coat (or finishing coat or fine coat)
Superstructure walls:
STEP BY STEP GUIDE FOR CEMENT PLASTERING Walls which are made up of vertical bamboo joined together
by horizontal wood strips are protected from inside by fixing
step-1 (preparation of surface for plastering) sheets of polypropylene so as to protect the wall from water.
Keep all the mortar joints of wall rough, so as to give a good
bonding to hold plaster. Clean all the joints and surfaces of
the wall with a wire brush, there should be no oil or grease Costing and Estimation
etc. left on wall surface. If the surface is smooth or the wall
to be plastered is old one, then rake out the mortar joint to a Estimate of one ferro-cement water closet:
depth of at least 12 mm to give a better bonding to the plaster.
If the projection on the wall surface is more than 12 mm, then Estimate of toilet is carried out by determining the quantities
knock it off, so as to obtain a uniform surface of wall. This of various components [refer Table 6].

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.205

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
(iii) Difficult to convince people to use ferro-cement
Table 6 Costing and estimation technology.
Description Nos Per Total (iv) Requires more responsibility and regular maintenance.
Cement 4 330 Bag 1320
Sand 0.321 2500 M3 802.5 Conclusions and Future Scope
Aggregate 0.225 900 M3 202.5
Bamboo 16 130 Nos 2080 Conclusions:
Polypropylene 4 150 Nos 600 i. Ferro-cement low cost water closet can be
Nails, Hinges Lump 84 - 84 constructed using ferro-cement technology.
Sum ii. Precast components of the toilet can be easily casted
Chair 1 700 Nos 700 using simple method of construction.
Plastic Cloth 2 100 M2 200 iii. Components are less heavy than other toilets which
Trap 1 120 Nos 120 are made up of RCC and brick masonry.
iv. Ferro-cement low cost water closet is cost effective
Air Vent Pipe 1 160 Nos 160
than other toilets which are in use in rural area.
Outlet 1 50 Nos 50
v. Ferro-cement low cost water closet is a
PVC Pipe 7.2 50 M 360
multipurpose toilet in which commode can be
Door 1 1000 Nos 1000 folded so as to utilize the place for bathroom.
Labour Lumpsum 3000 vi. Ferro-cement has proved its quality through its
TOTAL Rs strength in tension and flexure.
10679/- vii. Easy assembling of members without any special
equipment.
Comment: viii. Ferro-cement itself is watertight.
The above cost is only for single toilet. On mass production ix. Affordable to poor people who do not have adequate
of components of ferro-cement toilet the cost may get sanitation facility.
reduced to approximately Rs 5500/- (10) Mass production on large scale can reduce the cost
of toilet to Rs 5500/-

Merits and Demerits of Low cost ferro-cement water Future scope:

closet. Based on the study and experience from the project following
are the future scopes of ferro-cement low cost toilet:
Merits: (1) Nowadays RCC is getting replaced by other
(1) Materials which are used in constructing the members of advance and cost-effective material such as ferro-
the toilet are easily available in rural areas as well as in urban cement, so lot of scope is there in constructing low
area cost toilets in ferro-cement.
(2) Ferro-cement Low cost toilet water closet is cost efficient. (2) Space requirement is often a debate. Ferro-cement
(3) Less labours are required for casting as well as assembling low cost water closet is rightly suitable in future to
the components of the toilet. compensate against space.
(4) Steel is not at used which reduces the cost of material to (3) It can be developed in future through Government
large extent. schemes for rural area.
(5) Time required for assembling and fixing all the (4) In India, Ferro-cement is used often because the
components is less. constructions made from it are more resistant to
(6) Mass production of components such as column block earthquakes. It has a wide range of other uses
ferro-cement panels, slabs are possible which gives excellent including sculpture and prefabricated building
quality if casted under good supervision. components.
(7) Space taken by toilet is less so it does not require a large
area for constructing.
(8) The closet designed in such that it can be folded and the REFERENCES
space can be utilized for other purposes such as bathing, [1] Gramalaya – Tiruchirapalli Appropriate Low-cost toilet
washing of clothes etc. technology – An Indian perspective
(9) Less formwork are required to cast the components. [2] School and Aganwadi Toilets Designs, TSC, DDWS,
(10) Its is an eco-friendly project as bamboo in used in place GOI, 2005
of steel. [3] TSC Guidelines, 2004
(11) Durability is more as ferro-cement is a strong material [4] School and Anganwadi Sanitation, Handbook for
having excellent properties in compression, tension, water Technology Options and Design, UNICEF, 2003 -04
tightness, weather resistant etc. [5] Communication Tools, TSC, DDWS, 2005-2006
(12) It is an excellent option for rural communities, buildings, [6] Low cost sanitation Facilities, UNICEF, NEW DELHI,
parks and motels. 1990
Demerits: [7] Excreta disposal for small communities – WHO, 1958
(i) Requires supervision to maintain best quality of work. [8] Source: IRC Technical Paper Series 39 [School Sanitation
(ii) Use of the toilet is limited to 5 persons only. and Hygiene Education – India]
[9] Website: [Link]

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.206

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE 2023, WCE Sangli

Air Quality Index for the selected locations of

Ichalkaranji city, Maharashtra
Mr. Vinod R. Nejkar Mr. Yogesh S. Patil Mrs. Sadhana M. Patil
Assistant Professor, Civil Assistant Professor, Civil Assistant Professor, Civil
Engineering Department, Engineering Department, Engineering Department,
Sharad Institute of Technology Sharad Institute of Technology Sharad Institute of Technology
College of Engineering, College of Engineering, College of Engineering,
Ichalkaranji. Ichalkaranji. Ichalkaranji.
1vinodnejkar11@[Link]

. Mr. Ashish B. Jadhav

Assistant Professor, Civil
Engineering Department,
Sharad Institute of Technology
College of Engineering,
Ichalkaranji.

Abstract— “In areas with high population exposure, urban gas, and oil combustion; and 4) trade, traffic, and
air quality is a serious concern.” This study reveals the condition manufacturing processes that release dust, fumes, vapors, and
of the city of Ichalkaranji’s ambient air quality. Three sampling gases. As large numbers of people are exposed to it and the
points—one in a residential area, one in an industrial area, and harmful effects it has on human and environmental health,
one in a commercial area—were thoughtfully selected to
emphasize an overview of the region's overall air quality and
urban air pollution is a concern in today's world (Barman).
also the AQI. Ichalkaranji, an industrial city, is best known for levels of air pollution from vehicular emissions, including
its production of textile products. Assessments of four air metals and fine and ultrafine particles (Nolte et al., 2002).
pollutants—suspended particulate matter (SPM), CO, NO2, (Sharma et al., 2006). Every city has distinctive
and SO2 were used to determine the air quality index. The characteristics that act as a draw for growth and development;
analysis of the city of Ichalkaranji’s air quality over a period of if not controlled, this growth and development progress poses
six months discloses rising trends in air pollution. Annually, the risks to the environment and the health of the public. The
average SPM concentration among all locations has progressed concern for ambient air quality in Ichalkaranji is generated by
over the NAAQS-suggested limit. Apart from this, the levels of the city's unique industry, which is dedicated to producing
SO2 and NO2 are generally within the permitted range.
According to the study, industrial sites obviously recorded
textiles. Apart from this, other industries also contribute to
higher concentrations compared to other sites. June was found the decline in air quality through infrastructure projects,
to be more critical, with higher concentrations for all substandard traffic management, uneven roads, and
parameters. AQI was found to be less than 50 for all the considerable amounts of automobile exhaust. It is extremely
locations except the industrial site. AQI was calculated based on important that the public at large, especially individuals
SPM, CO, NO2, and SO2. SPM concentration was recorded in living in towns and cities, become aware of the effects of
the range of 64 µg/m3 to 141 µg/m3, SO2 from 1.8 to 6.8 µg/m3, industrial pollution, vehicle pollution, and other forms of
and NO2 from 3.9 to 10.2 µg/m3. Overall air quality was found pollution on human health both now and in the future. The
to be ‘good’ under the present conditions. ambient air quality of Ichalkaranji city needs to be monitored
Keywords— Air Quality, Sub-indices, USEPA standards, AQI, in light of the aforementioned facts. For three consecutive
Ambient air, NAAQS months, the amount of SPM, SO2, and NO2 at three different
activity areas of Ichalkaranji city was measured to assess the
I. INTRODUCTION (HEADING 1) quality of the ambient air.
Both developed and developing countries face challenges The current study's goals are to evaluate the ambient air
from environmental pollution (Ghose et al., 2005). One of the quality in terms of SPM, SO2, and NO2; to examine trends in
significant issues that people around the world face is air pollutants over time and space; and to raise public awareness
pollution, especially in urban areas of developing nations of environmental pollution.
where there is not only a rapid increase in population but also Ichalkaranji is a city in the state of Maharashtra, in the
industrialization and an increase in the number of vehicles. western part, as shown in Fig. 1. It is located between the
(2004 Nagdene). cities of Kolhapur and Sangli, on coordinates 16 0 42’ N and
The ever-increasing production of goods and the burning of 740 27’ E, with an area of around 48 sq. km and a population
fossil fuels to generate the energy required to sustain of 300,000 as per the 2011 census.
industrial and domestic activities lead to significant toxic
The city's unique textile industries, growing vehicular traffic
waste releases into the environment every year. In India,
major air pollutants are sulfate dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, and within the city limits, and the dense traffic on the highway,
suspended particulate matter (SPM) (Agarwal and Singh, which passes through the city in the middle, all contribute to
2000). Activities that contaminate the air are: 1) animal and the poor air quality in the area. These numerous interrelated
human respiration; 2) organic matter decomposition; 3) coal, factors release a large amount of air pollution into urban

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.207

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE 2023, WCE Sangli
environments, endangering both human health and the
delicate ecosystem.
To determine the current trend of air pollution in Ichalkaranji
city, the observed SPM, SO2, and NO2 for four months have
been compared.
In comparison to the prior year, May and June recorded a
slight increase in trend in the residential, commercial, and
industrial areas. The industrial area, however, experienced
the greatest value growth over the period. All of the values
were below the maximum limit of the NAAQS.

A. SPM or fine particulate matter:

Lower values were observed across the period of four
months. However, values in the commercial and industrial
Figure 1 Map of Ichalkaranji Indicating Sampling Points. areas were recorded higher than those in the residential area
during the study period. All of the values were found to be
II. METHODOLOGY less than 140 µg/m3 as per NAAQS.
For the assessment of ambient air quality, the three stations,
as indicated in Figure 1 that cover the entire municipal area B. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2):
of Ichalkaranji city were chosen. These stations were chosen NAAQS (24-Hourly): SO2 = 80 µg/m3, NO2 = 80 µg/m3,
based on their type of activity, such as residential, PM10 = 100 µg/m3, PM-2.5 = 60 µg/m3 (residential,
commercial, or industrial. The Environtec (New Delhi) industrial, rural, and other areas) and (ecologically sensitive
Respirable Dust Sampler APM 460 is used to collect samples area). Adequate data (taken for calculation), annual: cities
for SPM. These samplers are installed at a height of about 6 where ≥50 days of monitoring were done in a year;
to 8 meters above the ground and mounted on the roofs of Inadequate data (taken for calculation): cities < 50 days of
domestic buildings nearby. Samples were collected once a monitoring were done in a year;
week. The 24-hour air samples were taken in three shifts of 8 TABLE 1: DATA FOR SELECTED REGIONS IN ICHALKARANJI (1
hours each, which corresponded to daytime (8–16 h), evening HOUR AVERAGE CONCENTRATION)
(16–24 h), and night-time (24–8 h). Activi Loc March April May June
ty ati
SP NO SP NO SP NO SP NO
areas on SO2 SO2 SO2 SO2
III. RESULTS M X M X M X M X

Residen Sarswati
The manufacture of textiles is well known in the city of tial Nagar 64.6 1.8 3.9 71 2.3 4.2 84 2.8 4.6 99 3.1 4.3

Ichalkaranji. There are approximately 100 small units and 5 Comme

Shahapur 76.8 2.5 4.7 89
large units operating continuously within the city. Unchecked rcial 3.2 5.8 98 3.8 5.9 106 3.9 5.4

population growth and the city of Ichalkaanji’s shifting Near

Panchaga 112.
socioeconomic circumstances over the past few decades have Industrial 4.6 9.8 134 5.9 10.4 126 6.3 11.2 141 6.8 10.2
nga 4
led to an increase in the number of vehicles on the road. Sugars
Particularly, personal vehicles have a negative impact on both
human health and the quality of the surrounding air. As of TABLE 2: USEPA STANDARDS FOR DIFFERENT AQIS
today, there are 16,232 different categories of vehicles 0- 51 - 101 - 201 - 301 - 401 -
registered with the traffic department. AQI 50 100 150 300 400 500

Unhealt
Three monitoring locations, as shown in Fig. 1, representing Level
hy for Very
s of Goo Moder Hazardo Hazardo
different activity areas, i.e., one in residential, one in conce d ate
sensitiv unhealt
us us
e hy
commercial, and one in industrial, were selected for the study, rn
groups
as shown in Table 1.

TABLE – 1: MONITORING LOCATIONS FOR AMBIENT AIR A lower concentration was discovered in residential areas
QUALITY IN FIROZABAD CITY. compared to the other areas. In comparison to previous
[Link]. Locations Activities
months, commercial and industrial areas also displayed
1 Sarswati Nagar Residential slightly higher concentrations. This could be due to the higher
2 Shahapur Commercial ambient temperature in the summer. As a result, SO2 levels at
3 Near Panchaganga Sugars Industrial each location demonstrated a slight increase over time with
minimal fluctuations.
Trends in Ichalkaranji City's Ambient Air Quality:

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.208

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE 2023, WCE Sangli
C. Oxides of Nitrogen (NO2): concentration of NO2 in the current study was found to be
well below the allowable limit of 30 µg/m3, while the level of
Comparing the data from the months of March and April to
SO2 was also recorded below the NAAQS' permissible limit
May and June, every location displayed an upward trend. The of 20 µg/m3 (MoEF 2009). Numerous studies show that even
industrial site had the highest NOX concentrations, followed at low concentrations, gaseous pollutants have an impact on
by the commercial district. All of the study's values are still reproductive and developmental processes, as well as
under the maximum permitted value of NAAQS (Fig. 6). respiratory diseases. The risk of lung cancer is significantly
increased by vehicular traffic and NO2.
Spatial variation of ambient air quality status of Ichalkaranji
during the study period: Air Quality Index (AQI):
An effort was made during the study to arrive at the
The highest four months’ average SO2 concentration in Air Quality Index for the areas where sampling points were
industrial areas was recorded in June at 6.8 µg/m 3, and the selected. AQI was calculated for SPM, SO2, and NO2. The
lowest was recorded in March at 4.6 µg/m 3, as presented in US EPA method was followed in calculating the AQI.
Table 1. In terms of overall concentration, industrial areas in Pollutant-specific sub-indices and levels of concern were
June (6.8 µg/m3) and residential areas in March with 1.8 referred to from the USEPA chart for the purpose of
µg/m3 had the highest and lowest SO2 concentrations, calculation. USEPA guidelines explain the AQI calculation
respectively. These values are significantly below the in 3 steps, as below:
permitted limit. In the residential area, the four months’ Step 1: Major pollutant concentrations are truncated
average concentration was 2.5 µg/m3. The average value in as per the guidelines.
the commercial area was 3.35 µg/m3, with the highest value Step 2: Identifying the upper and lower
of 3.9 µg/m3 in June and the lower of 2.5 µg/m3 in March. concentrations for the truncated
The average for four months’ concentration recorded in concentration of the pollutant from the
industrial areas was 5.9 µg/m3. When comparing the overall USEPA chart.
values, Panchaganga Sugar recorded the highest Step 3: Pollutant Index calculation using the
concentration of 6.8 µg/m3 in June, and Sarswati Nagar had following equation:
the lowest concentration of 1.8 µg/m3 in March. The analysis Step 4: Round off the index to the nearest integer.
of Table 5 reveals that NOx concentration recorded an
increasing trend from March to June but is still below the
𝐼𝐻𝑖 − 𝐼𝐿𝑜
NAAQS-permitted limit of 30 µg/m3. June month recorded 𝐼𝑝 = (𝐶𝑝 − 𝐵𝑃𝐿𝑜 ) + 𝐼𝐿𝑜 …… (1)
𝐵𝑃𝐻𝑖 − 𝐵𝑃𝐿𝑜
the highest SPM concentration in residential areas, while
𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒, 𝐼𝑝 = 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑥 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑝𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑝
industrial areas recorded the highest concentration also in
𝐶𝑝 : 𝑡𝑟𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑜𝑙𝑙𝑢𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑝
June at 141 µg/m3 and the lowest in March with 112 µg/m3.
𝐵𝑃𝐻𝑖 : 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑏𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑘𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑖𝑠 𝑔𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑛 𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑜 𝐶𝑝
Commercial area recorded the highest SPM level of 106
𝐵𝑃𝐿𝑜 : 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑏𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑘𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑖𝑠 𝑙𝑒𝑠𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑛 𝑜𝑟 𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑜 𝐶𝑝
µg/m3 in June and the lowest recorded concentration of 76
𝐼𝐻𝑖 : 𝐴𝑄𝐼 𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡𝑜 𝐵𝑃𝐻𝑖
µg/m3 in March. The highest concentrations of air pollutants
𝐼𝐿𝑜 : 𝐴𝑄𝐼 𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑝𝑜𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑡𝑜 𝐵𝑃𝐿𝑜
were recorded in industrial areas. Only SO2 concentrations
were recorded significantly below the limit, while SPM levels The basic objective of any air quality index is to transform
were consistently found to be at higher values, still below the
the measured concentrations of individual air pollutants into
recommended limit at all monitoring sites (Fig. 1,2,3). NO2
concentrations also consistently showed an increasing trend, a single numerical index using a suitable aggregation
with lower values than the recommended limit. mechanism (1).
With the application of USEPA AQI for the selected regions,
Health effects: as shown in Table 1, the following results were recorded, as
All pollutants, including metals, have harmful effects on both presented in Table 3. The breakpoint concentrations have
human and environmental health when they are present in been defined by the EPA on the basis of the National Ambient
large quantities. One of the main ways that pollutants enter
Air Quality Standards (NAAQS).
the human body is through air inhalation. The current study's
findings indicated that present levels of particulate matter are
TABLE 3: AQI FOR THE SELECTED REGIONS
well below the maximum limit at all the monitoring sites.
However, citizens must be aware of the increasing trend in March April May June
SPM, which may lead to a number of cardiovascular and SPM 56 59 66 73
respiratory diseases, including bronchitis, asthma, and
Residential

problems with fetal development, if left unchecked. Increased SO2 2.6 3.3 4.0 4.4
mortality and morbidity rates, as well as a higher risk of Sarswati
Nagar
preterm birth, may also be impacted by higher SPM levels. It NO2 3.9 4.2 4.6 4.3
has been reported that for every 10 µg/m 3 increase in SPM
concentration, the overall daily mortality will increase by 1%. AQI 56 59 66 73
The mass, number, shape, size, composition, and
Commer

SPM 62 68 73 77
cial

concentration of other inorganic and organic pollutants that Shahapur

SO2 4 5 5 6
are present with it all affect the impact of SPM. The

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.209

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE 2023, WCE Sangli
NO2 5 6 6 6
AQI 62 68 73 77
SPM 80 91 87 94
Panch'nga Sugars
Industrial

SO2 6.6 9 9 10
NO2 9.8 11 12 11
AQI 80 91 87 94

Table 3 presents the recorded AQI for the residential,

commercial, and industrial zones based on the USEPA
method of calculation. Results were observed during the
critical months of the year, when higher concentrations of air
pollutants were expected due to increased temperatures and
low humidity. As per the guidelines of USEPA on pollutant- Fig.2: Commercial Region
specific sub-indices and levels of concern, the AQI for SPM
was found to be the highest among other pollutants in all the
selected regions. As per the guidelines of USEPA, it falls
under the ‘Moderate’ level of concern, indicating the need for
control measures to get the index to the ‘Good’ level of
concern. The AQI indices for SO2 and NO2 were found to be
in the range of 4 to 10 and 4 to 11, respectively, as shown in
Table 3. Overall AQI for the selected regions was found to be
56, 59, 66, and 73 for the residential zone during March,
April, May, and June 2023; 62, 68, 73, and 77 for the
commercial area; and 80, 91, 87, and 94 for the industrial
zone during the same period. Variations in different
pollutants for residential, commercial, and industrial regions Fig.3: Industrial Region
are presented in Fig. 1 to 3. AQI variation for these selected
zones for the periods of March, April, May, and June is as
shown in Fig. 4.

Fig.4: AQI variation

IV. CONCLUSIONS
In the current study, an analysis of air pollutants like SPM,
Fig.1: Residential Region SO2, and NO2 was carried out to gauge the quality of ambient
air in Ichalkaranji city. Data analysis revealed the following:
At every monitoring site in residential, commercial, and
industrial areas, SPM levels were recorded below the
NAAQS limits.
All monitoring locations in residential, commercial, and
industrial areas had fine particle (PM-2.5) levels that were
significantly higher than the NAAQS (40 g/m3).
While NOx was found to be above the allowable limits (30
g/m3) and exhibited an increasing trend, the concentration of
gaseous pollutants, SO2, was found to be below the
prescribed NAAQS (20 g/m3) at all locations.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.210

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE 2023, WCE Sangli
Despite being in an ecologically sensitive zone, all three metals concentration in PM10of different location of Lucknow
city,” Bullet. Environ. Contam. Toxicol., 77, 419-426 (2006).
locations showed an increasing trend for PM-10 when
compared to the previous years.
Overall findings show that RSPM and SPM, along with
gaseous pollutants, are two of the main factors contributing
to the city's declining ambient air quality. Even for
policymakers, the unrestricted expansion of vehicles, their
technological advancement, and the emission of invisible
tailpipe pollutants are contentious issues. The environment is
made more complicated in terms of air quality and their
additive effects on human health by the use of various fuel
types, including gasoline, diesel, LPG, and compressed
natural gas (CNG).
Overall, the continuous accumulation of different types of
pollutants and their exposure to human beings needs the
emergency attention of policymakers, researchers, and
regulatory agencies. The present study suggests that it is
necessary to monitor the air quality as well as the health
effects at regular intervals at strategic locations, which will
help the planners ensure the sustainable development of the
city.

RECOMMENDATION:

To reduce the use of private vehicles, subsidized public

transportation must be expanded or introduced. a better traffic
management system. For the smooth operation of the traffic,
encroachment should be removed. Program to increase public
awareness of the effects of automobile pollution. Encourage
the removal of all vehicle horns and urge horn avoidance. To
discourage the use of personal vehicles, the government
should raise the hourly parking fees. Restore the pedestrian
path.

REFERENCES
[1] Agrawal, M. and J. Singh, “Impact of coal power plant emission on
the foliar elemental concentrations in plants in a low rainfall
tropical region,” Environ. Monitoring Assessment, 60, 261-282
(2000).
[2] Barman, S.C., Kumar. N and R. Singh, “Assessment of urban air
pollution and its probable health impact,” Journal of Environmental
Biolog, 31(6), 931-920 (2010).
[3] Caselles, J., C. Colliga and P. Zornoza, “Evaluation of trace
elements pollution from vehicle emissions in Petunia plants,”
Water Air Soil Pollut, 136, 1-9 (2002).
[4] Curtis, L. W. Rea, P, Smith-Willis, E. Fenyves and Y. Pan,
“ Adverse health effects of outdoorair pollutants,” Environ. Intern.
32, 815-830 (2006).
[5] Jayaraman, G.N:, “Air quality and respiratory health in Delhi,”
Environ. Monit. Assess, DIO 10.1007/s 10661-007-9651-0 (2007).
[6] Kaushik, C.P., K. Ravindra and K. Yadav, “Assessment of ambient
air quality in urban centres of Haryana(India) in relation to different
anthropogenic activities and health risk,” Environ. Monit. Assess.,
122, 27-40 (2006).
[7] Nagdeve, D. A., “Urban air pollution and its influence on health in
India,” IIPS Mumbai, ENVIS center, 01(03), (2004).
[8] Nolte, C.G., J.J, Schauer, G.R. Cass and G.R. Simoneit,
“Trimethylsilyl derivatives of organic compounds on source
samples and in atmospher ie fine particulate matter,” Environ. Sci.
Technol, 36, 4273-4281 (2002).
[9] Sharma, K., R. Singh, S.C. Barman, D. Mishra, R. Kumar, M.P.S.
Negi, S.K. Mandal, G.C. Kisku,
[10] A.H. Khan, M.M. Kidwai and S.K. Bhargav, “Comparison of trace

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.211

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

3-D Numerical Analysis of Large Piled-Raft

Foundation in Clay Soil
Mali Shivanand1 Rupnar Amit2 Dudhal Kenchappa3
Assistant Professor Associate Professor Assistant Professor
Department of Civil Enginering Department of Mechnaical Engineering Department of Civil Enginering
College of Engieerng & Researc, College of Engineering and Research College of Engineering and Research
Sangola, India Sangola, India Sangola, India
Email: shivanandmali2007@[Link] Email: [Link]@[Link] Email: dudhalkm2016@[Link]

Abstract: In the present study, a large piled-raft foundation The parametric study on piled rafts installed in sand with
was simulated numerically through three dimensional finite stiffness that varies linearly with depth have been conducted
element modeling. 3D numerical modeling is the most reliable [16]. The study showed that the load carried by piles is
method for analysis of the piled-raft foundation in clay soils. higher for rigid rafts due to the minimal interaction between
The objective of study is to evaluate the effects of the pile c/s the raft and subsoil compared to the relatively flexible rafts.
area to raft area ratio, raft embedment depth, modulus of An undrained behavior of a piled raft system was assessed by
elasticity of soil, Poisson's ratio of soil and applied stress on the average and differential settlements, raft bending moment,
average settlement, differential settlement and load sharing and pile butt load ratio [17]. The results of the study showed
behavior of the foundation. The above results were compared
that a piled raft with variable pile length and optimal
for different piled area ratios, while keeping pile center-to-
center spacing constant and varying only the pile diameter. For
arrangement, yields the most economical and practical
all piled area ratios, there is no noticeable effect of the depth of design. Similarly, the piled rafts subjected to concentrated
piled-raft placement on the average settlement, differential loading showed lower differential settlements and higher pile
settlement and load sharing ratio. With a greater number of loads than as that of uniform loading [18].
piles, the average settlement decreases by a noticeable
magnitude. The differential settlement is lower when the piles II. NUMERICAL MODEING
are located only below the central portion of the raft. In Fig. 1 shows the PLAXIS 3-D model with boundaries
addition to this, it is observed that that at lower piled area ratio along with the geometry of the square raft and the typical
piles are loaded more than raft. finite element mesh used. The water table was assumed to be
at deep depth. From the edge of the raft, the lateral soil
Keywords: pile to raft area ratio average settlement, domain boundaries of the model were placed at a distance of
differential settlement and load sharing. twice the raft width (Br), and were restrained against
I. INTRODUCTION horizontal translation but vertical translation was allowed.
The bottom soil boundary was at a vertical distance equal to
A piled-raft foundation consists of the three elements raft, twice the raft width, and was restricted from both horizontal
piles, and soil. Depending on the relative dimension of the and vertical translations. The analysis is carried by activating
raft width (Br) and the pile length (Lp), piled-raft can be soil domain, selecting loading, making the piled-raft
classified as a small (if Br < Lp) and large (if Br > Lp) [1]. In geometry, application of load and then run was made. An
a small piled-raft piles are added for enhancing factor of undrained soil response was modeled in the current study,
safety whereas in a large piled-raft, piles are added to reduce and the settlement of soil due to the self-weight of the raft
the settlement. 3D numerical modeling is the most reliable was not considered. From the analysis of the unpiled raft
method for analysis of the piled-raft foundation in clay soils under applied loading, it was found that the selected lateral
[2]. Several researchers have investigated the settlement [3, boundaries of soil domain were sufficient because the
4] and bearing behavior [5, 6, & 7] of a piled-raft on clay observed zone of plastic strain developed in the soil was very
soils using numerical modeling. Different design aspects of much within the boundaries
piled-raft foundation have been reported by [8], [9], and [10].
Furthermore, [11], [12], and [13] indicated that the piled-raft
can be used as an effective and economic foundation
alternative for tall buildings to control the settlement and to
enhance the bearing capacities. The parametric study of
large piled-raft foundations in sandy soil through finite
element analyses was conducted by [14]. They indicated that
the concentrated pile arrangement method can help to reduce
the total and differential settlements as well as the induced
bending moments of the raft. The finite layer method was
used to investigate the behavior of piled-rafts with piles of
different lengths and diameters under vertical loading [15].
The study reported that for non-uniform loading, the use of
long piles underneath the heavily loaded area can help to
minimize the risk of tilting as well as to reduce the overall
and differential settlements.
Fig. 1. Fig. 1 Typical finite element mesh used in the study

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.212

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
The soil was modeled as 10-node tetrahedral elements c/s area to raft area ratio, raft embedment depth, modulus of
with the elastic-perfectly plastic Mohr-Coulomb model. The elasticity of soil, Poisson's ratio of soil and applied stress.
raft and piles were modeled as 5-node triangular plate The properties of the soil, raft and piles are tabulated in
elements and 4-node line elements, respectively. The Table 3. The values of Es, νs, Er, Ep and geometrical
materials of raft and piles were considered to be linear- dimensions of piled-raft were selected from [1].
elastic. The interaction between the soil and the pile was
modeled with embedded interface elements of 3-node line TABLE II. DIFFERENT PILE GROUP LAYOUTS
elements having pairs of nodes instead of single nodes. For Pile No. of Pile
the modeling of piled raft Plaxis manual is referred [19]. Pile c/s area
Bg/Br spacing, piles, diameter,
(m2)
Sp (m) Np dp (m)
III. MODEL VALIDATION 0.5 0.78
The present PLAXIS 3-D model was validated using the 0.20 4 1* 3.14
problem of 2 m thick raft (24 m × 24 m size) with 16 piles of 1.5 7.06
2 12.56
1m diameter and 15 m pile length (Lp) [20]. The material 0.5 9.61
properties of the soil, raft and piles are shown in Table 1. 4 49 1* 38.46
0.60 1.5 86.54
TABLE I. DETAILS OF MATERIAL PROPERTIES USED IN THE 2 153.8
VALIDATION
0.5 23.74
Material Property Unit Value 1.00 121 1* 94.98
Young’s modulus, Es MPa 54 1.5 213.7
Poisson’s ratio, νs - 0.15 2 379.9
Soil Unit weight, γ kPa 19 * Indicates standard value if not varied.
Internal friction angle, φ' ° 20
Cohesion, c' kPa 20 TABLE III. MATERIAL PROPERTIES USED IN THE PARAMETRIC STUDY
Young’s modulus, Er GPa 34
Raft Material Properties Units Values
Poisson’s ratio, νr - 0.2
Young’s modulus, Ep GPa 25 Young’s modulus, Es MPa 25*
Pile Soil
Poisson’s ratio, νp - 0.2 Poisson’s ratio, νs - 0.495
Young’s modulus, Er GPa 25
Raft
Poisson’s ratio, νr - 0.25
The piles were spaced at six times the pile diameter, and Young’s modulus, Ep GPa 25
uniformly distributed load of 0.5 MPa was applied on the Pile
Poisson’s ratio, νp - 0.25
piled-raft. Fig. 2 shows a comparison of the obtained load- * Indicates standard value if not varied.
settlement plot with that of the published results. It can be
seen that there is a good agreement. The vertical settlement profile of the piled-raft is as
shown in Fig. 3. The average settlement (Wavg), differential
Load (kPa)
settlement (∆Wc-e) and load sharing ratio (Rpr) are
0 100 200 300 400 500 expressed below in the mathematical form. The results are
0 plotted in the form of average settlement, differential
settlement and load sharing ratio. In all plots, the applied
100 uniformly distributed load (q) of 200 kPa is used, if it is not
Settlement (m)

varied.
200

300
Sinha & Hanna (2017): Lp = 15 m
400
Present study: Lp = 15 m
500
Fig. 2. Comparison of load-settlement behavior for validation of model

IV. PARAMETRIC STUDY Fig. 3. Definition of center and differential settlement of raft

The square raft (Br = 45 m) of 2 m thickness in Fig. 1 is

𝑊𝑐 + 2𝑊1 + 𝑊𝑒
supported by piles of 30 m length and 4 m spacing for 4
varying piled area ratios [i.e. ratio of pile group width (Bg) to 𝑊 avg = 5
(1)
raft width (Br)] of 0.2, 0.6 and 1.0 corresponding to total pile
numbers of 4, 49 and 121, respectively. The different pile ∆𝑊 c−e = 𝑤c − 𝑤e (2)
group layouts are tabulated in Table 2. Pile c/s area is the 𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐿𝑜𝑎𝑑 𝑐𝑎𝑟𝑟𝑖𝑒𝑑 𝑏𝑦 𝑝𝑖𝑙𝑒𝑠
sum of the cross-sectional areas of the total no. of piles. As 𝑅𝑝𝑟 = (3)
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑎𝑝𝑝𝑖𝑙𝑒𝑑 𝑙𝑜𝑎𝑑 𝑜𝑛 𝑟𝑎𝑓𝑡
the pile diameter is varied from 0.5 to 2 m in increments of
0.5 m, the pile c/s area increases. Thus, for Bg/Br ratios of
0.2, 0.6, 1.0, the pile c/s area to raft area ratio varies from
0.04 to 0.71%, 0.54 to 8.72%, 1.34 to 21.53%, respectively.
The settlement and load sharing behavior of the large
piled-raft foundation was studied for varying values of pile

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.213

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
V. RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS higher magnitude of 40 mm for Bg/Br of 1.0 (Fig. 5). For
this particular raft size, the limiting maximum settlement and
A. Effect of Pile c/s Area to Raft Area Ratio (Rarea) differential settlement values are 125 mm and 149 mm
The effect of varying pile c/s area to raft area ratio on (0.0033*Br) for plastic clay as per IS code provisions. For a
average settlement, differential settlement, and load sharing sagging deformation of the raft, the magnitude of maximum
ratio are shown in Figs. 4 to 6. The average settlement of the center settlement is always greater than the average
unpiled-raft is 229 mm. The results indicate that with settlement of the raft. Thus for a better reduction of
increase in pile c/s area to raft area ratio, the average differential settlement, the piles should be placed only below
settlement decreases to minimum values of 171 mm and 139 the central portion of the raft. As the pile c/s area to raft area
mm for Bg/Br ratios of 0.6 and 1.0, respectively (Fig. 4). ratio increases, load sharing ratio of piles increases from 8 to
15%, 36 to 57%, 70 to 94% for Bg/Br ratios of 0.2, 0.6, 1.0,
0.5 respectively (Fig. 6).
Avg. settlement, Wavg (m)

Bg/Br = 0.2
0.4 B. Effect of Raft Embedment Depth (de)
Bg/Br = 0.6
The effect of raft embedment depth on average
Bg/Br = 1.0 settlement, differential settlement, and load sharing ratio are
0.3
shown in Figs. 7 to 9. It can be noted that the average
0.2 settlement, differential settlement and load sharing ratio vary
insignificantly as the raft embedment depth increases from 0
to 5 m.
0.1
0.5

Avg. settlement, Wavg (m)

0.0 Unpiled-raft
0 5 10 15 20 25 0.4 Bg/Br = 0.2
Pile c/s area to raft area ratio, Rarea (%) Bg/Br = 0.6
0.3
Fig. 4. Average settlement vs. pile c/s area to raft area ratio Bg/Br = 1.0
0.2
0.10
Diff. settlement, ∆Wc-e (m)

Bg/Br = 1.0 0.1

0.08 Bg/Br = 0.2
0.0
0.06 Bg/Br = 0.6
0 1 2 3 4 5
0.04 Raft embeddment depth, de (m)
Fig. 7. Average settlement vs. raft embedment depth
0.02
0.10
Diff. settlement, ∆Wc-e (m)

0.00 Unpiled-raft Bg/Br = 1.0

0 5 10 15 20 25 0.08 Bg/Br = 0.2 Bg/Br = 0.6
Pile c/s area to raft area ratio, Rarea (%)
Fig. 5. Differential settlement vs. pile c/s area to raft area ratio
0.06

1.00 0.04

0.02
Load sharing ratio

0.75
0.00
0.50 0 1 2 3 4 5
Bg/Br = 1.0 Raft embeddment depth, de (m)
0.25 Bg/Br = 0.6 Fig. 8. Differential settlement vs. raft embedment depth

Bg/Br = 0.2 The average settlement is observed to be lower for a

0.00 higher Bg/Br ratio (Fig. 7). The differential settlement is the
0 5 10 15 20 25 maximum for Bg/Br ratio of 1.0 and is the minimum for
Pile c/s area to raft area ratio, Rarea (%) Bg/Br ratio of 0.6 (Fig. 8). The load sharing ratio is observed
to be almost 1.00 for the Bg/Br ratio of 1.0 indicating that the
Fig. 6. Load sharing ratio vs. pile c/s area to raft area ratio entire applied load is carried by the piles (Fig. 9).

The differential settlement decreases from 16 mm to 7

mm for Bg/Br ratio of 0.6, whereas it remains close to a

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.214

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
9%, 58 to 41%, 100 to 83% for Bg/Br ratios of 0.2, 0.6, 1.0,
1.00
respectively.
Bg/Br = 1.0
Load sharing ratio, Rpr

0.75 Bg/Br = 0.6 1.00

Bg/Br = 0.2 Bg/Br = 1.0

Load sharing ratio, Rpr

0.50 0.75 Bg/Br = 0.6
Bg/Br = 0.2
0.25 0.50

0.00 0.25
0 1 2 3 4 5
Raft embeddment depth, d e (m) 0.00
Fig. 9. Load sharing ratio vs. raft embedment depth 0 10 20 30 40 50
Modulus of elasticity of soil, Es (MPa)
C. Effect of Modulus of Elasticity of Soil (Es)
Fig. 12. Load sharing ratio vs. modulus of elasticity of soil
The effects of modulus of elasticity of soil on average
settlement, differential settlement, and load sharing ratio are D. Effect of Poisson's Ratio (vs)
shown in Figs. 10 to 12. As the modulus of elasticity of soil
increases to a maximum value of 50 MPa, the average The effects of Poisson's ratio of soil on average
settlement decreases to minimum values of 71 mm and 61 settlement, differential settlement, and load sharing ratio are
mm for Bg/Br ratios of 0.6 and 1.0, respectively (Fig. 10). shown in Figs. 13 to 15. As the Poisson's ratio of soil
increases from 0.1 to 0.495 indicating lower levels of
0.5 drainage, the average settlement has decreased to minimum
Avg. settlement, Wavg (m)

Unpiled-raft values of 165 mm and 142 mm for Bg/Br of ratios of 0.6 and
1.0, respectively (Fig. 13), whereas different trends are
0.4 Bg/Br = 0.2 obtained for differential settlement.
0.3 Bg/Br = 0.6
0.5
Avg. settlement, Wavg (m)

Bg/Br = 1.0 Bg/Br = 0.2 Unpiled-raft

0.2 0.4 Bg/Br = 0.6 Bg/Br = 1.0
0.1 0.3

0.0 0.2
0 10 20 30 40 50
Modulus of elasticity of soil, Es (MPa) 0.1
Fig. 10. Average settlement vs. modulus of elasticity of soil 0.0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
0.10
Diff. settlement, ∆Wc-e (m)

Unpiled-raft Poisson's ratio of soil, (vs)

0.08 Bg/Br = 1.0 Fig. 13. Average settlement vs. Poisson's ratio of soil
Bg/Br = 0.2
0.06 0.10
Bg/Br = 0.6
Diff. settlement, ∆Wc-e (m)

Unpiled-raft Bg/Br = 1.0

0.04 0.08
Bg/Br = 0.2 Bg/Br = 0.6
0.06
0.02
0.04
0.00
0.02
0 10 20 30 40 50
0.00
Modulus of elasticity of soil, Es (MPa)
-0.02 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
Fig. 11. Differential settlement vs. modulus of elasticity of soil
-0.04
The differential settlement decreases from 10 mm to 4 Poisson's ratio of soil, (vs)
mm for Bg/Br ratio of 0.6, and from 65 mm to 21 mm for
Bg/Br ratio of 1.0 (Fig. 11). From Fig. 12, it can be seen that Fig. 14. Differential settlement vs. Poisson's ratio of soil
as the modulus of elasticity of soil increases from 10 to 50
MPa, the load sharing ratio of piles has decreased from 15 to

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.215

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
For Bg/Br of 1.0, as the Poisson's ratio increases, the 0.10

Diff. settlement, ∆Wc-e (m)

differential settlement increases marginally and for other
Bg/Br ratios (0.2 and 0.6) it is observed to be negative (vs = Unpiled-raft Bg/Br = 1.0
0.1 to 0.3) and attains positive value beyond vs = 0.3 (Fig. 0.08
14). A negative value of differential settlement is indicative Bg/Br = 0.2 Bg/Br = 0.6
of a convex deformed shape of the raft slab. From Fig. 15, it 0.06
can be seen that with the increase of Poisson's ratio, load
sharing ratio of piles has decreased from 23 to 14%, 81 to 0.04
52%, and 100 to 93%, for Bg/Br ratios of 0.2, 0.6, and 1.0,
respectively. 0.02
1.0 0.00
Load sharing ratio, Rpr

0.8 0 50 100 150 200 250

Applied stress, q (kPa)
0.6 Bg/Br = 1.0
Fig. 17. Differential settlement vs. applied stress
Bg/Br = 0.6
0.4
Bg/Br = 0.2 1.00
Bg/Br = 1.0
0.2
Bg/Br = 0.6

Load sharing ratio, Rpr

0.75
0.0 Bg/Br = 0.2
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.50
Poisson's ratio of soil, (vs)
Fig. 15. Load sharing ratio vs. Poisson's ratio of soil 0.25
E. Effect of Applied Stress (q):
The effects of applied stress on average settlement, 0.00
differential settlement, and load sharing ratio are shown in 0 50 100 150 200 250
Figs. 16 to 18. With increase in applied stress from 50 to 250 Applied stress, q (kPa)
kPa, the average settlement increases to maximum values of
280 mm and 199 mm for Bg/Br ratios of 0.2 and 0.6, Fig. 18. Load sharing ratio vs. applied stress
respectively (Fig. 16).
REFERENCES
For Bg/Br ratio of 1.0, the differential settlement
[1] C. Viggiani, “Analysis and design of piled raft foundations” First
increases from 1 mm to 5 mm, whereas the increase is Arrigo Croce Lecture, Rivista Italiana Di Geotechnica, PP. 47-75,
insignificant for Bg/Br ratios of 0.2 and 0.6 (Fig. 17). With 2001.
increase in applied stress, load sharing ratio of piles increases [2] H. G. Poulos, “Piled raft foundations: design and applications”
from 6 to 15%, 20 to 62%, 24 to 89%, for Bg/Br ratios of Geotechnique, 51(1), PP. 95-114, 2001.
0.2, 0.6, 1.0, respectively (Fig. 18). [3] W. A. Prakoso, and F. H. Kulhawy, “Contribution to piled raft
foundation design” Journal of Geotechnical and Geoenvironmental
0.5 Engineering, 127(1), PP. 17-24, 2001.
Avg. settlement, Wavg (m)

Unpiled-raft Bg/Bg = 0.2 [4] J. Cho, S. Jeong, and J. Lee, “The settlement behavior of piled raft in
0.4 clay soils” Ocean Engineering, PP. 153-163, 2012.
Bg/Br = 0.6 Bg/Br = 1.0 [5] O. Reul, “Numerical study of the bearing behavior of piled rafts”
International Journal of Geomechanics, 4(2), PP. 59-68, 2004.
0.3 [6] L. D. Sanctis, and A. Mandolini, “Bearing capacity of the piled rafts
on soft clays” Journal of Geotechnical and Geoenvironmental
0.2 Engineering, 132, PP. 1600-1610, 2006.
[7] J. Lee, Y. Kim, and S. Jeong, “Three dimentional analysis of bearing
0.1 behavoir of piled raft on soft clay” Computers and Geotechnics, 37,
PP. 103-114, 2010.
[8] H. G. Poulos, “Methods of analysis of piled raft foundations” A
0.0 Report Prepared on Behalf of Technical Committee TC18 on Piled
Foundations, 2001.
0 50 100 150 200 250
[9] A. T. Ghalesari, A. P. Barari, Fardad Amini and L. B. Ibsen,
Applied stress, q (kPa) “Development of optimum design from static response of pile-raft
interaction” Journal of Material Science and Technology, 20, PP. 331-
Fig. 16. Average settlement vs. applied stress
343, 2015.
[10] O. Reul, and M. F. Randolph, “Design strategies for piled rafts
subjected to nonuniform vertical loading” Journal of Geotechnical
and Geoenvironmental Engineering, 130, PP. 1-13, 2004.
[11] H. G. Poulos, and G. Bunce, “Foundation design for the burj dubai:
The words tallest buliding”, Proc., The Sixth International Conference
on Case Histories in Geotechnical Engineering, Arlinton, VA, PP. 11-
16, 2008.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.216

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
[12] H. G. Poulos, J. C. Small, and H. Chow, “Piled raft foundation for [16] Alnuaim AM, El Naggar H, El Naggar, “Evaluation of piled raft
tall buildings” Geotechnical Engineering Journals of the SEAGS and performance using a verified 3D nonlinear numerical model”.
AGSSEA, 42(2), PP. 78-84, 2011. Geotechnical and Geological Engineering, 35(4), 1831-1845, 2017.
[13] M. Rabiei, and A. J. Choobbasti, “Piled raft design strategies for high [17] Ghalesari AT, Barari AP, Fardad, AILB, “Development of optimum
rise buildings” Geotechnical Geological Engineering, 34, PP. 75-85, design from static response of pile-raft interaction”. Journal of
2016. Material Science and Technology, 20, PP. 331-343, 2015.
[14] D. D. C. Nguyen, D. S. Kim, and Jo, S. B, “Parametric study for [18] Ghalesari AT, Choobbasti AJ, “Numerical analysis of settlement and
optimal design of large piled raft foundations on sand” Computers bearing behaviour of piled raft in Babol clay” European Journal of
and Geotechnics, 55, PP. 14-26, 2014. Environmental and Civil Engineering, PP. 1-26, 2016.
[15] Chow HSW, Small JC, “Behaviour of piled rafts with piles of [19] PLAXIS, Balkema, Rotterdam, Netherlands, 2015.
different lengths and diameters under vertical loading” Advance in [20] A. Sinha, and A. M. Hanna, “3D Numerical Model for Piled Raft
Deep Foundations, 1-15. DOI: 10.1061/40778 (157), 2005. Foundation” International Journal of Geomechanics, 2017.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.217

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Studies on Assestment of Electricity Consumption

and Design of Solar PV Module for Residential
Buildings.

Dr. K. S. Gumaste
Darshan Mundada Department of Civil Engineering
Department of Civil Engineering Walchand College of Engineering
Walchand College of Engineering Sangli, India
Sangli, India E-mail –
E-mail- [Link]@walchand [Link]@walchand
[Link] [Link]

Abstract— Residential energy consumption constitutes a conditioning, and entertainment systems dominating usage.
significant portion of total energy usage, prompting this study This escalating demand is driven by rising disposable
to investigate and assess electricity consumption patterns in incomes and a changing lifestyle, resulting in a substantial
diverse income groups. Data was collected from 45 households, surge in electricity consumption across India.
representing varying income levels, to estimate and analyse
energy consumption based on household size and income. In India's reliance on coal currently caters to 70% of the
parallel, the study proposes user-friendly solar power system total energy demand, yet projections suggest an imperative
designs tailored to different income levels to reduce need to diversify energy sources. The country faces
dependency on non-renewable energy sources. Cost analyses infrastructural challenges, with over 300 million people
were conducted to compare conventional grid electricity with lacking regular access to electricity, alongside technical
solar power systems, shedding light on affordability and long- network losses exceeding global averages. Solar energy
term sustainability. Key findings include varying energy emerges as a potent alternative, receiving growing attention
consumption across income groups, with the highest due to its vast potential and environmental benefits. Despite
consumption observed during summer months, notably due to this, its utilization remains under 5% globally. Nations like
air conditioning usage. Solar power systems were tailored for Germany have spearheaded the transition to solar energy,
low, medium, and high-income households, with corresponding emphasizing its viability by significantly reducing reliance
area requirements and costs. Notably, off-grid solar systems
on fossil fuels. Transitioning to solar not only harnesses an
were found to be more expensive due to battery costs, while on-
abundant resource but also mitigates the environmental toll
grid systems proved more economical over a 25- year period.
Payback periods for on-grid systems were significantly shorter of fossil fuel usage. India's escalating residential electricity
than off-grid systems, making them a viable and sustainable demand calls for urgent measures to curb consumption and
alternative. This study contributes to a comprehensive promote energy efficiency, with solar energy presenting
understanding of residential energy consumption and itself as a promising candidate.
underscores the potential of solar technology to promote Expanding on the provided data, it's noted that
sustainable energy practices across diverse socioeconomic Residential Energy Consumption constitutes approximately
backgrounds.
22% of the total energy consumption in India. A
Keywords – Electricity Energy Consumption, Household forthcoming study aims to delve deeper into this aspect by
Appliances, Statistical analysis, Solar PV, Off-grid Solar collecting data from 45 households representing different
Design. income levels, employing methods like questionnaire
surveys and household inspections to comprehensively
I. INTRODUCTION analyse consumption patterns.
The surge in global population and urbanization has This study intends to propose the use of Solar technology as
propelled an exponential rise in energy consumption, an alternative to conventional grid supply, tailored to
notably within the residential sector. Conventional energy different income levels. It will delve into designing Solar
sources like coal, natural gas, and petroleum derivatives power systems suitable for diverse housing groups and
have long fuelled this demand, but their environmental toll evaluate the cost economics associated with its adoption
is increasingly evident through greenhouse gas emissions, among various income brackets, emphasizing affordability
air pollution, and climate change concerns. To address these and long-term sustainability. By amalgamating data
challenges, there's a growing impetus to shift towards analysis, household assessments, and economic evaluations,
renewable energy technologies, particularly solar PV this study aims to elucidate Residential Energy
systems, which offer a clean and abundant energy source. Consumption patterns and highlight the potential benefits of
The residential sector's electricity demand is intricately Solar technology. It endeavours to contribute to a better
linked to various appliances, with lighting, refrigeration, air- understanding of energy consumption across socio-

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.218

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
economic strata and advocate for a more sustainable and levels, ultimately contributing to a more comprehensive
eco-friendly approach to energy consumption in varied understanding of energy consumption dynamics.
settings.
Comparative Analysis of Monthly Energy Consumption:
Survey Data vs. MSEDCL's Consumption

Objectives – A comparison made between monthly energy consumption

data obtained through a questionnaire survey and the energy
1. To Estimate and Analyze the household Electrical energy
consumption data provided by MSEDCL.
consumption based on Area of household, No. of Members
and Income level.
2. To propose a design methodology, to provide electricity
through Solar Technology based on their electricity
consumption in household.
3. To compare the cost analysis of Conventional electricity
with Solar power System electricity.

II. METHODOLOGY

1. Data Collection and classification of data as per ownership

level
The review of existing literature emphasized the Fig. 1- Comparison of Surveyed energy consumption with MSEDCL
importance of acquiring high-quality data to enhance our energy consumption
comprehension of residential energy usage trends and
appliance adoption rates. With this in mind, the survey was
crafted with the goal of collecting precise information about Seasonal Categorization of Yearly Energy Consumption from
residential energy consumption. In total, 45 household MSEDCL
surveys were administered, distributed evenly across three This chapter delves into the insightful analysis of Yearly
different income class tiers. Within each class, approximately Energy Consumption data obtained from the Maharashtra
15 surveys were conducted using more comprehensive State Electricity Distribution Company Limited (MSEDCL).
questionnaires and strategies, aiming to capture the nuances In particular, we explore the categorization of this energy
of household appliance utilization. This approach allowed for consumption data with respect to the changing seasons.
a deeper insight into the patterns of home appliance usage. Seasonal variations play a significant role in shaping energy
• Household monthly income consumption patterns.
• Stock of electrical appliances in household
• Use of appliances
• Family size
• House size
2. Providing a plan of Solar System over their Energy
Consumption.

3. Cost Analysis

A. Aessement of household electrical energy consumption

Fig. 2- Graphical presentation of energy consumption over different
season
This chapter, delve into the fascinating realm of
understanding household electrical energy consumption.
Through a comprehensive questionnaire survey, we have Average Energy Consumption in Peak Months (Summer)
gathered valuable insights into the energy consumption
patterns of Low-Income Group (LIG), Middle-Income To determine specific average energy consumption during
Group (MIG), and High-Income Group (HIG) households. peak months, a MSEDCL electricity consumptions bills are
Our primary goal is to compare these survey findings with collected, which typically provide detailed information on
the actual electricity bills provided by the Maharashtra State monthly energy usage. This gives a more accurate picture of
Electricity Distribution Company Limited (MSEDCL). energy consumption during the summer months and help to
Furthermore, we analysed the data with a seasonal identify ways to reduce energy consumption if necessary.
perspective, categorizing consumption trends across different
seasons. This research aims to shed light on the factors
influencing electricity usage in households of varying income

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.219

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Fig. 3- Energy Consumption in Peak month

Summary Fig. 4- Off-grid solar powered system

The objective of this study was to estimate and analyse

household electrical energy consumption based on the area Methodology for designing an Off-grid Solar Powered System
of the household, the number of members, and income level.
The results revealed several key findings. Firstly, the
monthly average electrical energy consumption was found to
vary significantly among different income groups, with
lower income households (LIG) consuming 73 KWh, middle
income households (MIG) consuming 108 KWh, and higher
income households (HIG) consuming 220 KWh on average.
Secondly, the survey results indicated that the variance in
energy consumption, when compared to previous year's
electricity bills, was consistently within the range of 8 to 12
percent higher than grid energy consumption for all income
groups. Furthermore, the study identified a seasonal pattern, Site assessment
with higher energy consumption observed during the 1. Shade Analysis: Shade from obstructions like trees,
summer season compared to winter and rainy seasons. buildings, weather conditions, and neighboring panels can
Notably, in the summer season, the use of air conditioning significantly reduce solar panel efficiency.
was found to contribute significantly, with a 45 percent 2. Sun Hours: Understanding the duration of peak sunlight,
increase in electricity consumption observed in HIG often termed as sun hours, aids in determining the expected
households. Lastly, it was found that April consistently optimal sunlight exposure for solar energy generation.
recorded the highest electricity consumption across all (Sunhour for Sangli Region = 5.6 hrs/day)
income groups. 3. Tilt Angle: Optimal panel tilt angle corresponds to the
location's latitude. Orienting panels southward maximizes
sunlight exposure. (Tilt angle for Sangli Region = 16 to
B. Design of Off-grid solar powered system 18⁰N)

Designing an efficient off-grid solar-powered system Panel Sizing (Calculating Wattage of Panels)
involves a meticulous consideration of several critical Calculating the necessary panel wattage involves
parameters to ensure reliable and sustainable energy considering inherent losses within panels. Utilize tools like
generation. Firstly, understanding the energy consumption PV WATTS to simplify panel sizing calculations. (System
patterns is crucial, as it forms the foundation for sizing both losses for Sangli Region: Soiling/Dusting - 2%, Shading -
the battery bank and the inverter appropriately. Ensuring the 3%, Mismatch - 2%, Wiring - 2%, Connection - 0.5%, Light
system operates optimally also involves determining the induced degradation - 1.5%, Availability - 4%)
required area for solar panels, alongside the necessary
Alternate Current distribution and Direct Current Battery Sizing
distribution boxes (ACDB and DCDB), as well as selecting Evaluate different financial approaches for a PV battery
the right Alternate Current (AC) and Direct Current (DC) system considering charge-discharge cycles and lifespan. A
cables to minimize energy losses. Implementing a bi- formula determines the appropriate battery size.
directional meter or charge controller helps manage energy
flow and storage effectively. Furthermore, a robust
grounding and wiring system, along with lightning arresters,
is essential for safety and system protection. This holistic Were,
approach to off-grid solar system design guarantees a 0.85 – Battery Losses
sustainable and reliable power supply tailored to specific 0.6 – Depth of discharge
energy needs while prioritizing safety and efficiency. 12V – Nominal Voltage

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.220

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
Inverter
Match the inverter's capacity with the total wattage of solar Calculated Cost of Electricity Consumption from Solar
panels. Consider the voltage level of the system for efficient Powered System:
energy conversion. The cost of electricity from a solar system depends on panel
efficiency, number of panels, inverter type, and battery
Charge Controller capacity. Factoring in initial investment and maintenance
Safeguard batteries from overcharging or over-discharging costs is crucial to understand the financial implications.
using controllers like Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) or
Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT). They ensure Actual Cost of Electricity Consumption from MSEDCL:
optimal battery charging and longevity. The actual cost of electricity from MSEDCL varies based on
consumer category, consumption slabs, and tariff rates.
Table 1: Particulate Design parameters for all Income Group
Cost Comparison:
Comparing the calculated cost of solar system electricity
with MSEDCL's billed cost allows for assessing financial
impact. Identified significant cost savings highlight the
efficacy of the solar system and its contribution to
environmental sustainability.

Cost for Solar PV Module System:

The cost of a Solar PV module system varies based on
design parameters like panel quality, efficiency, batteries,
installation, location-specific factors, and local regulations.
Profit is not considered in cost calculations.
Summary Table 2: Costing deviation from design parameters for all income
The objective of this project was to propose a user-friendly group
software design for implementing solar technology to meet
household electricity needs across different income level
groups. The design utilized Mono-PERC panels, with one
450-Watt peak panel for Low-Income Group (LIG), two
panels of 320-Watt peak for Middle-Income Group (MIG),
and four panels of 350-Watt peak for High-Income Group
(HIG), focusing on cost-effectiveness. Additionally, the area
required for installing the solar- powered system was
determined to be 2 sq.m. for LIG, 4 sq.m. for MIG, and 8
sq.m. for HIG households. This software aims to make solar
adoption accessible and tailored to diverse income groups,
promoting sustainable energy use while considering
economic factors.
C. Cost Anaylsis

In this chapter, we delve into the critical aspects of selecting Table 2: Cost comparison between PV system and MSEDCL
the appropriate materials and components for a solar-
powered system. We also conduct a comprehensive cost
comparison between solar-powered systems and the services
provided by MSEDCL (Maharashtra State Electricity
Distribution Company Limited), aiming to provide valuable
insights into the economic feasibility of adopting solar
energy across various income groups. Furthermore, we
perform a detailed breakeven analysis for solar- powered
systems, shedding light on the point at which the initial
investment in solar technology begins to yield financial Breakeven Analysis
benefits, offering a clear perspective on its viability for
different socioeconomic segments. A 25-year assessment compared off-grid solar-powered, on-
grid solar-powered, and MSEDCL electricity costs. The
Selection of Material and Components' Type of Solar Powered
breakeven point was sought to identify when these costs
System:
intersect. Off-grid systems became costlier due to battery
Select high-quality solar panels, reliable inverters, durable
replacements, adding to their long-term expense.
batteries, sturdy mounting structures, weatherproof cables, a
charge controller, and an energy meter for efficient and
reliable solar systems.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.221

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli
more expensive than on-grid solar power, which was 5 to 10
times cheaper. The payback period for off-grid systems
ranged from 11 to 21 years, while on-grid systems offered a
much quicker return on investment, being three times
shorter for all income groups. These findings highlight the
economic benefits and cost-effectiveness of on-grid solar
power systems compared to both off-grid solar and
conventional grid electricity.

III. CONCLUSIONS
Fig. 5- Off-grid solar powered system

Figure 5, illustrates that Off-grid solar systems take The monthly average electrical energy consumption through
approximately 21 years, while On-grid systems take about 7 survey for LIG, MIG and HIG is observed to be 73 KWh,
years for payback in Low Income Group (LIG). 108 KWh and 220 KWh respectively.

According to a survey, the average annual electricity

consumption for LIG, MIG, and HIG is found to be 8 to
12% higher than the units actually consumed by consumers
in their previous year's MSEDCL bills.

In all income groups, the highest electricity consumption

occurs in the month of April. During the summer season,
there is a 50% increase in electrical energy consumption
compared to the winter and rainy seasons. Specifically,
within the High-Income Group (HIG), 45% of this increase
in electricity consumption can be attributed to the use of air
conditioning.
Fig. 6- Off-grid solar powered system
Focusing on economic considerations, a Mono-PERC panel
Figure 6, shows Off-grid systems take about 11 years, and
is used, consisting of one 450-Watt peak panel for LIG, two
On-grid systems take about 4 years for payback in Middle
panels of 320-Watt peak for MIG, and four panels of 350-
Income Group (MIG).
Watt peak for HIG.

The area required for installing a solar powered system is 2

sq.m. for LIG, 4 sq.m. for MIG and 8 sq.m. for HIG.

The Off-grid solar powered system costs Rs 1,60,000, Rs

2,05,000 and Rs 4,00,000 for LIG, MIG and HIG categories
respectively.

The cost of battery accounts for a significant 70% of the

total expenses in Off- grid solar powered system, thereby
On-grid system is always going to be more economical then
Off-grid system.
Fig. 7- Off-grid solar powered system
The cost of grid electricity for the period of 25 years is
Figure 7, indicates that Off-grid systems take about 11 found to be 15%, 75% and 76% higher than that of the Off-
years, and On-grid systems take about 3 years for payback grid solar powered system for LIG, MIG and HIG
in High Income Group (HIG). respectively. And it is found that the cost of grid electricity
is 5 to 10 times greater than that of On-grid solar powered
Summary system.
In this cost analysis comparing conventional electricity with
solar power systems, we found that off-grid solar power In an Off-grid solar powered system the payback period for
systems incur substantial upfront costs, with Rs 160,000, Rs LIG is 21 years, for MIG and HIG is 11 years. And for On-
205,000, and Rs 400,000 for LIG, MIG, and HIG categories, grid solar powered system the payback period for LIG, MIG
respectively. Notably, the cost of batteries accounts for a and HIG is 3 Times lesser than that of Off-grid solar
significant 70% of the total expenses in off- grid systems, powered system.
making on-grid systems the more economical choice. Over a
25-year period, grid electricity costs were found to be 15%,
75%, and 76% higher than off-grid solar power for LIG,
MIG, and HIG categories, respectively, and significantly

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.222

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

IV. FUTURE SCOPE Anil Tekale., "A Review paper on Electricity Generation
from Solor Energy", International Journal for Research
Applied Science & Engineering Technology, Volume 5,
Detailed Consumption Analysis: Conduct a more extensive ISSN 2321-9653, 2017.
and detailed analysis of energy consumption patterns
within each income group, including factors such as
• Lari Shanlang Ticwson, Jakub Jirasek, Martin Sivek,
household size, appliances used, and behavioural patterns.
"Electricity Generation in India: Present stake, future
This can provide insights for targeted energy conservation
initiatives. Outlook and Policy Implications", Energies, VSB
Technical University, 2019.
Seasonal Trends Exploration: Explore seasonal energy
consumption variations in more depth to identify specific • Kasif Mehmood, Faizon Rashid, "The efficiency of
reasons behind higher energy use during the summer Solar PV system", 2nd International Multi-Disciplinary
season. This could involve studying climate patterns, Conference 19-20, 2019.
cooling methods, and lifestyle choices that impact energy
demand. • Mohamed A. Umbark Elhadi J. Dekam, Samah K.
Solar Panel Efficiency: Explore opportunities to enhance Alghav. "Energy Consumption in Residential Buildings:
the efficiency of solar panels or consider alternative solar Comparison between three Different Building styles,
technologies to improve the overall performance and cost- “Sustainable Development Research, ISSN 2690-9898,
effectiveness of the solar-powered systems. 2020.
Space Utilization: Explore ways to optimize space
utilization for solar panel installation, especially in high- • Dimitra Kotsila, persefoni polychronidou, "Determinants
density urban areas, to reduce the land or roof area of household electricity, consumption in Greece: A
required for solar systems. statistical analysis," Journal of Innovation and
Entrepreneurship, 2021.
Payback Period Reduction Strategies: Investigate ways to
shorten the payback period for off-grid solar systems in all • Planning Commission, “Integrated Energy Policy:
income groups, possibly through government incentives, Report of the Expert Committee; Government of India”,
subsidies, or improved system efficiency. New Delhi, India
Environmental Impact Assessment: Conduct an
environmental impact assessment to evaluate the long-term • Leonics. (n.d.). How to design solar pv system.
ecological benefits and potential carbon emissions Retrieved from Leonics:
reductions resulting from widespread adoption of solar [Link]
power systems. _en.php

• Northern Arizon Wind and Sun. (n.d.). All About

By addressing these future scope areas, the project can Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT) Solar Charge
continue to evolve, providing valuable insights, improving Controllers. Retrieved from Northern Arizon Wind and
energy efficiency, and contributing to the sustainable Sun: [Link]
energy goals of the community and the nation. center/batteries-and- charging/mppt-solarcharge-
[Link]

V. REFERENCES • NREL. (n.d.). NREL's PV Watt calculator. Retrieved

from NREL: [Link]
• Kumar S, “Energy Use in commercial buildings – Key
findings from the national benchmarking study”, USAID • Alternative Energy. (n.d.). Solar Inverter Sizing.
– INDIA 2011. Retrieved from alt energy:
[Link]
• Rojan Rawal, Yosh Shukla, Sophie Shnapp, "Residential [Link]
Buildings in India: Energy Use projections and Saving
Potentials”, June 2015. • Pelamis wave power. (n.d.). Solar Panel Size Guide:
How Much Do You Need for Your Home? Retrieved
• Central Statistics Office, “Energy Statistics; Ministry of from. [Link]:
Statistics and Programme Implementation”, New Delhi, [Link]
India, 2015.
• U.S Energy Information Administration. EIA projects
• Smita Joshi, Neha Upadhyaya, "Design of small-Scale world energy consumption will increase 56% by 2040.
Solar powered house", BVM Engineering College, 2016. Retrieved from Today in Energy:
• Mohd Rizwan Sirajuddin Shaikh, Santoch B. [Link]
Waghmare, Suvarna Shankar Labade, Pooja Vittal fuke, ,2013.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.223

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Novel approaches to enhancing the characteristics

of concrete: A review
Miss. Vaishnavi Shivaji Sutar Miss. Vaishnavi Shailendra Khot Miss. Anjali Abhay Patil
U.G. Scholar Dept. of Civil U.G. Scholar Dept. of Civil U.G. Scholar Dept. of Civil
Engineering. [Link], Budhgaon. Engineering.
PVPIT, Budhgaon. Sangli, India. PVPIT, Budhgaon.
vaishnavik2438@[Link] Sangli, India.
Sangli, India. anjaliapatil117@[Link]
vaishnavisutar603@[Link]
Mr. R. S. Patil
Mr. Arsh Samir Mushrif
Mr. Subhanali Shamshuddin Chaus Assistant professor
U.G. Scholar Dept. of Civil
U.G. Scholar Dept. of Civil PVPIT, Budhgoan.
Engineering.
Engineering Sangli,
PVPIT, Budhgaon.
PVPIT, Budhgaon [Link]@[Link]
Sangli, India
Sangli, India. arshmushrif1923@[Link]
Subhanali2002@[Link]

Mr. V. G. Sawant
Mr. Nikhil S. Bembade Assistant professor
Assistant professor PVPIT, Budhgoan.
PVPIT, Budhgoan. Sangli, India
Sangli, India [Link]@[Link]
nikhilbembade@[Link]

Abstract
Cement mortar and concrete are the two most commonly used materials in construction. Making
concrete is simple. Fresh concrete, sometimes called plastic concrete, is a newly mixed substance that can
be moulded into any shape. Concrete is arguably the most versatile building material available. This is the
material of choice when properties like strength, permanence, durability, impermeability, fire resistance,
and abrasion resistance are required. Concrete has been widely used for building seawalls, jetties, groins,
breakwaters, bulkheads, and other structures exposed to saltwater.
Numerous studies on the characteristics of concrete have revealed that it can be made stronger by adding
waste materials in place of some of the cement or sand. This paper focuses on a broad literature review
based on typical properties of fresh concrete. Reading this paper, one can quickly detect the numerous
research gaps and advancements in concrete or fresh concrete.

Keywords— Concrete, Fresh concrete, strength, workability, HPC, consistency, mix proportions,
mechanical properties, aggregates, water-cement.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.224

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Review Paper on Behaviour of Beam By Wrapping

of GFRP Sheet
[Link] Uday Halwai [Link] Mujahir Mulla [Link] Popat Sargar
U.G Scholar Dept. of Civil U.G Scholar Dept. of Civil U.G Scholar Dept. of Civil
engineering engineering engineering
[Link]. [Link].
[Link]. Sangli, India Sangli, India
Sangli, India line 4: City, Country line 4: City, Country
tejashalwai@244@[Link] alfayadmulla19@[Link] sargarpawan@[Link]

Mr. Swapnil Suresh Yamagar [Link] Adgonda Patil Ms. Yojna M. Pudale
U.G Scholar Dept. of Civil U.G Scholar Dept. of Civil project guide
engineering engineering engineering
[Link]. [Link]. [Link].
Sangli, India Sangli, India Sangli, India
swapnilyamagar731@[Link] sammedpatil2253@[Link] [Link]@[Link]

Mr. Nikhil S. Bembade Mr. Vijaykumar G. Sawant

Mr. Ranjitsih Patil
Assistant professor Co-guide
Co-guide
PVPIT, Budhgoan. engineering
engineering
Sangli, India [Link].
[Link].
nikhilbembade@[Link] Sangli, India
Sangli, India
vsawant397@[Link]
[Link]@[Link]

Abstract
Structural engineers face ongoing challenges in managing deflection and ensuring the longevity of
reinforced concrete beams, especially in situations where environmental factors or increased loads
contribute to performance degradation. This study explores the application of glass fibre fibre-reinforced
polymer (GFRP) sheets as an innovative solution for controlling deflection and enhancing the structural
integrity of beams.
The research involves a comprehensive investigation into the mechanical properties of GFRP materials
and their effectiveness in mitigating deflection in beams subjected to various loads. Experimental testing,
including flexural and load-deflection analyses, is conducted to assess the performance of GFRP-wrapped
beams compared to traditional reinforcement methods.
The study also considers the long-term durability and environmental sustainability of GFRP sheets,
evaluating their resistance to corrosion and their potential impact on the overall life cycle of the structure.
The findings contribute to understanding how GFRP sheet wrapping can offer a viable alternative for
deflection control in structural beams, providing insights into the material's behaviour under different
loading conditions.
Keywords— Beam, Deflection, GFRP, CFRP, Strengthening.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.225

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

“Predicting the Compressive Strength of Concrete

Cube Specimenn using Artificial Intelligence”
Mr. [Link] [Link] .[Link] Mr. [Link]
Civil Engineering Department Civil Engineering Department Civil Engineering Department
Walchand College of Engineering, Walchand College of Engineering, Walchand College of Engineering,
Sangli, 416416.
Sangli, 416416. Sangli, 416416. Sangli, Maharashtra, India
Sangli, Maharashtra, India Sangli, Maharashtra, India utkarsh01@[Link]
sanrajgandhi01@[Link] RuchaMW@[Link]

Mr. [Link] Mr. [Link] Mr. [Link]

Civil Engineering Department Civil Engineering Department
Civil Engineering Department Walchand College of Engineering, Walchand College of Engineering,
Walchand College of Engineering, Sangli, 416416. Sangli, 416416.
Sangli, 416416. Sangli, Maharashtra, India Sangli, Maharashtra, India
Sangli, Maharashtra, India Pvk13@[Link] [Link]@[Link]
ApurvPgore@[Link]

Abstract
Concrete is a widely used construction material, and accurately predicting its compressive strength is
essential to ensure structural integrity and safety of the structure. The compressive strength of concrete is
an important property that decides its load-bearing capacity. The compressive strength of concrete can be
determined by conducting a compressive strength test using a universal testing machine. However, this test
is time-consuming and expensive. Further, it requires at least seven days of curing to get the idea about
compressive strength of concrete. Machine learning can be used to predict the compressive strength of
concrete. Machine learning is a subset of artificial intelligence that can be used to learn and derive patterns
from data and finally make predictions. This project focuses on developing multiple machine learning
models to predict the compressive strength of concrete cube specimen and compare their performance based
on various metrics. By utilizing the power of data- driven techniques, we aim to improve the efficiency and
accuracy of strength determination, ultimately helping engineers in making informed decisions. Numerous
studies on the characteristics of concrete have revealed that it can be made stronger by adding waste
materials in place of some of the cement or sand. This paper focuses on a broad literature review based on
typical properties of fresh concrete. Reading this paper, one can quickly detect the numerous research gaps
and advancements in concrete or fresh concrete.

Keywords— Artificial Intelligence, Compressive Strength of concrete

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.226

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Review Assessment on Seismic and Wind

Analysis of Steel Structures
[Link] Adhik Gondil
Miss. Vijaya Yashwant Chavan [Link] Balu Gadade
U.G. Scholar U.G. Scholar U.G. Scholar
Dept. of Civil Engineering. Dept. of Civil Engineering. Dept. of Civil Engineering.
PVPIT, Budhgaon. PVPIT, Budhgaon. PVPIT, Budhgaon.
Sangli, India Sangli, India Sangli, India
adityagondil9001@[Link] vijayachavan2131@[Link] priteegadade309@[Link]

[Link] Suresh Patil [Link] Sadanand Bodke Mr [Link]

U.G. Scholar Dept. of Civil Engineering. Civil Engineering Department
Dept. of Civil Engineering. PVPIT, [Link],
PVPIT, Budhgaon.
PVPIT, Budhgaon. Maharashtra, India
Sangli, India
Sangli, India nikhilbembade@[Link]
yashbodake4488@[Link]
sakshipatil3299@[Link]

Abstract
Steel buildings are used in industrial areas, farmhouses, agriculture, and livestock shelters, among other

uses. They are typically located in vast areas. Thus, caution should be used to ensure the structure's safety.

Here, several bracing systems are being used to adapt the structure to various unusual circumstances,

particularly wind and seismic loads. This paper aims to analyze the structural response of steel sheds. To

verify the findings, the structure is modelled using appropriate software, both with and without bracing

systems. This paper focuses on a comprehensive review of the literature on wind and seismic analysis of

steel structures used in the construction industry.

Keywords— Steel Shed, structural analysis, structural response, wind analysis, bracing system

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.227

 Emerging Trends in Civil Engineering, ETCE’23, WCE Sangli

Analytical review assessment of flat slab buildings

with RCC and composite column
Mr. Niranjansingh Narayansingh Mr. Sakib Ajam Mulla Mr. Aditya Uttam Kurle
Rajput U.G. Scholar Dept. of civil engineering. U.G. Scholar Dept. of civil engineering.
U.G. Scholar Dept. of civil engineering. PVPIT, Budhgaon. Sangli, India. PVPIT, Budhgaon. Sangli, India.
sakibmulla2002@[Link] adityakurle@[Link]
PVPIT, Budhgaon. Sangli, India.
niranjanrajput57@[Link]
Mr. Abhijit [Link]
Miss. Poonam Nivrutti Patil Miss. Shivanjali Nagesh Digole Project Guide
U.G. Scholar Dept. of civil U.G. Scholar Dept. of civil engineering. PVPIT, Budhgoan.
engineering. PVPIT, Budhgaon. Sangli, India
PVPIT, Budhgaon Sangli, India. Sangli, India abhijitsalunkhe6@[Link]
poonampatil8990@[Link] shivanjalidigole397@[Link]

Mr. Nikhil S. Bembade

Assistant professor
PVPIT, Budhgoan.
Sangli, India
nikhilbembade@[Link]

Abstract
Now a days in India due to lack of land we are adapting vertical construction like apartments and due
to height limitations in construction of apartment the sufficient headroom is compromised, hence To
overcome this problem “Flat slab” refers to a structural system used in buildings where the floors are
supported directly by columns without beams. Flat slabs provide more headroom and flexibility in space
planning since they eliminate the need for beams flat slabs are favoured in construction for their simplicity,
efficiency, and potential cost savings, especially in buildings where open spaces and flexibility in design
are desired. Numerous studies on the properly designed flat slabs and composite columns with adequate
reinforcement can offer good structural strength and durability and also resists to earthquake loads. This
paper focuses on broad literature review based on flat slabs and composite column helps to study of them
in single paper

Keywords— Flat Slab, RCC Column, Composite Column, Composite Structure.

Dept. of Civil Engineering, WCE, Sangli Page No.228

 Department of Civil Engineering
Vision
To be a Civil Engineering programme of the first choice by the
aspiring students and prospective employers by implementing
world class education practices.

Mission
To meet the Vision, all stakeholders of this programme are
committed towards Outcome Based Education Philosophy by
1. Adopting vibrant academic curricula and implementing innovative teaching learning
processes.
2. Providing opportunities to the students for the development of professional skills.
3. Nurturing critical thinking and creativity in students.
4. Inculcating in students the life-long learning attitude and sensitivity towards society &
environment.

About Civil Engineering Department

The Department of Civil Engineering was the first inchoative discipline at Walchand
College of Engineering, Sangli and the oldest in Southern Maharashtra region. The Department
offers Bachelor’s Degree in Civil Engineering ([Link].) and two programmes leading to
Master’s degree ([Link].) in Civil engineering with specialization of Environmental
Engineering and Structural Engineering adequately supported with doctoral programmes in
Civil Engineering. The department has been accredited for five years by NBA consistently
twice since 2003. Recently, the maximum accreditation of 6 years was awarded by of NBA in
its Cycle 3 of accreditation to UG program of Civil Engineering.
The Department is known for its reputed faculty having expertise in diverse fields. The
department continues to strive loftier by exploring new frontiers of civil engineering, imparting
the latest technical knowledge to the students and conducting high quality of research which
renders technical advice on live engineering problems in the field of Environmental
Engineering to various Government and Private Sector organizations throughout the state. It
has built up a wide research potential in Environmental Engineering, Geotechnical
Engineering, Structural Engineering, and Building Technologies. The research projects of the
department are funded by various agencies such as Department of Science and Technology,
All India Council for Technical Education (AICTE), and Maharashtra Pollution Control Board
(MPCB).